Table Of Contents
Service MIBs
Service Groups
Access Methods
Connection Group
Connection Table
Obtaining the ConnProxy Uptime
Error Status Table
Obtaining the Error Code and Description of the Last Error in the svCmpaErrorTable
ConnProxy Error Codes
Access Methods
ATM Endpoint Table
Frame Relay Endpoint Table
Connection Alarm Table
Voice Endpoint Table
Data Endpoint Table
RPM Endpoint Table
Circuit Emulation Endpoint Table
Multicast Connection View Table
VISM Endpoint Table
XPVC Connection Table
Party Table
Port Group
Port Table
Next Available Logical Port Table
Physical To Logical Map Table
Frame Relay Port Table
ATM Port Table
Port Alarm Table
CESM Port Configuration Table
FRSM VHS Service Queue Configuration Table
Voice Data Port Table
ATM Port PLCP
ATM Port Queue Table
VISM Endpoint MIB Table
Resource Partition Table
VISM DS0 Configuration Table
VISM AAL2 Configuration Table
VISM HDLC Channel Table
CWM Trunk Table
PVC Resource Table
VISM LAPD Table
VISM LAPD DLC Table
RPM Subinterface Table
CWM RTP Connection Table
Feeder Port Table
ATM AESA Address Table
CUGs Table
CUG Parameters Table
PNNI Next Node ID Table
PNNI Node Table
PNNI Node PGL Table
PNNI Summary Address Table
PNNI Interface Table
Preferred Routes Configuration Table
Preferred Routes NE Table
Node and Card Group
Card Table
Card Alarm Table
VISM Table
Media Gateway Controller Group
Media Gateway Supported Protocol Group Table
Media Gateway Controller Protocol Group
Media Gateway Resolution Table
SRCP Peer Group
XGCP Peer Group Table
VISM Session Set Table
VISM Session Group Table
Vism RUDP Session Table
CWM Configuration Copy Table
VISM VoIP Codec Table
VISM Codec Parameters Table
VISM MG Domain Table
CWM Tone Plan Table
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Table
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Parameters Table
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Protocol Table
VISM AAL2 Profiles Group Table
Announcement Table
Codec Template Table
SRCP Peer Group Parameters Table
XGCP Event Table
RSVP Group
RSVP Session Table
RSVP Sender Table
RSVP Sender Out Interface Table
RSVP Reservation Table
RSVP Reservation Forwarded Table
RSVP Interface Table
Line Group
VISM DSX1 Configuration Group Table
CWM Line Table
CWM DS3 Configuration Table
CWM DS1 Configuration Table
CWM SONET Configuration Table
CWM Interface Link Configuration Table
CWM APS Configuration Table
CWM X.21 Configuration Table
CWM LAPD Trunk Table
CWM T38 Fax Relay Table
CWM ATM Cell Layer Table
IMA Group Table
IMA Link Table
Physical to Logical Line Table
Error Group
Error Scalars
Error Table
Diagnostic Group
BERT Configuration Table
BERT Results Table
Service MIBs
This appendix describes the MIBs used for SETs and GETs for managing connections, lines, ports, traps, and BERT. The following topics are included:
•
Service Groups
•Access Methods
•Connection Group
•Port Group
•Node and Card Group
•Line Group
•Error Group
•Diagnostic Group
Service Groups
The CWM Service MIBs are divided into the following service groups:
•connGroup (Connection Group)
•portGroup (Port Group)
•cardGroup (Node and Card Group)
•srvcLineGroup (Line Group)
•errorGroup (Error Group)
•diagGroup (Diagnostic Group)
Access Methods
Community strings for accessing the objects in the CWM Service MIB are stored in the /usr/users/svplus/config/snmpd.cnf configuration file. The community strings are read during the CWM Service Agent start-up, and cannot be dynamically changed during run time.
The default value for SNMP GET and SNMP GET Next queries is public. The default value for SNMP SET requests is private.
The Service Agent includes the tables and MIB objects located in the following files:
•ConnGroupService.mib
•PortGroupService.mib
•NodeAndCardGroupService.mib
•LineGroupService.mib
•ErrorGroupService.mib
•DiagGroupService.mib
Note The SV+Service.mib has been deprecated in Release 12. The tables and MIB objects are contained in the above files.
Connection Group
The ConnGroupService.mib file contains the tables and attributes used to create and maintain connections and their endpoints. This file is supported by the ConnProxy.
The entries in this group describe the association between a local endpoint and a remote endpoint. These two endpoints define the end-to-end connection, regardless of the network topology.
The tables in this group are identified by the connGroup OID = service group 1. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1
The tables and subsequent objects have unique OIDs under this connGroup.
Connection Table
The Connection table (svConnTable) contains a list of all the FR-FR, FR-ATM, ATM-ATM, ATM-CE, and CE-CE connections in the network. This table maintains information about all end-to-end PVC, SPVC, HybridVC, and XPVC connections in the network.
Note XPVC entries are contained in the cwmConnTable.
This table is indexed by svConnIndex.
The svConnTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svConnTable = connGroup3. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3
•svConnEntry = svConnTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1
Table C-1 svConnTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svConnIndex |
1 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
A unique value greater than 0 for each entry in the table. The value assigned must remain constant at least from one reinitialization of the management entity to the next. The value 0 must be used for adding new rows in the table. The actual index is generated internally by the proxy. For connections involving RPM endpoints, each add, modify, and delete request must contain the following parameters for each of the endpoints: •rpmEndPointNodeUser •rpmEndPointNodePasswd •rpmEndPointRpmPasswd Access: read-only. |
Range:
0- 2147483647 |
svConnLocalEndPt |
2 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Object ID of the first attribute of the local endpoint in the associated protocol specific endpoint table. Access: read-write. |
— |
svConnRemote
EndPt |
3 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Object ID of the first attribute of the remote endpoint in the associated protocol specific endpoint table. Access: read-write. |
— |
svConnAdmin
Status |
4 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Administrative status of the connection. This attribute may be set to testing (3) only when svConnOpStatus has the value clear, fail, or pending. Access: read-write. |
1 = inactive 2 = active 3 = testing 4 = reroute |
svConnOpStatus |
5 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Operation status of the connection. An incomplete state indicates some segments of the connection exist, however, others may be in an unknown or non-existent state. A pending state is only for XPVC connections when network confirmations for all XPVC segments have not arrived. A conn-error indicates that the status of the single-ended SPVC or hybrid connection is mismatched. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = incomplete 6 = pending 7 = conn-error |
svConnRowStatus |
6 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Row status of the connection. To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo (4). To delete the connection and the corresponding endpoints, SET the value to destroy (6). Setting this value to active (1) returns an error. Other required parameters can also be SET in the same request. To convert the BPX to BPX segment of the connection to SPVC, set the value of this object to convertToHybrid (7). Note When convertToHybrid is specified, no other variables can be specified in the same request. For destroy (6) operations, do not SET other parameters. except for RPM on the MGX 8250 and the MGX 8850 (PXM1) where the following objects can be SET: •rpmEndPointNodeUser •rpmEndPointNodePasswd •rpmEndPointNodePasswd •rpmEndPointRpmPasswd Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy 7 = convertToHybrid |
svConnTrkAvoid
Type |
7 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Types of trunks to avoid for the transfer of data. This object is optional only during the creation of the endpoint. Access: read-write. |
1 = none (default) 2 = satellite 3 = terrestrial |
svConnTrkAvoid
ZCS |
8 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Flag to force the connection to avoid trunks with zero code suppression (ZCS). This object is optional only during the creation of the endpoint. Access: read-write. |
1 = false (default) 2 = true |
svConnForesight |
9 |
— |
This object is deprecated. |
— |
svConnClassOf
Service |
10 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Class of service for this connection. The lower the class value, the higher the routing priority of the connection. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-15 Default value is 0. |
svConnCurrRouteDesc |
11 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Description of the current route. The descriptor provides information about the domain, node name, slot, port, and virtual trunk for each hop in the route. For SNMP GET operations, Node1 15--15.5Node2 is a valid route specifying a terrestrial link between Node1 slot 15 and Node2 slot 15.5. Inter-domain connection routes append the remote domain and node name of the terminating endpoint. Satellite trunks are denoted as ~~ and unknown types are shown as ??. For the originating node, only the node name and outgoing trunk are shown. For the via nodes, the node names and both incoming and outgoing trunks are shown. For the destination node, only the node name and incoming trunk is shown. Each trunk can be described in the following four methods: •slot •slot.vtrk •slot.port •slot.port.vtrk where: •slot = slot number •port = port number •vtrk = virtual trunk number See the following examples: •Node1 15--15.5Node2 •Node1 15--15.5.1Node2 13.1--3Node3 •Node1 15--15.5.1Node2 13.1--3.1Node3 2.2.1~~5Node4 This object is supported for non-DAX PVC and SPVC connections. For Hybrid connections, the SPVC segment should be non-DAX. For XPVC connections, use the cwmConnCurrRouteDesc object in the cwmConnTable. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-256 characters |
svConnPrefRoute
Desc |
12 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Descriptor of the preferred route (all hops specified). This object provides information about the domain, node name, slot, port, and possibly a virtual trunk for each hop in the route. For example, Node1.15 - Node2 is a valid route specifying a terrestrial link between Node1 slot 15 and Node2. Following is a description of the general format for svConnPrefRouteDesc: (<node_name>.<TRK>[.0])* - <node_name> (<node_name>.<slot.port>)* - <node_name>. Some additional valid descriptions are •Node1.15.1 - Node2.13.1 - Node3 •Node1.15.1-Node2.13.1-Node3 •Node1.15 - Node2.12 - Node3.15 - Node4 •Node1.15.0 - Node2.12.0 - Node3.15.0 - Node4 •Node1.15.0 - Node2.12.1.5 - Node3.15.0 - Node4 •Node2 Note The (...)* notation means the description inside the parenthesis might repeat any number of times, only limited by the total length, which is 255, and the [...] notation signifies it is optional. Access: read-write. |
String from 0-256 characters Default value:''h |
svConnRoute
Master |
13 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Node name of the route master. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svConnLocOSpacePkts |
14 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum packet load available on the mandatory path of this connection in the local-to-remote direction. This variable is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This object is only used for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-2147483647 packets per second |
svConnLocOSpaceBdaCmax |
15 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum BData A Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in local-to-remote direction. This value is determined by comparing available BData A Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData A Cmax through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-65534 bytes |
svConnLocOSpaceBdbCmax |
16 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum BData B Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in local-to-remote direction. This value is determined by comparing available BData B Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData B Cmax through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-65534 bytes |
svConnRemOSpacePkts |
17 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum packet load available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote-to-local direction. This value is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-2147483647 packets per second |
svConnRemOSpaceBdaCmax |
18 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum BData A Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote-to-local direction. This value is determined by comparing available BData A Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData A Cmax through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-65534 bytes |
svConnRemOSpaceBdbCmax |
19 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum BData B Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote-to-local direction. This value is determined by comparing available BData B Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData B Cmax through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •-2 = non PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-65534 bytes |
svConnTestType |
20 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Type of test to be conducted on this connection. The test is executed when this attribute is SET to the appropriate test and svConnAdminStatus is SET to testing (3). The continuity test verifies continuity. The delay test, upon successful completion, sets the delay in milliseconds in svConnTestResult. This attribute is set when svConnOpStatus has the value clear (2), fail (3), or down (4). Access: read-write. |
1 = continuity 2 = delay none = 255 (default) |
svConnTestResult |
21 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Result of an executed connection test. When a continuity test is executed, this object returns the following values: •0 = successful •-2 = failure When a delay test is successfully executed, this object indicates the round trip delay (in milliseconds) for the connection. When the delay test fails, this object contains the value -2. If test delay is executed from a PNNI endpoint, the round trip delay returns in microseconds. If test delay is executed from AutoRoute endpoints, the round trip delay returns in milliseconds. When no test has been executed or the svConnTestType is SET, this object returns the value -1. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnAbitStatus |
22 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
A-bit status of the connection. A-bit status indicates the loss of signal with CPE. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnType |
23 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Connection type. Value definitions are •fr-fr = Frame Relay to Frame Relay connection •atm-atm = ATM to ATM connection •atm-fr = ATM to Frame Relay connection •ce-ce = CESM to CESM connection •voice-voice = voice to voice connection •data-data = data to data connection •atm-ce = ATM to CESM connection •rpm-fr = RPM to Frame Relay connection •atm-rpm = RPM to ATM connection •rpm-rpm = RPM to RPM connection •atm-vism = an AUSM to VISM connection •vism-vism = VISM to VISM connection •vism-rpm = VISM to RPM connection •atm-unknown = ATM to External network (non-cisco) connection •fr-unknown = FrameRelay to External network (non-cisco) connection •ce-unknown = CESM to External network (non-cisco) connection •rpm-unknown = RPM to External network (non-cisco) connection •vism-unknown = VISM to External network (non-cisco) connection •unknown indicates an incomplete connection. SNMP GET, GETnext, and SET is not supported for voice-voice and data-data connections. Access: read-only. |
1 = fr-fr 2 = atm-atm 3 = atm-fr 4 = ce-ce 5 = voice-voice 6 = data-data 7 = atm-ce 8 = rpm-rpm 9 = atm-rpm 10 = rpm-fr 11 = atm-vism 12 = vism-vism 13 = vism-rpm 15 = atm-unknown 16 = fr-unknown 17 = ce-unknown 18 = rpm-unknown 19 = vism-unknown 200 = unknown |
svConnLocalStr |
24 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Local endpoint information in string format (the instance information of the endpoint). •Frame Relay: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. •ATM/RPM/VISM: node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. •CE: node.shelf.slot.port.0.0 When a shelf does not exist, a null string {..} is returned. The following are examples: •bpx10.axis10.6.4.1.100 (MGX 8220 - FRSM) •bpx10..8.1.15.150 (BPX 8600 - ASI) •bpx10.axis10.10.1.0.0 (MGX 8220 - CESM) •bpx14.mgx14.10.1.0.200 (MGX 8250 - RPM) •bpx12.mgx12.4.1.0.185 (MGX 8250 - VISM) Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnRemoteStr |
25 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Remote endpoint instance information in string format. •Frame Relay: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. •ATM/RPM/VISM: node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. •CE: node.shelf.slot.port.0.0 When a shelf does not exist, a null string {..} is returned. The following are examples: •bpx10.axis10.6.4.1.100 (MGX 8220 - FRSM) •bpx10..8.1.15.150 (BPX 8600 - ASI) •bpx10.axis10.10.1.0.0 (MGX 8220 - CESM) •bpx14.mgx14.10.1.0.200 (MGX 8250 - RPM) •bpx12.mgx12.4.1.0.185 (MGX 8250 - VISM) Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnSubType |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
This object must be specified to complete a connection. For a connection from an ATM end to an ATM end, the svConnSubType cbr-1 (1), vbr-1 (2), vbr-2 (3), vbr-3 (4), abr-fs (5), ubr-1 (8), ubr-2 (9), abr-1 (10), rt-vbr1 (13), rt-vbr2 (14), rt-vbr3 (15), and atfst (31) are allowed. For a connection from a Frame Relay end to a Frame Relay end, the svConnSubType fr (7) and fr-fs (6) are allowed. For a connection from a CESM end to a CESM end, the svConnSubType cbr-1 (1) is allowed. For a connection from an ATM end to a Frame Relay end, or for a connection from a Frame Relay end to an ATM end, svConnType is atm-fr, and svConnSubType cbr1 (1), vbr2 (3), vbr3 (4), abr-fs (5), ubr1 (8), ubr2 (9), abr1 (10), rt-vbr2 (14), rt-vbr3 (15), atfst (31), atftfst (32), and atfxfst (33) are allowed. The svConnSubType cbr-1 is an ATM CBR connection. CLP (cell loss priority tagging option) is not applicable. When cbr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1 (peak cell rate).
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1 (Cell Delay Variation Tolerance).
atmEndPointPercUtil (channel percentage utilization). The svConnSubType vbr-1 is an ATM VBR type connection. CLP is not applicable. |
1 = cbr1 2 = vbr1 3 = vbr2 4 = vbr3 5 = abr-fs 6 = fr-fs 7 = fr 8 = ubr-1 9 = ubr-2 10 = abr-1 11 = voice-1 12 = data-1 13 = rt-vbr1 14 = rt-vbr2 15 = rt-vbr3 16 = vbr-nrt 17 = vbr-rt 31 = atfst 32 = atftfst 33 = atfxfst 200 = unknown |
svConnSubType (continued) |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
When vbr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointMBS (Committed Burst Size).
atmEndPointFGCRA (Frame-based Generic Rate Control Algorithm). The svConnSubType vbr-2 is an ATM VBR type connection. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When vbr-2 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA The svConnSubType vbr-3 is an ATM VBR type connection. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. When vbr-3 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA The svConnSubType abr-fs is an ATM ABR type connection. ForeSight is enabled. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. |
1 = cbr1 2 = vbr1 3 = vbr2 4 = vbr3 5 = abr-fs 6 = fr-fs 7 = fr 8 = ubr-1 9 = ubr-2 10 = abr-1 11 = voice-1 12 = data-1 13 = rt-vbr1 14 = rt-vbr2 15 = rt-vbr3 31 = atfst 32 = atftfst 33 = atfxfst 200 = unknown |
svConnSubType (continued) |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
When abr-fs is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMCR (minimum cell rate)
atmEndPointPercUtil.
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1 (sustainable cell rate)
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA
atmEndPointBCM (BCM cell enable or disable)
atmEndPointICR (Initial Cell Rate).
atmEndPointRateUp (ForeSight Rate Up value)
atmEndPointRateDown (ForeSight Rate Down)
atmEndPointICRTO (Initial Cell Rate Time out)
atmEndPointMinAdjustPeriod (ForeSight minimum adjustment value) The svConnSubType fr-fr is a Frame Relay type connection. ForeSight is disabled. The svConnSubType fr-fs is a Frame Relay type connection. ForeSight is enabled. The svConnSubType ubr-1 is an ATM UBR type connection. The subType ubr-1 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When ubr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointFGCRA |
1 = cbr1 2 = vbr1 3 = vbr2 4 = vbr3 5 = abr-fs 6 = fr-fs 7 = fr 8 = ubr-1 9 = ubr-2 10 = abr-1 11 = voice-1 12 = data-1 13 = rt-vbr1 14 = rt-vbr2 15 = rt-vbr3 31 = atfst 32 = atftfst 33 = atfxfst 200 = unknown |
svConnSubType (continued) |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
The svConnSubType ubr-2 is an ATM UBR type connection. The subType ubr-2 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. When ubr-2 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointFGCRA The svConnSubType abr-1 is an ATM ABR type connection. The subType abr-1 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. ForeSight is disabled. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When abr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA
atmEndPointBCM (BCM cell enable or disable)
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointICR
atmEndPointMinAdjustPeriod
atmEndPointRateUp
atmEndPointRateDown atmEndPointMCR (the maximum number of cells a source may send)
atmEndPointTBE (Transient Buffer Exposure)
atmEndPointFRTT (the fixed round-trip time)
atmEndPointVSVD (virtual source/virtual destination)
atmEndPointPolicing (the traffic policing) |
1 = cbr1 2 = vbr1 3 = vbr2 4 = vbr3 5 = abr-fs 6 = fr-fs 7 = fr 8 = ubr-1 9 = ubr-2 10 = abr-1 11 = voice-1 12 = data-1 13 = rt-vbr1 14 = rt-vbr2 15 = rt-vbr3 31 = atfst 32 = atftfst 33 = atfxfst 200 = unknown |
svConnSubType (continued) |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
For an FR-FR connection, where one of the endpoints is FRSM-VHS, svConnSubType must be SET to fr-fs when the Channel Service Type is abr. For other service types, it must be SET to fr. Service types vbr2 and rt-vbr2 are not applicable for FRSM12 cards. Connections for subtypes atfst, atftfst, and atfxfst are supported only for ATM-ATM and ATM-FR connections for ATM service endpoints on routing nodes such as BPX or MGX 8220. Connections cannot terminate on IPX or IGX nodes. For ATM-FR connection, subtypes cbr, vbr2-rt, vbr3-rt, ubr-1, and ubr-2 are only applicable when the FR endpoint is on an FRSM-VHS card. Subtype abr-1 is (currently supported for StdABR conns only) applicable when the FR endpoint is on an FRSM-8,FRSM-VHS card. Subtype cbr_1 (for hybrid and PVC connections) on FRSM-8 T1/E1 is applicable, ONLY when the FR endpoint is on new FRSM-8 cards (version >= 10.0.20 on MGX). For BPX 9.3.40 SWSW atmEndPointPolicing can be different for local and remote end. In cases where connections are added as VBR1/VBR2/VBR3 subtype and end point policing is set to none/plcp then the connection subtype of the connection becomes vbr-nrt. In case where the connections are added as RT-VBR1/RT-VBR2/RT-VBR3 subtype and end point policing is set to none/plcp then connection subtype of the connection becomes vbr-rt. The Connection subtypes vbr-nrt and vbr-rt cannot be set while adding a connection. |
|
svConnSubType (continued) |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
This object is not applicable for a single segment connection. For a three-segment connection, it is the local endpoint of the second segment, which is the master end of the routing segment. For a two-segment connection, it is the remote endpoint of the first segment (which is the routing segment). GET on this object returns a value of {0 0}, the NULL Object The svConnSubType unknown indicates an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. |
|
svConnMiddlEndPt |
27 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
For a three-segment connection, this object is the local end point of the second segment, which is the master end of the routing segment. For a two-segment connection, this object is the remote endpoint of the first segment, which is the routing segment. A GET on this object returns a value of {0 0}, the null object identifier for a single-segment connection. This object is not applicable for a single- segment connections. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnMiddleStr |
28 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Middle endpoint information in string format (the instance information of the endpoint): node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci (always an ATM endpoint). An example is bpx10..3.1.15.150 (BPX 8600 - BNI). This object is not applicable for a single-segment connection. An SNMP GET on this object returns a null string for a single-segment. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnNum
Segments |
29 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Number of segments (1, 2, or 3) for this connection. For a single-segment connection the connection is between routing nodes, for example BPX 8600-ASI to BPX 8600-ASI. For two-segment connections the connection is between a routing node and a feeder, for example BPX 8600-ASI to MGX 8220-FRSM. The following example segments are for MGX 8220-FRSM to MGX 8220-FRSM: •Segment1: MGX 8220-FRSM to MGX 8220-BNM •Segment2: BPX 8600-BNI to BPX 8600-BNI •Segment3: MGX 8220-BNM to MGX 8220-FRSM. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnSegment1 |
30 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
The first connection segment in the string format: Endpoint-A—Endpoint-B. For Frame Relay the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. For ATM the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. The BNM endpoint on MGX 8220 is treated as an ATM endpoint. The following example shows MGX 8220-AUSM to MGX 8220-BNM: bpx1.axis1.6.1.100.100 - bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.16 () When a shelf does not exist, a null string {..} is used. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnSegment2 |
31 |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
The second connection segment in the string format: Endpoint-A—Endpoint-B. For Frame Relay the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. For ATM the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. The BNM endpoint on MGX 8220 is treated as an ATM endpoint. The following example shows BPX 8600-BNI to BPX 8600-BNI: bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx1..10.1.6.22 When a shelf does not exist, a null string {..} is used. A GET on this object returns a null string for a single-segment connection. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnSegment3 |
32 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
For Frame Relay the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. For ATM the endpoint is node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. The BNM endpoint on MGX 8220 is treated as an ATM endpoint. The following example shows MGX 8220-BNM to MGX 8220-AUSM: bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.22 - bpx1.axis1.6.3.100.101 When a shelf does not exist, a null string {..} is used. GET on this object returns a null string, for single/two segment connections. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnOvrSub
OvrRide |
33 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 |
Object to add a new connection on a port even when the port is over subscribed. To do this, SET this object to enable. Even though this object is an endpoint parameter at the device, the object is supported as a connection parameter in the Service Agent. This object is applicable only to FRSM, AUSM, and PXM cards. If either endpoint in a connection from an applicable to applicable endpoint (for example FRSM to AUSM) is SET to enable, a GET returns the value as enable. For a connection from an applicable to non-applicable endpoint (for example PXM - AUSM), a GETs returns the value from the applicable endpoint (for example PXM). For a connection from non-applicable to non-applicable endpoint (for example BXM - UXM), a GETs returns the value as disable. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable (default) |
svConnLocOSpaceCells |
34 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum cell load available on the current path of this connection, in local-to-remote direction. This value is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is currently routed, and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is used only for routed PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •2 = PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-2147483647 cells per second |
svConnRemOSpaceCells |
35 |
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Minimum cell load available on the current path of this connection, in remote-to-local direction. This value is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is currently routed, and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is used only for route PVC connections. The following values are returned: •-1 = internal errors •0 = DAX connections •2 = PVC connections Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-2147483647 cells per second |
svConnCellRouting |
36 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Value to determine whether or not cell routing trunk is used for this connection. If this object is enabled (1), the connection is routed only on the cell routing trunks. If this object is disabled (2), the connection can be routed on any available trunk. This object value has meaning only when the connection is non-local and the master end of the connection is a UXM, BXM, or BME card. For ATM-FR connections from a UXM, BXM, ASI, or BME card to an FRP or FRM on the IGX, the cell routing must always be disabled. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable Default values:
Local ATM connections: enable UXM/BXM/BME master end ATM connections: enable For all non ATM connections: disable |
svConnAISStatus |
37 |
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Alarm indication signal (AIS) status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnOAM
LoopbackStatus |
38 |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
OAM Loopback test status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnServRate
OvrRide |
39 |
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Object to set the service rate of a connection using the frEndPointChanServRate MIB object. The value is applicable to FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 and FRSM-8 cards on MGX 8850 (PXM1) Release 1.1.20 or later. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svConnMaxCost |
40 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 (PXM1E) |
Mandatory parameter to select a route based on the cost factor. The cost of a route is represented as a number between -2147483648 and 214748364. The value of this object represents the maximum cost of the route that this connection could be routed through. A value of 0 indicates to the switch that the best available route should be chosen. This object is applicable to the PNNI master endpoint of SPVC, hybrid, and XPVC connections on the following cards: •MGX 8850 (PXM45)— AXSM, AXSM-E, RPM-PR, RPM-XF, VISM •MGX 8850 and MGX 8830 (PXM1E)—FRSM, AUSM, PXM1E, CESM, VISM, RPM-PR The following ranges and defaults apply to the listed cards: •AXSM/AXSM-E, PXM1E, RPM-PR, RPM-XF - -2147483647-
2147483647. Default: -1 •AUSM, FRSM, CESM on MGX 8830 (PXM1E) and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and FRSM-12T3E3 - 1-2147483647. Default is 2147483647. •VISM on MGX 8850 (PXM45, PXM1E) and MGX 8830 (PXM1E)- 1-2147483647 Default is 2147483647 The following values map to the corresponding values on the switch: •-2147483648 is mapped to 2147483648 •-2147483647 is mapped to 2147483649 •-2147483646 is mapped to 2147483650 •-2147483645 is mapped to 2147483651 •-2 is mapped to 4294967294 •-1 is mapped to 4294967295 Access: read-write. |
Value range: -2147483648-214748364 Default is -1. 0 = Best available route |
svConnFrame
Discard |
41 |
BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Mandatory parameter that enables the frame discard feature at the endpoint. This object is applicable to the PNNI master endpoint of SPVC, hybrid and XPVC connections on the following cards: AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E, and BXM(BPX-SES). This object is not applicable for VP connections. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svConnProtocol
Type |
42 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Protocol type for the connection to be added. This parameter is mandatory for creating SPVCs. For singleEndSpvc(6), singleEndHybrid(7), and p2mp(8) provisioning the user needs to set the value of this MIB object explicitly. If protocolType is not specified as part of the connection add, the following provisioning rules are applied: •An XPVC is provisioned in the following cases: –Both of the local and remote routing nodes must have the preferred flag set and the active field set in the XPVC Preferred table. This setting represents AR-PNNI-AR combination. For more information on the XPVC Preferred Node GUI, refer to the CWM User's Guide. –One of the local/remote routing nodes belongs to the AR network. The other node is a MGX8850-R2, which represents AR-PNNI combination. –One of the local/remote routing nodes belongs to the AR network. The other node is a MGX8250 connected as a feeder to MGX8850-R2, which represents AR-Hybrid VC combination. •An SPVC is provisioned if both of the local and remote nodes support PNNI. •A HybridVC is provisioned if one of the local/remote nodes is a feeder, and the routing segment supports PNNI. |
1 = pvc (default) 2 = spvc 3 = hybrid 4 = xpvc 5 = danglerXPVCsegment 6 = singleEndSpvc 7 = singleEndHybrid 8 = p2mp |
svConnProtocol
Type (continued) |
42 |
MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
•A PVC is provisioned if both of the local and remote routing nodes are AR nodes from the same network. At least one of these nodes must not have the preferred flag set in the XPVC Preferred table. Override the above provisioning rules by specifying this object in the SET request for adding a connection. Note The service agent does not support adding a PVC, SPVC or HybridVC on NNI/UNI (with XLMI enabled) endpoints. The value dangler XPVCSeg(5) denotes a connection on XLMI endpoints that is provisioned through the switch CLI. Only a delete operation is allowed on dangler XPVC connections, and no other management operations are allowed. A singleEndSpvc or singleEndHybrid connection means the starting end point is originally from Cisco network and the other end point is on non-Cisco network. RESTRICTIONS: •A SET on this object with value danglerXPVCSeg(5) is not allowed. •This object is an optional create time parameter, and can not be modified once added. •The singleEndSpvc, singleEndHybrid, and p2mp are supported only on PNNI switches with version 3.9 and above. •For singleEndSpvc(6), singleEndHybrid(7), and p2mp(8) provisioning user needs to set the value of this MIB object explicitly. Access: read-write. |
— |
svConnDescriptor |
43 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Description of the connection. This parameter is not mandatory while adding a connection, and can be changed when modifying a connection. The information is deleted when a connection is deleted. Access: read-write. |
String from 0-64 characters |
svConnAbrERS |
44 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
A SET or GET on this object does not have any effect from CWM. This object is applicable only for AXSM-E cards and from SCT during connection addition (not on per connection basis). Access: read-write. |
1 = none 2 = enable ingress 3 = enable egress 4 = enable both |
svConnEnableStats |
45 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter that enables and disables statistics collection on a per connection basis. This object is applicable for PNNI segments on AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E, and BXM/SES cards. If the endpoint of a hybrid or XPVC connection is on an FRSM card, use the frEndPointChanStatsEnable object. If the supported cards are endpoints of a hybrid, XPVC, or SPVC connection, use the atmEndPointEnableStats object. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svConnEnableCC |
46 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter that enables or disables continuity check (CC) on a connection endpoint. This object is applicable for PNNI segments on AXSM, AXSM-E, and PXM1E cards. If the endpoint of a hybrid connection is on an FRSM card, use the frEndPointChanOamCCEnable object. If the supported cards are endpoints of a hybrid, XPVC, or SPVC connection, use the atmEndPointEnableCC object. This object cannot be set to enable for XPVC connections. This object is not applicable for P2MP SPVC connections. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svConnCDV |
47 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory object to set the maximum tolerable cell delay variation (CDV) in the local-to-remote direction. A value of 16777215 indicates to the switch that the parameter does not have significance in SPVC call setup. This object is applicable to AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E, and BXM (BPX-SES) cards. The applicable connection subtypes are cbr1 and rt-vbr. This object is applicable to all hybrid connections except two-segment hybrid with AXSM, AXSME, PXM1E, and BXM (BPX-SES) as the local PNNI endpoint.s If AXSM, AXSME, PXM1E, and BXM(BPX-SES) is the local endpoint of a hybrid connection and for SPVC connections, use the atmEndPointCDV object. This parameter is applicable only on the master PNNI endpoint. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-16777215 Default value is 16777215. |
svConnCTD |
48 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory object to set the maximum tolerable network transfer delay in the remote-to-local direction. The object is applicable only for AXSM, AXSME, PXM1E and BXM (BPX-SES) cards. The applicable connection subtypes are Cbr1 and Rt-Vbr. This object is only applicable for three-segment hybrid connections, where AXSM, AXSME, PXM1E and BXM (BPX-SES) are not one of the local or remote endpoints. This parameter is only applicable on the master PNNI endpoint. For SPVC and two-segment hybrid connections, use the atmEndPointCTD object. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-65535 Default value is 65535. |
svConnLocAbit
Status |
49 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the local A-bit status of the connection Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = fail 3 = unknown |
svConnLocAIS
Status |
50 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the local alarm indication signal (AIS) status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnLocOAM
LoopbackStatus |
51 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the local OAM loopback test status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnLoc
ConditionedStatus |
52 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the local conditioned status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = na |
svConnRemAbit
Status |
53 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the remote A-bit status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = fail 3 = unknown |
svConnRemAIS
Status |
54 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the remote AIS status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnRemOAM
LoopbackStatus |
55 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the remote OAM loopback test status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnRem
ConditionedStatus |
56 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the remote conditioned status of the connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svConnTrace |
57 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Mandatory parameter to set the trace of a connection. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-2048 |
svConnXpvcModify |
58 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
XPVC modification parameter used at the end of the PDU request if no connection parameters are set. If any connection parameter is SET, this object is not required. All of the connection parameters should be at the end of the PDU request. Access: read-write. |
— |
svConnPnniClassOfService |
59 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Class of service for the PNNI master end of the connection. The lower the class value, the higher the routing priority of the connection. This object is applicable to the PNNI master endpoint of SPVC, Hybrid and XPVC connections. Only applicable if the master PNNI end point version is 3.0 and above and is not a RPM-PR card. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-15 Default is 8. |
svConnRemote
NsapAddress |
60 |
— |
The 20-byte NSAP address of the slave end of the non-persistent connection. The object is only applicable for connections with svConnProtocolType set to singleEndSpvc or singleEndHybrid This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. The value of this object cannot be modified once the connection is created. Access: read-write. |
String size: 20 |
svConnRemotePCR |
61 |
— |
PCR (0+1). Peak cell rate, (PCR) specifies an upper bound on rate at which traffic can be submitted on an ATM connection. This object applies to the first leaky bucket for leaving cells with cell loss priority of 0 or 1. This object is applicable for UBR, CBR, VBR, ABR.FS, and ABR.1 connection sub-types. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 6-5651328 cps. |
svConnRemote
MCR |
62 |
— |
Minimum cell rate (MCR) specifies the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. Maximum does not exceed the port rate. This object is applicable for ABR.1 and ABR.FS sub-types. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-5651328 cps. |
svConnRemoteSCR |
63 |
— |
Sustainable cell rate (SCR) is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connection. Over time scales which are long relative to those for which the PCR is defined. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network to allocate sufficient resources, but less than those based on the PCR, and still ensure that the performance objectives (for example cell loss ratio) can be achieved. This object is applicable for VBR, ABR.1, and ABR.FS(VSVD=enable) connection sub-types. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 6-5651328 cps. |
svConnRemoteMBS |
64 |
— |
The object corresponds to committed burst size (CBS). This object is applicable for VBR, ABR.1, and ABR.FS(VSVD=enable) connection sub-types. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5000000 cps. |
svConnRemote
PercUtil |
65 |
— |
Channel percentage utilization setting for the remote end-point. This value is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by the remote end. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 |
svConnRemoteVpi |
66 |
— |
Remote VPI of the single-ended SPVC or single-ended Hybrid connection. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range; 0-4095 |
svConnRemoteVci |
67 |
— |
Remote VCI of the single- ended SPVC or single-ended Hybrid connection. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid Connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, and RPM-XF cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65537 |
svConnRemoteCID |
68 |
— |
Maximum tolerable network transfer delay in the direction remote to local. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid connections The object is applicable for AXSM and BXM (BPX-SES) cards. The applicable connection subtypes are CBR1 and Rt-VBR. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 |
svConnRemoteCDV |
69 |
— |
Remote cell delay variation (CDV) of the single- ended SPVC or single- ended Hybrid connection. Setting this parameter to 1677215 indicates to the switch that this parameter does not have significance in SPVC call setup. Applicable connection subtypes are CBR1 and RT-VBR. This object is only supported for single-ended SPVC or Hybrid connections (svConnProtocolType) for AXSM, AXSM-E, FRSM-12T3E3, RPM-XF, and BXM (BPX-SES) cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 |
svConnPrefRouteId |
70 |
— |
Unique preferred route (explicit route) used for SPVC and Hybrid connections. The value, 0, means no preferred route is associated with the connection. The preferred route must be added completely before it is associated to a connection. The source and destination node IDs of the selected preferred route must match with the local and remote node IDs of the connection. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. The preferred route can be SET during connection provision and can be modified at another time. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default is 0. |
svConnDirectRoute |
71 |
— |
Value to identify whether or not the connection is directed. Any connection can be optioned to route using only the preferred route. If the preferred route is directed, then the connection is routed through preferred route. If the preferred route is not available, the connection is NOT routed on any alternative paths and hence is declared failed. If the connection is not directed, even then the associated connection is routed to the preferred route. If the preferred route is not available, then an alternative route is considered per PNNI routing policies. This object is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
Obtaining the ConnProxy Uptime
To obtain the elapsed time since the ConnProxy sub-agent was started, perform an SNMP GET on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.1.<0>
> snmpGET -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svConnMibUpTime.0
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnMibUpTime.0 : Timeticks: (8506646)
23:37:46.46
Error Status Table
The objects in the following table have been deprecated:
Table C-2 Deprecated objects
|
MIB Object
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svCmpaErrorLastIndex |
Not applicable. |
When at least one entry exists in the svCmpaErrorTable, the value of this object contains the index corresponding to the last entry inserted in the table. When no entries have been inserted in svCmpaErrorTable, the agent returns 0 for a query of this variable. This object is not required anymore because of the new objects svCmpaErrorLastDisk and svCmpaErrorLastEncode. You can do a GET directly on either. Access: read-only. |
— |
svCmpaErrorFlushAll |
Not applicable. |
Setting this object to the value "flush" indicates to the agent that a Manager would like the svCmpaErrorTable to be immediately flushed of all entries. A management retrieval of this object always returns the value "noOp." setting this object to the value "noOp" is invalid. Access: read-write. |
noOp (1)
flush (2) |
Note The svCmpaErrorTable has been deprecated.
This values in the svCmpaErrorTable can be used to retrieve the error code and description for the last SET operation failed.
The ConnProxy Error table (svCmpaErrorTable) contains a list of recent errors reported by the ConnProxy sub-agent. When an SNMP SET on one of the connGroup table object fails, an entry is created in this table and the svCmpaErrorLastIndex object is updated. Even though this table is indexed by requestId only, the same requestId can be used by different Managers. The reason is the Managers's IP Address is used as an additional index.
This table is indexed by svCmpaErrorReqId.
Table C-3 svCmpaErrorTable
|
MIB Object
|
Description
|
Values
|
svCmpaErrorReqId |
This object contains the PDU request ID associated with the SNMP SET request. The Manager must use this information to find the error associated with a particular SNMP request. Note An SNMP request ID may be reused by the same Manager. When this occurs, the older entry in the table is replaced with the new error status. Managers must be aware that error information may therefore be lost. Access: read-only. |
— |
svCmpaErrorDesc |
This object contains error status information for failed SNMP SETs to one or more objects in the frPortsCfgTable table. Rows in this table may be created as the result of a failed SNMP SET operation. As the SNMP standard allows only a limited number of error result codes, the Managers can retrieve this variable to obtain additional information on a failed SET operation. Typically, this object contains a user-friendly description of the cause of the error. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-255 characters. |
svCmpaErrorEcode |
This object contains the error code of the failed SNMP SET operation. The error codes from 500 upwards are specific to the Error table operation itself. Note, currently SNMP GET errors are not updated in the Error table. Access: read-only. |
See Table C-4 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this object. |
svCmpaErrorLastDesc |
Contains the error description of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP GET on this returns a NULL string. |
String from 1-255 characters. |
svCmpaErrorLastEcode |
Contains the error code of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP GET on this object returns 500. |
See Table C-4 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this object. |
Obtaining the Error Code and Description of the Last Error in the svCmpaErrorTable
To obtain the error description of the last SNMP SET failure from one of the ConnProxy tables, perform an SNMP GET on the following variables:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.10.<0>
Name : svCmpaErrorLastEcode
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.11.<0>
Name : svCmpaErrorLastDesc
> snmpGET -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svCmpaErrorLastEcode.0 svCmpaErrorLastDesc.0
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svCmpaErrorLastEcode.0 : INTEGER: endpt-exists
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svCmpaErrorLastDesc.0 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii):
[09/26/97 14:58:14] EndPtVpi.Vci already in use: nmsbpx02.axis164.11.1.1.100.-1
ConnProxy Error Codes
Note The svCmpaErrorLastEcode object has been deprecated.
The following table describes the enumerated values returned by the svCmpaErrorEcode and svCmpaErrorLastEcode objects.
Table C-4 ConnProxy Error Codes Table
|
Error Code
|
Description
|
invalid-network (1) |
No such network (domain) in the database. |
invalid-node (2) |
No such node in the database. |
invalid-shelf (3) |
No such shelf for the given node. |
invalid-release (4) |
Unsupported release for the given node/shelf. |
node-timeout (5) |
Timeout from the given node/shelf. |
node-busy (6) |
Node is busy processing other requests. |
no-snmpcomm (7) |
The snmpcomm demon process is not running. |
snmpcomm-error (8) |
Internal error at the snmpcomm demon process. |
node-error (9) |
Error at the embedded agent. |
bad-value (10) |
Bad value for the given object. |
port-not-found (11) |
The specified port does not exist. |
slot-is-full (12) |
AddConn error, no more connections on this slot. |
slot-not-found (20) |
The specified slot does not exist. |
conn-not-found (100) |
The specified connection does not exist. |
endpt-exists (101) |
AddConn error, endpoint already exists. |
lendpt-exists (102) |
AddConn error, local endpoint already exists. |
rendpt-exists (103) |
AddConn error, remote endpoint already exists. |
lendpt-missing (104) |
svConnLocalEndPt is missing from the SET request. |
rendpt-missing (105) |
svConnRemoteEndPt is missing from the SET request. |
db-lendpt-not-found (106) |
Could not find local endpoint in database. |
db-rendpt-not-found (107) |
Could not find remote endpoint in database. |
lendpt-not-found (108) |
svConnLocalEndPt specified does not exists. |
rendpt-not-found (109) |
svConnRemoteEndPt specified does not exists. |
dangling-endpt (110) |
The endpoint is part of an incomplete connection. |
endpt-rowstatus-missing (111) |
frEndPointRowStatus is missing from the SET request. |
conn-rowstatus-missing (112) |
svConnRowStatus is missing from the SET request. |
invalid-endpt-rowstatus (113) |
Endpoint RowStatus can not be SET to active. |
invalid-conn-rowstatus (114) |
svConnRowStatus can not be SET to active. |
invalid-connindex (115) |
Invalid connection index used for AddConn. |
testtype-missing (116) |
svConnTestType is missing from the SET request. |
partial-add (117) |
Connection is added, however, modification failed. |
partial-mod (118) |
The endpoint is modified, however, the connection parameters are not modified. |
invalid-bw (119) |
Invalid bandwidth parameter relationship. |
not-active (120) |
Connection is not in active state. |
invalid-adminstatus (121) |
svConnAdminStatus can be SET to testing only. |
not-clear (122) |
svConnOpStatus is not in clear state. |
invalid-endpt-comb (123) |
Invalid endpoint combination for the connection. |
invalid-chantype (124) |
Invalid chanType for the given endpoint combination. |
cmgrd-timeout (125) |
No response from the cmgrd demon. |
no-cmgrd (126) |
The cmgrd demon is not running. |
ronly-for-frp (127) |
Object is read-only for FRP (IPX) endpoint. |
invalid-chanFECNconfig (128) |
Invalid chanFECNconfig for the given chanType. |
invalid-chanCLPtoDEmap (129) |
Invalid chanCLPtoDEmap for the given chanType. |
ibs-less-bc (130) |
InitialBurstSize (IBS) should be less than or equal to Bc. |
invalid-NRM (131) |
Invalid NRM value. |
invalid-TBE (132) |
Invalid value for Transient Buffer Exposure. |
foresight-disabled (133) |
PIR, MIR and QIR can not be Modified for MGX 8220 endpoint, when ForeSight is disabled. |
invalid-FRTT (134) |
Invalid value for the Fixed Round-Trip Time. |
invalid-VSVD (135) |
Invalid value for Virtual Source/Virtual Destination. |
invalid-Policing (136) |
Invalid the traffic policing value. |
invalid-PCRZeroPlus1 (137) |
Invalid Peak Cell Rate. |
invalid-CDVTZeroPlus1 (138) |
Invalid Cell Delay Variation Tolerance. |
invalid-MCR (139) |
Invalid Minimum Cell Rate. |
invalid-PercUti l (140) |
Invalid percentage utilization setting. |
invalid-SCRZeroPlus1 (141) |
Invalid Sustainable Cell Rate. |
invalid-MBS (142) |
Invalid Committed Burst Size. |
invalid-FGCRA (143) |
Invalid FGCRA. |
invalid-BCM (144) |
Invalid BCM cell enable or disable. |
invalid-ICR (145) |
Invalid Initial Cell Rate. |
invalid-RateUp (146) |
Invalid ForeSight Rate Up value. |
invalid-RateDown (147) |
Invalid ForeSight Rate Down value. |
invalid-ICRTO (149) |
Invalid Initial Cell Rate Time out. |
invalid-MinAdjustPeriod (150) |
Invalid ForeSight minimum adjustment value. |
invalid-connectionOvrSubOvrRide (151) |
Invalid oversubscribe value. |
policing-not-SETtable-on-axis (152) |
Policing can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
rateup-not-SETtable-on-axis (153) |
Rate up can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
ratedown-not-SETtable-on-axis (154) |
Rate down can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
frtt-not-SETtable-on-axis (155) |
FRTT can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
tbe-not-SETtable-on-axis (156) |
TBE can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
vsvd-not-SETtable-on-axis (157) |
VSVD can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
icrto-not-SETtable-on-axis (158) |
ICRTimeout can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
minadj-not-SETtable-on-axis (159) |
MinAdjust can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
nrm-not-SETtable-on-axis (160) |
NRM can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
bcm-not-SETtable-on-axis (161) |
BCM can not be SET for MGX 8220. |
connSubType-not-SETtable-for-MODIFY (162) |
connSubType can not be SET for MODIFY connection. |
connSubType-conflicts-with-endPoints (163) |
connSubType does not fit the endpoints. |
mandatory-param (164) |
Mandatory parameter for create. |
invalid-SET (165) |
Parameter cannot be modified after create. |
rpm-rpm-dax-disallowed (166) |
One segment RPM-RPM connection can not be added. |
invalid-MIdLow (167) |
Invalid MIdLow parameter. |
invalid-MIdHigh (168) |
Invalid MIdHigh parameter. |
invalid-InArp (169) |
Invalid InArp parameter. |
invalid-chanDEtoCLPmap (170) |
Invalid chanDEtoCLPmap for the given chanType. |
connSubType-conflicts-with-Protocol
Type(171) |
connSubType conflicts with ProtocolType specified. |
connSubType-conflicts-with-subtype(172) |
connSubType conflicts with subtype. |
subType-na-for-axis (200) |
Specified subtype is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. |
portSpeed-mismatch (201) |
Port speed does not match for CE endpoints. |
lineType-mismatch (202) |
Line type does not match for CE endpoints. |
portType-mismatch (203) |
Port type does not match for CE endpoints. |
create-only (204) |
Parameter can be SET only during creation. |
na-cesm4 (205) |
Not applicable for CESM-4 endpoints. |
na-cesm-unstruct (206) |
Not applicable for CESM-8 unstructured ports. |
db_access_error (207) |
Database accessing error. |
internal_error (208) |
ConnProxy Agent internal error. |
endpt_conn_mismatch (209) |
Endpoint does not match the local or remote end of the connection. |
endpt_not_found (210) |
The specified end-point does not exist. |
logical_conn_not_found (211) |
The logical connection does not exist. |
conversion-backoff-failure(250) |
During conversion of connection from PVC to SPVC, PVC is deleted. Neither PVC nor SPVC could be added in the middle segment.
Caution
This error is service affecting. Manual intervention of operator is required to restore the connection.
|
no-error-entry (500) |
No entries available in the ErrorTable. |
not-applicable (501) |
Error code not relevant, rely on error description. |
invalid-flushall (502) |
Can not SET to noOp for svCmpaErrorFlushAll. |
invalid-IpAddress (503) |
Invalid IP address. |
invalid-SubnetMask (504) |
Invalid subnet mask. |
Access Methods
To access a single entry from the svCmpaErrorTable, you must know the SNMP PDU Request ID that was used in the failed SNMP SET request. The request ID must be used as an index for accessing this table's entries. When the error information you are interested in is the last error in the table, use the svCmpaErrorLastEcode and svCmpaErrorLastDesc scalar objects.
ATM Endpoint Table
The ATM Endpoint table (atmEndPointTable) contains a list of the ATM endpoints. This table contains the traffic parameters for an ATM endpoint with the different service types: CBR, VBR, ABR and UBR
The atmEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•atmEndPointTable = connGroup 15. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.15
•atmEndPointEntry = atmEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.15.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•atmEndPointNodeName
•atmEndPointIfShelf
•atmEndPointSlot
•atmEndPointPort
•atmEndPointVpi
•atmEndPointVci
Table C-5 atmEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
atmEndPointNodeName |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8850 |
Node name of this endpoint. Access: read-write. |
String from 1-32 characters |
atmEndPointIfShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8850 |
Shelf name of this endpoint. When no shelf name exists, this value is a NULL string. Access: read-write. |
String from 0-32 characters |
atmEndPointSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
atmEndPointPort |
4 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8850 |
Logical port number. See Managing FRSM-4/8 Ports in Port Management for card specific port notations. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 The following ranges are associated with the different card types: •1-2 = ASI, BME, PXM T3/E3 (for MGX and BPX-SES) •1-12 = BXM/BXM-E •1-4 = AUSM-4, PXM OC3 (for MGX and BPX-SES), UXM OC3 •1-8 = AUSM-8 •1 = PXM OC12 (for MGX and BPX-SES) •1-6 = UXM T3/E3 |
atmEndPointVpi |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Virtual path index. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-4095 The following ranges apply to the different card types: •1-1000 = BME •0-255 = AUSM •0-4095 = PXM1 For ASI, BXM, UXM, AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E cards: •0-255 = UNI ports •0-4095 = NNI port |
atmEndPointVci |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Virtual channel index. For VC connections, the VCI value range is 0-65535. For VP connections, the VCI value should be 65537 for all cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65537 |
atmEndPointConnIndx |
7 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Index identifying the associated svConnEntry when the value of this object is greater than 0. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
atmEndPointOpStatus |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Operational status of the endpoint. The unknown (200) value is returned when the operational status cannot be determined. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 200 = unknown |
atmEndPointRowStatus |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Row status. This object must be SET to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be SET in the same SNMP SET request. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy (This value is not used and returns an error if set.) |
atmEndPointType |
10 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Type of ATM endpoint. The unknown (200) value is returned when the ATM endpoint type cannot be determined. The ausm-Atm (2) value refers to an AUSM 4 card, and the ausm-8-Atm (4) value refers to an AUSM 8 card. Access: read-only. |
1 = asi-Atm 2 = ausm-Atm 3 = bni-Atm 4 = ausm-8-Atm 5 = ausm-8-Atm 6 = bxm-Atm 7 = uxm-Atm 8 = bme-Atm 9 = pxm-Atm 10 = axsm-Atm 11 = axsme-Atm 12 = pxm1e-Atm 13 = axsmxg-ATM 200 = unknown |
atmEndPointPCRZero
Plus1 |
11 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8250 MGX 8230 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 BPX SES |
Peak cell rate (PCR 0+1) specifies an upper bound on rate at which traffic can be submitted on an ATM connection. This object applies to the first leaky bucket for leaving cells with cell loss priority of 0 or 1. For AUSM cards, value range is 10 cps. port rate, and the maximum value does not exceed the port rate. For PXM1 cards, value range is 50 cps. port rate, and the maximum value does not exceed the port rate. The following applicable connection types are UBR, CBR, VBR, ABR.FS, and ABR.1. This object is supported for PVC connections and for SPVC connections on AXSM and AXSM-E cards and BPX_SES. Access: read-write. |
Ranges: 0-22605280 cps. Default is 50. The following ranges apply to the different cards: ASI/BNI: •10-96000 = T3 •10-80000 = E3 •10-353208 = OC3 BXM/UXM with atmEndPointPolicing set to off: •6-96000 = T3 •6-80000 = E3 •6-353208 = OC3 •6-1412832 = OC12 BXM/UXM with atmEndPointPolicing set to on: •12-96000 = T3 •12-80000 = E3 •50-353208 = OC3 •50-1412832 = OC12 AUSM: 10 - Port Speed AXSM and AXSM-XG: •7-96000 = T3 •7-80000 = E3 •7-353207 = OC3 •7-1412830 = OC12 •7-565132 = OC48 •7-22605280 = OC192 (not valid for AXSM) AXSM-E and PXM1E: •7-96000 = T3 •7-80000 = E3 •7-353207 = OC3 •7-1412830 = OC12 |
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1 |
12 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 BPX SES |
Compliant cell delay variation tolerance (CDVT 0+1) which specifies the maximum time period for accumulated violations of cell-arrival time parameters. This object applies to the first leaky bucket for cells with cell loss priority of 0 or 1. The applicable connection types are UBR, CBR, VBR, ABR.FS, and ABR.1. This object is not allowed for BPX 8600->IPX ATF/ATFST connections. This object is supported for PVC connections and for SPVC connections on AXSM and AXSM-E cards and BPX-SES. Default for SPVC connections is 25000. Access: read-write. |
Ranges: 0-5360000 microseconds The following ranges apply to the different card types: •0-5000000 = BXM/UXM, PXM •0-10000 = ASI/BNI OC3 •1-250000 = ASI/BNI T3/E3, AUSM-4, AUSM-8 Defaults: ASI/BXM/UXM/BME •250000 = UBR, VBR, RT.VBR, ABR.FS, ABR.1, ATFST •10000 = CBR1 AUSM-4/AUSM-8 •10000 = VBR for ATM_ATM •1000 = VBR3 for ATM_FR •10000 = CBR1 •250000 = UBR •1000 = ABR.FS,ABR.1 PXM •250000 = VBR, UBR, ABR.1 •10000 = CBR1 |
atmEndPointMCR |
13 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1) BPX SES |
Minimum cell rate (MCR) specifies the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The Maximum value cannot exceed the port rate. For AUSM and PXM cards the applicable service types are abr1 and abr-fs. For BXM,ASI, UXM, and BME cards the applicable service types are abr1, abr-fs, atfst, atftfst, and atfxfst. This object is supported for SPVC connection for AXSM and AXSM-E and BPX_SES for connection sub-types ABR1 and ABR_FS. The value of the MCR must be within the ranges of each connection segment endpoints. For example, the minimum value must be 6 at both endpoints if the middle segment has a BXM port/card. |
Range: 0-22605280 cps. The following ranges apply to the different card types: ASI/BNI •0-96000 = T3 •0-80000 = E3 •0-353208 = OC3 BXM/BXM-E/BME/UXM •6-96000 = T3 •6-80000 = E3 •6-353208 = OC3 •6-1412832 = OC12 AUSM: 1-38328. For StdABR connections, the range is 10-38328 and default is 10. For StdABR, the relationship among MCR, PCR, ICR must be MCR <= ICR <= PCR. PXM •1-96000 = T3 •1-80000 = E3 •1-353208 = OC3 •1-1412832 = OC12 AXSM and AXSM-XG •7-96000 = T3 •7-80000 = E3 •7-353208 = OC3 •7-1412832 = OC12 •7-5651328 = OC48 •7-22605280 = OC192 (not applicable for AXSM) |
atmEndPointMCR (continued) |
13 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1) BPX SES |
Access: read-write. |
AXSM-E and PXM1E •7-96000 = T3 •7-80000 = E3 •7-353208 = OC3 •7-1412832 = OC12 Default value: 50 |
atmEndPointPercUtil |
14 |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 |
Channel percentage utilization setting for this endpoint. The setting is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this endpoint. This object is supported for PVC connections. This field is ignored for MGX 8850 local DAX connections. For SPVC segments the following values apply for each subtype: •For ABR subtypes the multiplication factor of (MCR * %util) must be greater than or equal to 1. •For VBR subtypes the multiplication factor of (SCR * %util) must be greater than or equal to 1. •For CBR subtypes the multiplication factor of (PCR * %util) must be greater than or equal to 1. This field is not set table or modifiable for AXSM cards for SPVC. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-127 The following ranges apply to the different card types: •0-100 = PXM •0-127 = BXM, UXM •1-127 = ASI, AUSM (AR) •1-100 = PNNI endpoints and others Default values: •1 = ASI, BXM, BME, UXM cards - UBR •100 = Others |
atmEndPointSCRZero
Plus1 |
15 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) BPX SES |
Sustainable cell rate (SCR) is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connection. Over time scales which are long are relative to those for which the PCR is defined. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network to allocate sufficient resources. These resources are less than those based on the PCR and ensure that the performance objectives (for example, cell loss ratio) can be achieved. Applicable connection types: VBR, ABR.1, ABR.FS: VSVD = enable (1). For ASI-T3 and E3 interfaces, only multiples of 10 are used internally. For ASI-OC3 interfaces, only values in the following SET are used internally: 11, 17, 23, 34, 45, 68, 90, 136, 181, 271, 362, 543, 723, 1085, 1447, 2170, 2894, 4340, 5787, 8681, 11574, 17361, 23148, 34722, 46296, 69444, 92593, 138889, 185185, 277778. Values between 277778 and 353208 are all valid for ASI-OC3 interfaces. All values in the valid range for a given interface are accepted. However, they are internally rounded up to the closest higher valid value for that interface. For BXM and BXM-E OC3 and OC12, no rounding is applied. This object is supported for PVC and SPVC connections for connection subtypes rt-vbr and nrt-vbr. on AXSM and BPX_SES. Maximum rate does not exceed the port rate. Default for ASI, BXM, BME, UXM, AUSM, and PXM = 50 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-22605280 cps. ASI/BNI: •10-96000 = T3 •10-80000 = E3 •10-353208 = OC3 BME/PXM: •50-96000 = T3 •50-80000 = E3 •50-353208 = OC3 •50-1412832 = OC12 BXM, UXM with atmEndPointPolicing set to either on or off: •6-96000 = T3 •6-80000 = E3 •6-353208 = OC3 •6-1412832 = OC12 AUSM: 10 - port speed AXSM and AXSM-XG: •50-96000 = T3 •50-80000 = E3 •50-353208 = OC3 •50-1412832 = OC12 •50-5651328 = OC48 •7-22605280 = OC192 (not applicable to AXSM) Maximum rate does not exceed the port rate. AXSM-E and PXM1E: •7-96000 = T3 •7-80000 = E3 •7-353208 = OC3 •7-1412832 = OC12 |
atmEndPointMBS |
16 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 BPX SES |
Committed burst size (CBS). Applicable connection types are •VBR (rt and nrt 1,2 & 3) •ABR.1: VSVD = enable (1) •ABR.FS (only for AutoRoute) This object is supported for PVC connections. This value at one endpoint cannot be greater than the max value of this parameter at the other endpoint. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5000000 cells The following ranges apply to different card types: •1-5000000 = BXM, BME, UXM, PXM •1-24000 = ASI •1-5000 = AUSM •1-5000000 = AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E,
BXM (BPX-SES) atmEndPointMBS must be >= atmEndPointIBS. Default: •AutoRoute: 1000 •PNNI: 1024 |
atmEndPointFGCRA |
17 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Frame-based generic rate control algorithm (FGCRA) is applicable with AAL-5 traffic only. FGCRA is also known as AAL5 frame-based traffic control (FBTC). Note This option is not for an endpoint terminating on a PXM card. Applicable connection types are UBR, VBR, standard ABR, ABRFST, ATFR, ATFST. Defaults:
Conn Type Default SET
Permissions
ABR/ABRFST enable (1) Yes
For ATM-FR ABRFS connection case, FGCRA is not allowed to SET. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
atmEndPointBCM |
18 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 BPX SES |
Value to enable or disable BCM cells when congestion is detected in the connection (flow control external segment). Note This option is not for an endpoint terminating on an AUSM/PXM card. Applicable connection types are ABR.1 ABR.FS, ABR.1, ABR.FS, ATFTFST, ATFXFST, and ATFST This object is supported for PVC and XPVC connections. For XPVC connections with FST-ABR interworking, the default value is enable. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
atmEndPointICR |
19 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Initial cell rate (ICR) that a source should send initially and after an idle period. Applicable connection types are •ABR.1 (VSVD enable), •ABR.FS (AutoRoute only) Maximum rate does not exceed the port rate. ICR cannot be SET for ABR1 for ASI are AXSM cards since these cards do not support VSVD. This option is not applicable to an endpoint terminating on a PXM card. ICR cannot be SET for ABR1 for ASI card. Maximum can not exceed the port rate. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5651328 The following ranges apply to different card types: •1-38328 cps. = AUSM AUSM •10-38328 = AUSM ABR1 (version >= 10.0.20) and default = 10 •7-1412830 = AXSM-E, PXM1E Default: 50 Units: cells per second. |
atmEndPointRateUp |
20 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
ABR rate adjustment up. This object is also known rate increase factor (RIF), which controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate can increase upon receipt of an resource management (RM) cell. This object is applicable to ABR-FS (ABR with ForeSight service) or ABR-1 (standard ABR connections). PVC ranges applicable connection types are ABR.FS, ABR.1 VSVD = enable(1), and ATFST. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same for the remote end. For BXM and UXM cards the default value is 128. The value should be in 2 to the power n, where n = 0-15 (1, 2, 4 ..., 32768) which is used to compute the cells per second. For AUSM cards this object is applicable only for ABR.1 connections (with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour behavior) ASI cards are not supported since VSVD can not be enabled. On BPX, if the service type is abr-fs or atfst, this object should be in absolute values of cells per second up to the PCR. SPVC ranges are applicable connection type ABR.1 with VSVD = enable(1). BXM valid values are 1-16. Default is equal to 7. AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1412832 The following ranges are •1-32768 = BXM and UXM for ABR1 connections •7 = UXM port speed. Default is 50 for ABRFS/ATFST connections •0-1412832| = ASI, BXM port speed for ABRFS/ATFST. Default value is 50. •1-32768 = AUSM, specify in powers of 2 for ABR1 connections. Default is 64. •1-16 = BXM for SPVC connections –1 = oneOver32768 –2 = oneOver16384 –3 = oneOver8192 –4 = oneOver4096 –5 = oneOver2048 –6 = oneOver1024 –7 = oneOver512 –8 = oneOver256 –9 = oneOver128 –10 = oneOver64 –11 = oneOver32 –12 = oneOver16 –13 = oneOver8 –14 = oneOver4 –15 = oneOver2 –16 = one •1-16 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVDor atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled. Default is 7. |
atmEndPointRateDown |
21 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
ABR rate adjustment down. This object is also known as rate decrease factor (RDF), which controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may decrease upon receipt of an RM cell. Applicable to abr-fs (ABR with ForeSight service) or abr-1 (standard ABR connections). For BXM and UXM cards the default value is 128. The value should be in 2 to the power n, where n = 0-15 (1, 2, 4 ..., 32768) which is used to compute the cells per second. ASI cards are not supported since VSVD cannot be enabled. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. SPVC ranges are applicable connection type ABR.1 with VSVD = enable(1). AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1--32768 The following ranges are •1-32768 = BXM and UXM for ABR1 connections. Default value is 16. •1-32768 = AUSM, specify in powers of 2 for ABR1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour behavior. Default is 16. •1-100 = ASI, BXM, UXM for ABRFS and ATFST connections specified in percentage (1%-100%). •1-16 = BXM for SPVC connections –1 = oneOver32768 –2 = oneOver16384 –3 = oneOver8192 –4 = oneOver4096 –5 = oneOver2048 –6 = oneOver1024 –7 = oneOver512 –8 = oneOver256 –9 = oneOver128 –10 = oneOver64 –11 = oneOver32 –12 = oneOver16 –13 = oneOver8 –14 = oneOver4 –15 = oneOver2 –16 = one •1-16 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVDor atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 4. |
atmEndPointEgress
PercUtil |
22 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Percentage utilization of the egress service rate. This object is used for egress bandwidth calculation and connection admission control. If this object is not set during addition and modification, the value is mapped from remote end. A value of 0 indicates that egress percent utilization is mapped from the other end of this connection. RESTRICTIONS: •This object is applicable only to AUSM cards and UBR connections. •The value set is effective only if the EGRESS_AUSM_MAPPING flag in the cmgrd.conf file is disabled. •This object is supported in MGX 8820 for firmware version 5.0.16. •This object is supported in MGX8850 (PXM1) only for firmware version 10.0.21. •This object is not supported on MGX8850 (PXM1E). Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-127 |
atmEndPointICRTO |
23 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
QIR timeout value. This object is also known as ACR decrease time factor (ADTF), which is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR. Applicable connection types are ABR.FS, ATFST, and ABR1 VSVD = enable (1). ASI cards are not supported for ABR.1 since VSVD cannot enabled. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. SPVC ranges are applicable connection type ABR.1 with VSVD = enable(1). AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255000 The following ranges are: •1000-255000 = ASI. Default is 1000. •62-8000 = BXM, BME, UXM. Default is 1000. •10-10230 = AUSM for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour Default is 500. •1-1023 = BXM SPVC connections. Default is 50. •1-1023 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVDor atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 50. |
atmEndPointMinAdjustPeriod |
24 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
ForeSight minimum adjustment period. This object is also known as TRM, which provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM-cells for an active source. Applicable connection types are ABR.FS, ATFST, and ABR1 VSVD = enable (1). ASI cards are not supported for ABR.1 since VSVD cannot enabled. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. SPVC ranges are applicable connection type ABR.1 with VSVD = enable(1). AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 milliseconds The following ranges apply to PVC connections: •20-250 msec.= ASI/BNI T3/E3. Default is 100. •3-255 msec. = BXM/UXM. Default value is 100. For ABR1 connections the range is 1-100 msec. •3-255 msec = AUSM for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour. Default is 255. The following ranges apply to SPVC connections: •1-8 = BXM –1 = trm0point78125 –2 = trm1point5625 –3 = trm3point125 –4 = trm6point25 –6 = trm25 –7 = trm50 –8 = trm100 •1-8 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVD or atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 8. |
atmEndPointNRM |
25 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of cells a source can send for each forward RM cell. Applicable connection type is ABR1 VSVD = enable (1). For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-256 cells The following ranges are applicable to PVC connections: •1-256 = BXM. Default is 32. •2-256 = AUSM supported only for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour. Value has to be in powers of 2.Default is 64. The following ranges apply to SPVC connections: •1-8 = BXM –1 = nrm2 –2 = nrm4 –3 = nrm8 –4 = nrm16 –5 = nrm32 –6 = nrm64 –7 = nrm128 –8 = nrm256 •1-8 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVD or atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 5. |
atmEndPointTBE |
26 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Transient buffer exposure (TBE) is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to send during start-up periods before the first RM cell returns. Applicable connection type is ABR1 VSVD = enable (1). ASI is not supported for ABR1 because VSVD cannot be enabled. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-16777215 The following ranges are applicable to PVC connections: •0-1048320 = BXM. Default is 1048320. •0-16777215 = AUSM supported only for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour. Value has to be in powers of 2.Default is 16777215. The following ranges apply to SPVC connections: •0-16777215 = BXM. Default is 1048320. •0-16777215 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVDor atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 1048320. |
atmEndPointFRTT |
27 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Fixed round-trip time (FRTT) is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to a destination and back. Applicable connection type is ABR1 VSVD = enable (1). ASI is not supported for ABR1 because VSVD cannot be enabled. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. AXSM and PXM1E are not supported because VSVD cannot be enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-16700000 The following ranges are applicable to PVC connections: •0-16700 = BXM. Default is 0. •AUSM supported only for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour. The following ranges apply to SPVC connections: •0-16700000 = BXM. Default is 0. •0-16700000 = AXSM-E with atmEndPointInternalVSVDor /atmEndPointExternalVSVD enabled for SPVC connections. Default is 0. |
atmEndPointVSVD |
28 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual source/virtual destination (VS/VD) is used to divide an ABR connection into two or more separately controlled ABR segments. This flag indicates if the ATM endpoints (both ends) serve as VS/VD. This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) without ForeSight. This object can be only SET at the time of creating the connection is not modifiable. This object is supported for BXM SPVC/Hybrid connections. For AXSM-E cards use atmEndPointInternalVSVD and atmEndPointExternalVSVD VSVD cannot be set to enable for AXSM, ASI, or PXM1E connections. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable Default values: The default value for PVC and BXM SPVC/Hybrid connection is disable. The default value for XPVC ABR.1 connections is enable. For XPVC ABR1 connections the VSVD is enable to have the single loop solution. |
atmEndPointPolicing |
29 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Traffic policing for this endpoint. --------------- ---------- ---------- Policing Type 1st Bucket 2nd Bucket --------------- ---------- ---------- none none none policingVbr1 CLP(0+1) CLP(0+1) policingVbr2 CLP(0+1) CLP(0) policingVbr3 CLP(0+1) CLP(0) with CLP Tagging policingPcrplc CLP(0+1) none This object applies only to ABR (abr-1), ABR-FS (abr-fs) without ForeSight. This object is supported for PVC connections on BXM and UXM cards. For a one segment PVC connection, the value on the local end is the same that is used for the remote end. Access: read-write. |
1 = policingVbr1 2 = policingVbr2 3 = policingVbr3 4 = policingPcplc 5 = none Default value (for BXM and UXM): policingPcplc (4). For other cards, GET on this object returns the value -2. |
atmEndPointHiCLP |
30 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Cell loss priority (CLP) is the tagging activation threshold. For BXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtypes abr-1,abr-fs, atfst and for connection types ATM-ATM, ATM-FR, and ATM-RPM. This object is supported for AUSM and AUSMB cards on MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, MGX 8850(PXM1), and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). For AUSM cards this object is applicable for connection subtypes abr-fs, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, ubr2 and for connection types ATM-ATM and ATM-FR. For ASI, BME, UXM, and BXM cards this value can be set for ABR.1 if VSVD = enable(1). This object is not applicable to PXM cards. If the absolute value of atmEndPointHiCLP is less than 1 since the VCQ Size is small, then CWM SETs 0 as HiCLP at the switch. This value should always be greater than or equal to atmEndPointLoCLP. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default: 80% Units: percentage of VCQ size. |
atmEndPointLoCLP |
31 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Cell loss priority (CLP) tagging deactivation threshold. For BXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtypes abr-1,abr-fs, atfst and for connection types ATM-ATM, ATM-FR, and ATM-RPM. This object is supported for AUSM and AUSMB cards on MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, MGX 8850(PXM1), and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). For AUSM cards this object is applicable for connection subtypes abr-fs, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, ubr2 and for connection types ATM-ATM and ATM-FR. For ASI, BME, UXM, and BXM cards this value can be set for ABR.1 if VSVD = enable(1). This object is not applicable to PXM cards. If the absolute value of atmEndPointHiCLP is less than 1 if the VCQ Size is small, then CWM SETs 0 as LoCLP at the switch. This value should always be greater than or equal to atmEndPointHiCLP. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default: 35% Units: percentage of VCQ size. |
atmEndPointVcQSize |
32 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Maximum VC queue depth. For BXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype subtypes abr-1, abr-fs, atfst, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, ubr2 and for connection types ATM-ATM and ATM-FR. This object is supported for AUSM and AUSM B cards on MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). For AUSM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype abr-fs, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, ubr2 and for connection type ATM-ATM, ATM-FR. For ASI, BME, and UXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype atfst and for connection type ATM-FR. The value can be set for ABR.1 if VSVD = enable(1). Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64000 cells The following ranges are •1-64000 cells = ASI T3/E3 •1-61440 cells = BXM, BME, UXM •1-8000 cells = AUSM-4 •1-16000 = AUSM-8 |
atmEndPointEfciQSize |
33 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification feature for this endpoint transmit queue. For BXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype subtypes abr-1, abr-fs, atfst and for connection types ATM-ATM and ATM-FR. This object is supported for AUSM and AUSM B cards on MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). For AUSM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype abr-fs, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, ubr2 and for connection type ATM-ATM, ATM-FR. For ASI, BME, and UXM cards this value can be set for ABR.1 if VSVD = enable(1). Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default: 100% The following value ranges are •1-100 = BXM •1-100 = AUSM Units: percentage. |
atmEndPointIBS |
34 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Initial burst size (IBS). For ASI, BME, BXM, and UXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype atfst and for connection types ATM-ATM and ATM-FR. For BXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtypes vbr3 and abr-fs and for connection type ATM-FR if the FR end is a FRM/FRP card on IGX. This object is supported for AUSM and AUSM B cards on MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). For AUSM cards this object is applicable for all service types and for connection type ATM-ATM, ATM-FR except when scrPolicing is off IBS has to be zero. For ASI, BME, and UXM cards this object is applicable for connection subtype atfst and for connection type ATM-FR. The value can be set for ABR.1 if VSVD = enable(1). The atmEndPointIBS value must be less than or equal to the atmEndPointMBS value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-24000 cells The following ranges are •1-107 cells = ASI-T3/E3 •0-999 cells = ASI-155 •0-24000 cells = BXM •1-5000 cells = AUSM Default: 1 |
atmEndPointScr
Policing |
35 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Value to select SCR policing for CLP = 0 or all cells. For this object to be SET to clp0and1 the atmEndPointClpTagging is set to disable. Supported for AUSM cards for ABR_FS, ABR1, VBR1-nrt, VBR2-nrt, VBR3-nrt, VBR1-rt, VBR2 -rt, and VBR3-rt connections. For VBR1 this value is always clp0and1 and cannot be changed. For VBR2 and VBR3 this value is always clp0 and cannot be changed. Access: read-write. |
1 = clp0 (default) 2 = clp0and1 3 = off |
atmEndPointClp
Tagging |
36 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable CLP tagging for ingress cells. For UBR1 connections the default value is disable. For UBR2 connections the default value is enable. For AUSM cards this object supports ABR_FS and ABR1 connections. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable (default) |
atmEndPointMCType |
37 |
BPX 8600 v |
Multicast type of the endpoint. This object is supported for PVC connections. Access: read-only. |
1 = normal—Endpoint is not on BME card. 2 = root—Endpoint is on BME card and atmEndPointVci = -2. 3 = leaf—Endpoint is on BME card and atmEndPointVci is greater than 0. |
atmEndPointForesight
PCR |
38 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Peak information rate or peak cell rate. This object is supported for abr.fs atm-atm or atm-fr connections with AUSM-4 or AUSM-8 endpoints. For StdABR connections (supported on AUSM-8 only), the range = 10-38328 and default is 10. The relationship among MCR, AbrPCR, ICR must be MCR <= ICR <= AbrPCR. By default, if this object is not SET, the value of the object atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1 is used. This object is supported for PVC connections. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-1412832 |
atmEndPointUpcEnable |
39 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enables or disable usage parameter control (UPC) for ingress cells. This object is supported for the following endpoints: •AUSM-4 •AUSM-8 •PXM-1 •PXM-2 •PXM-4 Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable |
atmEndPointCTD |
40 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Maximum tolerable network transfer delay in the direction remote->local. This object is applicable to the following cards: •AXSM •AXSM-E •BXM(BPX SES) Applicable Connection SubTypes Cbr1 and Rt-Vbr1,2,3. In order to set this parameter for an SPVC segment in a three-segment hybrid, the svConnCTD object should be used. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 65535 |
atmEndPointAbrERS |
41 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Configuration of an endpoint for explicit rate stamping (ERS). A SET or GET on this object does not have any effect from CWM. This object is applicable only for AXSM-E cards (not on a per connection basis) from SCT during connection addition. Access: read-write. |
1 = none 2 = enableIngress 3 = enableEgress 4 = enableBoth |
atmEndPointCLR |
42 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
CLR object. This object is only applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
0-65535 |
atmEndPointCDV |
43 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Maximum tolerable cell delay variation in the direction local->remote. Setting this parameter to 16777215 indicates to the switch that this parameter does not have significance in SPVC call setup. This parameter is only applicable on the master PNNI end point for AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E, BXM/SES cards. The supported connection subtypes are CBR1 and VBR-rt To set this parameter for an SPVC segment in a three-segment hybrid, use the svConnCDV object in the svConnTable. Access: read-write. |
1-16777215 Default: 16777215 |
atmEndPointEnable
Stats |
44 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable statistics collection on a per connection basis. This object is applicable to AXSM, AXSM-E, PXM1E and BXM (BPX SES) cards. If the above cards are not the endpoints of a hybrid-XPVC connection, use the svConnEnableStats object. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
atmEndPointEnableCC |
45 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable continuity check (CC) on a connection endpoint. This object is applicable to AXSM, AXSM-E, and PXM1E cards. To set this parameter for an SPVC segment in a three-segment hybrid, use the svConnEnableCC object in the svConnTable. This object cannot be set to enable for XPVCs. This object is not applicable for point-to-multi point SPVC connections. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
atmEndPointAbrCDF |
46 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Cutoff decrease factor (CDF) controls the rate decrease associated with lost or delayed backward RM cells. Larger values result in faster rate decrease. This object is supported for SPVC connections. This object supports AUSM (AutoRoute/PNNI) for ABR.1 connections with atmEndPointStdAbrType as srcDestBehaviour. PXM1E is not supported since VSVD cannot be enabled on this card. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-64 For BXM SPVC connections the values are •1 = cdf0 ( •2 = cdfOneOver64 •3 = cdfOneOver32 •4 = cdfOneOver16 •5 = cdfOneOver8 •6 = cdfOneOver4 •7 = cdfOneOver2 •8 = cdfOne For AUSM SPVC connections the range is 0-64 in powers of two (0,2,4,6,8,...,64). Default is 16. For AXSM-E SPVC connections the range is 1-8. Default is 7. |
atmEndPointStdAbr
Type |
47 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Value to identify whether the connection is switch behaving or source-destination behaving. In case of switch behavior, RM cells on TM4.0 switch will be received from a TM4.0 compliant CPE, while for source-destination behavior, RM cells are generated by TM4.0 switch itself. To support the Std ABR terminating channel on AUSM 8T1/E1 cards the MIB object atmEndPointStdAbrType should be set to srcDestBehavior(2). This object is applicable to cards with versions at least 10.0.20. Access: read-write. |
1 = switchBehaviour (default) 2 = srcDestBehaviour |
atmEndPointInternal
VSVD |
48 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable internal virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD) to a segment. The closed loop control is between the two provisioned endpoints of the SPVC. This object is applicable to AXSM-E cards. For XPVC connections the default value is vsvdOn. Access: read-write. |
•1 = vsvdOff (default) •2 = vsvdOn |
atmEndPointExternal
VSVD |
49 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable external VSVD to the segment that hosts the two endpoints of the SPVC. The closed loop control is outside the segment either towards a CPE or towards another segment. This object is applicable to AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
•1 = vsvdOff (default) •2 = vsvdOn |
atmEndPointCPESide
TestType |
50 |
IGX BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of test conducted on this endpoint. The testConseg is a segment OAM loopback test. The testPingoam is an endpoint OAM loopback test supported for BXM card in BPX where the firmware supports this feature. Both testConseg and testPingoam are non disruptive tests. The attributes for testPingoam and tstConseg are defined by atmEndPointOAMTesttLpCnt (required) and atmEndPointOAMTestAbrtFlg (optional). The tests return an error if atmEndPointOAMTestLpCnt is not defined. The results for testConseg and testPingoam may be accessed through atmEndPointOAMTestLpCnt and atmEndPointOAMTestSccCnt. The round trip delay times for the tests can be accessed through atmEndPointOAMTestRTDMin, atmEndPointOAMTestRTDAvg and atmEndPointOAMTestRTDMax for BXM cards in BPX where the firmware supports this feature. A value of -2 is returned for non-applicable cards. For BXM cards the testConseg(2) or testPingoam(3) value is returned based on the last test performed. The writeOnly(1) value is returned for all other cases. For UXM testConseg(2) value is returned if it is the last test performed. The writeOnly(1) value is returned for all other cases. |
1 = writeOnly 2 = testConseg 3 = testPingoam |
atmEndPointCPESide
TestType (continued) |
50 |
IGX BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
For AUSM and PXM cards writeOnly(1) value is returned in all cases. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards the testConseg(2) value is returned if it is the last test performed. The writeOnly(1) value is returned in all other cases. This object is applicable to PVC connections on BXM, UXM, PXM, and AUSM cards. This object is applicable to SPVC connections on AXSM and AXSM-E cards. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on IGX and BPX. Access: read-write. |
1 = writeOnly 2 = testConseg 3 = testPingoam |
atmEndPointOAM
TestLpCnt |
51 |
IGX BPX |
Number of loopback OAM cells sent from the node for testing the connection. A testConseg or testPingoam is invoked by setting atmEndPointCPESideTestType object to testConseg or testPingoam and specifying atmEndPointOAMTestLpCnt. On an SNMP Get, (0) is returned if testConseg or tstpingoam results do not exist for the particular endpoint. On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for unsupported node release and non-applicable cards. Due to timeout restrictions, the range of this object is limited to 5 via SNMP. However, a GET on this object may show values up to 10 if the last testConseg or tstpingoam operation on the endpoint was performed from the CLI. This object is applicable to PVC connections on BXM and UXM cards. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on IGX and BPX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5 |
atmEndPointOAMTestAbrtFlg |
52 |
IGX BPX |
Value to indicate if testConseg or testPingoam should stop when the first failure is encountered. This parameter is optional. The value of writeOnly is always returned for a GET operation. The testConseg or tstpingoam is invoked by setting atmEndPointCPESideTestType object to TestConseg or testPingoam and specifying atmEndPointOAMTestLpCnt. This object is applicable to PVC connections on BXM and UXM cards. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on IGX and BPX. Access: read-write. |
1 = writeOnly 2 = enable 3 = disable (default) |
atmEndPointOAMTest
SccCnt |
53 |
IGX BPX |
Value to specify the number of times testConseg or tstpingoam is successful in testing the connection. The atmEndPointOAMTestLpCnt minus atmEndPointOAMTestSccCnt gives the failure count. On an SNMP Get, (0) is returned if testConseg or testPingoam results do not exist for the particular endpoint. On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for un-supported node release and non-applicable cards. Due to timeout restrictions, the range of this object is limited to 5 via SNMP. However, a GET on this object may show values up to 10 if the last testConseg or testPingoam operation on the endpoint was performed from the CLI. This object is applicable to PVC connections on BXM and UXM cards. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on the BPX. Access: read-only. |
— |
atmEndPointOAMTestRTDMin |
54 |
BPX |
Value to specify the minimum round trip delay time for the testConseg or testPingoam test.The time is in milliseconds. On a SNMP Get, (-1) is returned if testConseg or testPingoam results do not exist for the particular endpoint. On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for un-supported node and card release and non-applicable cards. The value denotes results of latest test executed. This object is reported only on the BXM cards in BPX where the firmware supports this feature. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on the BPX. Access: read-only. |
— |
atmEndPointOAMTestRTDAvg |
55 |
BPX |
Value to specify the average round trip delay time for the testConseg or testPingoam test.The time is in milliseconds. On a SNMP Get, (-1) is returned if testConseg or testPingoam results do not exist for the particular endpoint. On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for un-supported node and card release and non-applicable cards. The value denotes results of the latest test executed. This object is reported only on the BXM cards in BPX where the firmware supports this feature. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on the BPX. Access: read-only. |
— |
atmEndPointOAMTestRTDMax |
56 |
BPX |
Value to specify the maximum round trip delay time for the testConseg or testPingoam test.The time is in milliseconds. On a SNMP Get, (-1) is returned if testConseg or testPingoam results do not exist for the particular endpoint. On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for un-supported node and card release and non-applicable cards. The value denotes results of the latest test executed. This object is reported only on the BXM cards in BPX where the firmware supports this feature. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on the BPX. Access: read-only. |
— |
atmEndPointTest
OAMFmt |
57 |
BPX |
Value to indicate which OAM cell format, i.610 [or] o.151 that the testConseg should use to perform testing. This parameter is optional with default set to i610 format. The value writeOnly is always returned for a GET operation. This object is only supported when BXM firmware supports o.151 OAM cell format. This object is not applicable for testPingoam or testDelay and is ignored. The i610 OAM cell is always used in testDelay and End-to-End OAM cell is always used in testPingoam. This object is not-supported in node SWSW Release earlier than 9.3.30 on the BPX. Access: read-write. |
1 = writeOnly 2 = i610 (default) 3 = o151 |
atmEndPointCPESide
TestState |
58 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
State of the test. When adding a connection the atmEndPointCPESideTestState becomes notinprogress. When selecting any test, this object returns inprogress state. After the test is completed this value is in a failed or passed state. For PXM and AUSM cards the following values are •1 = Passed •2 = Failed •3 = In Progress •4 = Not In Progress For AXSM cards the following switch MIB values are mapped: •lpbkSuccess(3) = Passed(1) •lpbkAbort(4), lpbkTimeOut(5),noStatus(1) = Failed(2) •lpbkInProgress(2) = In Progress(3) On an SNMP Get, (-2) is returned for non-applicable cards. This object is applicable to PVCs on PXM and AUSM cards. This object is applicable to SPVCs on AXSM and AXSME cards. Access: read-only. |
1 = passed 2 = failed 3 = inprogress 4 = notinprogress |
atmEndPointEgressSrvRate |
59 |
MGX 8220 MGX8850 (PXM1) MGX8850 (PXM1E) |
Egress service rate. This object is used for egress bandwidth calculation and for connection admission control. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal), or IMA E1 (clear) port. The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. For an AUSM (4-port) card the maximum value is 4830. If this object is not set during addition and modification, this value is mapped from the remote end. A value of 0 indicates that Egress Service Rate is mapped from the other end of this connection. RESTRICTIONS: •This object is applicable only for AUSM family of cards. •The value set is effective only if the EGRESS_AUSM_MAPPING flag in cmgrd.conf file is disabled. •This object is supported in MGX 8220 for firmware version5.0.19 or later. •This object is supported in MGX8850 (PXM1), MGX8850 (PXM1E) only for firmware version 10.0.24 or later. •This object is supported only for non UBR connections. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-38328 |
Frame Relay Endpoint Table
The Frame Relay Endpoint table (frEndPointTable) contains a list of the Frame Relay endpoints of virtual circuits and PVCs.
The frEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•frEndPointTable = connGroup 16. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.16
•frEndPointEntry = frEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.16.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•frEndPointNodeName
•frEndPointIfShelf
•frEndPointSlot
•frEndPointLine
•frEndPointPort
•frEndPointDlci
Table C-6 frEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
frEndPointNodeName |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
frEndPointIfShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the shelf. This value is a null string for endpoints that do not have a shelf name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
frEndPointSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
frEndPointPort |
4 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Logical port number. For FRSM cards, this value is the physical port. For adding a frame forwarding connection the port this value is the type frame forwarding. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-250 See Managing FRSM-4/8 Ports in Port Management for card specific port notations. |
frEndPointDlci |
5 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
DLCI. When the port type is FRP frame forwarding, only one DLCI is specified with the value 16383 (0x3fff). When the port type is FRSM frame forwarding, only one DLCI is specified with the value 1000. For FRSM-12T3E3 cards the following DLCIs are •For 2 byte port header length MAX DLCI 1023. •For 4 byte port header length MAX DLCI 8388607. •For 2 byte Port header length the restricted DLCIs are 0, 1007 and 1023. •For 4 byte port header length the restricted DLCIs are 0 and 8257535. For Frame Relay ports the maximum connections are 4000. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-1023 and 16383. |
frEndPointConnIndex |
6 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index identifying the associated entry in the svConnTable when the value is greater than 0. A value of 0 indicates a dangling endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
frEndPointOpStatus |
7 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Operational status of the endpoint. The value alarm (16) is applicable only for the FRSM card. The value alarm indicates that the slot, line, or port containing this endpoint has an alarm. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive—This value is obsolete. 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 16 = alarm |
frEndPointRowStatus |
8 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Row status. The manager must SET this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other endpoint parameters also can be SET in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy (This value is not used.) |
frEndPointMIR |
9 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
The minimum transmit bandwidth (MIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this endpoint. This object has the relationship: MIR <= QIR <=PIR This attribute can only be SET to values evenly divisible by 100. The maximum value set cannot exceed the port speed. For Frame Relay cards on IGX this object is applicable to all service types. For FRSM cards this object can be modified only for ForeSight and StdABR connections. For non-ForeSight and non-StdAbr this object gets the value from frEndPointCIR or frEndPointChanServRate (if svConnServRateOvrRide is enabled). This object is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2400-153600000 For FRP, FRM, UFM, UFM-U, the values are 2400, 16384000. For FRSM-2, FRSM-2c, FRSM-hs2, FRSM-hs1, FRSM-4, FRSM-8 cards the values are 3840, 153600000. Default: 19200 |
frEndPointCIR |
10 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Committed information rate (CIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this endpoint. The 0-CIR feature allows this object to be 0. This attribute can only be SET to values evenly divisible by 100. CIR should always be less than or equal to port speed. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-53248000 The following ranges are •0-1536000 bps. = FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-4T1/8T1 •0-4421000 bps. = FRSM-2T3 •0-34010000 bps. = FRSM-2E3 •0-51840000 bps. = FRSM-HS2 •0-2048000 bps. = FRSM-4E1/8E1 •0-44736000 bps. = FRSM-12T3 •0-34368000 bps. = FRSM-12E3. •0 = UBR connections on FRSM-12T3E3 and FRSM on MGX 8830 and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) nodes Default: 19200 |
frEndPointBc |
11 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Committed burst size (Bc) parameter (in bytes) for this endpoint. When frEndPointType is fr, this attribute is calculated as follows and should not be SET: Bc = (VcQSize/(1 - MIR/port access rate)). When frEndPointType is frsm, the value is not calculated and is assigned the default value, unless it is SET. If CIR is equal to 0, Bc should be zero. If CIR is not equal to 0, Bc should be non zero. This object is not applicable to FRP, FRM, UFM, UFM-U cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097152 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097152 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 •0-2097151 = FRSM-12T3E3 Default value: 5100 |
frEndPointBe |
12 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Excess burst size (Be) parameter (in bytes) for this endpoint. When frEndPointType is fr, this attribute is calculated as follows and should not be SET: Be = Bc * (PIR/MIR - 1). When frEndPointTypeis frsm the value is not calculated and is assigned the default value, unless it is SET. If CIR is equal to 0, Be should be non zero. This object is not applicable to FRP, FRM, UFM, UFM-U cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097152 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097152 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 •0-2097151 = FRSM-12T3E3 Default value: 5100 |
frEndPointVcQSize |
13 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Maximum queue depth (in bytes) for this endpoint. This object is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges (minimum, maximum) apply to the following cards: •0-65535 = FRP •1-65535 = FRM, UFM, UFM-U •4510-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •4510-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 Default value: 65535 |
frEndPointPIR |
14 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Peak transmit bandwidth (PIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this endpoint. This attribute can only be SET to values evenly divisible by 100. The maximum value set cannot exceed port speed. For Frame Relay cards on IGX this object is applicable to all service types. For FRSM cards this object can be modified only for ForeSight and StdABR connections. For non-ForeSight and non-StdAbr this object gets the value from frEndPointCIR or frEndPointChanServRate (if svConnServRateOvrRide is enabled). This object is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2400-153600000 The following ranges are •2400-16384000 = FRP, FRM, UFM, URM-U (hssi) •2400-10240000 = UFM(U) (x.21, v.35) •3840-153600000 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2, FRSM-HS1, FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM12 Default: 19200 |
frEndPointCMAX |
15 |
IGX 8400 |
Maximum credits that can be accrued for this endpoint. This object is not applicable for FRSM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 Default: 10 |
frEndPointEcnQSize |
16 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification feature for the endpoint transmit queue. This value is specified in bytes. When the frEndPointVcQSize value exceeds this value, the FECN bit is SET in all frames transmitted to the remote endpoint. This object is not supported for FRSM12 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges apply to the different card types: •0-65535 = FRP, FRM, UFM, and UFMU. Default is 65535. •0-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2. Default is 65535. •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1. Default is 65535. |
frEndPointQIR |
17 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Transmit quiescent information rate (QIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this endpoint. This value has the relationship:
MIR <= QIR <= PIR. This attribute can only be SET to values evenly divisible by 100. For Frame Relay cards on IGX this object is applicable to all service types. For FRSM cards this object can be modified only for ForeSight and StdABR connections. For non-ForeSight and non-StdAbr this object gets the value from frEndPointCIR or frEndPointChanServRate (if svConnServRateOvrRide is enabled). This object is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2400-153600000 The following ranges are •2400-16384000 = FRP, FRM, UFM, URM-U •3840-153600000 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2, FRSM-HS1, FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM12 Default: 19200 |
frEndPointPercUtil |
18 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PMX45) MGX 8850 |
Channel percentage utilization setting for this endpoint. This object is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by the endpoint. For FRSM cards the value range is 1-100. This field is not applicable to for IGX local DAX (routing and feeder) connections. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-100 Default value: 100 |
frEndPointPriority |
19 |
IGX 8400 |
Priority for the egress end. The value of this object determines the priority that is given to the data carried by this connection. When SET to low, the data is given the standard priority, and when SET to high, the data is given a higher priority. Higher priority data is placed at the beginning of the port queues. This object is only applicable to IGX Frame Relay cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = low (default) 2 = high |
frEndPointInitialBurst
Size |
20 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Initial burst size in bytes. The initial burst size should be less than or equal to Bc. This object is valid for FRSM endpoints. This object is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097152 Default: 100 |
frEndPointDeTagging |
21 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable discard eligible (DE) tagging in the ingress direction. This object is valid only for FRSM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
frEndPointIngressDe
Threshold |
22 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Ingress threshold (in bytes) at which deletion occurs based on DE. This object is valid for FRSM endpoints but is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 Default value: 32767 |
frEndPointEgress
QDepth |
23 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Egress queue depth (in bytes). This object is valid for FRSM endpoints but is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 Default value: 65535 |
frEndPointEgressDe
Threshold |
24 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Egress threshold (in bytes) at which deletion occurs based on DE. This object is valid for FRSM endpoints but is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 Default value: 32767 |
frEndPointEgressEcn
Threshold |
25 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
ECN threshold (in bytes). This object is valid for FRSM endpoints but is not supported for FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2097151 The following ranges are •0-65535 = FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1 •0-2097151 = FRSM-2, FRSM-2C, FRSM-HS2 Default value: 6553 |
frEndPointEgress
QSelect |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Value to select one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is 2, which is the low priority queue. This is only valid for FRSM endpoints. For FRSM-VHS cards the egress QOS feature must be disabled. disabled (recognized by egr_qos_feature db variable in card_table). The frEndPointChanServType can be set to any of the five queues. However, the Switch Software takes both this variable and the frEndPointEgressQSelect option overrides the frEndPointChanServType Qselection option specified by the user. Access: read-write. |
1 = high Priority 2 = low Priority (default) |
frEndPointLpbkState |
27 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
State of loopback mode for the endpoint. This bit-mapped integer has the following values •1 = local •2 = remote •4 = port •8 = csu •16 = dsu •32 = external •64 = testcon Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
frEndPointType |
28 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 |
Types of Frame Relay endpoints. Access: read-only. |
1 = frp-fr—FRP/FRM/UFM Frame Relay endpoints. 2 = ait-fr (This value is obsolete.) 3 = frsm-fr—FRSM Frame Relay endpoints. 4 = frsm-FUNI— FRSM FUNI endpoints. 5 = frsm-FF—FRSM Frame Forwarding endpoints. 6 = frp-FF—FRP/FRM/UFM Frame Forwarding endpoints 7 = frasm-stun (This value is not used.) 8 = frasm-bstun (This value is not used.) 9 = frasm-fras (This value is not used.) 200 = unknown—Returned when the FR endpoint type cannot be found. |
frEndPointchanType |
29 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Endpoint channel type. For FRSM12 cards this parameter cannot be modified For FRSM-12T3E3 cards this parameter cannot be modified. For NIW and NIW replace connection addition is not supported if port header length for one end is 4 bytes and other end is 2 bytes. For SIW and Frame Forward option the connection addition is allowed with port header length different for local end and remote end. Access: read-write. |
1 = frNIW—Frame Relay network interworking. Default for FRP, FRM, and UFM cards. 2 = frSIW-transparent—Service interworking with out any SDU translation. 3 = frSIW-translate—Service interworking with SDU translation. 4 = frFUNI—Frame-Relay UNI. Default for FUNI ports. 5 = frForward—Frame forwarding. Default for frame forwarding ports. 6 = Frame Relay network interworking with DLCI in FRSSCS-PDU always set to 1022. |
frEndPointchanFECN
config |
30 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
FECN bits in Frame Relay are mapped to EFCI bits in the ATM cells. The value mapEFCI is valid only for SIW. This object is valid only for FRSM endpoints. If frEndPointChanType is frForward, then chanFECNconfig should be set EFCIzero. If frEndPointChanType is frNIW or frNIWReplace, then chanFECNconfig should be set EFCIzero. Access: read-write. |
1 = mapEFCI 2 = setEFCIzero (default) |
frEndPointchanDEt
CLPmap |
31 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
DE to CLP mapping. The following values apply to DE to CLPmap for various channel types: •1, 2, 3 = FR (NIW) •1, 2, 3, = FR(SIW) •2, 3 = FF •1 = FUNI For FRSM12-T3E3 cards if frEndPointChanType is FrForward then chanDEtoCLPmap should be mapCLP. Access: read-write. |
1 = mapCLP (default)—DE bit is to be mapped to the CLP bit in the ATM cell. 2 = setCLPzero—DE bit is ignored and the CLP bit is SET to the constant value. 3 = setCLPone—DE bit is ignored and the CLP bit is SET to the constant value. |
frEndPointchanCLPto
DEmap |
32 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
CLP to DE mapping. Values (1), (2), and (3) are valid for SIW. Values (1) and (4) are valid for NIW. For (1), the CLP bit is mapped to DE bit in Frame-Relay. For (2) and (3), the CLP bit is ignored and DE bit is SET to the constant value. ignoreCLP ignores CLP bit and DE bit remains as received. The following values apply to CLP to DEmap for various channel types: •1, 4 = FR (NIW) •1, 2, 3 = FR(SIW) •4 = FF •1 = FUNI For FRSM12-T3E3 cards: If frEndPointChanType is FrForward then chanCLPtoDEmap should be ignoreCLP. If frEndPointChanType is frNIW or frNIWReplace then chanCLPtoDEmap should not be setDEzero or setDEone. If frEndPointChanType is frSIWTranslate or frSIWTransparent chanCLPtoDEmap should not be ignoreCLP. This is only valid for FRSM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = mapDE (default) 2 = SETDEzero 3 = SETDEone 4 = ignoreCLP Default value: mapDE (1) |
frEndPointLine |
33 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Physical line associated with this port. The value of this object is applicable to FRSM cards and is used mainly for the MIB indexing purposes. For SNMP GET operations a value 0 is returned for ports other than FRSM. For SNMP SET operations a value 0 must be used for ports other than FRSM. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-56 |
frEndPointChanServ
Type |
34 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Channel service type. This object is applicable to the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 For FRSM-VHS to FRSM-VHS connections, the service type must be the same on both ends of the connection. For two segment FR-FR connections, the valid service types are •If svConnSubType is fr, the frEndPointChanServType can be highPriority, vbr-nrt, vbr-rt, ubr or abrstd. •If svConnSubType is fr-fs, the frEndPointChanServType must be abr. For ATM-FR connections the following values are •If svConnSubType is cbr1, the frEndPointChanServType must be highPriority. •If svConnSubType is vbr3-rt or vbr2-rt, the frEndPointChanServType must be vbr-rt. •If svConnSubType is vbr3 or vbr2, the frEndPointChanServType must be vbr-nrt. •If svConnSubType is abr-fs, the frEndPointChanServType must be abr. •If svConnSubType is ubr-2 or ubr-1, the frEndPointChanServType must be ubr. |
1 = high priority 2 = vbr-rt 3 = vbr-nrt (default) 4 = abr 5 = ubr 9 = abrstd—Not supported for FRSM-VHS cards with versions lesser than 10.2.10. |
frEndPointChanServ
Type (continued) |
34 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
•If svConnSubType is abr1, the frEndPointChanServType must be abrstd. For XPVC connections the following values are •For FR-FR connections without ForeSight, if the other end does not support frEndPointChanServType, then only vbr-nrt(3) is applicable. •For FR-FR connections with Foresight, for foresight-abr interworking (for example, one end supports foresight, other end supports abr-1/abrstd), the frEndPointChanServType on the end which does not support foresight (PNNI) should be abrstd. This object can be set only during connection addition and is not modifiable afterwards. Access: read-write. |
1 = high priority 2 = vbr-rt 3 = vbr-nrt (default) 4 = abr 5 = ubr 9 = abrstd—Not supported for FRSM-VHS cards with versions lesser than 10.2.10. |
frEndPointChanServ
Rate |
35 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Service rate parameter (in bits per second) for this endpoint. This attribute can only be SET to values evenly divisible by 100. This object is applicable to: FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 and FRSM-8 cards on MGX 8230 and MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1) Release 1.1.20 or later. For FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 and FRSM-8 cards the range is 3840-153600000. This object is not applicable to FRSM12 T3/E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 3800-153600000 Default: 19200 |
frEndPointTBE |
36 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Transient buffer exposure. Unit is in number of cells. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-16777215 Default: 16777215 |
frEndPointFRTT |
37 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Fixed round-trip time. The unit is milliseconds. Value 0 signifies that FRTT is not available. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-16700 Default: 0 |
frEndPointRDF |
38 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Rate decrease factor. This unitless value has to be inverted to arrive at the actual value. The valid values possible are only powers of 2, for example 1, 2, 4, 8..... 32768. The SNMP agent has to verify this compliance. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32768 Default: 16 |
frEndPointRIF |
39 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Rate increase factor. This unitless value has to be inverted to arrive at the actual value. The valid values possible are only powers of 2, for example 1, 2, 4, 8..... 32768. The SNMP agent has to verify this compliance. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32768 Default: 64 |
frEndPointNRM |
40 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. The valid values possible are only powers of 2, for example 2, 4, 8..... 256. The SNMP agent has to verify this compliance. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 2-256 Default:64 |
frEndPointTRM |
41 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source. The unit is in milliseconds. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 For FRSM-12T3E3 cards the range is 3-100. The supported values are 3, 6, 12, 25,50, and 100. Any other input value is rounded off to next higher supported value. For FRSM-12T3E3 cards the default value is 100. Access: read-write. |
Range: 3-255 Default: 255 |
frEndPointCDF |
42 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Cutoff decrease factor. This unitless value has to be inverted to arrive at the actual value. The valid values possible are 0 and only powers of 2; i.e., 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. The SNMP agent has to verify this compliance. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-64 Default: 16 |
frEndPointADTF |
43 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ACR decrease time factor. Granularity allowed is 10 milliseconds. The SNMP agent has to verify this compliance. This object is applicable to the abrstd channel service type on the following cards: •FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 •FRSM-8 T1/E1 •FRSM-12T3E3 Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-10230 milliseconds Default: 500 |
frEndPointZeroCirConEir |
44 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
EIR value for zero committed information rate (CIR) connections. If zeroCirConEir is 0, EIR is set to port speed. If zeroCirConEir is a non-zero value, EIR is set to value of this object. This value is used for policing in ingress direction. This object is valid only for a zero CIR connection. The zeroCirConEir object must be less than or equal to the port speed. Note For FRSM cards on MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8830 (PXM1E). For the MGX 8830 (PXM1E) this parameter is applicable only for UBR channel service type. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-52000000 Default: 3840 |
frEndPointChanCnf
IgnoreIncDE |
45 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable the incoming frames with discard eligible (DE) bit set to 1 to be counted in the Bc bucket instead of Be bucket. This object is applicable only to FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable |
frEndPointChanLocal
LpbkEnable |
46 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to add a channel-level loopback towards the port side. This object is applicable only to FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
frEndPointUpcEnable |
47 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to disable Frame Relay policing. This object is applicable only to FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable (default) 2 = Disable |
frEndPointChanOamCCEnable |
48 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable continuity check (CC) on a connection endpoint. This object is applicable only to FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
frEndPointChanStats
Enable |
49 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable statistics collection on each connection. This object is applicable only to FRSM-12T3E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
frEndPointChanEgrSrvRate |
50 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Channel egress service rate. The maximum value for chanEgrSrvRate for an E1 card is 2048000. The maximum value for a T1 card is 1536000. The value has to be less than or equal to the port speed. The maximum value for an E3 card is 34368000. The maximum value for a T3 card is 44736000m. The maximum value for an HSSI is 52000000. For FRSM-2CT3 cards, the peak value of permissible chanEgrSrvRate is 1536000. For FRSM-12T3E3 cards, this object is used only for CAC. The range is the same as the range for cir object. The maximum value is 44736000. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2400-52000000 Default: 2400 |
Connection Alarm Table
The Connection Alarm table (svConnAlarmTable) contains a list of PVCs in an alarmed (failed, down) state. Incomplete connections do not fall in this category. This table supports PVC, SPVC, HybridVC, and XPVC connections.
The svConnAlarmTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svConnAlarmTable = connGroup 17. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.17
•svConnAlarmEntry = svConnAlarmTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.17.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svConnAlarmNode
•svConnAlarmShelf
•svConnAlarmSlot
•svConnAlarmLine
•svConnAlarmPort
•svConnAlarmVpiOrDlci
•svConnAlarmVci
Table C-7 svConnAlarmTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svConnAlarmNode |
1 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Routing node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svConnAlarmShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Shelf or feeder name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svConnAlarmSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svConnAlarmLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line number. Applicable to MGX FRSM endpoints only. Value 0 is returned for other endpoint types. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-8 |
svConnAlarmPort |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Physical port number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svConnAlarmVpiOrDlci |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
For Frame Relay endpoints, this is the DLCI. For ATM endpoints, this is the VPI. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-16383 |
svConnAlarmVci |
7 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
VCI for ATM endpoints, valid range is 0-65535. For VP connections, the value of virtual channel index is shown 65537 for all cards. The database contains the value -2 for MGX cards and 65537 for cards on BPX and IGX. This object is not applicable for Frame Relay endpoints, and thus returns a 0 value. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-65537 |
svConnAlarmRemoteEnd |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Object identifier of the first attribute of the endpoint in the associated protocol specific endpoint table (frEndPointTable, atmEndPointTable, rpmEndPointTable). Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnAlarmConnType |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Connection type. Access: read-only. |
1 = fr-fr—Frame Relay to Frame Relay connection 2 = atm-fr—ATM to Frame Relay connection 3 = atm-atm—ATM to ATM connection 4 = data-data—Data to data connection 5 = voice-voice—Voice to voice connection 6 = ce-ce—CESM to CESM connection atm-ce(7) 8 = rpm-rpm—RPM to RPM connection 9 = atm-rpm—RPM to ATM connection 10 = rpm-fr—RPM to Frame Relay connection 11 = atm-vism—AUSM to VISM connection 12 = vism-vism 13 = vism-rpm 15 = atm-unknown 16 = fr-unknown 17 = ce-unknown 18 = rpm-unknown 19 = vism-unknown 200 = unknown—
Incomplete connection |
svConnAlarmLocalEndNNI |
10 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Local end NNI alarm. The valid values are •1 = false—The local endpoint is not an NNI port. •2 = true—The local endpoint is an NNI port. •3 = unknown—Unknown local endpoint port type. Access: read-only |
1 = false 2 = true 3 = unknown |
svConnAlarmRemoteEndNNI |
11 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Remote end NNI alarm. The valid values are •1 = false—The remote endpoint is not an NNI port. •2 = true—The remote endpoint is an NNI port. •3 = unknown—Unknown remote endpoint port type. Access: read-only |
1 = false 2 = true 3 = unknown |
Voice Endpoint Table
The Voice Endpoint table (voiceEndPointTable) used to model a voice endpoint.
The voiceEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•voiceEndPointTable = connGroup 18. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.18
•voiceEndPointEntry = voiceEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.18.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•voiceEndPointNodeName
•voiceEndPointShelf
•voiceEndPointSlot
•voiceEndPointLine
•voiceEndPointPort
Table C-8 voiceEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Value
|
voiceEndPointNodeName |
1 |
IGX 8400 |
Node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
voiceEndPointShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 |
String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for endpoints having no shelf name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
voiceEndPointSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 3-32 |
voiceEndPointLine |
4 |
IGX 8400 |
Physical line associated with this port. It is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. It is always 1 for CVM, CDP and 1-2 for UVM. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-2 |
voiceEndPointPort |
5 |
IGX 8400 |
Physical port number. This corresponds to the individual DS0. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-31 1-24 = T1 1-31 = E1 when the line type is CCS. 1-15 and 17-31 = E1 when the line type is CAS |
voiceEndPointConnIndex |
6 |
IGX 8400 |
When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated entry in the svConnEntry. Value 0 indicates a dangling endpoint which belongs to an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-2147483647 |
voiceEndPointOpStatus |
7 |
IGX 8400 |
Operational status of the endpoint. An unknown is returned when the operational status cannot be found. Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = fail 3 = down 200 = unknown |
voiceEndPointRowStatus |
8 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to create a new entry. To create a new entry, SET this object to createAndGo. Other endpoint parameters also can be SET in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo |
voiceEndPointRate |
9 |
IGX 8400 |
End point rate. This object is mandatory for creation and cannot be modified after endpoint creation. The values l16 and l16v are enabled for UVM cards only. The number in the rates indicates the data rate in kbps. For example, a32 carries a data rate of 32kbps. `p', `t' and `v' carry data rates of 64kbps. Access: read-write. |
1 = a32 2 = a24 3 = a16 4 = a16z 5 = a32d 6 = c32 7 = c24 8 = c16 9 = c16z 10 = c32d 11 = p 12 = t 13 = v 14 = l16 15 = l16v |
voiceEndPointPercUtil |
10 |
IGX 8400 |
Percentage of utilization of this channel. This object informs the system software of the expected utilization rate of connections. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-100 Default value: 100 |
Data Endpoint Table
The Data Endpoint table (dataEndPointTable) is used to model a data endpoint.
The dataEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•dataEndPointTable = connGroup 19. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.19
•dataEndPointEntry = dataEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.19.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•dataEndPointNodeName
•dataEndPointShelf
•dataEndPointSlot
•dataEndPointLine
•dataEndPointPort
Table C-9 dataEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Value
|
dataEndPointNodeName |
1 |
IGX 8400 |
Node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
dataEndPointShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 |
String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for endpoints having no shelf name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
dataEndPointSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 3-32 |
dataEndPointLine |
4 |
IGX 8400 |
Physical line associated with this port used for MIB indexing. For CVM and CDP the value is 1. For UVM the value range is 1-2. This value is always 0 for (serial port) CDP, LDP, HDM, LDM cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-2 |
dataEndPointPort |
5 |
IGX 8400 |
Physical port number. This object corresponds to the individual DS0 for channelized cards. For serial port cards the object value corresponds to a port. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-31 Channelized cards: this corresponds to the individual DS0: 1-24 = T1 1-31 = E1 when the line type is CCS. 1-15 and 17-31 = E1 when the line type is CAS Serial port cards: The range is 1-8. |
dataEndPointConnIndex |
6 |
IGX 8400 |
When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated entry in the svConnEntry. Value 0 indicates a dangling endpoint which belongs to an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-2147483647 |
dataEndPointOpStatus |
7 |
IGX 8400 |
Operational status of the endpoint. The unknown value is returned when the operational status cannot be found. Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = fail 3 = down 200 = unknown |
dataEndPointRowStatus |
8 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to create a new entry. To create a new entry, SET this object to createAndGo. Other endpoint parameters also can be SET in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo |
dataEndPointRateType |
9 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to select the rate type depending on which data rate is selected. For channelized cards, only super and transparent values are applicable. This object is not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = standard (default) 2 = super 3 = transparent |
dataEndPointDataRate |
10 |
IGX 8400 |
Indicates the data rate of the endpoint. The unit is 100 bps. Super-Rate data rates must be specified when adding a superrate connection to specify the number of time slots (DS0s). Transparent rates must be specified when adding a transparent connection. This object cannot be modified after endpoint creation. Units:
Standard: 100 bps (for example, a data rate of 12 is equivalent to 1200 bps). Standard with fast EIA enabled: 100 bps (for example, a data rate of 12f is equivalent to 1200 bps). Super: 100 bps (for example, a data rate of 2x560 is equivalent to 112000 bps). Transparent: 1 bps (for example, a data rate of 48t is equivalent to 48 bps). Access: read-write. |
Default is s12. Standard Rates: s12 (1), s18 (2),
s24 (3), s32 (4), s36 (5), s48 (6),
s64 (7), s72 (8), s80 (9), s96 (10), s120 (11), s128 (12), s144 (13),
s160 (14), s168 (15), s192 (16),
s240 (17), s288 (18), s320 (19),
s384 (20), s480 (21), s560 (22),
s576 (23), s640 (24), s720 (25),
s768 (26), s840 (27), s960 (28),
s1120 (29), s1152 (30), s1280 (31), s1440 (32), s1680 (33), s1920 (34), s2240 (35), s2304 (36), s2560 (37), s2880 (38), s3360 (39), s3840 (40), s4480 (41), s5120 (42), s6720 (43), s7680 (44), s7720 (45), s8960 (46), s10240 (47), s11520 (48),
s13440 (49) Super Rates: sp1x560 (201), sp2x560 (202), sp3x560 (203), sp4x560 (204), sp5x560 (205), sp6x560 (206), sp7x560 (207), sp8x560 (208), sp1x640 (209), sp2x640 (210), sp3x640 (211),
sp4x640 (212), sp5x640 (213), sp6x640 (214), sp7x640 (215), sp8x640 (216) |
dataEndPointDataRate (continued) |
10 |
IGX 8400 |
— |
Standard Rates with fast EIA enabled: sf12 (101), sf18 (102),
sf24 (103), sf32 (104), sf36 (105),
sf48 (106), sf64 (107), sf72 (108), sf80 (109), sf96 (110), sf120 (111), sf128 (112), sf144 (113),
sf160 (114), sf168 (115),
sf192 (116), sf240 (117),
sf288 (118), sf320 (119),
sf384 (120), sf480 (121),
sf560 (122), sf576 (123),
sf640 (124), sf720 (125),
sf768 (126), sf840 (127),
sf960 (128), sf1120 (129),
sf1152 (130), sf1280 (131),
sf1440 (132), sf1680 (133),
sf1920 (134), sf2240 (135),
sf2304 (136), sf2560 (137),
sf2880 (138), sf3360 (139),
sf3840 (140), sf4480 (141),
sf5120 (142), Transparent Subrates: t24 (301),
t48 (302), t96 (303), t560 (304) |
dataEndPointEncoding |
11 |
IGX 8400 |
The data coding format for data transmissions. This object can be SET during endpoint creation, however, it cannot be changed while a connection exists. dataCode88, dataCode88I, and dataCode78E not applicable for ZCS trunks. Access: read-write. |
1 = dataCode78 (default) 2 = dataCode88 3 = dataCode88I 4 = dataCode78E |
dataEndPointPercUtil |
12 |
IGX 8400 |
Percentage of utilization of this channel. This object informs the system software of the expected utilization rate of connections. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-100 Default: 100 |
dataEndPointFastEIAEnable |
13 |
IGX 8400 |
Interleaved (fast) EIA for the data connection. This object can only be SET at the endpoint creation and only for data rate less than or equal to 5120 (100bps). This object can be enabled for standard rate connections for SDP and HDM cards only. This object is not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
dataEndPointSamplePerPkt |
14 |
IGX 8400 |
Specifies the number of samples per packet for connection types that support partially filled packets. When partially filled packets are not supported, a generalError is returned. The rates that support partially filled packets are defined by the following values of dataEndPointDataRate: •two-bytes (2): 12, 18, 24, 32, 36 (only standard rate with fast EIA). •four-bytes (4): 24, 32, 36, 48, 64, 72, 24t, 48t. •five-bytes (5): 24, 32, 36, 48, 64, 72 (standard rate with fast EIA and some transparent rates). •ten-bytes (10): 48, 64, 72, 80, 96, 120, 128, 144, 48t, 96t. This object is not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = maximum—supported for all of the data rates and is the default 2 = two-bytes—supported only when dataEndPointFastEIA
Enable is enabled 4 = four-bytes—supported only when dataEndPointFastEIA
Enable is disabled 5 = five-bytes—supported only when dataEndPointFastEIA
Enable is enabled 10 = ten-bytes—supported only when dataEndPointFastEIA
Enable is disabled |
dataEndPointDFMEnable |
15 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify whether Data Frame Multiplexing is enabled or disabled for this port. Only for standard data rate =< 1920 (100bps). It cannot be enabled when fast EIA is configured on the port. The value of this object for ports that do not support DFM is always disabled (2). Only applicable on SDP, LDP, LDM, and HDM. Note The DFM feature must be installed and enabled on the node. When not installed and not enabled, setting this parameter results in an error. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
dataEndPointDFMLength |
16 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify the pattern length, in bits, for the DFM. Valid pattern lengths are 7, 8, and 16. This object is valid only when DFM is enabled and cannot be configured when fast EIA is configured on the port. This object is only applicable on SDP, LDP, LDM, and HDM cards. The value dataEndptDfmOther (1) will be used if the user did not provide a value when creating a connection. After connection SETup, if the value dataEndPointDfmOther (1) is used in a modify operation, the operation succeeds but the existing value does not change. Access: read-write. |
1 = dataEndptDfmOther (default) 7 = dataEndptDfm7 8 = dataEndptDfm8 16 = dataEndptDfmc16 |
dataEndPointEIAUpdateRate |
17 |
IGX 8400 |
Sampling rate for updating EIA control leads in number of samples per second. This object is only for standard data rate and non channelized cards. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-20 Default: 2 |
dataEndPointIdleCodeSuppr |
18 |
IGX 8400 |
Value that enables idle code suppression. ICS channel configuration is applicable only on Nx64k Super rate data connections terminated on IGX 8400 CVM/UVM cards, where N = 1-8 channels. The ICS state, enabled or disabled, once configured on the channel remains the same until configured otherwise or the channel becomes a voice channel and is irrespective of a data connection existence. The ICS enabled on the first channel of a Nx64k connection has ICS in effect on the connection. Enabling ICS on one side of a data connection with both endpoints terminated on CVM/UVM/CDP cards receives half the benefit of the feature; that is, idle code fast packet suppression is only on the ICS enabled side. Enabling ICS on one side of the data connection with the other endpoint terminated on an HDM/LDM/SDP/LDP card results in no ICS effect at all on both endpoints. The ConnProxy blocks such an operation and returns an error condition. SWSW Release 9.2 on IGX 8400 supports this feature. SET ICS is not supported prior to switch software Release 9.2. An SNMP GET on ICS returns a -2, indicating the feature is not supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled 2 = disabled (default) |
RPM Endpoint Table
The RPM Endpoint table (rpmEndPointTable) is used to model an RPM endpoint for single ended SPVCs. This table is applicable to RPM, RPM-PR, and RPM-XF card types. The parameters in this table are only applicable to MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 PXM1-based, and MGX 8850 PXM45-based nodes.
The rpmEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•rpmEndPointTable = connGroup 20. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.20
•rpmEndPointEntry = rpmEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.20.1
For adding, modifying, or deleting endpoints on every RPM card, the following objects are set:
•rpmEndPointNodeUser
•rpmEndPointNodePasswd
•rpmEndPointRpmPasswd
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•rpmEndPointNodeName
•rpmEndPointIfShelf
•rpmEndPointSlot
•rpmEndPointPort
•rpmEndPointVpi
•rpmEndPointVci
Table C-10 rpmEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Value
|
rpmEndPointNodeName |
1 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Node name of the endpoint. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
rpmEndPointIfShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for endpoints having no shelf name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
rpmEndPointSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-30 |
rpmEndPointPort |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
RPM backplane sub-interface number. Note RPM is different from other switch modules in that its port index is 0-based. The CWM Service MIB, as a convention, makes all port indices 1-based. Therefore, for RPM, port 1 is actually port 0 on the switch. The database is 0-based (for RPM and other switch modules). Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-4294967295 |
rpmEndPointVpi |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Virtual path index. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-255 For VPC, the VPI range is 1-255 and the LCN range is 3841-4095. For RPM-XF cards, the value range is 0-240. For VCC, the VPI is 0. |
rpmEndPointVci |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Virtual channel index. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65537 For RPMB on MGX 8850 (PMX1) the range is 1-3825 for VCC. For RPM-PR the range is 1-3808 for VCC. For RPM-XF the range is 32-65535 for VCC. For VPC, the VCI is 65537. |
rpmEndPointNodeUser |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User login ID. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-15 |
rpmEndPointNodePasswd |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Password for the MGX node. Access: write-only. |
Range: 1-15 |
rpmEndPointRpmPasswd |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Password for issuing an RPM enable command. Access: write-only. |
Range: 1-25 |
rpmEndPointRowStatus |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to create a new entry. SET this object to createAndGo when creating a new entry. For other operations this object should not be included. The value active(1) is always returned for an SNMP GET operation to indicate that this row is present. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo |
rpmEndPointConnIndex |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Applicable to all rpm endpoints. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
rpmEndPointMastership |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Specifies the role of this endpoint in the connection. Applicable to all rpm endpoints. Access: read-only. |
1 = master 2 = slave |
rpmEndPointOpStatus |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Operational status of the endpoint. An unknown value is returned when the operational status cannot be determined. The value 1 used to be assigned to inactive; however, this value is obsolete. The value starts from 2 instead of 1, to be consistent with the Operational status in other endpoint tables This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
rpmEndPointVcd |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Virtual Circuit Descriptor. A unique number which identifies a connection. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-4095 |
rpmEndPointPortIpAddr |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IP address of the sub-interface. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. Access: read-only. |
IP address |
rpmEndPointPortSMask |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Subnet mask of the sub-interface. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. Access: read-only. |
|
rpmEndPointEncapType |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation type. aal5snap: LLC/SNAP precedes the protocol datagram. aal34smds: encapsulation for SMDS network. aal5nlpid: encapsulation that allows ATM interfaces to interoperate with HSSI. qsaal: signaling type PVC used for setting up or tearing down SVCs. ilmi: used to SET up communication with ILMI. aal5mux[protocol]: a MUX-type virtual circuit. ppp: PPP over ATM. This object is supported for PVC connections. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-write. |
1 = aal5snap (default) 2 = aal34smds 3 = aal5nlpid 4 = qsaal 5 = ilmi 6 = aal5muxXNS 7 = aal5muxIP 8 = aal5muxVINES 9 = aal5muxDECNET 10 = aal5muxNOVELL1 11 = ppp 12 = unknown |
rpmEndPointPeak |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Peak bit rate. Applicable to all RPM endpoints. In case of VISM-RPM connections, for aal5+signal and aal5+control this object cannot be modified. This object is supported for PVC connections with RPM. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-149760 Default: 40 |
rpmEndPointAverage |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Average bit rate. In case of VISM-RPM connections, for aal5+signal and aal5+control this object cannot be modified. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). This object is supported for PVC connections with RPM. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-149760 kbps. Default: 20 for ABR.1 and VBR.3 subtypes |
rpmEndPointBurstSize |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of ATM cells the virtual circuit can transmit. This object is applicable to VBR connection types. In case of VISM-RPM connections, for aal5+signal and aal5+control this object cannot be modified. This object is supported for PVC connections with RPM. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 cells per second (cps) Default: 94 cps. |
rpmEndPointMIdLow |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Starting message identifier number for this PVC. This object is applicable only if rpmEndPointEncapType is aa134smds. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1023 kbps. Default: 0 |
rpmEndPointMIdHigh |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Ending message identifier number for this PVC. This object is applicable only if rpmEndPointEncapType is aa134smds. This object is only applicable to PVC connections on the RPM. This object is supported only for RPM endpoints on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1023 kbps. Default: 0 |
rpmEndPointInArp |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Specifies how often inverse ARP datagrams are sent on this virtual circuit. This object is applicable only if rpmEndPointEn capType is aa134smds. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-60 minutes Default: 15 minutes |
rpmEndPointOAMloopback |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Specifies how often to generate an OAM F5 loopback cell from this virtual circuit. A value of 0 means inverse ARP datagrams are disabled. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. For SPVCs this object applies if OAM management is enabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-600 seconds Defaults: •For MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1) the default is 0. •For MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45) the default is 10 seconds. |
rpmEndPointVirtualTemplate |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to specify the virtual template used for Cisco PPP. If the virtual template is not specified, the this value is equal to 0. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-25 seconds Default: 1 second |
rpmEndPointPercUtil |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to indicate the channel percentage utilization setting for this endpoint. The percentage utilization is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by the endpoint. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. This object is applicable to MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45) with Release 3.0 or later. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-100 Default: 100 |
rpmEndPointRIF |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Rate increase factor (RIF) controls the rate increase which occurs when a backward RM-cell is received with CI=0 and NI=0. The value specified is inverse of rate increase factor (1/RIF). Larger values lead to faster rate increase. Reference ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0 Section 5.10.2. This object is valid only for ABR service types. This object is applicable to all RPM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = twoPower0 2 = twoPower1 4 = twoPower2 8 = twoPower3 16 = twoPower4 (default) 32 = twoPower5 64 = twoPower6 128 = twoPower7 256 = twoPower8 512 = twoPower9 1024 = twoPower10 2048 = twoPower11 4096 = twoPower12 8192 = twoPower13 16384 = twoPower14 32768 = twoPower15 |
rpmEndPointRDF |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Rate decrease factor (RDF) controls the rate decrease which occurs when backward RM-cells with CI=1 are received. The value specified is inverse of rate decrease factor (1/RDF). Larger values lead to faster rate decrease. Reference - ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0 Section 5.10.2 This object is valid only for ABR service types. This object is valid for all RPM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = twoPower0 2 = twoPower1 4 = twoPower2 8 = twoPower3 16 = twoPower4 (default) 32 = twoPower5 64 = twoPower6 128 = twoPower7 256 = twoPower8 512 = twoPower9 1024 = twoPower10 2048 = twoPower11 4096 = twoPower12 8192 = twoPower13 16384 = twoPower14 32768 = twoPower15 |
rpmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1 |
27 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Peak cell rate PCR(0+1), specifies an upper bound on rate at which traffic can be submitted on an ATM connection. This object applies to the first leaky bucket for leaving cells with cell loss priority (CLP) 0 or 1. This object is applicable to ABR.1, VBR3-nrt, VBR3-rt, and UBR.1 connection types. This value at one endpoint cannot be greater than the max value of this parameter at the other endpoint. For VISM-RPM connections, this object cannot be modified for aal5+signal and aal5+control. This object is supported for SPVCs only with RPM. Access: read-write. |
Range: 3-2824661cells per second (cps) The valid range for RPM-PR is 7-353208. The valid range for RPM-XF: •90-2824661 for VBR3-nrt and VBR-rt connection subtypes. Default value is 90 cps. •3-2824661 for UBR1 connection subtype. Default value is 50 cps. |
rpmEndPointMCR |
28 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum cell rate (MCR) specifies the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The maximum of this value does not exceed the port rate. This object is applicable to ABR.1, VBR3-nrt, and UBR.1 connection types. This object is not applicable for RPM-XF endpoints. For StdABR, the relationship among MCR, PCR, ICR must be MCR <= ICR <= PCR. This object is supported for SPVCs on the RPM. Access: read-write. |
Range: 7-353208 cells per second (cps) Default: 50 cps. |
rpmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1 |
29 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Sustainable cell rate (SCR) is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connection over time scales which are long relative to those for which the PCR is defined. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network to allocate sufficient resources, but less than those based on the PCR, and still ensure that the performance objectives, for example cell loss ratio can be achieved. This object is applicable to VBR3-nrt and VBR3-rt connection types. For VISM-RPM connections, this object cannot be modified for aal5+signal and aal5+control. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-write. |
Range: 7-2824661 cells per second (cps) The valid range for RPM-PR is 7-353208 cps. Default is 50 cps. The valid range for RPM-XF is 3-2824661 cps. Default is 90 cps. For VISM-RPM connections, default is 3622 cps. |
rpmEndPointCDV |
30 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum tolerable cell delay variation (CDV) in the direction local->remote. Setting this parameter to 1677215 indicates to the switch that this parameter does not have significance in SPVC call setup. This object is only supported for SPVC endpoints with RPM. This object is applicable to VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 connection types. To set this parameter for an SPVC segment in a three-segment hybrid, use the svConnCDV object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-16777215 microseconds Default: 16777215 |
rpmEndPointCTD |
31 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum tolerable network transfer delay in the direction remote->local and local->remote. This object is only supported for SPVC endpoints on the RPM. This object is applicable to VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 connection types. To set this parameter for an SPVC segment in a three-segment hybrid, use the svConnCTD object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 milliseconds Default: 65535 |
rpmEndPointMBS |
32 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Committed burst size (CBS) applicable to VBR3-nrt connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with the RPM. For VISM-RPM connections, this object cannot be modified for aal5+signal and aal5+control. The value at one endpoint cannot be greater than the maximum value of this parameter at the other endpoint. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 cells Default: 94 |
rpmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1 |
33 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Compliant cell delay variation tolerance, CDVT(0+1), that specifies the maximum time period for accumulated violations of cell-arrival time parameters. This object applies to the first leaky bucket for cells with cell loss priority (CLP) of 0 or 1. This object applies to VBR3-nrt, UBR.1, and ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. This value at one endpoint cannot be greater than the maximum value of this parameter at the other endpoint. The negative values represent values above 2147483647. The following list maps the values of this object with the values on the switch: •-2147483648 is mapped to 2147483648 on switch •-2147483647 corresponds to 2147483649 on switch •-2147483646 corresponds to 2147483650 on switch •-2147483645 corresponds to 2147483651 on switch •-2 corresponds to 4294967294 on switch •-1 corresponds to 4294967295 on switch. Access: read-only. |
Range: -2147483648-2147483647 microseconds Default is -1, which corresponds to 4294967295 on the switch. Note The value of -2 is not supported. |
rpmEndPointAbrICR |
33 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Initial cell rate (ICR) that specifies the rate at which a source should send initially and after an idle period. This option is not for an endpoint terminating on a PXM card. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. For StdABR, the relationship among MCR, PCR, ICR must be MCR <= ICR <= PCR. The following list maps the values of this object with the values on the switch: •-2147483647 corresponds to 2147483649 on switch •-2147483646 corresponds to 2147483650 on switch •-2147483645 corresponds to 2147483651 on switch •-2 corresponds to 4294967294 on switch •-1 corresponds to 4294967295 on switch. Access: read-only. |
Range: -2147483648-2147483647 cells per second (cps) Default: 7 cps. |
rpmEndPointAbrADTF |
34 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Quiescent information rate (QIR) timeout value. This value is also known as ACR decrease time factor (ADTF), which is the time permitted between sending RM cells before the rate is decreased to ICR. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255000 milliseconds (ms) Default: 50 ms. |
rpmEndPointAbrNRM |
35 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
1 = nrm2 cells 2 = nrm4 cells 3 = nrm8 cells 4 = nrm16 cells 5 = nrm32 cells (default) 6 = nrm64 cells 7 = nrm128 cells 8 = nrm256 cells |
rpmEndPointAbrTRM |
36 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ForeSight minimum adjustment period., know as TRM, which provides an upper bound on the time between forwarded RM cells for an active source. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
1 = trm0point78125 ms. 2 = trm1point5625 ms. 3 = trm3point125 ms. 4 = trm6point25 ms. 6 = trm25 ms. 7 = trm50 ms. 8 = trm100 ms. (default) |
rpmEndPointAbrCDF |
37 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Cutoff decrease factor (CDF) that controls the rate decrease associated with lost or delayed backward RM cells. Larger values result in faster rate decrease. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
1 = cdf0 2 = cdfOneOver64 3 = cdfOneOver32 4 = cdfOneOver16 (default) 5 = cdfOneOver8 6 = cdfOneOver4 7 = cdfOneOver2 8 = cdfOne |
rpmEndPointAbrFRTT |
39 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Fixed round trip time (FRTT), which is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to a destination and back. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-16700000 microseconds Default: 16700000 microseconds |
rpmEndPointAbrTBE |
40 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Transient buffer exposure (TBE), which is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods before the first RM cell returns. This object applies to ABR.1 connection types. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-16777215 cells Default: 16777215 cells |
rpmEndPointAisIWCapability |
41 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
OAM interoperability between switches that cannot generate or detect segment AIS cells. This attribute enables the newer generation of switches to understand the OAM capability of the peer endpoint and accordingly generate or detect segment or end-to-end AIS as required. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
1 = e2eAisCapable (default) 2 = segAisCapable |
rpmEndPointCLR |
42 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Encoded value representing the maximum tolerable cell loss ratio (CLR) in the direction local->remote or remote->local. The actual CLR value is derived as the negative logarithm of this value. This object is supported for SPVCs with RPM. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-15 cells Default: 6 cells |
rpmEndPointOAMmanage |
43 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable OAM management for this channel. This object is applicable for the following connection types: •RPM-PR—VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 •RPM-XF—VBR3-nrt, vbr3-rt, and UBR.1 Note This object is not applicable for PVCs. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
rpmEndPointOAMRetryUp
Count |
44 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that must be received in order to change a PVC connection state to up. This object applies if OAM management is enabled. Otherwise, the default value is applied. This object is applicable for the following connection types: •RPM-PR—VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 •RPM-XF—VBR3-nrt, vbr3-rt, and UBR.1 Note This object is not applicable for PVCs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-600 cells per second (cps) Default: 3 cps. |
rpmEndPointOAMRetryDownCount |
45 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that are not received in order to change a PVC connection state to down. This object applied if OAM management is enable. Otherwise, the default value is ap.plied This object is applicable for the following connection types: •RPM-PR—VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 •RPM-XF—VBR3-nrt, vbr3-rt, and UBR.1 Note This object is not applicable for PVCs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-600 cells per second (cps) Default: 5 cps. |
rpmEndPointOAMRetry
Interval |
46 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
The frequency (in seconds) that end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells are transmitted when a change in UP/DOWN state of a PVC is being verified. This object only applies if OAM management is enabled. Otherwise, the default value is applied This object is applicable for the following connection types: •RPM-PR—VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 •RPM-XF—VBR3-nrt, vbr3-rt, and UBR.1 Note This object is not applicable for PVCs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-1000 seconds Default: 1 second |
rpmEndPointSpvcEncapType |
47 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation type. •aal5snap—LLC/SNAP pre cedes the protocol datagram. •aalciscoppp—Cisco PPP over ATM. •aal5muxIP—MUX-type virtual circuit using the IP protocol. •aal5muxPPP—MUX-type virtual circuit using the PPP protocol This object is applicable for the following connection types: •RPM-PR—VBR3-nrt, ABR.1, and UBR.1 •RPM-XF—VBR3-nrt, vbr3-rt, and UBR.1 Note This object is not applicable for PVCs. Access: read-write. |
1 = aal5ciscoPPP 5 = aal5muxIP 7 = aal5muxPPP 11 = aal5snap (default) |
rpmEndPointRpmLoginUser |
48 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
User login ID for RPM. This object is used for adding, modifying, and deleting RPM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
Display string range: 0-32 |
rpmEndPointRpmLogin
Passwd |
49 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Password for issuing the RPM login command. This object is used for adding, modifying, and deleting RPM endpoints. Access: read-write. |
Display string range: 0-25 |
Circuit Emulation Endpoint Table
The Circuit Emulation Endpoint table (svCeEndPointTable) contains a list of the Circuit Emulation (CE) endpoints. This table contains the traffic parameters of each CE connection endpoint.
The svCeEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svCeEndPointTable = connGroup 21. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.21
•svCeEndPointEntry = svCeEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.21.1
This table supports the following cards:
•CESM-4T1/E1
•CESM-8T1/E1
•CESM-T3/E3
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svCeEndPointNodeName
•svCeEndPointIfShelf
•svCeEndPointSlot
•svCeEndEndPointLine
•svCeEndPointPort
Table C-11 svCeEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svCeEndPointNodeName |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Node name of this endpoint. Access: read-write. |
Display string 1-32 characters |
svCeEndPointIfShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Shelf name of this endpoint. Access: read-write. |
Display string 0-32 characters |
svCeEndPointSlot |
3 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 Note All slots might not be available for CESM service cards. |
svCeEndPointPort |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
CE endpoint port index. For CESM-8 endpoints the port number is physical port number. This number refers to the starting channel number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 The following ranges apply to the CESM cards: •1 = CESM-4 CESM-T3/E3 •1-24 = CESM-8T1 •1-32 = CESM-8E1 |
svCeEndPointConnIndex |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
CE endpoint connection index. When the value is greater than 0, this object is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
svCeEndPointOpStatus |
6 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Operational status of the endpoint. An unknown value is returned when the operational status cannot be determined. Access: read-only. |
1 = Inactive—This value is not used. 2 = Clear 3 = Fail 4 = Down 200 = Unknown |
svCeEndPointRowStatus |
7 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Row status for CE endpoint entry. Access: read-write. |
1 = Active—Returned for SNMP GETs. This value is not applicable for SNMP SETs. 4 = Create and go—SET when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be SET in the same SNMP SET request. 6 = Destroy—This value is obsolete and returns and error. |
svCeEndPointType |
8 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Type of CE endpoint. Access: read-only. |
1 = CESM-4 2 = CESM-8-unstructured 3 = CESM-8-structured 4 = CESM-1-unstructured 200 = Unknown |
svCeEndPointBufMaxSize |
9 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Maximum size, in octets, of the egress buffer. For MGX 8220 Release 5.0 and above, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) nodes, the default value is calculated from a formula which depends on the following parameters: CDVRxt, port type, line type, line subtype, and number of slots. For the listed nodes above, the maximum value allowed is also calculated from a formula which depends on the following parameters: port type, line type, line subtype, and number of slots. In other cases the maximum value allowed is 65535. The specific ranges for a particular card or interface appear when modifying this object to 65535. The correct range is given in the error message. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 The following ranges apply to MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1), MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) CESM cards prior to 4.1.04 release: •CDVRxT*0.6-65535 = 4T1 •CDVRxT*0.7-655358 = 4E1 •CDVRxT*0.7-16384 = 8T1 unstructured •CDVRxT*0.7-9216 = 8T1 structured •CDVRxT*0.7-16384 = 8E1 unstructured/structured The following ranges apply to MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1), MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) CESM cards with versions greater than 4.1.04: •16224 = unstructured •417*numberoftimeslots = dsx1E1, dsx1E1CRC, dsx1E1MF, dsx1E1CRC_MF, and dsx1E1clearchannel •384*numberoftimeslots = dsx1ESF, dsx1D4 and others |
svCeEndPointCDVRxT |
10 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Maximum cell arrival jitter, measured in 10 microsecond increments, that the reassembly process can tolerate. Access: read-write. |
Range: 125-65535 The following ranges apply to the different cards: •1000-65535 = CESM-4 •125-24000 = CESM-8T1 •125-26000 = CESM-8E1 •125-1447 = CESM-1T3 •125-1884 = CESM-1E3 Default: 10000 |
svCeEndPointCellLossPeriod |
11 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Cell loss integration period, measured in milliseconds. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1000-65535 Default: 2500 |
svCeEndPointLine |
12 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
CE endpoint line index. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 The following ranges apply to the different cards: •1-4 = CESM-4 physical line number •1-8 = CESM-8 physical line number •1 = CESM-T3/E3 physical line number |
svCeEndPointCBRClockMode |
13 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Clocking mode of the CBR service. For CESM-4 to CESM-4 connection endpoints, CESM-4 to CESM-8 unstructured connection endpoints, and CESM-T3/E3 to CESM-T3/E3 connection endpoints (MGX 8220 only) SNMP GET is supported. The default value is used during endpoint creation. For CESM-8 to CESM-8 unstructured connection endpoints, all three values are applicable. The clock mode can be modified to any of the three values after endpoint creation. For CESM-8 structured connection endpoints, only synchronous mode is supported, and SNMP GET is only supported. This parameter can be specified only during connection creation and can be modified only for CESM-8 to CESM-8 unstructured endpoints. This parameter must have same value at both the local and remote ends of a connection. Access: read-write. |
1 = Synchronous (default) 2 = SRTS 3 = Adaptive |
svCeEndPointCAS |
14 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Value to specify whether channel associated signaling (CAS) bits are carried by the service. This object is applicable only to CESM-8T1/8E1/8T1B cards. Unstructured connections support Basic (1) mode. The CCS (5) value is not applicable to CESM-8T1 cards. The following values are not applicable to CESM-8E1 cards: •DS1 SF CAS (3) •DS1 ESF CAS (4) •DS1 SF CAS MF (8) •DS1 ESF CAS MF (9) The following values are applicable only to the CESM-8T1B card: •DS1 SF CAS MF (8) •DS1 ESF CAS MF (9) The Basic-no pointer (7) value is applicable only for ports with 1 DS0 timeslot The following values are required for CAS on the different types of lines: •dsx1ESF—Basic, DS1 SF CAS, DS1 ESF CAS, Basic-no pointer, DS1 SF CAS MF, DS1 ESF CAS MF •dsx1D4—Basic, DS1 SF CAS, DS1 ESF CAS, Basic-no pointer •dsx1E1, dsx1E1CRC, dsx1E1Mf, dsx1E1MFCRC— Basic, E1 CAS, Conditioned E1 CAS, Basic-no pointer •dsx1E1CLEAR—Basic This parameter can be specified only during connection creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = Basic (default) 2 = E1 CAS 3 = DS1 SF CAS 4 = DS1 ESF CAS 5 = CCS 6 = Conditioned E1 CAS 7 = Basic-no pointer 8 = DS1 SF CAS MF 9 = DS1 ESF CAS MF |
svCeEndPointPartialFill |
15 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Number of user octets per cell, when partial cell fill is used. This object is applicable only to CESM-8 to CESM-8 connection endpoints. For other endpoints, SNMP GET is supported. The default value is used during connection creation. This parameter can be specified only during endpoint creation and must have the same value at both the local and remote ends of a connection. Access: read-write. |
Range: 20-47 The following ranges are valid for the different CESM cards: •25-47 = CESM-8T1 structured port •33-47 = CESM-8T1 unstructured port •20-47 = CESM-8E1 structured port •33-47 = CESM-8E1 unstructured port Value 47 means that partial fill is disabled. Default: 47 |
svCeEndPointIdleDet |
16 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Type of idle detection enabled. This object is applicable only to CESM-8 structured endpoints with a single DS0. For other endpoints, only SNMP GET is supported, and the default value is used during connection creation. To use idle detection, the CPE must also support this feature. When this parameter is enabled, the parameter svCeEndPointOnhookCode must be SET to the appropriate on-hook code supported by CPE. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable (default)—Idle code detection is disabled. When the CPE does not support idle detection, this parameter must be SET to Disable. 2 = Enable on-hook—Idle detection is enabled whenever on-hook code is detected in T1/E1 signaling bits ABCD. |
svCeEndPointOnhookCode |
17 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
On-hook code from CPE in signaling bits ABCD of T1/E1 lines. This parameter is applicable only for CESM-8 cards. For other endpoints, only SNMP GET is supported, and the default value is used during connection creation. This parameter is applicable when svCeEndPointIdleDet is set to Enable on-hook (2). When the CPE supports the idle detection feature, and svCeEndPointIdleDet is enabled, this parameter must be SET to the on-hook code of the CPE. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-15 The following ranges apply to the different lines: •0-3 = SF lines •0-15 = ESF lines Default value: 0 |
svCeEndPointIdleSupp |
18 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Value to specify whether idle suppression is enabled or disabled. This parameter is applicable only for CESM-8. For other endpoints, SNMP GET is supported, and the default value is used during connection creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable (default) 2 = Enable |
Multicast Connection View Table
The Multicast Connection View table (svConnMCViewTable) contains root or leaf connections in a multicast group.
The svConnMCViewTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svConnMCViewTable = connGroup 22. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.22
•svConnMCViewEntry = svConnMCViewTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.22.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svConnMCViewMCType
•svConnMCViewNode
•svConnMCViewShelf
•svConnMCViewSlot
•svConnMCViewVpi
•svConnMCViewVci
Table C-12 svConnMCViewTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Value
|
svConnMCViewMCType |
1 |
BPX 8600 |
Multicast type of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
2 = root 3 = leaf |
svConnMCViewNode |
2 |
BPX 8600 |
Node name of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svConnMCViewShelf |
3 |
BPX 8600 |
Shelf name of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svConnMCViewSlot |
4 |
BPX 8600 |
Slot number of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svConnMCViewVpi |
5 |
BPX 8600 |
VPI of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-1000 |
svConnMCViewVci |
6 |
BPX 8600 |
VCI of the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-65535 |
svConnMCViewConnIndx |
7 |
BPX 8600 |
Index identifying the svConnEntry associated with the multicast endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-2147483647 |
svConnMCViewLocalEndPt |
8 |
BPX 8600 |
OID of the first attribute in the protocol specific endpoint table for the local endpoint of the multicast connection. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnMCViewRemoteEndPt |
9 |
BPX 8600 |
OID of the first attribute in the protocol specific endpoint table for the remote endpoint of the multicast connection. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnMCViewLocalEnd
Str |
10 |
BPX 8600 |
The local endpoint information of the multicast connection in text format. Access: read-only. |
— |
svConnMCViewRemoteEndStr |
11 |
BPX 8600 |
The remote endpoint information of the multicast connection in text format. Access: read-only. |
— |
VISM Endpoint Table
The cwmVismEndPointTable describes the VISM connection end-point. Each connection end-point describes the particular characteristics of the end-point.
This table supports the VISM-8T1 and VISM-8E1 cards.
The cwmVismEndPointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismEndPointTable = connGroup 23. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.23
•cwmVismEndPointEntry = cwmVismEndPointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.23.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismEndPointNodeName
•cwmVismEndPointIfShelf
•cwmVismEndPointSlot
•cwmVismEndPointPort
•cwmVismEndPointVpi
•cwmVismEndPointVci
In the VoIP mode we support only two PVCs between the VISM card and the PXM. One for the bearer and the other for control traffic. Two more can be added for redundancy to backup the bearer and control traffic.
In VoATM/AAL-2 mode we support 64 PVCs between VISM-AUSM for the bearer traffic and 8 PVCs for the CCS traffic.
The mandatory parameter for creating a PVC is cwmVismEndPointRowStatus.
The following parameters are applicable for VoIP PVCs only:
•cwmVismEndPointProtection
•cwmVismEndPointPreference
•cwmVismEndPointFallbackLcn
•cwmVismEndPointLockingState
This table is derived mainly from the vismChanCnfGrpTable of the MGX 8850 MIB. It also contains objects from vismChanCacTable.
The definition of switching application is that call SETup is controlled by the Media Gateway Controller.
The definition of trunking application is that the Media Gateway Controller is not involved.
Limitations:
•PVC management for VoIP mode is NOT supported in Service Agent.
•Only cbr1 serviceType is allowed for VISM connections
The VISM End-Point table for Connection Service Agent. This table is used to model a PVC endpoint. This table contains the traffic parameters for VISM endpoint.
Table C-13 cwmVismEndPointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismEndPointNodeName |
1 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Routing node name of this endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmVismEndPointIfShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Shelf name of this endpoint. If no shelf, this is a null value. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmVismEndPointSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismEndPointPort |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port number. This object represents the virtual port on the VISM card. For MGX 8230 and MGX 8250 this value is 1. For MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45), this value is 255. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmVismEndPointVpi |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual Path Index. Value of 0 is applicable for VISM on MGX 8230 and MGX 8250. Value is the slot number for VISM on MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45). Access: read-only. |
0-4095 |
cwmVismEndPointVci |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual Channel Index. Mapped to Logical Channel Number (LCN) on VISM card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 131-510 |
cwmVismEndPointLcn |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Logical Channel Number. The value is same as that of cwmVismEndPointVci. Access: read-only. |
Range: 131-510 |
cwmVismEndPointConnIndx |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
If the value of this object is greater than 0 then it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmVismEndPointOpStatus |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Operational Status of the endpoint. The value, unknown, is returned the operational status cannot be determined. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = standby 200 = unknown |
cwmVismEndPointRowStatus |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
The manager must SET this to `createAndGo' when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be SET in the same SET request. setting the value to active results in General error. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo |
cwmVismEndPointApplication |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
This object defines the application that the LCN is used for. For example, if a VoIP PVC that is configured to carry both control and bearer traffic in the same PVC. This parameter can not be modified once added. Access: read-write. |
1 = control—Control PVC used for carrying control traffic only (XGCP packets). 2 = bearer—Bearer PVC, used for carrying voice payload traffic only. 3 = signaling—Signaling PVC, used for carrying the signaling protocol messages. |
cwmVismEndPointLocRmt
LpbkState |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Loopback on cellbus in egress direction. This variable enables or disables the remote loopback for each channel. When you enable this option on a connection (channel) then all the cells that are coming from the network side would be looped back toward the network and all the frames coming from the user side would be dropped. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
cwmVismEndPointAdaptation
Type |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM Adaptation type to be used for PVC. The value, aal-5(1), is used for VoIP PVC and CCS PVC. This parameter cannot be modified once added. Note VoIP is not currently supported through the Service Agent. Access: read-write. |
1 = aal-5 2 = aal-2 (default) |
cwmVismEndPointPCR |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Peak cell rate (PCR) bandwidth for this endpoint, expressed in cells per second (based on 80 bytes of payload for 10 milliseconds). For a VoIP bearer channel the maximum value is 75600 cps. For a VoIP control channel the maximum value is 24400 cps. For AAL2 PVCs the PCR is based on the following factors: •Number of channels/dsx0s multiplexed on an AAL2 PVC •Codec (Compression Algorithm) used •VAD •Partial fill For a AAL2 bearer channel the maximum value is 60,000 cps on E1 cards and 50,000 cps on T1 cards. For a signaling channel the maximum value is 400 cps. For signaling PVCs the maximum value is 400 cps. For aal5+signal and aal5+control the PCR value cannot be modified. For Release 2.1 release and later the following values apply: •For a aal5 bearer channel the maximum allowed value is 80000. •For a aal5 control channel the maximum allowed value is 20000. •For aal2 the values remain the same 50000/60000. •For VBR connections the minimum value of PCR is 15. Access: read-write. |
Range:1-100000 For bearer PVCs in AAL-2 mode, the default value is 3622. For signaling PVC the default value is 200. |
cwmVismEndPointSCR |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
This object defines the sustained cell rate (SCR) for the PVC and is expressed in cells per second. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. For aal5+signal and aal5+control SCR value cannot be modified. From 2.1 release onwards the range of this object is 100000. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100000 Default: 3622 |
cwmVismEndPointMBS |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum burst size (MBR) for the PVC and is expressed in cells per second. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. For aal5+signal and aal5+control MBS value cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-800000 Default: 36220 |
cwmVismEndPointCLR |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Cell loss ratio (CLR) for the PVC. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-800000 Default: 57600 |
cwmVismEndPointProtection |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Provisions whether a PVC participates in a group of PVCs that are protecting each other. Only two channels are supported in a protection group. One of them is primary and the other one is secondary. This object is intended for channels designated to carry control traffic and needs to be protected. However the same Channel may also be used to carry VoIP bearer traffic or other traffic. PVCs that are protected share the following characteristics: 1. They are monitored for their health (including emission of traps in case of state changes). 2. An active PVC is protected by the other protected PVC(s) that are standing by. This means when an active PVC fails, switchover to another PVC will happen if one is available. 3. It is also possible to do a forced switchover (through locking). 4. Channels may be locked to force switchover and/or to take the channel out of service in a graceful fashion. This object takes the default value of unprotected during the creation of the table entry. Once the primary and secondary channels have been created as unprotected channels, they can be protected by doing a SET on the primary channel by specifying the vismChanProtection as protected and by specifying the vismChanFallbackLcn as the LCN number of the secondary channel. Access: read-write. |
1 = protected 2 = unprotected (default) |
cwmVismEndPointProtection (continued) |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
The sequence of operations for setting up the protection group is 1. Add primary channel as unprotected. 2. Add secondary channel as unprotected. The PCR value for the secondary should be the same as that of the primary. 3. Do a SET on the primary channel with vismChanProtection set to protected and vismChanFallbackLcn set to the LCN number of the secondary channel. This operation sets up the protection group. The primary channel becomes active and the secondary channel becomes standby. All the CAC related parameters for the both the channels in the protecting group should be same. Once the protection group is setup, if the active channel fails, it automatically switches over to the standby. The standby channel then becomes active. The channels can be removed from the protection group by setting this object to unprotected. Deletion of a protected channel is not allowed. Channels have to be removed from the protection group first before deleting. The sequence of operations for deleting protected channels is 1. Remove the channels from the protection group by setting vismChanProtection to unprotected. 2. Delete secondary channel. 3. Delete primary channel. Access: read-write. |
1 = protected 2 = unprotected (default) |
cwmVismEndPointPreference |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Provision s the preference of the PVC, to indicate the primary PVC or backup/standby PVC. If the failure of primary PVC is detected, a switchover to the secondary PVC occurs, if the PVC is configured for redundancy indicated by setting cwmVismEndPointProtection and cwmVismEndPointFallbackLcn. When the protection group is setup, the primary becomes active and secondary becomes standby. The distinction of primary and secondary is meaningful only if the channel is protected. Access: read-write. |
1 = primary (default) 2 = secondary |
cwmVismEndPointFallbackLcn |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Logical channel number (LCN) other PVC to be used as a fallback mechanism, in case this PVC fails. This object is applicable if the PVC is configured for redundancy. The redundancy is applicable for control and bearer PVCs. This object can be SET only if the cwmVismEndPointProtection is SET to protected. Access: read-write. |
Range: 131-510 |
cwmVismEndPointLocking
State |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to control the switchover of protected PVCs. The possible values are •unlock—Transition state to unlock. A channel which is in lock state has to be brought to unlock state for it to be available for switchover. A switchover is allowed if its cwmVismEndPointOpStatus is standby and its cwmVismEndPointLockingState is unlock. Changing the cwmVismEndPointLockingState to unlock does not cause a change in the cwmVismEndPointOpStatus. A channel which is in unlock state may carry traffic depending on its activity state (active or standby). •lock—Transition state to lock. If the activity state is active, it transitions to standby and a switchover occurs to another PVC which is standby and unlocked. A channel which is in lock state, is always in either standby or failed state. Hence the channel cannot carry any traffic. Switchover to a channel which is in lock state is not allowed. Deletion of a protected PVC is allowed only in locked state. A PVC that is unprotected is always be in unlock state and cannot be SET to lock state. This object is applicable to VoIP PVCs only. Access: read-write. |
1 = unlock (default) 2 = lock |
cwmVismEndPointCacMaster |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define whether the PVC is the master end or slave end for the CAC functionality. CAC functionality is applied only at the master end of the PVC, CAC is not applied for the slave end, to prevent the glare condition resulting from the simultaneous allocation of the same bandwidth for different calls from both the ends. This object is only applicable when svVismCacEnable is SET to enable. This object is applicable only for aal2+bearer. Access: read-only. |
1 = master 2 = slave |
cwmVismEndPointCacPolicy |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define the policy that needs to be applied once the CAC function rejects the up-speeding of a connection, due to a fax/modem switch-over request. The applicable options are 1. To delete the connection that got rejected by CAC for upspeed 2. To maintain the connection with the prior compression scheme. Note The delete (1) option is applicable for switching application only. For trunking applications, only the maintain (2) value is valid. This object is only applicable when svVismCacEnable is SET to enable. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = delete 2 = maintain (default) 3 = unspecified |
cwmVismEndPointPercUtil |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end-point. Currently this object takes a single value=100 and hence SET is not allowed on this object. Access: read-write. |
0-100 |
cwmVismEndPointFarEnd
AddressType |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Address type can be one of five types: NSAP, E.164, GWID, not applicable, or unspecified. This value determines which object contains the scope for the VCCI, i.e. whether the VCCI needs to be unique relative to NSAP, E.164 address or GWID. In case of nsap(2), object cwmVismEndPointFarEndNSAP
Address contains the address. In case of e164(3), object cwmVismEndPointFarEndE164
Address contains the address. In case of gwid(4), object cwmVismEndPointFarEndGWID
Address contains the address. In case of notapplicable(1), no valid addresses are required.and no validation of VCCI uniqueness for a remote address is performed. In case of unspecified(5), no valid addresses are required but VCCI needs to be unique. While this object is writable, it is recommended not to change the value of this object once it has been created. However, upon modification to any value other than not applicable, it will be ensured that the resulting combination of VCCI and remote address is unique. Requests that would result in a non-unique combination are rejected. If the cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is one of nsap(2), e164(3) or gwid(4) the far end address has to be specified. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = notapplicable (default) 2 = nsap 3 = e164 4 = gwid 5 = unspecified |
cwmVismEndPointFarEnd
NSAPAddress |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
This object contains the 20 byte NSAP address of the far end peer, represented as hex (0.. 9,A .. F). This object serves as the scope for cwmVismEndPointVCCI if cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is equal to nsap(2). In that case, the combination of cwmVismEndPointFarEndNSAP
Address and cwmVismEndPointVCCI should be unique for any given agent. While this object is writable, it is recommended not to change the value of this object once it has been created. The value of this object cannot be modified when there are active calls on this Channel. If the cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is different from nsap (2),this object is not applicable and is ignored. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
String 20 octets |
cwmVismEndPointFarEndE164Address |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
E.164 address of the far end peer. The address is expressed as decimal numbers (0-9) with up to 15 digits. This object serves as the scope for VCCI identifier (cwmVismEndPointVCCI) if cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is equal to e164(3). In that case, the combination of cwmVismEndPointFarEndE164
Address and cwmVismEndPointVCCI should be unique for any given agent. While this object is writable, it is recommended not to change the value of this object once it has been created. The value of this object cannot be modified when there are active calls on this Channel. If the cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is not e164(3), this object is not applicable and is ignored. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-15 |
cwmVismEndPointFarEnd
GWIDAddress |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Gateway ID of the far end peer, and is expressed as ASCII characters. This object serves as the scope for cwmVismEndPointVCCI if cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is equal to gwid(4). In that case, the combination of cwmVismEndPointFarEndGWID
Address and cwmVismEndPointVCCI should be unique for any given agent. While this object is writable, it is recommended not to change the value of this object once it has been created. The value of this object cannot be modified when there are active calls on this channel. If the cwmVismEndPointFarEndAddress
Type is different from gwid(4), this object is not applicable and it should be ignored. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
Display string 1-64 |
cwmVismEndPointVCCI |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Virtual Circuit Connection Identifier (VCCI), is a variable that identifies a virtual circuit connection between two nodes. A virtual circuit connection, or VCC, consists of one virtual circuit link or a series of concatenated virtual circuit links. In its most common usage, the value of the VCCI is unique between the nodes at the extremities of the virtual circuit connection, but not on a network-wide basis. The value needs to be qualified by the ATM addresses of these end nodes. At one of these end nodes, its value needs to be qualified by the ATM address of the far-end node. Some applications can extend this definition to make the VCCI value unique on a network- wide basis. This is specially possible when VCCIs are administered from a management system and not locally assigned by a node. In this MIB, the VCCI serves as a label to be assigned by an external application. VCCIs need to be unique for a given remote peer, however, the same VCCI can be reused for different remote peers. The combination of (remote address, VCCI) is always be unique for any given agent. This allows a controller to refer to a VC by the VCCI and remote peer address, in contrast to VPI/VCI and port. It thus constitutes a convenience feature, providing an alternative identification scheme for a VC which is managed by an outside user, such as a management system. The remote peer address can be specified in NSAP, E.164, or GWID format, as indicated by the address type (cwmVismEndPointRemoteAddress
Type). |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 0 |
cwmVismEndPointVCCI (continued) |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Depending on the address type specified, uniqueness is relative to NSAP, E.164 address, or GWID. While this object is writable, it is recommended not to change the value of this object once it has been created. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 0 |
cwmVismEndPointCarrierLossPolicy |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Policy that needs to be applied when a carrier loss is detected. This value states whether to switch to the previousCodec(1) or to remain with the upspeedCodec(2). When the value of this object is unspecified(3), the card level object svVismCarrierLossPolicy is used. Configuring this object does not have any affect when card level cac svVismCacEnable is disabled. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = previousCodec 2 = upspeedCodec 3 = unspecified (default) |
cwmVismEndPointVAD
Tolerance |
31 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Customer accepted drop rate for voice connections when the bandwidth usage exceeds allowed value. Value of this object actually represents 0.0001% - 1.00% A value of zero indicates that the card level object svVismVadTolerance is used instead of this object. Configuring this object does not have any affect when card level cac svVismCacEnable is disabled. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-10000 Default: 100 |
cwmVismEndPointVADDuty
Cycle |
32 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Talk-spurts duty cycle rate, and the unit is in percentage. The value of this object actually represents 0.01% to 0.99%. A value of zero indicates that the card level object svVismVadDutyCycle is used instead of this object. Configuring this object does not have any affect when card level cac svVismCacEnable is disabled. This object is applicable to VISM cards with Release 3.0 and later. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-100 Valid range: (1-99) (.01% to 0.99%) Default value: 61 (0.61%) |
cwmVismEndPointCacConfig
State |
33 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define whether the originating and terminating VISM cards are configured properly or not. By default the configuration is assumed to be ok and this object is set to ok(1). If during up-speed both the originating and terminating VISM cards are configured as either CAC master or slave then it is considered as an invalid configuration and this object is set to notOk(2). This parameter is applicable only in trunking applications. Access: read-only. |
1 = ok (default) 2 = notOk |
XPVC Connection Table
The cwmConnTable provides information about XPVC segment entries. Each entry corresponds to each XPVC segment. An XPVC segment represents a complete PVC, SPVC or HybridVC. Entries in this table are automatically created when an XPVC is successfully added through the svConnTable. For example, a three-segment XPVC has three entries in this table.
The cwmConnTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmConnTable = connGroup 25. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.25
•cwmConnEntry = cwmConnTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.25.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmConnIndex
•cwmConnSegOrder
Table C-14 cwmConnTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmConnIndex |
1 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Unique value that is greater than 0 for each entry in the table. The value returned might change across CWM coldstarts for the same connection. Also, this value might be different on other CWM stations managing the same network domain. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 Value 0 is reserved. |
cwmConnSegOrder |
2 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Sequence/order number of the segment within the XPVC. The XPVC segments are ordered from the local endpoint segment, to the remote endpoint segment. For example, in a 3-segment XPVC, the segment with the local endpoint has a value equal to 1. The segment with the remote endpoint has a value equal to 3. An XPVC has a maximum of 3-segments. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-128 Value 0 is reserved. |
cwmConnNumOfSegments |
3 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Number of segments of the XPVC segment. Each XPVC segment represents a PVC, SPVC or HybridVC. Access: read-only. |
1 = pvc 2 = spvc 3 = hybridVC |
cwmConnLocalStr |
4 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
The local endpoint information of the XPVC segment in string format. This object indicates the instance/index information of the endpoint tables in the following formats: •Frame Relay node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci •ATM and RPM node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci If a shelf or feeder does not exist, a null string (..) is returned. For example, the following string is missing the shelf: bpx10..8.1.15.150. Access: read-only. |
Display string |
cwmConnRemoteStr |
5 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
The remote endpoint information of the XPVC segment in string format. This object indicates the instance/index information of the endpoint tables in the following formats: •Frame Relay node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci •ATM and RPM node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci If a shelf or feeder does not exist, a null string (..) is returned. For example, the following string is missing the shelf: bpx10..8.1.15.150. Access: read-only. |
Display string |
cwmConnOpStatus |
6 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Operational status for the XPVC segment according to the following values: •Clear—All of the segments of the XPVC segment are in a clear state. •Fail—At least one of the segments of the XPVC segment is in fail state, and none of the segments are in a down state. •Down—At least one of the segments of the XPVC segment is in a down state. •Incomplete—One of the segments of the XPVC segment is deleted. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = incomplete |
cwmConnType |
7 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Connection type for the XPVC segment according to the following values: •ATM-ATM indicates an ATM to ATM connection. •ATM-FR indicates an ATM to Frame Relay connection. •ATM-RPM indicates an RPM to ATM connection. •Unknown indicates an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. |
2 = atm-atm 3 = atm-fe 9 = atm-rpm 200 = unknown |
cwmConnServiceType |
8 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Service type for the XPVC segment. Note Issuing a SET on this object is not allowed, and genError is returned. Access: read-write. |
1 = cbr1 2 = vbr1 3 = vbr2 4 = vbr3 5 = abr-fs 6 = fr-fs 7 = fr 8 = ubr1 9 = ubr2 10 = abr1 13 = vbr1-rt 14 = vbr2-rt 15 = vbr3-rt 16 = vbr-nrt 17 = vbr-rt 31 = atfst 32 = atftfst 33 = atfxfst 200 = unknown |
cwmConnE2EVcType |
9 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
VC type of the XPVC segment. Note Issuing a SET on this object is not allowed, and genError is returned. Access: read-write. |
1 = pvc 2 = spvc 3 = hybrid |
cwmConnAdminStatus |
10 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Administrative status of the XPVC segment. Issuing a GET returns the value 201. Restrictions: •This attribute can be SET to testing only when the cwmConnOpStatus has the value clear or fail. •A SET with value equal to 201 results in genError. Access: read-write. |
3 = testing 201 = na |
cwmConnTestResult |
11 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Result of an executed testDelay for the XPVC segment. If the test is successfully executed, this object indicates the round trip delay (in milliseconds) for the XPVC segment. If the test failed, the value is equal to -2. If no test has been executed, the value is equal to -1. After a SET is successful for the cwmConnAdminStatus object, a GET on the cwmConnTestResult object must be completed within 4 seconds. Otherwise the result is equal to -1. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmConnPrimaryXlmiLink |
12 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Information for the primary XLMI link that connects the next XPVC segment. The format is node.slot.port - node.slot.port, for example, bpx10.6.2 - pop14.10.1. For the last XPVC segment, a null string is returned. For example, on the third XPVC segment in a 3-segment XPVC, a GET on this object returns a null string. On the second XPVC segment in a 2-segment XPVC, a GET on this object returns a null string. Access: read-only. |
Display string |
cwmConnSecondaryXlmi
Link |
13 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Information for the secondary XLMI link that connects the next XPVC segment. The format is node.slot.port - node.slot.port, for example, bpx12.6.3 - pop15.10.1 For the last XPVC segment null string is returned. For example, on the third XPVC segment in a 3-segment XPVC, a GET on this object returns a null string. On the second XPVC segment in a 2-segment XPVC, a GET on this object returns a null string. If a secondary XLMI link is not specified in the XPVC preferred table through Configurator GUI, a GET on this object returns a null string. Access: read-only. |
Display string |
cwmConnLocalOamSeg
Enable |
14 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
OAM segment feature for the local endpoint of the XPVC segment. If SET to true, the endpoint is configured as the segment endpoint for OAM cells. If SET to false, the endpoint is configured as the non-segment endpoint for OAM cells. A TestDelay OAM cell is looped back at the segment endpoint, and is passed through at non-segment endpoint. For an end-to-end XPVC TestDelay to work, all of the XLMI endpoints in the path are required to be non-segment endpoints. When a n XPVC is provisioned, all of the XLMI endpoints in the path are configured as non-segment by default. A GET on this object for non-XLMI endpoints always returns true. A SET on this object for non-XLMI endpoints returns a genErr. Note This object is only applicable to XLMI endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = false 2 = true |
cwmConnRemoteOamSeg
Enable |
15 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
OAM segment feature for the remote endpoint of the XPVC segment. If SET to true, the endpoint is configured as the segment endpoint for OAM cells. If SET to false, the endpoint is configured as the non-segment endpoint for OAM cells. A TestDelay OAM cell is looped back at the segment endpoint, and is passed through at non-segment endpoint. For an end-to-end XPVC TestDelay to work, all of the XLMI endpoints in the path are required to be non-segment endpoints. When a n XPVC is provisioned, all of the XLMI endpoints in the path are configured as non-segment by default. A GET on this object for non-XLMI endpoints always returns true. A SET on this object for non-XLMI endpoints returns a genErr. Note This object is only applicable to XLMI endpoints. Access: read-write. |
1 = false 2 = true |
cwmConnLocAbitStatus |
16 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Local A-bit status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnLocAISStatus |
17 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Local alarm indication signal (AIS) status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnLocOAMStatus |
18 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Local OAM status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnLocConditioned
Status |
19 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Local conditioned status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. If an XPVC segment does not have any AXSM endpoints, a value of na is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown 201 = na - not applicable |
cwmConnRemAbitStatus |
20 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Remote A-bit status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnRemAISStatus |
21 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Remote AIS status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnRemOAMStatus |
22 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Remote OAM status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown |
cwmConnRemConditioned
Status |
23 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Remote conditioned status of the XPVC segment. For incomplete XPVC segments, a value of unknown is returned. If an XPVC segment does not have any AXSM endpoints, a value of na is returned. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 3 = fail 200 = unknown 201 = na - not applicable |
cwmConnPrefRouteDesc |
24 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Preferred route for the XPVC segment. This object describes information about the domain, node name, slot, port, and virtual trunk for each hop in the route. For example, Node1.15 - Node2 is a valid route that specifies a terrestrial link between Node1 slot 15 and Node2. This object shows the following formats: •(<node-name>.<TRK>[.0])* - <node-name> Node1.15.1 - Node2.13.1 - Node3 •(<node-name>.<slot.port>)* - <node-name> Node1.15.1-Node2.13.1-Node3 •(<node-name>.<slot.port[.vtrkId>)* - <node-name> Node1.15 - Node2.12- Node3.15 - Node4 The (...)* notation means that the description inside parenthesis might repeat any number of times. This number is limited by the total length of 255. The [...] notation signifies that the parameter is optional. Note This object is only applicable to AR XPVC segments. Access: read-write. |
String size: 0-2048 |
cwmConnCurrRouteDesc |
25 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Current route for the XPVC segment. This object provides information about the domain, node name, slot, port, and virtual trunk for each hop in the route. Note This object is only applicable to AR XPVC segments. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-2048 |
cwmConnRouteMaster |
26 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Node name of the route master. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmConnPrefRouteId |
27 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Value that uniquely identifies a preferred route (explicit route) used for PNNI segments of a XPVC connection. The value, 0, means no preferred route is associated with the PNNI segment of the connection. The preferred route must be added completely before associating it to a connection. The source and destination node IDs of the selected preferred route selected must match the local and remote node IDs of the XPVC PNNI segment of the connection. The preferred route can be SET during connection provision and can be modified later. If the PNNI segment of XPVC connection is already associated with a preferred route ID, setting this MIB object with a value 0 disassociates the PNNI segment of the XPVC connection from the preferred route. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 0 |
cwmConnDirectRoute |
28 |
BPX 8600 BPX SES MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Value to identify whether or not the connection is directed. Any connection can be optioned to route using only the preferred route. If the preferred route is directed, then the connection is routed through preferred route only. If the preferred route is not available, the connection is not routed on any alternative paths and is declared failed. If the connection is not directed, the associated connection is routed to the preferred route. If the preferred route is not available, then an alternative route is considered per the PNNI routing policies: If cwmConnPrefRouteId is not set to a configured preferred route ID, the the cwmConnDirectRoute is not valid. This object is applicable only if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
Party Table
The cwmPartyTable provides information about ATM point-to-multipoint (P2MP) soft permanent virtual channel connections (SPVCs). This table contains one entry for each of the parties.
The cwmPartyTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPartyTable = connGroup 26. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.26
•cwmPartyEntry = cwmPartyTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.26.1
This object is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPartyRootNode
•cwmPartyRootShelf
•cwmPartyRootSlot
•cwmPartyRootPort
•cwmPartyRootVpi
•cwmPartyRootVci
•cwmPartyReference
Entries in this table are created when a party is successfully provisioned.
The following operations are supported in this table:
•Add, modify, and delete operations
•Up, down, and reroute operations
Note This table is only applicable if the PNNI switch version is 3.9 and above.
Table C-15 cwmPartyTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPartyRootNode |
1 |
— |
Node name of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmPartyRootShelf |
2 |
— |
Shelf name of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. If no shelf exists, then this value is a NULL string. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmPartyRootSlot |
3 |
— |
Slot number of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmPartyRootPort |
4 |
— |
Logical port number of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmPartyRootVpi |
5 |
— |
Virtual path identifier (VPI) of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-4095 |
cwmPartyRootVci |
6 |
— |
Virtual circuit identifier (VCI) of the P2MP master (root) endpoint. A root VCI of 65537 indicates a virtual path (VP) connection, Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65537 |
cwmPartyReference |
7 |
— |
Arbitrary integer distinguishes between multiple parties attached to the root of a P2MP connection. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32767 |
cwmPartyNsapAddress |
8 |
— |
ATM NSAP address of this party. This object contains the 20-byte NSAP address of the party, represented as hex (0..9,A..F). Access: read-write. |
String size: 20 bytes |
cwmPartyVpi |
9 |
— |
VPI value of this party. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 |
cwmPartyVci |
10 |
— |
VCI value of this party. Party VCI of 65537 indicates VP party connection. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65537 |
cwmPartyAdminStatus |
11 |
— |
Administrative status of this party. This attribute can be set to up, down, and reroute the parties Access: read-write. |
1 = active 2 = inactive 4 = reroute |
cwmPartyOperStatus |
12 |
— |
Operational status of this party. Access: read-only. |
2 = Clear 3 = Fail 4 = down 200 = unknown |
cwmPartyIdentifier |
13 |
— |
Arbitrary integer distinguishes all parties in a node (switch). This value is assigned by the managed system when a party is added. The use of this variable is implementation specific. Access: read-only. |
Range: -2147483645-214748367 |
cwmPartyRowStatus |
14 |
— |
Value to create or delete an entry in the cwmPartyTable. A row may be created by setting the RowStatus to createAndGo. When the row is successfully created, the cwmPartyRowStatus is set to active by the agent. A row may be deleted by setting the cwmPartyRowStatus to destroy. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmPartyNode |
15 |
— |
Node name of the P2MP party (slave) endpoint. The cwmPartyNode+cwmPartySlot+
cwmPartyPort objects make the cwmPartyNsapAddress for the end user from CWM database for Cisco nodes. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmPartySlot |
16 |
— |
Slot number of the P2MP party (slave) endpoint. The cwmPartyNode+cwmPartySlot+
cwmPartyPort objects make the cwmPartyNsapAddress for the end user from CWM database for Cisco nodes. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmPartyPort |
17 |
— |
Port number of the P2MP party (slave) endpoint. The cwmPartyNode+cwmPartySlot+
cwmPartyPort objects make the cwmPartyNsapAddress for the end user from CWM database for Cisco nodes. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
Port Group
The PortGroupService.mib file contains the tables and attributes used to configure, delete, and perform other management related tasks on ports. All objects in this group are supported by the PortProxy.
The tables in this group are identified by the portGroup OID = serviceGroup 2. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2
The tables and subsequent objects have unique OIDs under this portGroup.
The port group maintains Frame Relay, ATM, IMA, and circuit emulation (CE) ports for the following cards and platforms:
•MGX 8820, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1)
–FRSM-4/8, FRSM HS1, FRSM-VHS2T3/E3, FRSM-VHS-2CT3, FRSM-VHS-2HS2
–CESM-4, CESM-8, CESM-1T3/E3
–AUSM-4 and AUSM-8
•BPX
–ASI-2/OC3
–BXM
–BME
•IGX
–UFM/UFMU
–FRM
–UXM/UXME
•MGX 8830 (PXM1E), MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
–FRSM-8T1/8E1, FRSM-HS2, FRSM-2T3E3
–AUSM-8
–CESM-8
–RPM-PR
–PXM1E-T3/E3, PXM1E-OC3, PXM1E-COMBO
Port Table
The Port State table (svPortTable) contains state information of all ports, irrespective of their port type. All objects in this table are read-only objects.
Note This table is deprecated in CWM Release 12. For port information, see the relevant port tables, for example, svFrPortTable and svAtmPortTable.
The svPortTable is indexed by svPortNode, svPortShelf, svPortSlot, svPortLineIndex, and svPortPort. ConnProxy supports SNMP GET and "GET Next" operations on this table.
Table C-16 svPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svPortNode |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is applicable to all ports. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svPortShelf |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. This object is applicable to all ports. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svPortSlot |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svPortPort |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Port number. This value is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. See Managing FRSM-4/8 Ports in Port Management for card specific port notations. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-250 IPX FRP/T1: 1-24 IPX FRP/E1: 1-32 IGX 8400 FRM/T1: 1-24 IGX 8400 FRM/E1: 1-32 IGX 8400 UFM: 1-250 IGX 8400 UFMU/HSSI: 1-4 IGX 8400 UFMU/V35: 1-12 IGX 8400 UFMU/X21: 1-12 IGX 8400 UXM/T1/E1: 1-8 IGX 8400 UXM/T3/E3: 1-6 IGX 8400 UXM/OC3: 1-4 BPX 8600 ASI: 1-2 BPX 8600 BME: 1-2 BPX 8600 BXM/BXM-E: 1-12 MGX 8800 PXM T3/E3/OC3/OC12: 1-32
MGX 8220 CESM-4: 1 MGX 8220 CESM-8: 1-32 MGX 8220 FRSM HS1: 1-4 MGX 8220 FRSM-4/T1: 1-24 MGX 8220 FRSM-4/E1: 1-32 MGX 8220 FRSM-8/T1: 1-24 MGX 8220 FRSM-8/E1: 1-32 MGX 8220 AUSM-4: 1-4 MGX 8220 AUSM-8: 1-8 MGX 8850 (PXM45) AXSM: 1-60
(61 through 64 are reserved) |
svPortCardType |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Indicates the card type. bxm-nn is a monarch card, where nn is the max number of lines on that card. bxm (9) is for earlier version of switch software on bxm card, keep here for backward compatibility. bme-1 and bme-2 are similar to bxm-1 and bxm-2. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = frp 3 = frsm-4 4 = cesm-4 5 = ufm 6 = ausm-4 7 = ausm-8 8 = asi 9 = bxm 10 = frsm-8 11 = frm 12 = frsm-hs1 13 = frsm-hsfr 14 = ufmU 15 = bxm-1 16 = bxm-2 17 = bxm-4 18 = bxm-8 19 = bxm-12 20 = frasm-8 21 = uxm 22 = cesm-8 23 = frsm-hs2 24 = frsm-2 25 = frsm-2c 26 = cesm-1 27 = pxm-1 28 = pxm-2 29 = pxm-4 30 = sdp 31 = ldp 32 = hdm 33 = ldm |
svPortCardType (continued) |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Card type. For the bxm-nn, the nn is the maximum number of lines on that card. The value bxm (9) is for earlier version of switch software on the BXM card. The values bme-1 and bme-2 are similar to bxm-1 and bxm-2. Access: read-only. |
34 = cdp 35 = cvm 36 = uvm 37 = bme-1 38 = bme-2 39 = axsm-1 40 = axsm-4 41 = axsm-8 42 = axsm-16-oc3 43 = axsm-16-t3e3 44 = vism-8 45 = rpm-pr 46 = axsme-1-oc12 47 = axsme-2-oc12 48 = axsme-4-oc3 49 = axsme-8-oc3 50 = axsme-16-t3e3 51 = axsme-16-t1 52 = axsme-16-e1 53 = rpm-xf 54 = pxm1e 55 = axsme-16-t1e1 56 = axsme-32-t1e1 57 = axsmxg-1-oc192 58 = axsmxg-4-chan-oc48 59 = axsmxg-16-oc12 |
svPortIfType |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Indicates the interface type. For MGX 8220 CESM-4 and CESM-8 cards, the possible interface types are t1, and e1. For MGX 8220 CESM-1 cards, the possible interface types are t3 and e3. For MGX 8220 FRSM-VHS cards, the possible interface types are •t3 •e3 •hssi •12In1 For MGX 8850 (PXM), MGX 8230, or MGX 8250 PXM cards, the possible interfaces are •t3 •e3 •oc3-smfir •oc3-smflr •oc12-smfir •oc12-smflr |
1 = unknown 2 = t1 3 = e1 4 = t3 5 = e3 6 = oc3-smf 7 = oc3-mmf 8 = c3-stm1 9 = oc3-utp 10 = oc3-stp 11 = oc3-smflr 16 = oc12-smf 17 = oc12-mmf 18 = oc12-smflr 23 = v35 24 = x21 25 = hssi 26 = lm-bxm 27 = t3-smf 28 = t3-mmf 28 = t3-smflr 30 = t3-snm 31 = e3-smf 32 = e3-mmf 33 = e3-smflr 34 = e3-snm 35 = oc3-snm 36 = oc12-snm 37 = oc3-2-smf 38 = oc3-4-smf 39 = oc3-4-mmf 40 = t3-3 41 = t3-6 42 = e3-3 |
svPortIfType (continued) |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
•oc12-smfir15 •oc12-smflr15 •mmf-4-155 •rj45-fe •mmf-fe •mmf-fddi •smf-fddi •rj45-4e For MGX 8850 (PXM45)AXSM cards the supported interface types are •db15-4x21 •scsi2-2hssi •s3-ui •mmf8-oc3 •smfir8-oc3 •smflr8-oc3 •smfir1-oc48 •smflr1-oc48 •psm-hd •smb-8t3 •smb-8e3 •smb-4stml •psm-ui •smfir2-622 •smflr2-422 •smfsr1-oc48 •smfxlr1-oc48 •lm-smb-6t3 •rj48-16-t1e1 •rbbn-16-t1e1 |
43 = e3-6 44 = oc3-smfir 45 = oc12-smfir 46 = oc12-smfir15 47 = oc12-smflr15 48 = mmf-4-155 49 = rj45-fe 50 = mmf-fe 51 = mmf-fddi 52 = smf-fddi 53 = rj45-4e 54 = rs232 55 = rs232d 56 = rs2324 57 = rs2328 58 = rs449 59 = oc3-4-xlr 60 = oc3-2-xlr 61 = db15-4x21 62 = scsi2-2hssi 63 = s3-ui 64 = mmf8-oc3 65 = smfir8-oc3 66 = smflr8-oc3 67 = smfir1-oc48 68 = smflr1-oc48 69 = psm-hd 70 = smb-8t3 71 = smb-8e3 72 = smb-4stm1 73 = psm-ui 74 = smfir2-622 75 = smflr2-622 76 = t3-12 |
svPortIfType (continued) |
|
For IGX 8400 UXM cards, the possible interface types are •oc3-2-smf •oc3-4-smf •oc3-4-mmf •t3-3 •t3-6 •e3-3 •e3-6 •t1 •e1 For IGX 8400 CDP and CVM cards on IGX, the supported back card types are one port T1/E1. For IGX 8400 UVM cards, the supported backcard types are two port T1/E1. For IGX 8400 HDM and SDP cards, the following supported back card types are four or eight ports: •v35 •hssi •x21 •rs449 •rs232 •rs232d For IGX 8400 LDM and LDP card types, the following supported back card types are four or eight ports: •v35 •hssi •x21 •rs449 •rs2324 •rs2328 Access: read-only. |
77 = e3-12 78 = oc12-xlr 79 = oc3-8-xlr 80 = smfsr1-oc48 81 = smfxlr1-oc48 82 = lm-12In1-8s 83 = lm-smb-6t3 84 = lm-rpm-xf-ui 85 = lm-pos-1oc12 86 = lm-rpm-xf-1ge 87 = pxm1e-combo 88 = rj48-16-t1e1 89 = lm-smb-6e3 90 = lm-pos-2oc12 91 = lm-rpm-xf-2ge 92 = rbbn-16-t1e1 The following backcards are applicable to PXM1E 93 = lm-smb-8oc3 94 = lm-sfp-8oc3 95 = lm-smfxlr-1-oc192 96 = lm-smflr-1-oc192 97 = lm-smfir-1-oc192 98 = lm-smfsr-1-oc192 99 = lm-smf-4-oc48 100 = lm-smf-16-oc12 |
svPortState |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Port state. This object is applicable to all ports. For IMA ports on AUSM-8 card valid states are •inactive •clear •bandwidthChanged •failedDueToAcpTimeout •failedDueToMajorAlmonAim
Grp •failedDueToAimSigFailure •failedDueToBadDiffDelay •failedDueToArbConflict For ATM UNI ports on MGX 8850 (PXM) AUSM-4/8 cards and ports, the valid states are •inactive •clear •outofcelldelineation •remoteloopback •linefailure •signallingFailure For ATM UNI ports on MGX 8850 (PXM45) AXSM/AXSM-E cards, the states are •clear •fail •down |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = remoteLoopback 6 = lineFailure 7 = signallingFailure 8 = outOfCellDelineation 9 = bandwidthChanged 10 = failedDueToAcpTimeout 11 = failedDueToMajorAlmonAimGrp 12 = failedDueToAimSigFailure 13 = failedDueToBadDiffDelay 14 = failedDueToArbConflict 15 = inBert 16 = farEndRemoteLoopback 17 = notConfigured 18 = up |
svPortState (continued) |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
For MGX 8850 (PXM1) FRSM and FRSM-VHS ports, the states are •inactive •clear •remoteloopback •lineFailure •signallingFailure •inactive For IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM/UFM/UFMU/UXM, and BPX 8600-ASI/BXM/BME ports, the following states are •inactive •clear •remoteLoopback •failed For CESM-4/8 and
CESM-1T3/E3 ports, the following states are •inactive •clear •failed Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = remoteLoopback 6 = lineFailure 7 = signallingFailure 8 = outOfCellDelineation 9 = bandwidthChanged 10 = failedDueToAcpTimeout 11 = failedDueToMajorAlmonAimGrp 12 = failedDueToAimSigFailure 13 = failedDueToBadDiffDelay 14 = failedDueToArbConflict 15 = inBert 16 = farEndRemoteLoopback 17 = notConfigured 18 = up |
svPortSpeed |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Configured speed of the port. Units: for Frame Relay in 100 bps. For ATM and CE in cps. For FRSM-2 CT3, port speed runs from one DS0 channel speed up to the full T1 line speed, in multiples of DS0 channel speed. For FRSM-2 HS2 and FRSM-2 T3/E3, port speed is always the configured line speed. Access: read-only |
Range: 560-22605280 For FRSM-4/8, IPX FRP, and IGX 8400 FRM/UFM-T1 cards, the port speed range is 56-1536 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. For FRSM-4/8, IPX FRP, and IGX 8400 FRM/UFM-E1 cards, the port speed range is 56-2048 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. For IPX FRP and IGX 8400 FRM/UFMU- V.35 cards, the port speed range is: 56-256 kbps. For FRASM-8 cards, the possible port speed is either 56k or 64k. For AUSM-4 cards and ATM ports on AUSM-8 T1 cards, the valid port speed is: 3622 cps. For AUSM-4 cards and ATM ports on AUSM-8 E1 cards, the valid port speed is 4528 cps. For IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards, the port speed depends on the number of lines associated with the port. For BPX 8600 ASI/BXM/BME and IGX 8400 UXM cards, the valid port speeds are •3622 cps = UXM/T1 •4528 cps = UXM/E1 •80000 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/T3 •96000 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/E3 •353208 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/OC3 •1412830 cps = BXM/OC12 and BME/OC12 |
svPortSpeed (continued) |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Configured speed of the port. Units: for Frame Relay and CESM: 100bps. For ATM: cps (characters per second) |
For CESM cards, valid port speeds are •1536 kbps (24 Ds0 time slots) = T1 unstructured ports •2048 kbps (32 Ds0 time slots) = E1 unstructured ports •64-1536 kbps = CESM-8T1 structured ports in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (which is 64k) •64-1984 kbps = CESM-8E1 structured ports. For E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (which is 64k). •64-960 kbps = E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types, in increment of DS0 timeslot speed (which is 64k). •343680bps. = CESM-1E3 •447360bps. = CESM-1T3 For FRSM-VHS - 2T3/2E3/2Hs2, the port speed is the configured line speed. For FRSM-VHS - 2CT3, the port speed is 56-1536 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards, the valid port speeds are •80000 cps = T3 •96000 cps = E3 •353208 cps = OC3 •1412832 cps = OC12 •5651328 cps = OC48 (not applicable for AXSM-E) •22605280 cps = OC192 (not applicable for AXSM and AXSM-E cards) |
svPortLine |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Physical line associated with this port for the following cards: •AUSM-4, AUSM-8 (ATM port) •FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1, FRASM-8 •CESM-4, CESM-8 •BPX 8600 ASI and BXM/BME •IGX 8400 UXM, UFM, and UFM/U For AUSM-8 (IMA port), this object is the starting line associated with the port. For IPX FRP and IGX FRM, this value is always 1. For PXM ports: the physical line associated with the logical port. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards, this object is the line on which the port is added. For voice and data cards, this object is the same as the physical line number on the channelized cards and port number on the serial port cards. This object is applicable to all ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = IPX-FRP and IGX 8400-FRM ports 1-2 = BPX 8600 ASI and BME cards 1-4 = FRSM-4, FRSM-HS1, AUSM-4, CESM-4 1-8 = IGX 8400 UXM and UFM, FRSM-8, FRASM-8, AUSM-8, and CESM-8 1-12 = BPX 8600 BXM cards For CESM-1 T3/E3: full T3/E3 line
speed. |
svPortLineIndex |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Physical line associated with this port for FRSM ports. The value of this object is applicable only to FRSM-2/4/8, FRASM-8, and CESM-4/8/1 and is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. This object is applicable to all ports. The svPortLine object provides the physical line for other ports. Access: read-only. |
For CESM-1 cards, the value is always 1. For FRSM-2 T3/E3, FRSM-2 HS2 cards, the range is 1-2. For FRSM-2 CT3 this value represents the logical line number. Lines 1-28 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 1. Lines 29-56 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 2. Therefore, range is 1-56. For all other ports, a value of 0 is returned. |
svPortPhysicalPort |
IGX 8400 |
Physical port number applicable to UFM cards only. This value refers to the first DS0 used in the port timeslot bitmap. For example, a UFM port on slot 8, line 1 is configured with 128 kbps port speed and the 2 DS0s used are corresponding to timeslot 3 and 4, the svPortPhysicalPort is 3 (lowest available timeslot). For non-UFM cards, the value is -1. Access: read-only. |
Range: -1-32 |
svPortBay |
MGX 8850 |
Bay number of the line. This object is applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
Note All cards that are applicable to MGX 8220 are also applicable to MGX 8230, MGX 8250 and MGX 8850 (PXM1) except FRASM, which is applicable to MGX 8220 only. The AXSM and AXSM-E cards are applicable to MGX 8850 (PXM45) only.
Next Available Logical Port Table
The Next Available Logical Port table (svNextLogicalPortTable) allows you to obtain the next available logical port on a card supporting logical ports.
The svNextLogicalPortTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svNextLogicalPortTable = portGroup 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.2
•svNextLogicalPortEntry = svNextLogicalPortTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.2.1
This table only supports SNMP GET commands.
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svNode
•svShelf
•svSlot
This table is supported for the following cards: UFM, AUSM-8, VISM, and AXSM.
When creating ports on cards that have logical port numbers, obtain the next available port number by performing an SNMP GET on this table.
Table C-17 svNextLogicalPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svPort |
4 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Next available logical port number; a unique value greater than 0. This table is supported for the following ports: UFM, AUSM-8, PXM, AXSM. To create ports on these cards, you can obtain the card's next available logical port by performing an SNMP GET on this variable, and then use that number as the "port index" into the respective port configuration tables. For other cards where logical ports are not supported, an SNMP GET results in a "No such name" error. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-256 For PXM: 1-32 |
svNextMGEndPoint |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Next available logical MG endpoint number. This object identifies the endpoint as known by the NE or the VISM card. The endpoint number is unique for the entire Media Gateway and ranges from 1 to 240 which is the maximum number of endpoints that the Media Gateway can support. Value 0 is returned if no more endpoints are available. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. For all other cards, GET will result in a NO-SUCH-NAME error. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-240 |
Physical To Logical Map Table
The Physical To Logical Map table (svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable) is useful to obtain the logical port given the physical port specifics.
The svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable = portGroup 3. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.3
•svPhysicalToLogicalEntry = svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.3.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMapNode
•svMapShelf
•svMapSlot
•svMapPhysicalInfo
FRSM-4, FRSM-8, AUSM-8, UFM, and AXSM cards use logical ports. Once obtained, the logical port can be used to operate on the svFrPortTable and svAtmPortTable tables, as well as for creating connections.
Table C-18 svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMapNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svMapShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svMapSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svMapPhysicalInfo |
4 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the physical port attributes. For FRSM-4, FRSM-8, and UFM this must be in the following format:
<line number>.<starting channel number> For FRSM-2CT3, this must follow the following format:
<logical line number>.<starting channel number> For FRSM-2T3/2E3/2HS2, this must follow the following format:
<logical line number>.<port number> For ATM ports on AUSM-8, this must have the following format: <line number>. For IMA ports on AUSM-8, this must have the following format:
<line1 number>.<line2 number>...<.line n number> where <line1 number>, <line2 number>, and <.line n number> are the "n" lines associated with the IMA port. Note, all of the line numbers must be specified, otherwise, "No such name" is returned. All other formats result in a "No such name" error. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svMapLogicalPort |
5 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Logical port number - a unique value greater than 0 on a card supporting logical ports. FRSM-4/8, UFM, AUSM-8, FRSM-VHS-2CT3, and AXSM are cards that support logical ports. On all other cards, an SNMP GET results in "No such name". When no port exists, as described by all the above indices, "No such name" is returned. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-256 |
Frame Relay Port Table
The Frame Relay Port table (svFrPortTable) contains a list of all Frame Relay ports.
The svFrPortTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svFrPortTable = portGroup 4. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.4
•svFrPortEntry = svFrPortTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.4.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svFrPortNode
•svFrPortShelf
•svFrPortSlot
•svFrPortLineIndex
•svFrPortPort
This table applies to the following nodes:
•MGX 8220
•MGX 8230
•MGX 8250
•MGX 8830 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM1)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
Note Objects with OIDs 49-55 are deprecated.
Table C-19 svFrPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svFrPortNode |
1 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 characters |
svFrPortShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 characters |
svFrPortSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svFrPortPort |
4 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port number that is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. For IPX FRP, IGX 8400 FRM, and
FRSM cards this value is the starting channel number. On IGX 8400 UFM, this value is a logical port number. On FRSM-HS1cards and
IGX 8400 UFMU this value is the physical line number. When creating ports on cards with logical port indexing, users might GET the next available logical port at the card using the svNextAvailableLogicalPortTable. Access: read-only. |
Range:1-250 The following ranges are associated with each card: •1-24 = FRP/T1 (IPX) •1-32 = FRP/E1(IPX) •1-44 = FRP Port Concentrator (IPX) •1-24 = FRM/T1 (IGX 8400) •1-32 = FRM/E1 (IGX 8400) •1-250 = UFM (IGX 8400) •1-4 = UFMU/HSSI (IGX 8400) •1-12 = UFMU/V35, UFMU/X21 (IGX 8400) •1-4 = FRSM/HS1, FRSM/X21 •1-24 = FRSM4/8 T1, FRSM-2CT3 •1-32 = FRSM4/8 E1 •1 = FRSM-2 T3/E3/HS2 •1-12 = FRSM12 |
svFrPortRowStatus |
5 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested operation for this port table row. Ports can be added, deleted, or modified. This is a mandatory parameter that must be specified for all configuration requests (involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table). This is a write only parameter, and an SNMP GET on this variable returns any one of the enumerations. Access: read-write. |
2 = Add—Add new ports. 3 = Delete—Delete ports. 4 = Modify—Modify port parameters. |
svFrPortType |
6 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port type. For FRSM cards, this value could be frame-relay, frFUNI, or frame-forward. For FRSM-12 cards this value could be frame-relay or frame-forward. For all other cards, the value is frame-relay. This attribute can be SET only once while adding the port. This object is an optional creation time parameter that is not modifiable once the port is created. Access: read-write. |
1 = frame-relay (default) 2 = frFUNI 3 = frame-forward 4 = sdlc-stun—This value is not used. 5 = sdlc-fras—This value is not used. 6 = bsc-bstun—This value is not used. |
svFrPortCardType |
7 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Card type. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = frp 3 = frsm-4 5 = ufm 10 = frsm-8 11 = frm 12 = frsm-hs1] 13 = frsm-hsfr 14 = ufmU 20 = frasm-8 23 = frsm-hs2 24 = frsm-2 25 = frsm-2c |
svFrPortIfType |
8 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Interface type. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = t1 3 = e1 4 = t3 5 = e3 23 = v35 24 = x21 25 = hssi 62 = scsi2-2hssi 82 = lm-12In1-8s 83 = lm-smb-6t3 |
svFrPortOperState |
9 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Operating status of the port. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = remoteLoopback 6 = lineFailure 7 = signallingFailure 15 = inBert 16 = farEndRemoteLoopback 17 = notConfigured 18 = testing |
svFrPortAdminState |
10 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested state for port table row. An existing port can enabled or disabled. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svFrPortLine |
11 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Physical line associated with this port. For SNMP GET the following values are returned: •1-4 = FRSM-4, FRSM-HS1, and UFM/U cards •1-8 = FRSM-8 and UFM cards •1 = IPX FRP and IGX FRM cards •1-2 = FRSM-2T3/E3/HS2 card •1-56 = FRSM-2CT3 cards •1-12 = FRSM12 cards For SNMP SET operations this object is a mandatory create time parameter for ports on IGX 8400-UFM. A range of 1-4 can be specified. This object is a mandatory create time parameter for ports on FRSM-12. A range of 1-12 can be specified. Should not be specified for: IGX 8400-FRM and UFMU,
FRSM-4/8, FRSM-VHS, FRSM-HS1, FRASM-8, FRSM-2 T3/E3, FRSM-2 HS2, FRSM-2 CT3, or IGX 8400-UFMU. When it is specified, an error is reported. The parameter can be SET during port creation only. An error is returned for subsequent SETs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-56 |
svFrPortStartingCh |
12 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Starting channel number for this port. (T1/E1 interfaces only). For SNMP GET—The object is not applicable for non-channelized ports, and the value -1 is reported. For SNMP SET—This parameter can be SET only for UFM ports. This object is a mandatory create time parameter for ports on IGX 8400-UFM. For IGX 8400-FRM,
MGX 8220 and MGX 8800 series FRSM-HS1, and FRSM-4/8 cards, the svFrPortPort object is the starting channel. This value should not be specified. Starting channel is not able to be SET on UFM/U cards since the ports are non-channelized. An attempt to SET this on these cards will result in an SNMP BAD VALUE error. This parameter is mandatory during creation. It is not modifiable after creation. This object is not applicable to FRSM-12 ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 The following ranges are associated with the different card types: •1-24 = FRSM 4/8, FRSM-2C and UFM with T1 •1-32 = FRSM 4/8 and UFM with E1 |
svFrPortChCnt |
13 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of aggregate channels assigned to this port (Frame Relay T1/E1 interface only). This object is always 1 for non-channelized ports and is not applicable to FRSM-12 ports. Access: read-only. |
— |
svFrPortSpeed |
14 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Configured speed of the port in 100 bits per second. Default value is 1 time slot speed. Minimum value is the product of the number of time slots and one time slot speed, or, the value set by the user, whichever is higher. For example, if the port speed is 560 with one channel (time slot) at 640, then 640 is set as the minimum value. The value of svFrPortSpeed is associated with the svFrPortDs0ChSpeed object. For SNMP SET operations the following usages apply: •For subrate (V.35) interfaces port speed can be modified. •For E1/T1 interfaces this parameter can be SET only while adding a new port. This value cannot be modified after the first SET. Subsequent attempts to SET it results in an SNMP BAD VALUE error. For channelized T1/E1, the default is one times slot speed. •For FRSM-HS1/x21 interfaces the speed is determined by the configured speed of the line. This value cannot be modified after the first SET. Subsequent attempts to SET it results in an SNMP BAD VALUE error. •FRSM-VHS 2CT3 interfaces can be SET. •For FRSM12 cards, the port speed is read-only and always returns 44736 kbps. FRSM VHS 2T3/E3/HS2 interfaces cannot be SET. Access: read-write. |
Range: 560-447360 The following ranges are associated with each card type: •56-1536 kbps = FRSM, FRP, FRM, UFM T1—Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. •56-2048 kbps = FRSM, FRP, FRM, UFM E1—Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. •56-256 kbps = FRP, FRM, UFM-U V.35 •56-1536 kbps = FRSM-VHS 2CT3—Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. •44736 kbps = FRSM-12 For FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/HS2 cards the port speed is determined by the configured line rate. |
svFrPortDs0ChSpeed |
15 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Channel speed. This object is not applicable for V35 subrate ports and non channelized ports. Fr SNMP GET operations the value na (3) is returned for non applicable cases. For SNMP SET operations this object is not applicable to FRP v.35 ports. An attempt to SET it results in an SNMP BAD VALUE error. Modifying this object is allowed only while adding the port. For FRSM-12 cards the value na (3) is applicable. Access: read-write. |
1 = s56k 2 = s64k 3 = na—Not applicable for the port requested. This value should not be used for SETs Default value: s64k |
svFrPortSigProt |
16 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Specified LMI operation mode. Setting this object is optional during creation. The object is modifiable after creation. Setting this object to lmi-asyn (3) without setting svFrPortAsyncUpd as yes causes the object to default to lmi-noasyn (2). Access: read-write. |
1 = disabled (default)—(UNI) LMI disabled. 2 = lmi-noasyn—(UNI) LMI enabled but asynchronous update disabled. The value of the svFrPortAsyncUpd object is no. 3 = lmi-asyn—(UNI)LMI and asynchronous update enabled. The value of the svFrPortAsyncUpd object is yes. 4 = uni-annexA—(UNI)LMI enabled using CCITT O.933 Annex A parameters 5 = uni-annexD—(UNI)LMI enabled using ANSI T1.617 parameters 6 = nni-annexA—(NNI)LMI enabled using CCITT O.933 Annex A parameters 7 = nni-annexD—(NNI)LMI enabled using ANSI T1.617 parameters. |
svFrPortNNIStatus |
17 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Flag indicating whether NNI is active on the specified slot.port. For SNMP GET operations this object is always "no" when the network manager attempts to GET svFrPortNNIStatus from a disabled or LMI port. In other cases, the value of this object is determined by whether or not the port is configured as NNI. Access: read-only. |
1 = no 2 = yes |
svFrPortAsyncUpd |
18 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Flag indicating whether the system should send unsolicited LMI update messages as they appear or wait for the polling from the user device. This object is applicable to LMI, Annex A/D UNI, and Annex A/D NNI protocols. For SNMP GET operations a value of (-1) is returned if the network manager attempts a GET since this object is not applicable to ports without protocols. Otherwise, the value is determined by the asynchronous status of the port. If the network manager attempts to SET this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. SET is mandatory during modification of svFrPortSigProt to values lmi-asyn or lmi-noasyn. This object is not settable for UFMU and FRM ports or for ports without any protocol. For FRSM cards the following values are •no—Disable asynchronous status updates and unsolicited full status. •yes—Enable asynchronous status updates. •fsenable—Enable unsolicited full status. •updfsenable—Enable asynchronous status updates and unsolicited full status For UFM, FRP, and FRM cards, the values are •no—Disable unsolicited LMI update messages. •yes—Enable unsolicited LMI update messages. Access: read-write. |
1 = no (default) 2 = yes 3 = fsenable 4 = updfsenable |
svFrPortPollVerTimer |
19 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Link integrity verification timer heartbeat (keep-alive) period. This object should be SET to 5 seconds more than the heartbeat time in the user device. For SNMP GET operations this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol. Therefore, the value -1 is returned when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations a SET this object on a port without a protocol reports an error. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-30 Default value: 15 |
svFrPortErrThresh |
20 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of the failures in the monitored events that cause the keep-alive process to report an alarm. For SNMP GET operations this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol. Therefore, the value -1 is returned when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations a SET this object on a port without a protocol reports an error. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. For FRSM-HS1 and FRSM-VHS ports, this value must be smaller than the svFrPortMonEveCnt value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svFrPortMonEveCnt |
21 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of monitored events for the keep-alive process. A port communication fail condition is cleared after this number of successful polling cycles. For SNMP GET operations this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol. Therefore, the value -1 is returned when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations a SET this object on a port without a protocol reports an error. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. For FRSM-HS1 and FRSM-VHS ports, this value must be greater than the svFrPortErrThresh value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svFrPortFrmFlags |
22 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Minimum number of flags between frames. The following mapping is applicable: MIB object value No. of HDLC flags inserted 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 8 5 16 6 32 7 64 8 128 This object is modifiable after creation. For FRSM-12T3E3 cards if the connection exists on the port, the svFrPortFrmFlags cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 The following ranges are associated with the cards: •1-10 = FRSM-4/8, FRSM-HS1, and FRSM-VHS ports •1-255 = For IPX FRP, IGX UFM/UFMU, FRM ports •1-8 = FRSM-12 ports Default value: 1 |
svFrPortLinkTimer |
23 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
T391 link integrity timer indicating the interval at which a status enquiry message is sent. For SNMP GET operations this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol. Therefore, the value -1 is returned when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations a SET this object on a port without a protocol reports an error. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-30 Default value: 10 |
svFrPortPollCycle |
24 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
N391 - Number of UNI/NNI full status polling cycles. For SNMP GET the value -1 is returned when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port with a protocol other than NNI. For SNMP SET operations on a port with a protocol other than NNI, an error is reported. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 Default: 10 |
svFrPortCLLMEnable |
25 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable CLLM. For SNMP GET operations if the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port where ForeSight is not supported, the value -1 is returned. For SNMP SET operations if the network manager attempts to SET this object of a port where ForeSight is not supported, an error is reported. If the network manager attempts to SET this object of a port without any protocol, an error is also reported. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. ForeSight (CLLM) is available only when the firmware supports it. This object is not applicable to FRSM-12 ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable |
svFrPortCLLMTimer |
26 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Timer for CLLM messages in CLLM intervals (10 milliseconds). The variable is valid only when svFrPortCLLMEnable is SET to enable. For SNMP GET operations if the network manager attempts to GET this object from a port where ForeSight is not supported, a -1 is returned. A -1 is also returned with a GET from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations if the network manager attempts to SET this object of a port where ForeSight is not supported, an error is reported. When the network manager attempts to SET this object on a port with a protocol, an error is reported. SET is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. ForeSight (CLLM) is available only when the firmware supports it. This object is not applicable to FRSM12 ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 40-5000 Units: one hundredth of a second |
svFrPortVcCount |
27 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. IPX-FRP and IGX FRM cards can have a maximum of 252 connections shared among the ports. An FRP/FRM port can have up to 252 connections allocated. IGX UFM/UFMU cards can have a maximum of 1000 connections shared among the ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-1000 |
svFrPortVcPtr |
28 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Object ID denoting the first endpoint associated with this port. This OID points to the first Frame Relay connection on the port. This connection has a NULL OID value ({0 0}) when no Frame Relay connection exists on this port. The management station can retrieve all the information about the first connection by reading from the row pointed to by this OID. This OID specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the frEndPointTable of the Connection Service MIB. Access: read-only. |
— |
svFrAxPortSvcRatio |
29 |
MGX 8220 |
Service ratio between queue 1 and queue 2. Queue 1 is the low-priority queue and queue 2 is the high-priority queue. FRSM-VHS supports two different egress queue servicing algorithms depending on the egress Qos feature. If EgrQosFeature is enabled, weighted fair queueing algorithm is used to select one queue out of four data queues. This object is set to a default value of 0 and cannot be modified. If svCardEgrQOSFeature is disabled, this object is set to a default value of 1 and can be configured to user desired value. This object is used to decide the number of times high priority queue is to be serviced for every time low priority queue is serviced. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-15 Default value: 1 |
svFrIxPortMaxTxQDepth |
30 |
IGX 8400 |
Maximum bytes queued for transmission from the port. This object is applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX-FRM, and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default value: 65535 |
svFrIxPortECNQThresh |
31 |
IGX 8400 |
Port explicit congestion notification threshold. This is the point at which the BECN and FECN bits are SET in communications to the user device. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. The object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default value: 65535 |
svFrIxPortDEThresh |
32 |
IGX 8400 |
Percentage of the queue depth above which frames with the discard eligibility bit (DE) SET are discarded. An entry of 100% disables DE for the port. This object is applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX-FRM, and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. The object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default value: 100 |
svFrIxPortIDEMap |
33 |
IGX 8400 |
Flag indicating whether IDE to DE mapping should be performed. This object is applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX-FRM, and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. The object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = no 2 = yes (default) |
svFrIxPortCommPri |
34 |
IGX 8400 |
Flag specifying whether the connection SNA priority should be communicated to the user device attached to the port. For SNMP GET operations, when the network manager attempts a GET on this object from a non-LMI port, a value of -1 is returned. This object is specific only to LMI protocols. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts a SET for this object on a non-LMI port, an error is reported. This object is applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX-FRM, and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = no 2 = yes (default) |
svFrIxPortUpRNR |
35 |
IGX 8400 |
Upper receiver-not-ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is generated for this connection. For SNMP GET operations this object is specific to LMI protocols, therefore a value of -1 is returned when the network manager attempts a GET on his object from a non-LMI port. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts a SET on this object of a non-LMI port, an error is reported. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default value: 75 |
svFrIxPortLowRNR |
36 |
IGX 8400 |
Lower receiver-not-ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is cleared for this connection. For SNMP GET operations this object is specific to LMI protocols, therefore a value of -1 is returned when the network manager attempts a GET on his object from a non-LMI port. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts a SET on this object of a non-LMI port, an error is reported. This object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 Default value: 75 |
svFrIxPortOamThresh |
37 |
IGX 8400 |
Alarm threshold for number of OAM heartbeat Fast Packets missed before propagating A-bit=0. This threshold is applicable to both UNI and NNI Frame Relay ports when the node has the FR NNI feature enabled and the firmware supports it. For SNMP GET operations this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, therefore a value of -1 is returned when the network manager attempts a GET from a port without protocols. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts a SET on this object from a port without a protocol, an error is reported. This object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-15 |
svFrIxPortEFCItoBECN |
38 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether EFCI to BECN mapping is enabled. This object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = no 2 = yes 3 = none |
svFrIxPortClockType |
39 |
IGX 8400 |
Type of port clock (Frame Relay subrate interface only). For a T1/E1 interface this object should be none. For SNMP GET operations when the network manager attempts to GET this object from a T1/E1 port, none (3) is returned. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts to SET this object on a T1/E1 port, an error is returned. This object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = normal 2 = looped 3 = none |
svFrIxPortSrRTS |
40 |
IGX 8400 |
Status of the RTS lead (subrated Frame Relay interface only). For a T1/E1 Frame Relay interface this object should be none. For SNMP GET operations this object is valid only when the port is subrate and DTE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = none |
svFrIxPortSrDTR |
41 |
IGX 8400 |
Status of the DTR lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). The value none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay interface. For SNMP GET operations this object is valid only when the port is subrate and DTE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = none |
svFrIxPortSrDCD |
42 |
IGX 8400 |
Status of the DCD lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). The value none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay interface. For SNMP GET operations this object is valid only when the port is subrate and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = none |
svFrIxPortSrCTS |
43 |
IGX 8400 |
Status of the CTS lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). The value none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay interface. For SNMP GET operations this object is valid only when the port is subrate and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = none |
svFrIxPortSrDSR |
44 |
IGX 8400 |
Status of the DSR lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). The value none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay interface. For SNMP GET operations this object is valid only when the port is subrate and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = none |
svFrIxPortLoopBack |
45 |
IGX 8400 |
Loopback mode. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = none 2 = local 3 = remote |
svFrIxPortExtConFail |
46 |
IGX 8400 |
Flag indicating when the connection with the external device is lost. This object is applicable to IGX-FRM and IGX-UFM/UFMU ports. The value -2 is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = false 2 = true |
svFrPortLineIndex |
47 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 |
Physical line associated with FRSM ports. The value of this object is applicable to FRSM card and is used for the MIB indexing purpose. For SNMP GET operations the following values are returned: •0 = Other ports •1-4 = FRSM-4 •1-8 = FRSM-8 •1-2 = FRSM-VHS 2T3/2E3/2HS2 •1-56 = FRSM-VHS 2CT3. For SNMP SET operations SET is not allowed on this object. Since this object is an index, the value must be specified as part of the OID for other objects. •0 = Other ports •1-4 = FRSM-4T1/E1, FRSM-HS1 •1-8 = FRSM-8T1/E1 •1-2 = FRSM-VHS 2T3/2E3/2HS2 •1-56 = FRSM-VHS 2CT3 The svFrPortLine object specifies the physical line for other ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-56 |
svFrPortEnhancedLmi |
48 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define when enhanced LMI is enabled on a port. For SNMP GET operations this object is specific to ports with a signaling protocol enabled. The value none (3) is returned when the network manager attempts a GET on this object from a port with no signaling protocol. For SNMP SET operations when the network manager attempts a SET on this object from a port with no signaling protocol, an error is reported. SETtable values are disable (1) and enable (2). This object is applicable to Release 4 and Release 5 MGX 8220 FRSM-4/8, FRSM-HS1, and Release 5 FRSM-VHS ports. This object is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. The value none(3) is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable 3 = none |
svFrPortEgressQueue
Thresh |
56 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
M32 logical port egress queue threshold in bytes. Frames are not queued until the number of bytes in the queue is less than the threshold. Using a low value could under utilize the logical port. This object is supported in FRSM 8T1/E1and FRSM 4T1/E1 service modules. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-60000 Default: 6000 |
svFrPortSctId |
57 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ID of the SCT file that holds module specific configuration parameters for Frame Relay virtual interface. This object is applicable only to FRSM12 ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 0 |
svFrPortFRF1Dot2
Support |
58 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable FRF 1.2 feature. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
svFrPortHeaderLen |
59 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to identify the Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for the UNI/NNI logical port. If the LMI is configured as StrataCom Lmi on FRSM12 T3/E3 cards, then 4 byte header length cannot be set. If LMI is configured or a connection exists on the port, this object cannot be modified. This object is applicable only to FRSM12 ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = Two octets (default) 2 = Four octets |
svFrPortEqueueService
Ratio |
60 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of times queue 1 is serviced for every time queue 2 is serviced. The value 0 is supported only by FRSM-VHS. FRSM-VHS supports two different egress queue servicing algorithms depending on the egress QoS feature. If EgrQosFeature is enabled, weighted fair queueing algorithm is used to select one queue out of 4 data queues. This object is set to a default value of 0. This value cannot be modified by the user. In case of EgrQosFeature being disabled, this object is set to a default value of 1 and can be configured to user desired value. This value is used to decide number of times high priority queue has to be serviced for every time low priority queue is serviced. For FRSM12 cards: One scheme of egress scheduling of CoS queues exists within ports, which uses only two CoS queues for user data. The scheduling scheme uses a pre-defined ratio to schedule these CoS queues on a given port. This object is used to decide the number of times high priority queue has to be serviced for every time low priority queue is serviced. If connection exists on the FRSM12 T3/E3 port, this object cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-15 |
svFrPortFrameChkSum
Type |
61 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to identify the CRC length in the HDLC Packet. This object is applicable only for frame forwarding ports on the FRSM12. Note If a connection exists on a FRSM12 T3/E3 port, this object cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
1 = CRC 16 (default) 2 = CRC 32 |
svFrPortOverSubEnable |
62 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to allow the port to be over subscribed. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
svFrPortAssociatedBay |
63 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to divide the FRSM12 into two bays. Each bay can have six ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-2 Default: 1 |
ATM Port Table
The ATM Port table (svAtmPortTable) allows you to configure ATM and IMA ports.
The svAtmPortTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svAtmPortTable = portGroup 5. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.5
•svAtmPortEntry = svAtmPortTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.5.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svAtmPortNode
•svAtmPortShelf
•svAtmPortSlot
•svAtmPortPort
This table supports creating and modifying ATM ports on the following cards:
•BXM, BME, ASI
•UXM
•AUSM-4
•AUSM-8T1/E1
•AXSM
•AXSM-E
Objects with an svAtmIma prefix are applicable to IMA ports only. Objects with an svAtmBx prefix are applicable to ports on BPX 8600 nodes only.
Table C-20 svAtmPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svAtmPortNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 characters |
svAtmPortShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 characters |
svAtmPortSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svAtmPortPort |
4 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Port number that is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. This object represents the physical line number for ports on the following cards: •AUSM-4 •BXM (non-virtual ports) •ASI/BME •UXM For AUSM-8 cards, this value represents a logical port number. For virtual BXM ports, this value represents a virtual port number. When creating ports on cards with logical port indexing, obtain the next available logical port at the card by using the svNextAvailableLogical
PortTable object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-120031 The following ranges are applicable to the different cards: •1-2 = ASI and BME •1-12 = BXM non-virtual •1-120031 = BXM virtual •1-4 = AUSM-4, CESM-4, and UXM OC3 •1-8 = AUSM-8 and UXM T1/E1 •1-6 = UXM T3/E3 •1-32 = PXM and AXSM-E •1-60 = AXSM (61-64 are reserved) |
svAtmPortRowStatus |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
User requested operation for this port table row. This mandatory parameter must be specified for all configuration requests involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table. For ports on AUSM-4 cards, this value can only be modify. Values addlines and dellines are specific to IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards. Lines can be added or deleted from an existing IMA port. When the row status is set to modpnport, the following PNNI controller port parameters can be modified: •svAtmPnPortAdminState •svAtmPnPortUniVersion •svAtmPnPortNniVersion The svAtmPortEntry parameters other than the PNNI port parameters listed above are ignored when the row status is set to modpnport. The PNNI controller port parameters listed above are ignored if they are set when the row status is not set to modpnport. An error is reported when non applicable values are SET. Access: read-write. |
2 = add 3 = delete 4 = modify 7 = addlines—applicable only to IMA ports on AUSM-8 8 = dellines—applicable only to IMA ports on AUSM-8 9 = modpnport |
svAtmPortOperState |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Operating status of the port. For IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards the valid states are •active •bandwidthChanged •failedDueToAcpTimeout •failedDueToMajorAlmonAimGrp •failedDueToAimSigFailure •failedDueToBadDiffDelay •failedDueToArbConflict For ATM UNI ports on AUSM-4/8 and PXM cards the valid states are •active •outOfCellDelineation •remoteLoopback •lineFailure •signallingFailure For ATM UNI/NNI ports on AXSM/AXSM-E cards the states are •clear •down •fail For ATM ports on ASI/BXM/BXM-E and UXM card the valid states are •active •inactive •remoteLoopback •failed Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail 4 = down 5 = remoteLoopback 6 = lineFailure 7 = signallingFailure 8 = outOfCellDelineation 9 = bandwidthChanged 10 = failedDueToAcpTimeout 11 = failedDueToMajorAlmon
AimGrp 12 = failedDueToAimSig
Failure 13 = failedDueToBadDiff
Delay 14 = failedDueToArbConflict |
svAtmPortAdminState |
7 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
User requested state for a port table row. A port can be enabled r disabled. This mandatory parameter is used for enabling or disabling ports only on AUSM-4 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svAtmPortCardType |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Card type. The value bxm-nn indicates a monarch card, where nn is the maximum number of lines on that card. The value bxm is for backward compatibility to an earlier version of switch software on a BXM card. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 6 = ausm-4 7 = ausm-8 8 = asi 9 = bxm 15 = bxm-1 16 = bxm-2 17 = bxm-4 18 = bxm-8 19 = bxm-12 21 = uxm 27 = pxm-1 28 = pxm-2 29 = pxm-4 37 = bme-1 38 = bme-2 39 = axsm-1 40 = axsm-4 41 = axsm-8 42 = axsm-16-oc3 43 = axsm-16-t3e3 44 = vism-8 45 = rpm-pr 46 = axsme-1-oc12 47 = axsme-2-oc12 48 = axsme-4-oc3 49 = axsme-8-oc3 50 = axsme-16-t3e3 51 = axsme-16-t1 52 = axsme-16-e1 53 = rpm-xf 54 = pxm1e |
svAtmPortCardType (continued) |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Card type. The value bxm-nn indicates a monarch card, where nn is the maximum number of lines on that card. The value bxm is for backward compatibility to an earlier version of switch software on a BXM card. Access: read-only. |
55 = axsme-16-t1e1 56 = axsme-32-t1e1 57 = axsmxg-1-oc192 58 = axsmxg-4-chan-oc48 59 = axsmxg-16-oc12 |
svAtmPortIfType |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of physical interface with which the port is associated. For MGX 8220 the valid values are t1 and e1. For ASI cards the valid values are •t3 •e3 •oc3-smf •oc3-mmf For BXM and BME cards the valid values are] •lm-bxm •t3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm •e3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm •oc3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm •oc12-smf/mmf/smflr/snm For UXM cards the valid values are •oc3-2-smf •oc3-4-smf •oc3-4-mmf •t3-3 •t3-6 •e3-3 •e3-6 •t1 •e1 |
1 = unknown 2 = t1 3 = e1 4 = t3 5 = e3 6 = oc3-smf 7 = oc3-mmf 8 = oc3-stm1 9 = oc3-utp 10 = oc3-stp 11 = oc3-smflr 16 = oc12-smf 17 = oc12-mmf 18 = oc12-smflr 26 = lm-bxm 27 = t3-smf 28 = t3-mmf 29 = t3-smflr 30 = t3-snm 31 = e3-smf 32 = e3-mmf 33 = e3-smflr 34 = e3-snm 35 = oc3-snm 36 = oc12-snm 37 = oc3-2-smf 38 = oc3-4-smf 39 = oc3-4-mmf 40 = t3-3 41 = t3-6 42 = e3-3 43 = e3-6 44 = oc3-smfir |
svAtmPortIfType
(continued) |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
For AXSM cards the valid values are •db15-4x21 •scsi2-2hssi •s3-ui •mmf8-oc3 •smfir8-oc3 •smflr8-oc3 •smfir1-oc48 •smflr1-oc48 •psm-hd •smb-8t3 •smb-8e3 •smb-4stm1 •psm-ui •smfir2-622 •smflr2-622 •lm-smb-6t3 •rj48-16-t1e1 •rbbn-16-t1e1 |
45 = oc12-smfir 46 = oc12-smfir15 47 = oc12-smflr15 48 = mmf-4-155 49 = rj45-fe 50 = mmf-fe 51 = mmf-fddi 52 = smf-fddi 53 = rj45-4e 59 = oc3-4-xlr 60 = oc3-2-xlr 61 = db15-4x21 62 = scsi2-2hssi 63 = s3-ui 64 = mmf8-oc3 65 = smfir8-oc3 66 = smflr8-oc3 67 = smfir1-oc48 68 = smflr1-oc48 69 = psm-hd 70 = smb-8t3 71 = smb-8e3 72 = smb-4stm1 73 = psm-ui 74 = smfir2-622 75 = smflr2-622 76 = t3-12 77 = e3-12 78 = oc12-xlr 79 = oc3-8-xlr |
svAtmPortIfType
(continued) |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Access: read-only. |
80 = lm-smb-6t3 88 = rj48-16-t1e1 89 = rbbn-16-t1e1 95 = lm-smfxlr-1-oc192 96 = lm-smflr-1-oc192 97 = lm-smfir-1-oc192 98 = lm-smfsr-1-oc192 99 = lm-smf-4-oc48 100 = lm-smf-16-oc12 |
svAtmPortSpeed |
10 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Speed of the port measured in cells per second (cps). Access: read-only. |
Range: 3622-22605280 For AUSM-4 and ATM ports on AUSM-8 cards the valid port speeds are •3622 cps = AUSM/T1 •4528 cps = AUSM/E1 For IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards, this value depends on the number of lines associated with the port. For PXM UNI ports, the port speed is a read-only object and the value depends on the svAtmbbIfPctBW assigned to the port. If the svAtmbbIfPctBW assigned is 10% on a T3 PXM card, the port speed is.10 x 44736 = 4473.6 kbps. For ASI, BXM/BME, and UXM cards the valid port speeds are •3622 cps = UXM/T1 •4528 cps = UXM/E1 •80000 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/T3 •96000 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/E3 •353208 cps = ASI/BXM/UXM/OC3 •1412830 cps = BXM/OC12 and BME/OC12 For BPX BXM-T3 ports when configured in HEC mode, the valid port speed is 104268 cps. |
svAtmPortVcCount |
11 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
svAtmPortVcPtr |
12 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Object identifier (OID) denoting the first endpoint associated with this port. The OID points to the first ATM connection on the port. When ATM connections do not exist on the port, the OID is NULL ({0 0}). The management station can retrieve all the information about the first connection by reading from the row that this OID represents. For ATM and IMA this OID specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the atmEndPointTable of the connection service MIB. Access: read-only. |
Object identifier |
svAtmPortType |
13 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Configuration type of the port. For AUSM-4 cards the value could be either atm-uni or atm-nni. This create time parameter is optional and has a default of atm-uni. For AUSM-8 cards the value could be either atm-uni or atm-nni. This create time parameter is mandatory and is not modifiable after port creation. For ASI/BME and UXM cards the value could be either atm-uni or atm-nni. The switch supports this operation only on a per-card level. Therefore, changing one port also changes the others. The value of this object cannot be changed when active connections exist on the card. This create time parameter is mandatory. |
4 = atm-uni—ATM UNI interface 5 = atm-nni—ATM NNI interface 6 = vuni 7 = vuni 8 = euni—Required for XPVC connection for end-to-end test delay. 9 = enni—Required for XPVC connection for end-to-end test delay. 10 = aini 11 = evuni 12 = evnni |
svAtmPortType (continued) |
13 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
For BXM cards the value could be atm-uni, euni, enni, or aini. This create time parameter is mandatory. Set euni and enni after svAtmPortSignallingProtocol is configured as xlmi. For AXSM/AXSM-E cards the this object supports all port types. The values euni, enni, and aini cannot be set. This create time parameter is mandatory. Restrictions: •The values euni and enni SET are supported only on BXM ports. •Ports can be configured as euni or enni only after svAtmPortSignallingProtocol is SET to XLMI. •The value aini is only supported for GET. Access: read-write. |
4 = atm-uni—ATM UNI interface 5 = atm-nni—ATM NNI interface 6 = vuni 7 = vuni 8 = euni—Required for XPVC connection for end-to-end test delay. 9 = enni—Required for XPVC connection for end-to-end test delay. 10 = aini 11 = evuni 12 = evnni |
svAtmPortSignallingProtocol |
14 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Port management protocol. For AUSM 4/8 cards the valid values are none or ilmi. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards the valid values are none and ilmi. This value is modifiable when the port has a resource partition. For ASI, BXM, BME and UXM cards the valid values are •none •lmi •ilmi For BXM cards all of the values are valid. When this port is connecting networks together, the value of xlmi is used for XPVC connections. Before setting this value to xlmi, set the values of the following objects: •svAtmPortLmiVpi = 3 •svAtmPortLmiVci = 31 •svAtmPortLmiPollEnable = enable •svAtmPortMgmtProtoOnCard = enable •svAtmPortNeighborDiscovery = enable Access: read-write. |
1 = none (default) 2 = lmi 3 = ilmi 4 = xlmi |
svAtmPortIlmiVpi |
15 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Virtual path identifier (VPI) for the ILMI protocol. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards this value is modifiable when the port has a resource partition. Access read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 For UNI ports the range is 0-255. For NNI ports the range is 0-4095. Default value: 0 |
svAtmPortIlmiVci |
16 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) for the ILMI protocol. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards this value is modifiable when the port has a resource partition. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 Default value: 16 |
svAtmPortIlmiTrapEnable |
17 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable ILMI trap sending. When enabled, the ILMI agent sends unsolicited trap PDUs. The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. For AXSM and AXSM-E cards this value is modifiable when the port has resource partition. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svAtmPortIlmiMinimumTrap
Interval |
18 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Minimum amount of time, in seconds, between two consecutive traps. The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svAtmPortIlmiAlivePollEnable |
19 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable keep alive polling. The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svAtmPortIlmiAlivePollInterval |
20 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of seconds between each keep alive poll transmitted by the port (T491). The interval must be an integral multiple of 5, ranging between 5 and 60. The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
5 = v1 10 = v2 15 = v3 20 = v4 25 = v5 30 = v6 35 = v7 40 = v8 45 = v9 50 = v10 55 = v11 60 = v12 |
svAtmPortIlmiEventThreshold |
21 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of keep alive polls within which an N491 poll fails, the port is placed in the failed state (N492). The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svAtmPortIlmiErrorThreshold |
22 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of keep alive polls that must fail within a window of N492 polls before the port is placed in the failed state (N491). The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svAtmPortIlmiEnquiryInterval |
23 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Minimum enquiry interval (T493). The variable is applicable when the signaling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-20 |
svAtmPortLmiVpi |
24 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Virtual path identifier (VPI) for the LMI protocol. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 For UNI ports the range is 0-255. For NNI ports the range is 0-4095. Default value: 0 |
svAtmPortLmiVci |
25 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) for the LMI protocol. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default value: 31 |
svAtmPortLmiPollEnable |
26 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Value to enable status enquiry when the polling timer expires. The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svAtmPortLmiStatEnqTimer |
27 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Link integrity timer for the port (T393) indicating the interval at which a status enquiry message is sent. The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-30 |
svAtmPortLmiUpdStatTimer |
28 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Update status timer for the port (T394). The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-30 |
svAtmPortLmiStatEnqRetry |
29 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Maximum number of times a status enquiry message is retransmitted. A Status Enquiry message is retransmitted when timer T393 expires (N394). The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svAtmPortLmiUpdStatRetry |
30 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Maximum number of times an update status message is retransmitted. An Update Status message is retransmitted when timer T394 expires (N395). The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 |
svAtmPortLmiPollTimer |
31 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Polling timer (T396). When polling is enabled, a status enquiry message is sent when this timer expires. The parameter is applicable when the signaling protocol is LMI. For other protocols the value -2 is returned for SNMP GET, and an error is returned for SNMP SET. This object is not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-30 |
svAtmBxPortMetro |
32 |
BPX 8600 |
Metro data cell header format. This object applies only to T3 ports on the BPX. The value -2 is returned for all other cases. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svAtmPortNumLines |
33 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of lines configured for the IMA port. This object is applicable to IMA ports on AUSM-8 and UXM cards. In all other cases, this value is 1. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
svAtmPortAssociatedLines |
34 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
List of lines in an IMA port delimited by dots (for example, 2.3.7). For AXSM-32-T1E1-E the line number range from 1-16. For AXSMXG cards the line number has the following format: xxyyyzww where: •xx = physical line number of this line (path) •yyy = stsPath number within the physical line •z = ds3 path number within the sts path •www = ds1 number within the VT or DS3 path This parameter is mandatory for creating ATM and IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards and ATM ports on PXM, AXSM, and AXSM-E cards. PXM, AXSM, and AXSM-E ports can have only one line associated with it. This object is mandatory for IMA group port creation on PXM1E-16T1E1 and AXSM-32-T1E1-E cards. On these cards the object indicates the IMA group number instead of list of lines. SNMP SET—Applicable to ports only on AUSM-8 cards. For other types of ports, an SNMP BAD VALUE error is returned. |
Display string 1-15 characters |
svAtmPortAssociatedLines (continued) |
34 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
SET is mandatory and used in the following four cases: 1. To create an ATM port, use this variable to specify the line (single) the port is associated with. 2. To create an IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines the port should consist of. 3. To add lines to an existing IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines to be added. 4. To delete lines from an existing IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines to be deleted. SET is applicable to IMA group ports on PXM1E-16T1E1 and AXSM-32-T1E1-E. To create an IMA port use this variable to specify the IMA group number that the port created on. SNMP GET—GET a display string showing the lines the port contains. UXM-IMA lines are added and deleted through cwmLineTable. Or indicate the IMA group number on PXM1E-16T1E1 and AXSM-32-T1E1-E. Access: read-write. |
Display string 1-15 characters |
svAtmImaPortMode |
35 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Configuration mode of ports on the following cards: •AUSM-8 •PXM •UXM/UXME •PXM1E-16T1E1 •AXSM-32T1 E1-E cards. For other cards, SNMP GET returns an atm value. SNMP SET results in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. To create an IMA port, SET this mandatory parameter to ima. To create an ATM port, SET this parameter to atm. To create an IMA,PXM port, SET this parameter to atm. Access: read-write. |
1 = atm 2 = ima |
svAtmImaPortNumRedundant
Lines |
36 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of redundant (spare) lines in the IMA port. T This object indicates the number of lines the system can lose from the IMA group without bringing the whole group down. By default, the system can tolerate all line(s) going down. This object is applicable only to IMA ports. For other types of ports, the value -2 is returned. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-8 |
svAtmImaPortMaxTolerable
DiffDelay |
37 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum tolerable differential delay, in milliseconds, between the various lines in the IMA port. Applicable to IMA ports on AUSM-8 and UXM/UXME cards. For other types of ports, the value -2 is returned. Access: read-write. |
Range:0-275 Default value: 28 milliseconds |
svAtmPortCACOverride |
38 |
BPX 8600 |
Option to add or modify a connection on an oversubscribed port. Connection admission control (CAC), regulates the connection bandwidth allocation on ATM ports. The default value of enabled allows users can add a new connection or modify an existing connection so that the total data rate becomes higher than the port speed. This object is applicable for BXM, BME, and ASI cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled (default) 2 = disabled |
svAtmPortlcpCellsPeriodicity |
39 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Period at which LCP cells of the IMA protocol can be transmitted. A value of 32 indicates that after 32 cells, one LCP cell is transmitted on that link of the IMA group. The only value supported is 128. This object has the same meaning as axisImaGroupTxFrameLength in Forum Compliant Ima. This object is applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-write. |
Range: 32-128 Default: 128 |
svAtmPortTxAvailCellRate |
40 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Current cell rate (truncated value in cells per second) provided by the IMA group in the transmit direction, considering all of the transmit links are in the active state. This object indicates how many links are active on the transmit side. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. In the case of T1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (1.536 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 28755 cps. In the case of normal E1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (1.984 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 37141 cps. In the case of Clear E1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (2.048 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 38339 cps. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-38330 |
svAtmPortSymmetry |
41 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Symmetry of the IMA group. The parameter is not modifiable after create. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. |
1 = symmetricOperation (default) 2 = asymmetricOperation—not supported 3 = asymmetriConfiguration—not supported |
svAtmPortMinNumRxLinks |
42 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Minimum number of receive links required to be active for the IMA group to be in the Up state. This value must be less than the maximum number of configured links in the IMA group. This value should be equal to the svAtmPortMinNumTxLinks object. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports on AUSM-8 and UXM/UXME cards. When adding or modifying links, SET both the svAtmPortMinNumRxLinks and svAtmPortMinNumTxLinks objects to the same value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-8 |
svAtmPortNeTxClkMode |
43 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Transmit clocking mode used by the near-end IMA group. This value is not modifiable after create. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports on AUSM-8 and UXM/UXME cards. Only GET is allowed on UXM/UXME IMA ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = ctc 2 = itc |
svAtmPortNumRxCfgLnks |
44 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of links that are configured to receive in the IMA group. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports. Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortTestLinkIfIndex |
45 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to designate an interface as the test link. A value of -1 specifies that the implementation might choose the test link. When choosing the test link, the implementation might also choose the value of the svAtmPortTestPattern object. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports. Access: read-write. |
Default value is -1. |
svAtmPortTestPattern |
46 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to specify the test pattern in an IMA group loopback operation. A value in the range 0 to 255 designates a specific pattern. A value of -1 specifies that the implementation might choose the value. In this case, the implementation might also choose the value of the svAtmPortTestLinkIfIndex object. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. |
Default value is -1. |
svAtmPortTestProcStatus |
47 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Used to enable or disable the test pattern procedure and to note whether at least one link failed the test. The test is started by setting operating (2) status. If any link should fail the test, the IMA SETs the status to linkfail (3).The linkfail state persists until either the disabled (1) state is SET or until no instance of imaLinkTestProcStatus has the value linkfail. Only the values disabled and operating may be written. Writing the operating value does not cause clearing of the linkfail state. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = disabled 2 = operating 3 = linkfail |
svAtmPortIntegrationUpTime |
48 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Integration up time for alarm integration. This time consists of the checking time (milliseconds) to enter a failure alarm condition in the case of LIF, LODS, and RFI-IMA fault failure alarms. The value must be specified in multiples of 100 msec. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 100-100000 Default: 2500 |
svAtmPortIntegrationDown
Time |
49 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Integration down time for alarm integration. This time (milliseconds) consists of the clearing time to exit the LIF, LODS, and RFI-IMA failure alarm conditions. The value must be specified in multiples of 100 msec. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 100-400000 Default: 10000 |
svAtmPortMinNumTxLinks |
50 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Minimum number of transmit links required to be active for the IMA group to be in the Up state. Even though the range is 1-8, this value should be less than or equal to the maximum number of configured links in IMA group. When adding or modifying links, SET both the svAtmPortMinNumTxLinks and svAtmPortMinNumRxLinks objects to the same value. This value should be equal to the svAtmPortMinNumRxLinks object. This object is applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports on AUSM-8 and UXM/UXME cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-8 |
svAtmPortnumLinksPresentIn
ImaGroup |
51 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of links present in the IMA group. The object is the same as the Forum Compliant Ima. This object is applicable only to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-8 |
svAtmPortimaArbitration
Winner |
52 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
List of links present in the IMA group. Different links in the IMA group are delimited by dots. The position of each link in the displayed string indicates the relative order of the links in the round-robin (multiplexing order). This object is a applicable only to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-write. |
1 = isUnknown 2 = isWinner 3 = isLoser |
svAtmPortremoteImaId |
53 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IMA-ID in use at the remote end when sending LCP/ACP cells. The object is the same as axisImaGroupRxImaId in Forum Compliant Ima. This object is applicable only to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
svAtmPortlocImaId |
54 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IMA-ID in use at the local end when sending LCP/ACP cells. The object is the same as axisImaGroupTxImaId in Forum Compliant Ima. This object is applicable only to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 There is no default value. |
svAtmPortimaObsDiffDelay |
55 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Observed differential delay in milliseconds between the different physical links in the IMA group. The object is the same as axisImaGroupDiffDelayMaxObs in Forum Compliant Ima. This object is applicable only to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortOversubscribed |
56 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to indicate if the port is over-subscribed. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
1 = false 2 = true |
svAtmPortRxAvailCellRate |
57 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Current cell-rate (truncated value in cells per second) provided by this IMA group in the receive direction, considering all of the receive links in the active state. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortFeState |
58 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Operational state of the far end (FE) IMA group machine. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
1 = notConfigured—The group does not exist.This value is the GSM initial state. 2 = startUp—On UM configuring the IMA group, GSM comes to this state. 3 = startUpAck—On GETting the startUpAck from FE, GSM goes into this state. This information is from the received ICP cell (the FE accepting the proposed group parameters on this end). 4 = configAbortUnsupportedM—FE is not accepting the parameter M. 5 = configAbortIncompatible
Symmetry—Group symmetry is not supported by the FE. 6 = configAbortOther—None of the other group parameters are supported by the FE. 7 = insufficientLinks—Upon receiving one of the following events (startUpAck, insufficientLinks, blocked, or operational) from the FE, when GSM is in startUpAck state, GSM moves to the insufficientLinks state. 8 = blocked—This value is used for maintenance purpose if the group is blocked (inhibited by UM). 9 = operational—Group has sufficient links in both the transmit and receive directions. |
svAtmPortFailureStatus |
59 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Failure status of the IMA group (the reason why the GTSM is in the down state. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
1 = noFailure—The group is up. 2 = startUpNe—The near end (NE) GSM is in startUp state. 3 = startUpFe—The far end (FE) GSM is in startUp state. 4 = invalidMValueNe—FE does not support the M value on this end. 5 = invalidMValueFe—FE M value is not supported by the NE. 6 = failedAssymetricNe—FE does not support the asymmetric operation of the NE. 7 = failedAssymetricFe—FE asymmetry is not supported by the NE. 8 = insufficientLinksNe—NE is in an insufficient links state. 9 = insufficientLinksFe—FE is in an insufficient links state and that message is conveyed to this end by the ICP cell. 10 = blockedNe—The GSM is in the blocked state. 11 = blockedFe— The FE is in a blocked state. 12 = otherFailure—Other reasons for failure, for example Start-up-ack. |
svAtmPortFeTxClkMode |
60 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Transmit clocking mode used by the far-end IMA group. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
1 = ctc 2 = itc |
svAtmPortTxTimingRefLink |
61 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IfIndex of the transmit timing reference link to be used by the near-end for IMA data cell clock recovery from the ATM layer. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortRxTimingRefLink |
62 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IfIndex of the receive timing reference link to be used by the near-end for IMA data cell clock recovery toward the ATM layer. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortRxFrameLength |
63 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value of IMA frame length as received from remote IMA function. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
32 = m32 64 = m64 128 = m128 256 = m256 |
svAtmPortLeastDelayLink |
64 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
IfIndex of the link configured in the IMA group which has the smallest link propagation delay. This value has meaning only if at least one link has been configured in IMA group. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortNumRxActLnks |
65 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Number of links configured to receive and that are currently active in this IMA group. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
— |
svAtmPortNeState |
66 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Operational state of the near-end IMA group machine. This object is applicable to IMA ports (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
1 = notConfigured—The group does not exist.This value is the GSM initial state. 2 = startUp—On UM configuring the IMA group, GSM comes to this state. 3 = startUpAck—On GETting the startUpAck from FE, GSM goes into this state. This information is from the received ICP cell (the FE accepting the proposed group parameters on this end). 4 = configAbortUnsupportedM—FE is not accepting the parameter M. 5 = configAbortIncompatible
Symmetry—Group symmetry is not supported by the FE. 6 = configAbortOther—None of the other group parameters are supported by the FE. 7 = insufficientLinks—Upon receiving one of the following events (startUpAck, insufficientLinks, blocked, or operational) from the FE, when GSM is in startUpAck state, GSM moves to the insufficientLinks state. 8 = blocked—This value is used for maintenance purpose if the group is blocked (inhibited by UM). 9 = operational—Group has sufficient links in both the transmit and receive directions. |
svAtmbbIfPctBW |
67 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Percentage of aggregate physical line bandwidth available for this broadband logical port. The object sets both the ingress and egress percent bandwidth. This parameter is mandatory and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-100 |
svAtmbbIfMinVpi |
68 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Lower limit of VPI range to be reserved for this logical interface. This parameter is mandatory and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 |
svAtmbbIfMaxVpi |
69 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Upper limit of VPI range to be reserved for this logical interface. This parameter is mandatory and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 |
svAtmPortAssociatedBay |
70 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port/bay distribution for different AXSM and AXSM-E cards. AXSM and AXSM-E cards are divided into two bays. This object is applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
Range:1-2 The port/bay parameters are •1/0 = axsm-1 OC48—Upper bay has 1 port and lower bay has 0 port •2/2 = axsm-4 OC12 •4/4 = axsm-8 OC3 •8/8 = axsm-16 OC3 •8/8 = axsm-16 T3/E3 •1/1 = axsme-2 OC12 •4/4 = axsme-8 OC3 •8/8 = axsme-16 T3/E3 •16/16 = axsme-32 T1/E1 •1/0 = axsmxg-1-oc192 •4/0 = axsmxg-4-oc48 •16/0 = axsmxg-16-oc3 |
svAtmPortMaxRate |
71 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual interface maximum cell rate. This cell rate is the maximum bandwidth allocated for the interface. The total bandwidth of connections configured over this interface cannot exceed this value. The following ATM cell bandwidths are supported for the various physical lines: •OC192—22605280 cells/sec •OC48 line—5651328 cells/sec •OC12 line—1412832 cells/sec •OC3 line—353208 cells/sec •T3 line—96000 cells/sec •E3 line—80000 cells/sec. For AXSM cards the svAtmPortMaxRate must equal svAtmPortMinRate. This object is applicable only to AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 50-22605280 |
svAtmPortMinRate |
72 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual interface minimum cell rate. This cell rate is the guaranteed bandwidth allocated for the interface. The sum of svAtmPortMinRate of all logical interfaces configured on a single physical line must not exceed the bandwidth of the physical line. Otherwise, creation of a row is rejected. The following ATM cell bandwidths are supported for the various physical lines: •OC192—22605280 cells/sec •OC48 line—5651328 cells/sec •OC12 line—1412832 cells/sec •OC3 line—353208 cells/sec •T3 line—96000 cells/sec For AXSM cards the svAtmPortMaxRate must equal svAtmPortMinRate. This object is applicable only to AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 50-22605280 |
svAtmPortScdId |
73 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ID of the file that holds module specific configuration parameters for this virtual interface. The default is 0, which indicates the default SCT file for the card. A non-zero value indicates an SCT file which is already downloaded. This object is optional and is applicable only to AXSM and AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 |
svAtmPortVpiNum |
74 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure this virtual interface to be a virtual trunk. A non-zero value is required for virtual trunk operation. A value of 0 means that the logical interface is configured as a user port or a network port. This object is optional and is applicable only to AXSM and AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 Default: 0 |
svAtmPortPercUtil |
75 |
BPX 8600 |
Value to enable or disable percentage utilization. If disabled, the bandwidth for the connections terminating on the port are used to determine the port load. If enabled, the bandwidth for the connection is multiplied by the percent utilization for the connection to determine the port load. This object is applicable only to BXM ports. A SET on this object is not allowed if the port has any connections on it. For non-BXM ports, a GET on this object returns a -2 and a SET returns an error. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable (default) |
svAtmPortCACReserve |
76 |
BPX 8600 |
Amount of port bandwidth to be reserved for bursty traffic conditions, measured in cells per second. This parameter is coupled with svAtmPortCACOverride. If svAtmPortCACOverride is enabled, then this parameter is ignored. If svAtmPortCACOverride is disabled, then new connections cannot be booked unless the following occurs: (sum of connection bandwidths) < (svAtmLportMaxBW - svAtmPortCACReserve). Note This field is supported on the BPX and also applies to physical ports. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-1412380 |
svAtmPortLportMaxBW |
77 |
BPX 8600 |
Maximum bandwidth available for a logical port, measured in cells per second. This parameter applies to both physical and virtual ports on BXM cards. Connections might over book the logical port maximum bandwidth if svAtmPortCACOverride is enabled. However, the actual throughput does not exceed the value of this parameter. If this object is describing a physical port, the value defaults to svAtmPortSpeed (the line rate). If this object is describing a virtual port, its value defaults to the following value: (line rate) / (possible number of virtual ports) or (available unconfigured bandwidth) This field is supported only on the BPX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-1412380 |
svAtmPortLportMinVpi |
78 |
BPX 8600 |
Lower end of the range of virtual path identifiers used by the virtual port. For UNI virtual ports the range is 1-255. For NNI virtual ports the range is 1-4095. For physical ports the value is 1. For unconfigured virtual ports the value is 0. This object applies to all ports but is only configurable for BXM virtual ports. This field is supported only on the BPX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 |
svAtmPortLportMaxVpi |
79 |
BPX 8600 |
Lower end of the range of virtual path identifiers used by the virtual port. For UNI virtual ports the range is 1-255. For NNI virtual ports the range is 1-4095. For virtual ports the requirement is svAtmPortVportMinVpi <= svAtmPortVportMaxVpi For physical ports the value is either 255 (NNI) or 4095 (UNI). For unconfigured virtual ports, this object will have the value 0. This object applies to all ports but is only configurable for BXM virtual ports. This field is supported only on the BPX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-4095 |
svAtmPortMgmtProtoOnCard |
80 |
BPX 8600 |
Mandatory parameter to indicate whether management protocol runs on the card. The object is only applicable for BPX/BXM ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svAtmPortNeighborDiscovery |
81 |
BPX 8600 |
Mandatory parameter to indicate whether the neighbor discovery procedure is enabled on the port. The object is only applicable for BPX/BXM ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svAtmPnPortAdminState |
82 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested state for controller port table row associated with the existing ATM port on a service module. An existing PNNI controller port can be enabled or disabled. This object is only applicable for AXSM controller ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable |
svAtmPnPortUniVersion |
83 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM forum UNI signaling specification supported on this ATM interface. The value Self (9) indicates that this entry is a voice port. This object is only applicable for AXSM controller ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = UNI 20 2 = UNI 30 3 = UNI 31 4 = UNI 40 5 = ITU Des2 6 = FRF4 7 = Unsupported 8 = IP 9 = Self |
svAtmPnPortNniVersion |
84 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM forum PNNI signaling specification supported on this ATM interface. This object is only applicable for AXSM controller ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = IISP 30 2 = IISP 31 3 = PNNI 10 4 = ENNI 5 = AINI |
svAtmPortIlmiEstablishCon
PollIntvl |
85 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Amount of time (S) between successive transmissions of ILMI messages on this interface. This object is used to detect ILMI connectivity and is applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E ports. When the port has resource partition, this object is modifiable. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 seconds Default: 1 |
svAtmPortIlmiCheckConPoll
Intvl |
86 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Amount of time (T) between successive transmissions of ILMI messages on this interface. This object is used to detect the loss of ILMI connectivity. The distinguished value zero disables ILMI connectivity procedures on this interface. This object is applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E ports and is modifiable when the port has resource partitions. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 seconds Default: 5 |
svAtmPortIlmiConPollInact
Factor |
87 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number (K) of consecutive polls on this interface for which no ILMI response message is received before ILMI connectivity is declared lost. This object is applicable to AXSM and AXSM-E ports and is modifiable when the port has resource partition. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 seconds Default: 4 |
Port Alarm Table
The Port Alarm table (svPortAlarmTable) contains a list of the Frame Relay, CESM, and ATM ports in an alarmed state.
The svPortAlarmTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svPortAlarmTable = portGroup 11. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.11
•svPortAlarmEntry = svPortAlarmTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.11.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svPortAlarmNode
•svPortAlarmShelf
•svPortAlarmSlot
•svPortAlarmLine
•svPortAlarmPort
For performance reasons data in this table is cached for 5 minutes. Real time changes that occur within 5 minutes might not be reflected in the data provided to the SNMP managers.
Table C-21 svPortAlarmTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svPortAlarmNode |
1 |
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Routing node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svPortAlarmShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svPortAlarmSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svPortAlarmLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line number. This object is applicable to FRSM, FRSM-VHS, CESM-4/8/1 cards. A value of 0 is returned for all other ports. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-56 |
svPortAlarmPort |
5 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port number—a unique value greater than 0 within a card. This value is the physical port number for an FRSM/FRP cards. For other card, this value is a logical port number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-250 IGX 8400 •1-4 = UFMU/HSSI •1-12 = UFMU/X21, UFMU/V35 •1-24 = FRM/T1 •1-32 = FRM/E1 •1-250 = UFM BPX 8600 •1-2 = ASI, BME •1-12 BXM (Monarch) MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1) •1 = CESM-1, CESM-4 •1-8 = CESM-8, AUSM-8 •1-4 = FRSM/HS1, AUSM-4 •1-2 = FRSM/2T3/E3/HS2 •1-24 = FRSM/2CT3 •1-128 = FRSM-4, AUSM-4 MGX 8850 (PXM45) •1-60 = AXSM (61-64 are reserved) •1-32 = AXSM-E MGX 8950 •1-126 = AXSM-XG |
svPortAlarmPortType |
6 |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Port type. The port type can be Frame Relay, ATM, or CESM. Access: read-only. |
1 = fr 4 = atm 5 = cesm |
CESM Port Configuration Table
The CESM Port Configuration Table (svCesmPortTable) is used for CESM port configuration on the following nodes:
•MGX 8220
•MGX 8230
•MGX 8250
•MGX 8850 (PXM1)
•MGX 8830 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
The svCesmPortTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svCesmPortTable = portGroup 16. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.16
•svCesmPortEntry = svCesmPortTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.16.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svCesmPortNode
•svCesmPortSlot
•svCesmPortShelf
•svCesmPortLine
•svCesmPortPort
Table C-22 svCesmPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
svCesmPortNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String of 1-32 characters |
svCesmPortShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String of 0-32 characters |
svCesmPortSlot |
3 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-16 |
svCesmPortLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Physical line associated with CESM ports. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 1 = CESM-1 T3/E3 1-8 = CESM-8 T1/E1 |
svCesmPortPort |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
CESM physical port number. For CESM-4T1/E1, CESM-8T1, and CESM-1E3T3 unstructured ports, the port number is always 1(one port per line). For CESM-8 structured ports, the port number is the starting channel number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 The following ranges apply to the different CESM cards: •1 = Unstructured ports •1-24 = Structured ports on CESM-8T1 •2-32 = Structured ports on CESM-8E1 with line types dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC, as DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signaling •2-16 and 18-32 for structured ports on CESM-8E1 with line types dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC, as DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signalling and slot 17 for synchronization |
svCesmPortRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this CESM port table row. For CESM-4 cards ports can be modified but not added or deleted. For CESM-8 and CESM-1 cards ports can be added and deleted but not modified. This parameter is write only parameter. An SNMP GET on this variable returns add. This mandatory parameter should be specified for all configuration requests involving an SNMP SET' on any of the read-write attributes in this table. Access: read-write. |
2 = add 3 = delete 4 = modify |
svCesmPortOperState |
7 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Operation status of the CESM port. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive 2 = clear 3 = fail |
svCesmPortAdminState |
8 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested state for port table row. This object is read-only on CESM-8 and CESM-1 ports and can be set on CESM-4 ports to enable or disable the port. On CESM-4 ports, this mandatory parameter enables or disables the port and is modifiable after SET. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svCesmPortCardType |
9 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Card type. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
4 = cesm-4 22 = cesm-8 26 = cesm-1 |
svCesmPortIfType |
10 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of the physical interface to which the port is associated. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = t1 3 = e1 4 = t3 5 = e3 |
svCesmPortSpeed |
11 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Configured speed of the port. Units: 100 bps This object is a applicable to all CESM ports. SET restriction for unstructured port is non-modifiable. For structured ports this parameter is optional during port creation time. The parameter can be SET while adding a new port and is not modifiable once the port is created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 640-447360 Default: 64 kbps (single DS0 timeslot speed) for structured ports The following ranges apply to the different port types: •1536 kbps = T1 unstructured ports •2048 kbps = E1 unstructured ports •64-1536 kbps = T1 structured ports, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) •64-1984 kbps = E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) •64-960 kbps = E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) •44736 kbps = T3 •34368 = E3 |
svCesmPortVcCount |
12 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-1024 |
svCesmPortVcPtr |
13 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
OID denoting the first endpoint associated with this port. This OID points to the first CESM connection on the port. The OID has a NULL value ({0 0}) when no CESM connections exist on the port. The management station can retrieve all information about the first connection by reading from the row that this OID points to. This object specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the ceEndPtTable of the Connection Service MIB. Access: read-only. |
— |
svCesmPortType |
14 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Port type. For CESM-4 and CESM-1 cards, port type can only be unstructured. For CESM-8 cards, port type can be unstructured, structured or framingOnVcDisconnect. On CESM-8 E1 cards with dsx1E1CLEAR line type, port type must be unstructured or framingOnVcDisconnect. For dsx1E1CCS, dsx1E1CCSCRC, dsx1E1CAS, and dsx1E1CASCRC line types, port type must be structured. For an unstructured or framingOnVcDisconnect port, this port is non-channelized. All time slots are allocated to that port. The framingOnVcDisconnect is an unstructured port. For a T1 structured ports, 1-24 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port. For an E1 structured port, 1-31 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types as DS0 on slot 1 is reserved for signaling. Values 1-15 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types as DSO on slot 1 is reserved for signalling and slot 17 for synchronization. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-write. |
1 = structured 2 = unstructured 3 = framingOnVcDisconnect Default values: •structured = CESM-8 ports •unstructured = CESM-4 and CESM-1 ports. |
svCesmPortChCnt |
15 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Number of aggregate channels assigned to this port. This value is the port speed divided by the DS0 timeslot speed, which is 64k. This object is applicable to all CESM ports. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 The following values are •always 1 = CESM-4, CESM-1 •1-24 = CESM-8T •1-31 = CESM-8E1ports on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types •1-15 = CESM-8E1 ports on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types |
FRSM VHS Service Queue Configuration Table
The FRSM VHS Service Queue Configuration table (svFrsmVhsServiceQTable) maintains configuration information about all of the service queues on FRSM-VHS ports.
The svFrsmVhsServiceQTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svFrsmVhsServiceQTable = portGroup 17. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.17
•svFrsmVhsServiceQEntry = svFrsmVhsServiceQTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.17.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svFrsmVhsServiceQNode,
•svFrsmVhsServiceQShelf,
•svFrsmVhsServiceQSlot,
•svFrsmVhsServiceQLine
•svFrsmVhsServiceQPort
•svFrsmVhsServiceQNumber
Table C-23 svFrsmVhsServiceQTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
svFrsmVhsServiceQNode |
1 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the routing node. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32characters. |
svFrsmVhsServiceQShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters. |
svFrsmVhsServiceQSlot |
3 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-16 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Line associated with FRSM-VHS ports. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-56 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQPort |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Port number. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-24 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQNumber |
6 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Queue number of the queue within a logical port. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-only. |
1-5 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQRowStatus |
7 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Object to modify entries. An SNMP GET on this parameter always returns modify. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS -2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. SNMP SET restriction: This mandatory parameter must be specified for all configuration requests involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table. Access: read-write. |
4 = modify |
svFrsmVhsServiceQDepth |
8 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Indicates the peak egress queue depth for the logical port. The total queue depth of all connections mapped to this queue must not exceed this value. This object is used for run time checks. When adding connections on this port, the sum total of the Q-depth of all the connections cannot exceed queue depth of the port. This object is applicable to FRSM-VHS -2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards. Access: read-write. |
0-2097151 Default: 1048575 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQECNThresh |
9 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold for the logical port. If the total queue depth of all connections mapped to this port queue exceeds this threshold, then the appropriate ECN bit is SET: •forward explicit congestion notification (FECN) in the downstream direction •backward explicit congestion notification (BECN) in the upstream direction Access: read-write. |
0-2097151 Default: 1048575 |
svFrsmVhsServiceQDEThresh |
10 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Discard eligible (DE) threshold for the logical port. If the total queue depth of all connections mapped to this port queue exceeds this threshold, then the DE bit is SET in the incoming frame. The frame is dropped. Access: read-write. |
0--2097151 Default: 524287 |
Voice Data Port Table
The Voice Data Port table (svVoiceDataPortTable) maintains configuration information about all of the voice and data ports in the network.
The svVoiceDataPortTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svVoiceDataPortTable = portGroup 18. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.18
•svVoiceDataPortEntry = svVoiceDataPortTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.18.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svVoiceDataPortNode
•svVoiceDataPortShelf
•svVoiceDataPortSlot
•svVoiceDataPortLineIndex
•svVoiceDataPortPort
Table C-24 svVoiceDataPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
svVoiceDataPortNode |
1 |
IGX 8400 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
1-32 |
svVoiceDataPortShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
0-32 |
svVoiceDataPortSlot |
3 |
IGX 8400 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
3-32 |
svVoiceDataPortLineIndex |
4 |
IGX 8400 |
Port line index that corresponds to the SwitchIfIndex. This value is the same as the physical line number on the channelized cards and port number on the serial port cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 1-1 = CVM 1-2 = UVM 1-8 = LDM, HDM |
svVoiceDataPortPort |
5 |
IGX 8400 |
Voice port. SNMP SET restriction:
For serial ports in non channelized cards (SDP, LDP, HDM, LDM), it is always 1. For channelized cards (CDP, CVM, UVM), it represents the individual channels within a line. Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-31. 1-24 = T1 1-31 = E1 when the line is configured with CAS 1-15 or 17-31 = E1 lines |
svVoiceDataPortCardType |
6 |
IGX 8400 |
Card type. Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. |
32 = hdm 33 = ldm 35 = cvm 36 = uvm |
svVoiceDataPortIfType |
7 |
IGX 8400 |
Interface type. Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = t1 3 = e1 23 = v35 24 = x21 25 = hssi 54 = rs232 55 = rs232d 56 = rs2324 57 = rs2328 58 = rs449 |
svVoiceDataPortClk |
8 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify the port clocking configuration. This object is applicable to serial port cards and within serial port cards. This object is configurable for HDM ports. SNMP SET restriction: A value other (1) is not able to be set. Access: read-write. |
1 = other 2 = normal 3 = split 4 = looped |
svVoiceDataPortDfmEnable |
9 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify whether Data Frame Multiplexing (DFM) is enabled or disabled for this port. The value of this object for ports that do not support DFM is always disabled. This object is applicable only to serial port cards (HDM, LDM). SNMP SET restriction: DFM cannot be configured when an active embedded EIA connection exists on this port. An attempt to change it returns a generalError. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled 2 = disabled |
svVoiceDataPortDfmLen |
10 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify the pattern length in bits for the DFM algorithm. This object is applicable only to serial port cards (HDM, LDM). SNMP SET restriction: This object cannot be changed if an active embedded EIA connection exists on this port. An attempt to change it returns a generalError. Access: read-write. |
1 = serialPortDfm
Other 7 = serialPortDfm7 8 = serialPortDfm8 16 = serialPortDfm
16 |
svVoiceDataPortUtil |
11 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to specify the port percent utilization. This MIB forms a group by itself, and it cannot be SET in the same request as other MIB parameters. This object is applicable to all voice and data cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 0-100 Default:100 |
svVoiceDataPortVcPtr |
12 |
IGX 8400 |
Pointer to the object instance in the relevant row of the svConnTable. When no connection exists on the serial port, a NULL OID is returned. This object is applicable to all voice and data cards. Access: read-only. |
— |
svVoiceDataPortDceDte |
13 |
IGX 8400 |
The DCE/DTE type of this port. This object indicates that the channel is operating as a DCE or DTE data interface when configured for data connections. This object is applicable to all cards and is used for voice and data connections. The object is only configurable for UVM and CVM cards. The value, other(1), cannot be set. The following four MIBS form a group: •svVoiceDataPortDceDte •svVoiceDataPortEiaUpdt •svVoiceDataPortDataUcs •svVoiceDataPortIdleCodeSuppr The above objects cannot be set with other parameters. Access: read-write. |
1 = other 2 = dce 3 = dte |
svVoiceDataPortEiaUpdt |
14 |
IGX 8400 |
Sampling rate for updating EIA control leads in number of samples per second. This object is applicable only to connections in voice and data cards. The following four MIBs form a group: •svVoiceDataPortDceDte •svVoiceDataPortEiaUpdt •svVoiceDataPortDataUcs •svVoiceDataPortIdleCodeSuppr The above objects cannot be set with other parameters. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 1-20 Default: 2 |
svVoiceDataPortDataUcs |
15 |
IGX 8400 |
Unassigned channel signaling configuration used when a channel is configured for data connections. This object is configurable for T1 lines to t1-ucs (2) or ds0a (3). A value other than 1 is not able to be set. For E1 lines, this object is always e1-ucs (4). An attempt to SET an invalid value fails with genError status. The following four mibs form a group: •svVoiceDataPortDceDte •svVoiceDataPortEiaUpdt •svVoiceDataPortDataUcs •svVoiceDataPortIdleCodeSuppr The above objects cannot be set with other parameters. Access: read-write. |
1 = other 2 = t1-ucs (default) 3 = ds0a 4 = e1-ucs |
svVoiceDataPortDialType |
16 |
IGX 8400 |
Dial type used on the channel. When the value is userConfigured, the related objects, for which values must be provided are •lineChanSignallingDelay •lineChanMinWink •lineChanPlayOutDelay When the values for any of the above variables are not provided for the userConfigured (3) dial type, the current values in the database are retained. Each of the variables can be SET independently. By default, every voice connection is configured with inband signaling. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), the following values are used: Signalling Type Inband Pulse lineChanSignallingDelay 96 96 lineChanMinWink 200 200 lineChanPlayOutDelay 200 200 When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), the objects mentioned above are not configurable. This parameter cannot be combined with a SET-request with any other parameters. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). Access: read-write. |
1 = inband (default) 2 = pulse 3 = userConfigured |
svVoiceDataPortDtSignalling
Delay |
17 |
IGX 8400 |
Signaling delay in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of1.5 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 96 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink and svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 30-96 |
svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink |
18 |
IGX 8400 |
Minimum wink in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of 3 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 200 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay and svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 120-300 |
svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOut
Delay |
19 |
IGX 8400 |
Play-out delay in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of 1.5 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 200 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay and svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 100-200 |
svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit |
20 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to configure the receive signaling bit A for a voice channel. When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit |
21 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to configure the receive signaling bit B for a voice channel. When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit |
22 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to configure the receive signaling bit C for a voice channel. When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit |
23 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to configure the receive signaling bit D for a voice channel. When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit |
24 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to allow the node to pass A channel signaling bits through unchanged or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. This object affects signaling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX). When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit |
25 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to allow the node to pass B channel signaling bits through unchanged or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. This object affects signaling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX). When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit |
26 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to allow the node to pass C channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signalling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX). When the signaling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit |
27 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to allow the node to pass D channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signaling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit. Access: read-only. |
1 = zero—(default) Signaling bit is 0. 2 = one—Signaling bit is 1. 3 = xmitTransparent—Signaling bit is sent transparently. 4 = donotXmit—
Signaling bit is not transmitted. 5 = revSigBit—
Signaling bit is reversed/inversed. |
svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName |
28 |
IGX 8400 |
Interface type assigned to a voice channel. The lineChanIfTypeName is ignored for data type connections. However, lineChanIfTypeName can be SET to configure a channel for voice connections instead of data type connections. The lineChanDataDceDte interface type can be SET to configure a channel for data connections instead of voice connections. The following different types of interfaces are possible: Number {InterfaceType, A, B, C, D, CondName} 1 {User Config, U, U, N,N, a}
2 {Unconfig, U, U, N, N, a}
3 {No Sig, U, U, U, U, a}
4 {Force Sig, U, U, N, N, a}
5 {2W E&M, 0, X, N, N, a}
6 {4W E&M, 0, X, N, N, a}
7 {FXO, 1, 1, N, N, b}
8 {FXS G/S, 0, 1, N, N, c}
9 {FXS L/S, 0, X, N, N, d}
10 {DPO, 0 X, N, N, a}
11 {DPT, 0, X, N, N, a}
12 {RPO, 0, X, N, N, a}
13 {RPT 0, X, N, N, a}
14 {SDPO, X, N, N, a}
15 {DX, 0, X, N, N, a}
16 {ETO, U, U, N, N, e}
17 {PLAR, U, U, N, N, d}
18 {PLR, 0, X, N, N, a}
19 {RD, U, U, N, N, a}
20 {R1 (SOCOTEL), 0, N, N, N, e}
21 {SSDC5A, 1, 1, 0, 1, f}
22 {R2 (backward), 1, 1, N, N, e}
23 {R2 (forward), 1, 0, N, N, d} A, B, C, and D are the signaling bits corresponding to Onhook values having the following meanings: •0 = zero (1) •1 = one (2) •X = donotCare (3) •U = unKnown (4) •N = notUsed (5) |
1 = userConfig 2 = unConfig 3 = noSig 4 = forceSig 5 = twoWireENM 6 = fourWireENM ( 7 = fXO 8 = fXSGS 9 = fXSLS 10 = dP0 11 = dPT 12 = rP0 13 = rPT 14 = sDP0 15 = dX 16 = eT0 17 = pLAR 18 = pLR 19 = rD 20 = r1 21 = sSDC5A 22 = r2Backward 23 = r2Forward |
svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName
(continued) |
28 |
IGX 8400 |
When any of the above variables are not provided with values, the current values in the data base are retained. The default values for a voice channel are InterfaceType A B C D CondName UnConfigured U U N N a. When it is a userConfigured (1) or Forced Signalling forceSig (4), the following variables must be supplied: •lineChanIfOnhkABit •lineChanIfOnhkBBit •lineChanIfOnhkCBit •lineChanIfOnhkDBit •lineChanIfCondName The conditioning templates can be any of a (1) - f (6) types. When a pre-defined ChanIfTypeName is chosen in a SET-request, values for the other related objects should not be provided. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: The lineChanIfTypeName is ignored for data type connections. However, lineChanIfTypeName can be SET to configure a channel for voice connections instead of data type connections. The lineChanDataDceDte interface type can be SET to configure a channel for data connections instead of voice connections. The following parameters form a group. They can not be set with other MIB parameters in the same request: •svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABitsv •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit Access: read-write. |
1 = userConfig 2 = unConfig 3 = noSig 4 = forceSig 5 = twoWireENM 6 = fourWireENM ( 7 = fXO 8 = fXSGS 9 = fXSLS 10 = dP0 11 = dPT 12 = rP0 13 = rPT 14 = sDP0 15 = dX 16 = eT0 17 = pLAR 18 = pLR 19 = rD 20 = r1 21 = sSDC5A 22 = r2Backward 23 = r2Forward |
svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit |
29 |
IGX 8400 |
Value of A signaling bit for an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. The following parameters form a group. They can not be set with other MIB parameters in the same request: •svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABitsv •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit Access: read-write. |
1 = zero 2 = one 3 = donotCare 4 = unKnown 5 = notUsed |
svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit |
30 |
IGX 8400 |
Value of B signaling bit for an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. The following parameters form a group. They can not be set with other MIB parameters in the same request: •svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABitsv •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit Access: read-write. |
1 = zero 2 = one 3 = donotCare 4 = unKnown 5 = notUsed |
svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit |
31 |
IGX 8400 |
Value of C signaling bit for on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. The following parameters form a group. They can not be set with other MIB parameters in the same request: •svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABitsv •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit Access: read-write. |
1 = zero 2 = one 3 = donotCare 4 = unKnown 5 = notUsed |
svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit |
32 |
IGX 8400 |
Value of D signaling bit for an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit. The following parameters form a group. They can not be set with other MIB parameters in the same request: •svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABitsv •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit •svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit Access: read-write. |
1 = zero 2 = one 3 = donotCare 4 = unKnown 5 = notUsed |
svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel |
33 |
IGX 8400 |
Integrated echo canceller channel parameters associated with the specified voice endpoint channel. If this object is to be enabled from a disabled state, values for the following variables must be given: Variable Name Value Description lineChanEchoRtnLoss high/low
SET the echo return loss to high / low. lineChanEchoToneenable/
Enables or disables the disable tone disabler. lineChanEchoConvenable/
Enables or disables the disable convergence. lineChanEchoNlpenable/
Enables or disables the disable non-linear processing. lineChanEchoBgFilter enable/
Enables or disables the disable Background Filter. lineChanEchoBackCard enable/
Enables or disables the disable preference for BackCard echo cancellation. When any one of the variables are not specified, the previous value of that variable are retained. When the Echo Cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss |
34 |
IGX 8400 |
Echo return loss when the echo canceller is enabled. The default value is high (2). When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = low 2 = high |
svVoiceDataPortEchoTone |
35 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether or not the tone disabler is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: a SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoTone can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
svVoiceDataPortEchoConv |
36 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether or not the echo convergence is enabled. When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoConv can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable (default) 2 = disable |
svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp |
37 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether or not non linear processing is enabled. When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable (default) 2 = disable |
svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter |
38 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether or not the echo canceller background filter is enabled. When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable (default) 2 = disable |
svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard |
39 |
IGX 8400 |
Value to indicate whether or not the preference for echo cancellation on the backcard is enabled. When the echo cancel is SET to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP SET request. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: A SET request on svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable (default) 2 = disable |
svVoiceDataPortInGain |
40 |
IGX 8400 |
Amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of a line on voice type connections. The gain is specified in decibels to be assigned to the channel. The gain can be configured between +6 dB and -8 dB. By default, it is zero. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-14 |
svVoiceDataPortOutGain |
41 |
IGX 8400 |
Amount of gain inserted at the transmit side of a line on voice type connections. The gain is specified in decibels to be assigned to the channel. The gain can be configured between +6 dB and -8 dB. By default it is zero. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). Access: read-write. |
Value range: 0-14 |
svVoiceDataPortIdleCodeSuppr |
42 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Specifies whether or not the idle code suppression (ICS) state on this channel is enabled or disabled. The value of this object for channels that do not support ICS is always disbaled(2). This variable is only applicable in IGX 9.2. This object is applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM). SNMP SET restriction: Enabling ICS on cards do not support this feature results in a generalError. This variable can only be SET alone or with any of the following variables: •svVoiceDataPortDceDte •svVoiceDataPortEiaUpdt •svVoiceDataPortDataUcs Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
ATM Port PLCP
The ATM Port PLCP table (svAtmPortPlcpTable) maintains the Physical Layer Convergence Protocol (PLCP) configuration information about all the lines for the card. The configuration table is for lines. T1 or E1 lines have eight entries. AUSM-4 ports have four entries.
The svAtmPortPlcpTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svAtmPortPlcpTable = portGroup 19. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.19
•svAtmPortPlcpEntry = svAtmPortPlcpTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.19.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svAtmPortPlcpNode
•svAtmPortPlcpShelf
•svAtmPortPlcpSlot
•svAtmPortPlcpLine
Table C-25 svAtmPortPlcpTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svAtmPortPlcpNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read only. |
Display string: 1-32 |
svAtmPortPlcpShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read only. |
Display string: 0-32 |
svAtmPortPlcpSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read only. |
1-64 |
svAtmPortPlcpLine |
4 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line number. Access: read only. |
— |
svAtmPortPlcpRowStatus |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
User requested operation for this PLCP table row. You can modify an existing entry for a line that is enabled. This is a mandatory parameter that should be specified for all configuration requests (involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table). This is a write only parameter. An SNMP GET on this variable returns any one of the enumerations. An error is reported when non applicable values are SET. Access: read-write. |
4 = modify |
svAtmPortCellFraming |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Port cell framing. Only ATM is supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = other 2 = atm 3 = plcp |
svAtmPortCellScramble |
7 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to select whether or not cell scrambling is require. Access: read-write. |
1 = unscramble 2 = scramble |
svAtmPortPlppLoopback |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
PLCP loopback configuration. Access: read-write |
1 = no loopback 2 = remote LoopBack 3 = localLoopBack |
svAtmPortSingleBitErr
CorrEna |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to turn on and off single bit error correction for the specified time. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable |
ATM Port Queue Table
The ATM Port Queue table (svAtmPortQueueTable) allows you to configure ATM port queues on a node.
The svAtmPortQueueTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svAtmPortQueueTable = portGroup 20. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.20
•svAtmPortQueueEntry = svAtmPortQueueTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.20.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svAtmPortQueueNode
•svAtmPortQueueShelf
•svAtmPortQueueSlot
•svAtmPortQueuePort
•svAtmPortQueueIndex
Each port has 16 queues, which are created automatically when the port is created. The queues are deleted automatically when the port is deleted.
Entries in this table can only be modified and can not be added or deleted.
This table is applicable only to AUSM and BXM cards.
Table C-26 svAtmPortQueueTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svAtmPortQueueNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
svAtmPortQueueShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svAtmPortQueueSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svAtmPortQueuePort |
4 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Port number that is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. On AUSM-4 and BXM non-virtual ports this value is the physical line number. On AUSM-8 ports this value is a logical port number. When creating ports on cards with logical port indexing, you can obtain the next available logical port at the card by using the svNextAvailableLogicalPortTable object. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-120031 1-4 = AUSM-4 1-8 = AUSM-8 1-12 = BXM (non-virtual) 1-120031 = BXM (virtual) |
svAtmPortQueueIndex |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Queue index that is used to specify the queue type. For the MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1) AUSM the following queue types apply: •1 = CBR •2 = ABR •3 = VBR •4 = UBR •5 = RTVBR (not supported on the MGX 8220 platform) For the BXM card the following queue types apply: •1 = CBR •2 = ABR •3 = VBR •10 = RTVBR Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-16 |
svAtmPortQueueRowStatus |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this port table row. You can modify an existing port. This mandatory parameter mandatory must be specified for all configuration requests involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table. This is a write only parameter. An SNMP GET on this variable always returns modify. An error is reported when non applicable values are SET. Access: read-write. |
4 = modify |
svAtmPortQueueDepth |
7 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Maximum depth of the egress queue. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-524280 1-8000 = AUSM-4 1-16000 = AUSM-8 0-228300 = BXM-T3 0-524280 = BXM-E3 0-524280 BXM-OC3 0-524280 BXM-OC12 |
svAtmPortQueueCLPThreshHigh |
8 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Cell loss priority (CLP) high threshold of the egress queue. For BXM this value is expressed in percentage of queue depth. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16000 1-8000 = AUSM-4 1-16000 = AUSM-8 0-100 = BXM |
svAtmPortQueueCLPThreshLow |
9 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
CLP low threshold of the egress queue. For BXM this value is expressed in percentage of queue depth. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16000 1-8000 = AUSM-4 1-16000 = AUSM-8 0-100 = BXM |
svAtmPortQueueEfcnThresh |
10 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI) threshold of the egress queue. For BXM this value is expressed in percentage of queue depth. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16000 1-8000 = AUSM-4 1-16000 = AUSM-8 0-100 = BXM |
svAtmPortQueueType |
11 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of queue. If the type is `axis', then the svAtmPortQueueIndex specifies the MGX slot associated with this queue. This object is applicable to BXM only. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 2 = unused 3 = cbr 4 = abr 5 = vbr 6 = axis 7 = rtvbr |
svAtmPortQueueVcShaping |
12 |
BPX 8600 |
Value to indicate whether or not VC shaping is enabled for the ATM port queue. This object is applicable to BXM only. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
VISM Endpoint MIB Table
The VISM Endpoint MIB table (svMGEndpointTable) can be used to provision endpoints on the Media Gateway or the VISM card.
The svMGEndpointTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svMGEndpointTable = portGroup 21. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.21
•svMGEndpointEntry = svMGEndpointTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.21.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMGEndpointNode
•svMGEndpointShelf
•svMGEndpointSlot
•svMGEndpointNumber
Table C-27 svMGEndpointTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMGEndpointNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 |
Routing node name. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 character- |
svMGEndpointShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder shelf. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
svMGEndpointSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
svMGEndpointNumber |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Endpoint known by the NE or the VISM card. The endpoint number is unique for the entire Media Gateway and ranges from 1-240 which is the maximum number of endpoints that the Media Gateway can support. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-65535 |
svMGEndpointLineNumber |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line number. This value must be at the level of a DS1 due to restrictions to the number of channels that can be represented in a bit map. Generally, this value corresponds to the ifIndex of the physical interface terminating the line. If the line is physically not a DS1 but higher (for example, DS3), an algorithm is applied. This algorithm logically partitions the line into virtual DS1s. Once the row has become active, this value cannot be changed. The line number range is 1-8. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-write. |
Value range: 1-65535 |
svMGEndpointName |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Endpoint identifier as known by the MGC or the VISM card. If MG and MGC use a mutually agreed upon convention, this value can be supplied by the agent. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-64 |
svEndPointState |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
State of the endpoint. •active—Endpoint is in service and operational. •failed—Endpoint is in service but not operational. For example, a line that the endpoint belongs to is in a state of service affecting alarm. •degraded—Endpoint is in service but not fully operational. For example, an endpoint with channels on multiple lines has one of the lines in a state of service affecting alarm. If MGCP is used as the control protocol, the following transitions trigger an RSIP command: from active/degraded to failed, from failed to degraded/active. Transitions between active and degraded trigger emission of RSIP. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-only. |
1 = active 2 = failed 3 = degraded |
svMGEndpointChannelMap |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Bit map of DS0s used by the endpoint. Bit positions set to 1 represent DS0s used by the endpoint. The position corresponds to the DS0 number. MGs can have restrictions regarding the creation of endpoints (for example, only one channel, only consecutive channels, only channels of one line). Once the row has become active, this value cannot be changed. This object is applicable only to VISM cards. Access: read-write. |
— |
svMGEndpointRowStatus |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to control the creation and deletion of a table entry. An entry may be created using the createAndGo option. When the row is successfully created, the RowStatus is set to active, thereby creating an endpoint. An endpoint can be deleted by setting the RowStatus to destroy. For creating an entry svMGEndpointLineNumber and the svMGEndpointRowStatus are the mandatory parameters. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
Resource Partition Table
The resource partition table (cwmRsrcPart) is used to configure resource partitions on trunks and ports on the following cards:
•AXSM
•AXSM-E
•RPM-PR
•RPM-XF
•BXM
•UXM
•UXME
The port/trunk must be in the active/up state to provision resource partitions.
The cwmRsrcPartTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsrcPartTable = portGroup 25. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.25
•cwmRsrcPartEntry = cwmRsrcPartTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.25.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsrcPartNode
•cwmRsrcPartShelf
•cwmRsrcPartSlot
•cwmRsrcPartPort
•cwmRsrcPartID
•cwmRsrcPartController
To add a resource partition on an AXSM or AXSM-E card, use the following parameters:
•cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBwAvail
•cwmRsrcPartIngMinPctBwAvail
•cwmRsrcPartIngMaxPctBwAvail
•cwmRsrcPartVpiLo
•cwmRsrcPartVpiHigh
•cwmRsrcPartVciLo
•cwmRsrcPartVciHigh
A resource partition cannot be deleted if connections exist on the port. A resource partition on a port cannot be modified if connections exist on the port. For AXSM cards a resource partition on a port cannot be modified if the port is up.
Table C-28 cwmRsrcPartTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsrcPartNode |
1 |
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Routing node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
cwmRsrcPartShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400 (F) MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
cwmRsrcPartSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsrcPartPort |
4 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Logical interface number. On BPX BXM, this object is the physical port/trunk number. For virtual ports/trunks, the value of this object is determined by the following equation: (10000 * physical port number) + virtual port number. For the FRSM12, this object is the ifIndex of the corresponding row in ifTable for the port. •Bytes 0 and 1 = Encoded unique number for port. •Byte 2 = Slot number •Byte 3 = Chassis number Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-120031 The ranges apply to the following cards: •1-120031 = BXM •1-12 = UXM •1-60 = AXSM •1-32 = AXSM-E •1 = RPM-PR VCC
2 = VPC |
cwmRsrcPartID |
5 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Resource partition ID. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-250 The ranges apply to the following cards: •1-250 = AXSM •1-3 = BXM/UXM/UXME •1-20 = AXSM-E •1-10 = RPM-PR
(1 for PNNI) |
cwmRsrcPartController |
6 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Controller for which this resource partition is configured. Access: •read-only for BXM/UXM/UXME, AXSM, and RPM-XF •read-write for FRSM12 |
Range: 1-255 The following values and ranges apply for each card type: •1 = BXM/UXM/UXME •2 = AXSM •1-254 = AXSM-E –2 = PNNI –3 = LSC •2-255 = RPM-PR (2 = PNNI, 3-255 for LSC) •2-20 = RPM-XF •1-255 = FRSM12 |
cwmRsrcPartRowStatus |
7 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Status of the resource partition row. An SNMP GET on this variable returns modify. The resource partition entry is not modifiable if connections exist on the interface. To add a resource partition on AXSM/AXSM-E cards, use the following mandatory parameters: •cwmRsrcPartEgrMinPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartIngMinPctBwAvail •cwmRsrcPartIngMaxPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartVpiLo •cwmRsrcPartVpiHigh •cwmRsrcPartVciLo •cwmRsrcPartVciHigh •cwmRsrcPartMinCon •cwmRsrcPartMaxCon To add a resource partition on RPM-PR and RPM-XF cards, use the following mandatory parameters: •cwmRsrcPartEgrMinPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartIngMinPctBwAvail •cwmRsrcPartIngMaxPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartVpiLo •cwmRsrcPartVpiHigh •cwmRsrcPartVciLo •cwmRsrcPartVciHigh •cwmRsrcPartMinCon (not applicable for RPM-PR) •cwmRsrcPartMaxCon (not applicable for RPM-PR) |
2 = add 3 = delete 4 = modify |
cwmRsrcPartRowStatus (continued) |
7 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
To add a resource partition on FRSM12 cards, use the following mandatory parameters: •cwmRsrcPartEgrMinPctBw
Avail •cwmRsrcPartIngMinPctBwAvail •cwmRsrcPartVpiLo •cwmRsrcPartVpiHigh •cwmRsrcPartMinCon •cwmRsrcPartController Access: read-write. |
2 = add 3 = delete 4 = modify |
cwmRsrcPartEgrMinPctBw
Avail |
8 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Guaranteed minimum bandwidth for the resource partition in egress direction. For BXM this object is also applicable for resource partitions in the ingress direction. For FRSM12 this value is the percentage of the total egress bandwidth reserved. Restriction: The sum of all resource partition minimum bandwidths cannot exceed 100% of the interface minimum bandwidth. Access: read-write. |
BXM/UXM/UXME: 1-1412830 cps
Default: 0 AXSM/AXSM-E/RPM-PR:0-1000000 in .0001% units Note For AXSM, AXSM-E, and RPM-PR, 0 is not a valid value. FRSM12: 0-100 in 1% units |
cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBw
Avail |
9 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum bandwidth for the resource partition in the egress direction. For BXM/UXM/UXME this object is also applicable for resource partitions in the ingress direction. Access: read-write. |
BXM/UXM/UXME: 1-1412830 cps AXSM/AXSM-E/RPM-PR: 0-1000000 in .0001% units Note For AXSM, AXSM-E, and RPM-PR, 0 is not a valid value. |
cwmRsrcPartIngMinPctBw
Avail |
10 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum percentage bandwidth allocated for the resource partition in ingress direction. For FRSM12, this value is the percentage of the total ingress bandwidth reserved. Restriction: The sum of all resource partition minimum bandwidths cannot exceed 100% of the interface minimum bandwidth. This object is not applicable to BXM, UXM, or UXME cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1000000 AXSM/AXSM-E/RPM-PR: 0-1000000 in .0001% units Note For AXSM, AXSM-E, and RPM-PR, 0 is not a valid value. FRSM12: 0-100 in 1% units |
cwmRsrcPartIngMaxPctBw
Avail |
11 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum percentage bandwidth allocated for the resource partition in ingress direction. This object is only applicable to AXSM, AXSM-E, and RPM-PR cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1000000 in .0001% units |
cwmRsrcPartVpiLo |
12 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Lower bound of the VSI VPI range of the partition. For AXSM/AXSM-E VNNI ports, the value for VpiLo must be the same as VpiNum for the port. For configuring more than one partition on a BXM/UXM/UXME port, specify a value for VpiLo. A value of 0 is allowed if only one partition is needed. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-8388607 Default: 0 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-4095 = AXSM, BXM, UXM/UXME, NNI trunk/port configuration •0-4095 = AXSM-E
(0-255 for UNI) •2-4095 = AutoRoute trunk •0-255 = RPM-PR, UNI port configuration •0-240 = RPM-XF •0-8388607 = FRSM12 |
cwmRsrcPartVpiHigh |
13 |
IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Upper bound of the VSI VPI range of the partition. For AXSM/AXSM-E VNNI ports, the value for VpiHigh must be the same as VpiNum for the port. For configuring more than one partition on a BXM/UXM/UXME port, specify a value for VpiHigh. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-8388607 Default: 0 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-4095 = AXSM, BXM, UXM/UXME, NNI trunk/port configuration •0-4095 = AXSM-E
(0-255 for UNI) •2-4095 = AutoRoute trunk •0-255 = RPM-PR, UNI port configuration •0-240 = RPM-XF •0-8388607 = FRSM12 |
cwmRsrcPartVciLo |
14 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Lower bound of the VSI VPI range of the partition. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-65535 = RPM-PR •32-65535 = RPM-XF Note Values 0-31 are not applicable. |
cwmRsrcPartVciHigh |
15 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Upper bound of the VSI VCI range of the partition. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-65535 = RPM-PR •32-65535 = RPM-XF Note Values 0-31 are not applicable. |
cwmRsrcPartMinCon |
16 |
MGX 8850 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Minimum VSI LCN number of the partition. For FRSM12 this value represents number of LCNs available. Note This field is not applicable to the RPM-PR card. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-131072 Default: 0 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-131072 = AXSM and AXSM-E •0-65535 = BXM/UXM/UXME •0-15744 = RPM-XF •0-16000 = FRSM12 |
cwmRsrcPartMaxCon |
17 |
MGX 8850 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Maximum VSI LCN number of the partition. Note This field is not applicable to RPM-PR and FRSM12 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-131072 Default: 1 The following ranges apply depending on the card type: •0-131072 = AXSM and AXSM-E •0-65535 = BXM/UXM/UXME •0-15744 = RPM-XF |
cwmRsrcPartIlmiEnable |
18 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Object to enable ILMI signaling on the resource partition. This object is only applicable to BXM, UXM/UXME, AXSM, and AXSM-E cards. Restriction: For AXSM and AXSM-E cards, do not use this object for modifying ILMI. Instead, use the svAtmPortSignallingProtocol object to modify the ILMI Enabled setting. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enabled 2 = Disabled (default) |
cwmRsrcPartPvcMaxLcns |
19 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Maximum number of PVC LCNs of all partitions on the logical interface (slot.port.vtrk for trunks and slot.port for lines). The LCN value is logical interface-based. The default value is 256. This object is only applicable to BXM, UXM, and UXME cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmRsrcPartPvcMaxBw |
20 |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 |
Maximum PVC bandwidth of all partitions on the logical interface (slot.port.vtrk for trunks and slot.port for lines). Bandwidth is logical interface-based.The default value is the line rate of this interface. This object is only applicable to BXM, UXM, and UXME cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-1412830 The following bandwidths are based on the card type: •80000 = BXM E3 •96000 = BXM T3 •353208 = BXM OC3 •1412830 = BXM OC12 |
cwmRsrcPartBw
Overbooking |
21 |
BPX |
Value to indicate what bandwidth a partition should advertise to a controller. If this object is set to enabled, the partition advertises the svAtmPortSpeed (VI rate). PNNI connections on that partition can have a PCR value up to the svAtmPortSpeed. If this object is set to disabled, the partition advertises the cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBwAvail (VSI maximum bandwidth). PNNI connections on that VSI partition can have a PCR up to the cwmRsrcPartEgrMaxPctBwAvail. This feature works if the BXM card supports this functionality. Note Disabling this feature after it has been enabled on a partition may cause reroutes and PNNI connections on that partition to fail. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
VISM DS0 Configuration Table
The VISM DS0 Configuration table (cwmVismDs0CnfTable) contains the objects to configure the DS0s on T1/E1 lines of a VISM card.
The cwmVismDs0CnfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismDs0CnfTable = portGroup 26. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.26
•cwmVismDs0CnfEntry = cwmVismDs0CnfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.26.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismDs0Node
•cwmVismDs0Shelf
•cwmVismDs0Slot
•cwmVismDs0LineNum
•cwmVismDs0Num
The cwmVismDs0CnfTableis applicable to VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR 8T1/E1 cards.
This table corresponds to the dsx0VismCnfTable of the VISM FW MIB. For a T1 line 24 entries are created. For an E1 line 31 entries are created.
The entries in this table are created and deleted implicitly when lines are enabled and disabled on the VISM card. Therefore, creation and deletion are not supported.
Table C-29 cwmVismDs0CnfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismDs0Node |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Specifies node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-10 characters |
cwmVismDs0Shelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Identifies the shelf name. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-10 characters |
cwmVismDs0LineNum |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Physical line number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
cwmVismDs0Num |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
DS0 number or channel number within a T1 or E1 line. Access: read-only. |
T1 line:1-24 E1 line: 1-31 |
cwmVismDs0RobbedBit
Signalling |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate whether or not robbed bit signalling is turned off or on for a given DS0. This object applies to DS0s on a T1 line. For an E1 line the value is always off (false). Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmVismDs0IdleCode |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Code transmitted in the ABCD bits when the DS0 is not connected and ds0TransmitCodesEnable is enabled. The object is a bitmap and the various bit positions are •Bit 0 (value 1) D bit •Bit 1 (value 2) C bit •Bit 2 (value 4) B bit •Bit 3 (value 8) A bit This object is used for DS0 conditioning if an alarm condition is detected from the network side. DS0 conditioning is implemented in the trunking application only. Set Restrictions: This object is applicable only when line signaling is set to CAS. TDM Endpoint must be associated with this Ds0 to configure this parameter. For example, this object can not be configured if cwmVismDs0EndpointNumber is set to -1. This object is not applicable in CAS backhaul applications. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-15 |
cwmVismDs0SeizedCode |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Code transmitted in the ABCD bits when the ds0 is connected and ds0TransmitCodesEnable is enabled. The object is a bitmap and the various bit positions are •Bit 0 (value 1) D bit •Bit 1 (value 2) C bit •Bit 2 (value 4) B bit •Bit 3 (value 8) A bit This object is used for ds0 conditioning if an alarm condition is detected from the network side. DS0 conditioning is implemented in the trunking application only. This object is not applicable in the CAS backhaul application. This object is applicable only when line signaling is set to CAS. TDM Endpoint must be associated with this Ds0 to configure this parameter. i.e., this object can not be configured if cwmVismDs0EndpointNumber is set to -1. Access: read-write. |
0-15 |
cwmVismDs0ReceivedCode |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Code that is received in the ABCD bits. The object is a bitmap and the various bit positions are •Bit 0 (value 1) D bit •Bit 1 (value 2) C bit •Bit 2 (value 4) B bit •Bit 3 (value 8) A bit Access: read-write. |
0-15 |
cwmVismDs0TransmitCodes
Enable |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the idle and seized codes are transmitted. If the value is true, then the codes are transmitted. This object is not applicable in the CAS backhaul application. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmVismDs0EndpointNumber |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Endpoint number as specified by mgEndpointNumber of endpoint table. If this object is not associated with any endpoint, then the value is -1. The endpoint is associated with bearer DS0s only. For signaling channel or DS0 with CCS channel, no endpoint number is associated and the value is set to -1. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismDs0IfType |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Interface type associated with the DS0. The DS0 interface type is bearer if the DS0 is carrying voice traffic. The DS0 interface type is ccs-signaling if the DS0 is configured as the D-channel. Access: read-only. |
1 = unknown 63 = ccs signaling 81 = bearer |
cwmVismDs0Slot |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
cwmVismDs0CasCadence
OnTime |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Duration of the digit tone. This object is applicable only for CAS backhaul applications. For trunking applications this object is not applicable. Access: read-write |
2-9999 milliseconds Default: 75 |
cwmVismDs0CasCadence
OffTime |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Silence between the digit tones. This object is applicable only for CAS backhaul applications. For trunking application this object is not applicable. Access: read-write |
0-9999 milliseconds Default: 75 |
cwmVismDs0InsertLocal
Cas |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value that tells the framer whether or not to force the CAS bits to a value defined by cwmDs0LocalCasPattern. If this object is enabled, the framer forces the CAS (ABCD) bits to a value defined in cwmDs0LocalCasPattern by ignoring the CAS bits sent by DSP. If this object is not enabled, the framer transmits the CAS bits sent by DSP. Setting of this object is not allowed when the signaling type of this line is CAS. Setting of this object is not allowed when the cwmVismDs0LoopbackCommand is set to RemoteLoop because remote loop loopbacks whatever comes from the TDM side and not force the CAS bits to something else. This object can be set only if the line type is T1. Access: read-write |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmVismDs0LocalCas
Pattern |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Pattern that the CAS (ABCD) bits have when cwmVismDs0InsertLocalCas is enabled. Access: read-write |
0-15 Default: 0 |
cwmVismDs0Loopback
Command |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Loopback type at the DS0 level. The DS0 configuration overrides the line level configuration. Setting of this object to RemoteLoop is not allowed when insert local CAS for this DS0 (ds0InsertLocalCas object) is enabled. The CAS bits are forced to the pattern configured in ds0LocalCasPattern and not do loopback on the TDM side. Access: read-write |
1 = no Loop (default)—There is no loopback on this DS0. 2 = remote Loop—The data received from the ATM side is looped back to the ATM side. 3 = local Loop—The data from the TDM side is looped back to the TDM side. |
cwmVismDs0CasMinDelay
DialTime |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
E and M signaling protocol, similar to a wink-start for this DSO. The difference is that the address-control signal is different from wink. The originating VISM, on receiving a seize (AB=11) from the PBX, responds by sending the delay-dial (AB=11) signal back to the PBX. When the originating VISM is ready to collect the digits, the VISM sends a start-dial (AB=00) signal. This operation is symmetric. The terminating VISM, on seizing a trunk, should receive AB=11 (as an ack that the trunk is operational). Subsequently, when the VISM receives the start signal (AB=00) from the connected PBX, the VISM should out pulse the digits. The rest of the operation is similar to wink-start. In delay-dial operation, the outgoing interface (this interface), after sending a seize signal (AB = 11), waits for the delay-dial signal (AB = 11). The delay-dial signal, apart from acknowledging the seize signal, tells this interface that the connected equipment is not ready for the digits yet. This object specifies the time in milliseconds, after which incoming AB=11 is interpreted by this interface, as the delay-dial signal. Access: read-write |
Range: 100-1000 milliseconds Default: 100 |
cwmVismDs0CasMinStart
DialTime |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
E and M signaling protocol similar to wink-start for this DS0. The difference is that the address-control signal is different from wink. The originating VISM, on receiving a seize (AB=11) from the PBX, responds by sending the delay-dial (AB=11) signal back to the PBX. When the originating VISM is ready to collect the digits, the VISM sends a start-dial(AB=00) signal. This operation is symmetric. So the terminating VISM, on seizing a trunk, should receive AB=11 (as an ack that the trunk is operational). Subsequently, when the VISM receives the start signal(AB=00) from the connected PBX, it should out pulse the digits. The rest of the operation is similar to wink-start. In delay-dial operation, the outgoing interface (this interface), after receiving a delay-dial signal (AB=11) from the connected equipment, waits for the start-dial signal (AB = 00) before sending the digits to the connected equipment. The start-dial signal tells this interface that the connected equipment is ready for the digits. This object specifies the time in milliseconds, after which incoming AB=00 is interpreted by this interface, as the start dial signal. Access: read-write |
Range: 70-1000 milliseconds Default: 70 |
cwmVismDs0CasDirectionality |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Direction in which CAS calls are accepted on this endpoint. The main difference between bidirectional and one-way trunks is the occurrence of glare. On bidirectional trunks, since both VISM and the connected PBX can seize the endpoint at approximately the same time, glare (dual seizure) is likely to occur. The protocol assigned to a bidirectional endpoint should be capable of detecting and resolving glare. Wink-start and delay-dial are examples of protocols capable of glare handling. This object cannot be configured if cwmVismSignalingType is non-CAS. Access: read-write |
1 = bidirectional (default)—VISM sends and receives calls on this endpoint. 2 = incoming— Calls from the connected PBX are accepted by VISM on this endpoint. 3 = outgoing—VISM sends calls towards the connected PBX and does not accept calls from the PBX. |
cwmVismDs0CasGlarePolicy |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to specify how a bidirectional endpoint should resolve glare. This object is used if cwmVismDs0CasDirectionality of the endpoint is bidirectional. This object cannot be configured if cwmVismSignalingType is non-CAS. Access: read-write |
1 = controlling (default)— When glare is detected, VISM waits for the connected PBX to assert on-hook. When the connected PBX goes on-hook, VISM proceeds to dial the numbers out waits for answer. 2 = releasing—When glare is detected, VISM indicates the glare situation to the Call Agent (as specified by the control protocol), prepares to collect digits from the PBX and asserts on hook. The incoming call should go through. |
cwmVismDs0InputGain |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of a ds0 channel, in dB (decibel) units. The input gain settings only define a gain/loss relative to the 0 dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0 dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. Access: read-write |
Range: -6-14 Default: 0 |
cwmVismDs0Output
Attenuation |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Amount of attenuation inserted at the transmit side of a ds0 channel, in dB (decibel) units. The output attenuation settings only define a loss relative to 0 dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0 dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. This object can be set when active calls are occurring. The new gain takes effective immediately. This object can be set at both unbound and bound but non-active endpoints. Access: read-write |
Range: 0-14 Default: 0 |
cwmVismDs0MusicThreshold |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Music on hold threshold in dBm. Based on this value, VISM DSP interprets the incoming signal from TDM side as either silence or voice, and consequently turn on or off VAD. This object can be set when an active call is occurring at the ds0 channel, and at both unbound and bound non-active endpoints. Access: read-write |
Range: -70 to -30 dBm Default: -38 dBm |
cwmVismDs0CasParameter
Source |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate whether or not the VISM reads the channel associated signaling (CAS) related timer parameters from the casAppl file downloaded for that endpoint or from this MIB. This object provides flexibility to configure different CAS related timer values for different endpoints associated with the same CAS variant. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this DS0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. Access: read-write |
1 = casAppl (default) 2 = fromTheMib |
cwmVismDs0CasOnHookMinMakeTime |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum time for which the on-hook pattern should be present for the pattern to be recognized. If the pattern is not recognized, the signal is considered a spurious signal and is ignored. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 300 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasOffHookMinMakeTime |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum time that the off-hook pattern should be present for it to before the pattern to be recognized. If the pattern is not recognized, the signal is considered a spurious signal and is ignored. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable on if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 20 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasWinkMin
MakeTime |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum duration that the off-hook part of the wink signal should persist. Wink consists of a off-hook A-B bit pattern, followed by a on-hook A-B bit pattern in timed sequence. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 100 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasWinkMax
MakeTime |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum duration that the off-hook part of the wink signal should persist. If the signal exceeds this time limit, the signal is considered to be spurious and is ignored. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object should be greater than or equal to cwmVismDs0CasWinkMinMakeTime. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-3000 milliseconds Default: 350 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasWinkBreak
Time |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum duration that the on-hook part of wink signal should persist. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 70 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasGlareTime |
31 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
When the terminating Gateway receives off -hook event from the Call Agent, the Gateway starts the timer specified in this object to see if the terminating side is also trying to originate a call. If the above condition is true, a glare occurs. To resolve glare, use this programmable timer, which does not accept any off -hook events from the originating PBX during this time. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-10000 milliseconds Default: 100 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasGaurdTime |
32 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Guard time duration. Guard time is the duration between the end of one call and the start of next call. All state changes from the PBX are ignored for this duration. After receiving DLCX, this timer is started for a period as configured in this object and does not honor any off-hook events before the expiration of this timer. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 800 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasDelayImmedStart |
33 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Timer to indicate the time that VISM should wait before outpulsing digits to the PBX after sending an off hook event. This object applies only to Immediate Start protocol. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 10-1000 milliseconds Default: 500 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasFlashMin
MakeTime |
34 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum duration for the signal to be recognized as a flash by VISM. Flash is a CAS signal generated by users to request special services. The interpretation of the flash depends on the protocol in use. The signal is an on-hook followed by an off-hook. This duration is defined as the elapsed time between the off-to-on-hook transition followed by the on-to-off-hook transition. If the on-hook duration is shorter than the value of this object, the signal is ignored. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 50-1550 milliseconds Default: 300 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0CasFlashMax
MakeTime |
35 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum duration for the signal to be recognized as a flash by VISM. This duration is defined as the elapsed time between the off-to-on-hook transition followed by the on-to-off-hook transition. If the on-hook duration is longer than the value of this object, the signal is ignored. This object cannot be configured if the signaling type for the line to which this ds0 belongs is non cas. For a CAS line this object can only be configured after associating this DS0 with an endpoint. This object is applicable only if cwmVismDs0CasParameterSource has a value of fromTheMib(2). Access: read-write |
Range: 50-1550 milliseconds Default: 1400 milliseconds |
cwmVismDs0SignalingType |
36 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of signaling on the line to which this ds0 belongs. Access: read-only |
1 = cas—Channel associated signaling 2 = ccs—Common channel signaling 3 = none—No signaling used |
cwmVismDs0SidPacket |
37 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate whether or not the silence indication detection (SID) packet should be generated when silence suppression is in active mode. The SID packet indicates the noise level during silence, which is used as a reference to generate comfort noise on the other side of the Gateway. This object is used only for VoIP. Access: read-write |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
VISM AAL2 Configuration Table
The cwmVismAal2CidCnfTable is a bearer cross connect table, which is used to establish binding between an endpoint and a PVC/CID pair in the case of AAL2 adaptation.
The cwmVismAal2CidCnfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismAal2CidCnfTable = portGroup 27. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.27
•cwmVismAal2CidCnfEntry = cwmVismAal2CidCnfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.27.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismAal2Node
•cwmVismAal2Shelf
•cwmVismAal2Slot
•cwmVismAal2Vpi
•cwmVismAal2Vci
•cwmVismAal2CidNum
This table is supported for the trunking application only. The supported cards are VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR 8T1/E1.
Through bulk provisioning, user can create multiple Cid table entries for a given PVC with a single SET request. The procedure for bulk provisioning is same as that of single Cid entity creation, except that cwmVismAal2NumOfCids need to be specified in addition to other mandatory objects.
Bulk provisioning takes (m x n) seconds, where m represents the number of seconds for single Cid entry provisioning, and n represents number of Cid entries to be created.
Mandatory parameters for creating a single entry in this table are
•cwmVismAal2CidRowStatus
•cwmVismAal2EndptNum
•cwmVismAal2NumOfCids
•cwmVismAal2CidCodecType
•cwmVismAal2CidProfileType
•cwmVismAal2CidProfileNum
To delete an entry use the cwmVismAal2CidRowStatus = destroy(6) object.
To delete multiple CID entries, use the following objects:
•cwmVismAal2CidRowStatus = destroy(6)
•cwmVismAal2NumOfCids
Entries in this table cannot be modified.
Table C-30 cwmVismAal2CidCnfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismAa12Node |
1 |
BPX 8600 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-10 characters |
cwmVismAa12Shelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Feeder shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-10 characters |
cwmVismaA12Vpi |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual path index (VPI). Only value of 0 is allowed. This attribute defines part of the index for the CID table. Since CID is unique to a PVC, a combination of VPI, VCI, and CID uniquely identifies a voice connection. Access: read-only. |
0-4095 |
cwmVismAa12Vsi |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Virtual channel index (VCI). This object maps to LCN on VISM cards. This attribute defines part of the index for the CID table. Since CID is unique to a PVC, a combination of VPI, VCI, and CID uniquely identifies a voice connection. Access: read-only. |
131-510 |
cwmVismAa12CidNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Part of the index for the CID table. This object is the channel ID (CID) of a voice channel. CID must be the same at both endpoints for a connection. CID is unique only within the context of a virtual circuit (PVC or SVC). Access: read-only. |
8-255 |
cwmVismAa12EndptNum |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Endpoint number to which this CID is associated. This value is the same as svMgEndpointNumber in svMgEndpointTable. For bulk provisioning, this object represents the endpoint number of the first CID to be created and is incremented by 1 for each CID that is being created. Access: read-write. |
1-248 |
cwmVismAa12CidRowStatus |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested operation for this CID table row. Create an entry using the value createAndGo. Delete an entry by using the value destroy. The following parameters are mandatory for entry creation: •cwmVismAal2CidRowStatus = createAndGo(4) •cwmVismAal2EndptNum •cwmVismAal2NumOfCids (only required for multiple entries) •cwmVismAal2CidCodecType •cwmVismAal2CidProfileType •cwmVismAal2CidProfileNum The following parameters are mandatory for entry deletion: •cwmVismAal2CidRowStatus = destroy(6) •cwmVismAal2NumOfCids (only required for multiple entries) The cwmVismAal2NumOfCids object represents number CIDs to be created or deleted. A SET on this object with value=active(1) returns GenErr. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmVismAa12CidType3
Redundancy |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the triple redundancy is supported for type 3 packets in AAL2 for this channel. When triple redundancy is enabled for a channel, the type 3 packets (CAS bits, dialled digits, and user state control packets) are transmitted in triplicates with an interval defined in the standards I.366.2. For channels which are reliable, triple redundancy can be disabled to save the bandwidth and processing overheads. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
cwmVismAa12CidVad |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the voice activity detection (VAD) has to be applied on this channel, upon detection of silence. For algorithms that do not have VAD standards, Cisco-proprietary VAD can be applied and the generic SID packet as specified in I.366.2 standards can be sent to the other end. When the cwmVismAal2CidCodecType is clearChannel, VAD must be false. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
cwmVismAa12CidProfileType |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the profile type. The profile type defines which group of the profile tables to which the profile number must correspond. For doing a SET on this object, a value for cwmVismAal2CidProfileNum must also be specified. This parameter is mandatory for creating an entry. Access: read-write. |
1 = itu 2 = atm 3 = custom (default) 4 = none |
cwmVismAal2CidProfileNum |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Profile number. A profile is a set of entries in which each entry specifies an encoding format with a UUI range and length. This set defines a mapping that informs the receiver of a type 1 packet about which encoding format in the profile is being used. For doing a SET on this object, a value for cwmVismAal2CidProfileType must also be specified. This parameter is mandatory for creating an entry. Access: read-write. |
— |
cwmVismAa12CidCodecType |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the codec type used for the connection. •g-726-32 represents G.726/32 •g_726_16 represents G.726/16 kbps •g_726_24 represents G.726/24 kbps •g_726_40 represents G.726/40 kbps •g_729a represents G.729 Annex A algorithm. •g_729ab represents G.729 Annex A and Annex B algorithm. •g_723h represents G.723.1-H •g_723ah represents G.723.1a-H •g_723l represents G.723.1-L •g_723al represents G.723.1a-L When codec type is clearChannel, cwmVismAal2CidProfileType and cwmVismAal2CidProfileNum are not applicable and are ignored. This parameter is mandatory for creating an entry in the table. Access: read-write. |
g-711u (1) g-711a (2) g-726-32 (3) g-729a (4) g-729ab (5) clearChannel (6) g-726-16 (7) g-726-24 (8) g-726-40 (9) g-723h (11) g-723ah (12) g-723l (13) g-723al (14) none (100) |
cwmVismAa12CidDtmfTransport |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the Dual Tone Multi Frequency (DTMF) digits need to be transported to the other endpoint. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
cwmVismAa12CidCasTransport |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the CAS (ABCD bits) bits need to be transported to the other endpoint. For switching application, the CAS bits are backhauled to the Call Agent through xGCP-CASPprotocol. If cwmVismSignalingType is cas(1) the default value is true. Otherwise, the default value is false. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmVismAa12CidEcanEnable |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not echo cancellation must be enabled on this connection. Access: read-write. |
1 = true—Echo cancellation is enabled. 2 = false—Echo cancellation is disabled. |
cwmVismAa12InitVadTimer |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine the hangover time for VAD in milliseconds. Once the voice inactivity is detected, the gateway waits for this duration before activating silence suppression. Access: read-write. |
250-65535 Default: 250 |
cwmVismAa12Slot |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
cwmVismAal2PktPeriod |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the packetization period for a given codec. This packetization period must be a valid entry in the profile table. Profile type and number identify a unique profile table. One codec type in this table might have one or more packetization periods. This object is applicable only if the cwmVismAal2CidCodecType is G.729a. The configurable values for G.729a are 10, 20, 30, and 40. If a CID entry is configured with a codec other than G.729a, then you cannot configure the packetization period for that codec. The packetization period is picked from the profile table. Access: read-write. |
5 = five 10 = ten (default) 20 = twenty 30 = thirty 40 = forty 60 = sixty |
cwmVismAal2CidICSEnable |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable the idle channel suppression for a CID. This object can be specified while adding the CID and cannot be modified. When the idle channel suppression is enabled, the DSP looks for the idle CAS (ABCD bits) pattern specified in ds0IdleCode in dsx0 MIB. If the idle pattern is present, the DSP stops generating voice packets towards ATM side. By default, the cwmVismDs0IdleCode is zero unless you have configured the object before adding the CID. If the ds0IdleCode is changed after the CID is added, this object is not affected unless the card is reset. Idle channel suppression is applicable only for the trunking application. For switching the calls are torn down and set up dynamically. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmVismAal2NumOfCids |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of CIDs to be created OR deleted in a single request during bulk provisioning. The CID entries created or deleted are in a sequence, starting from the cwmVismAal2CidNum that is specified in the SET request as part of the index. All of these CIDs belong to a single PVC. A GET on this object returns value = 1. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-248 Default: 1 |
cwmVismAal2CidState |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
State of the CID. When VISM sees an alarm on a CID, the network side sets this object to failed. A trapVismCidState trap is sent, and an AIS is sent on the DS0 to which this CID corresponds. If the whole PVC is in alarm, then all the CID on the PVC are set to failed. The trapVismChanFailed trap is sent, and all the DS0s that corresponds to each of the CIDs on the PVC are in alarm. (no trapVismCidState is sent). If VISM sees an alarm on a DS0 in a line, then an RAI is sent on the CID that corresponds to this DS0. However, the CID is not put in failed state. Access: read-only. |
1 = active—CID is in service and operational. 2 = failed—CID is in service but not operational. For example, the PVC to which the CID belongs is receiving F5 level alarm |
cwmVismAal2CidFailReason |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
CID failure reason. Access: read-only. |
1 = self—Fail because of non-PVC alarm. 2 = highLevel—Fail because of PVC alarm. 3 = both—Fail because of both PVC and non-PVC alarm. 4 = notFail—No fail. |
VISM HDLC Channel Table
The VISM HDLC Channel table(cwmVismHdlcChanTable) is a signaling cross connect table, which is used to establish binding between D-channel and a PVC for AAL-5 adaptation. This table also provides some high-level data link control (HDLC) counters.
The cwmVismHdlcChanTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismHdlcChanTable = portGroup 28. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.28
•cwmVismHdlcChanEntry = cwmVismHdlcChanTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.28.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismHdlcNode
•cwmVismHdlcShelf
•cwmVismHdlcSlot
•cwmVismHdlcLineNum
•cwmVismHdlcDsx0Num
The cwmVismHdlcChanTable is used for maintaining the HDLC channels that are primarily used for signaling purposes on VISM cards. The supported card is VISM-8T1/E1.
The following parameters are mandatory for creating an entry:
•cwmVismHdlcRowStatus
•cwmVismHdlcVci
Table C-31 cwmVismHdlcChanTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismHdlcNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
cwmVismHdlcShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Feeder shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
cwmVismHdlcLineNum |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Index to identify the physical interface and service. Combination of cwmVismHdlcLineNum and cwmVismHdlcDsx0Num identifies the unique (logical) channel number. Access: read-only. |
1-8 |
cwmVismDsx0Num |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Index to identify the timeslot number in a VISM-8T1/E1. Combination of cwmVismHdlcLineNum and cwmVismHdlcDsx0Num identifies the unique (logical) channel number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 1-24 = VISM-8T1 1-32 = VISM-8E1 |
cwmVismHdlcRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested operation for this HDLC table row. To create an entry, use the createAndGo value. To delete an entry, use the destroy value. To modify an entry, the entry must be in the active state. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active (1). This parameter is mandatory for entry creation, deletion, and modification. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmVismHdlcMaxFrameSize |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum frame size that is allowed on the HDLC channel. This value is configurable. If not configured, the default value is set such to allow the default maximum size of I field in LAPD protocol, for example, 260 bytes.
+ 4 bytes of header overhead. Access: read-write. |
264-720 Default: 264 |
cwmVismHdlcVpi |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Combination of VPI and VCI describe the PVC channel number with which the HDLC channel is associated. This object is applicable only for trunking applications where the CCS frames are transmitted to the other endpoint over an AAL5 PVC. For PRI backhaul applications this object is not applicable since the CCS frames are backhauled to the Call Agent. Only value of 0 is accepted. Access: read-write. |
0-4095 |
cwmVismHdlcVci |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Combination of VPI and VCI describe the PVC channel number with which the HDLC channel is associated. This object is applicable only for trunking applications where the CCS frames are transmitted to the other endpoint over an AAL5 PVC. For PRI backhaul applications this object is not applicable since the CCS frames are backhauled to the Call Agent. This object is mandatory to create an entry in this table. Access: read-write. |
131-510 |
cwmVismHdlcXmtFrames |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC frames transmitted to the HDLC channel on VISM. Access: read only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcRcvFrames |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC frames received from the HDLC channel on VISM. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcRcvCrcErrors |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC frames dropped due to CRC errors in the frames received from the HDLC Channel. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcRcvBufOverflows |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC receiver buffer overflow condition. This condition can occur if the rate of arrival if HDLC frames from the line is more than the processing rate of the CPU. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcTxUnderflows |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC transmitted underflow condition. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcTxAbortFrames |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC abort frames that are transmitted. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcRxAbortFrames |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Count of HDLC abort frames that are received. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismHdlcSlot |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
CWM Trunk Table
The CWM Trunk table (cwmTrunkTable) provides the state information for the trunks.
The cwmTrunkTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmTrunkTable = portGroup 30. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.30
•cwmTrunkEntry = cwmTrunkTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.30.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmTrunkNode
•cwmTrunkShelf
•cwmTrunkSlot
•cwmTrunkPort
•cwmTrunkVport
All the objects in this table are read-only and cannot be used for any configuration.
The cwmTrunkTable is supported only for BXM trunks.
Table C-32 cwmTrunkTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmTrunkNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 |
Name of the routing node. Read only |
1-32 |
cwmTrunkShelf |
2 |
BPX 8600 |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
0-32 |
cwmTrunkSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
cwmTrunkPort |
4 |
BPX 8600 |
Port number. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmTrunkVPort |
5 |
BPX 8600 |
Virtual port number. Access: read-only. |
0-31 |
cwmTrunkCardType |
6 |
BPX 8600 |
Card type. |
117 = bxm-t3-e3 180 = bxm-t3-8-smf 181 = bxm-t3-8-mmf 182 = bxm-t3-8-smflr 183 = bxm-t3-8-snm 184 = bxm-t3-12-smf 185 = bxm-t3-12-mmf 186 = bxm-t3-12-smflr 187 = bxm-t3-12-snm 188 = bxm-e3-8-smf 189 = bxm-e3-8-mmf 190 = bxm-e3-8-smflr 191 = bxm-e3-8-snm 192 = bxm-e3-12-smf 193 = bxm-e3-12-mmf 194 = bxm-e3-12-smflr 195 = bxm-e3-12-snm 196 = bxm-oc3-4-smf 1 97 = bxm-oc3-4-mmf 198 = bxm-oc3-4-smflr 199 = bxm-oc3-4-snm 200 = bxm-oc3-8-smf 201 = bxm-oc3-8-mmf 202 = bxm-oc3-8-smflr 203 = bxm-oc3-8-snm 204 = bxm-oc12-1-smf 205 = bxm-oc12-1-mmf 206 = bxm-oc12-1-smflr 207 = bxm-oc12-1-snm 208 = bxm-oc12-2-smf 209 = bxm-oc12-2-mmf 210 = bxm-oc12-2-smflr 211 = bxm-oc12-2-snm 212 = bme-oc12-1-smf 213 = bme-oc12-1-mmf |
cwmTrunkCardType (continued) |
6 |
BPX 8600 |
Card type. |
214 = bme-oc12-1-smflr 215 = bme-oc12-1-snm 216 = bme-oc12-2-smf 217 = bme-oc12-2-mmf 218 = bme-oc12-2-smflr 219 = bme-oc12-2-snm 220 = bxm-oc3-4-stm1e 221 = bxm-oc3-8-stm1e 222 = bxm-oc3-4-xlr 223 = bxm-oc3-8-xlr 224 = bxm-oc12-1-xlr 225 = bxm-oc12-2-xlr 226 = bxm-t3-12-enh 227 = bxm-e3-12-enh 228 = bxm-oc3-4-smf-enh 229 = bxm-oc3-4-mmf-enh 230 = bxm-oc3-4-smflr-enh 231 = bxm-oc3-4-stm1e-enh 232 = bxm-oc3-4-xlr-enh 233 = bxm-oc3-8-smf-enh 234 = bxm-oc3-8-mmf-enh 235 = bxm-oc3-8-smflr-enh 236 = bxm-oc3-8-stm1e-enh 237 = bxm-oc3-8-xlr-enh 238 = bxm-oc12-1-smf-enh 239 = bxm-oc12-1-mmf-enh 240 = bxm-oc12-1-smflr-enh 241 = bxm-oc12-1-xlr-enh 242 = bxm-oc12-2-smf-enh 243 = bxm-oc12-2-mmf-enh 244 = bxm-oc12-2-smflr-enh 245 = bxm-oc12-2-xlr-enh 246 = bme-oc12-1-smf-enh 247 = bme-oc12-2-smf-enh |
cwmTrunkCardType (continued) |
6 |
BPX 8600 |
Trunk card type. Access: read-only. |
248 = bme-oc12-2-smflr-enh 249 = bme-oc12-2-snm-enh 250 = bxm-t3-8-e 251 = bxm-t3-12-e 1000 = unknown |
cwmTrunkCardState |
7 |
BPX 8600 |
Trunk state. Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = major 3 = minor 100 = unknown |
PVC Resource Table
The PVC Resource Table (cwmPvcRsrcTable) provides a detailed view of the ATM ports and trunks AutoRoute resources configuration on the devices.
The cwmPvcRsrcTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPvcRsrcTable = portGroup 31. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.31
•cwmPvcRsrcEntry = cwmPvcRsrcTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.31.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPvcRsrcNode
•cwmPvcRsrcShelf
•cwmPvcRsrcSlot
•cwmPvcRsrcPort
•cwmPvcRsrcVport
The AutoRoute resource partition does not exist for a down line. This table is supported for BXM ports and trunks.
Table C-33 cwmPvcRsrcTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPvcRsrcNode |
1 |
BPX 8600 |
Routing node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
cwmPvcRsrcShelf |
2 |
IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
cwmPvcRsrcSlot |
3 |
BPX 8600 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-64 |
cwmPvcRsrcPort |
4 |
BPX 8600 |
Service Port or trunk port. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-12 |
cwmPvcRsrcVport |
5 |
BPX 8600 |
Virtual port or trunk. Access: read-only. |
Value range: 1-31 |
cwmPvcRsrcMaxLcns |
6 |
BPX 8600 |
Maximum number of PVC LCNs of all partitions on the logical interface (slot.port.vport/vtrk). The LCN value is logical interface based. This object is applicable to BXM ports and trunks. This object replaces cwmRsrcPartPvcMaxLcns. Access: read-write. |
0-65535 Default: 256 |
cwmPvcRsrcMaxBw |
7 |
BPX 8600 |
Maximum PVC bandwidth of all partitions on the logical interface (slot.port.vtrk for trunks and slot.port for lines). Bandwidth is logical interface-based. The default value is the line rate of this interface.This object replaces cwmRsrcPartPvcMaxBw. Defaults are line rates based on the following bandwidths that correspond to each card type: •80000 = BXM E3 •96000 = BXM T3 •353208 = BXM OC3 •1412830 = BXM OC12 This object is applicable to BXM ports and trunks. Access: read-write. |
0-1412380 |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow1 |
8 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh1, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh1 |
9 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow1, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow2 |
10 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh2, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh2 |
11 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow2, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow3 |
12 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh3, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh3 |
13 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow3, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow4 |
14 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh4, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcVpiHigh4 |
15 |
BPX 8600 |
This object, together with cwmPvcRsrcVpiLow4, defines a range for the AutoRoute VPI. Up to 4 PVC VPI ranges can be defined. A value of -1 signifies that PVC VPI range is not defined. This object is applicable to BXM service ports and feeder trunks only. Access: read-write. |
Range: •1-255 = UNI •-1 and 1-4095 = NNI |
cwmPvcRsrcRowStatus |
16 |
BPX 8600 |
Value to modify an entry. This parameter is write-only. An SNMP GET on this variable returns modify. Access: read-write. |
4 = modify |
VISM LAPD Table
The VISM Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD) table (cwmVismLapdTable) contains LAPD channel configuration information. This table is used to create the LAPDs and maintain the information of LAPD channels.
The cwmVismLapdTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismLapdTable = portGroup 32. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.32
•cwmVismLapdEntry = cwmVismLapdTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.32.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismLapdNode
•cwmVismLapdShelf
•cwmVismLapdSlot
•cwmVismLapdLineNum
•cwmVismLapdDsx0Num
The cwmVismLapdTable supports the VISM-8T1/E and VISM-PR-8T1/E1 cards.
To create an entry, use the following mandatory parameter: cwmVismLapdRowStatus = createAndGo(4).
To delete an entry, use the following parameter: cwmVismLapdRowStatus = destroy(6).
To modify an entry, include the required objects in the SET request (cwmVismLapdRowStatus is not necessary).
The vismLapdTable is indexed by LapdIfIndex on the device MIB. However, the cwmVismLapdTable is indexed by cwmVismLapdLineNum and cwmVismLapdDsx0Num. The cwmVismLapdIndex is internally calculated using the following method:
LapdIfIndex = 31*(LineNum - 1) + Dsx0Num
Before creating an LAPD entry, the session set and session group must be created.
Table C-34 cwmVismLapdTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismLapdNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
cwmVismLapdShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Feeder shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
cwmVismLapdSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
cwmVismLapdLineNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index to identify the physical interface and service. The combination of cwmVismLapdLineNum and cwmVismLapdDsx0Num identifies the unique LAPD. Access: read-only. |
1-8 |
cwmVismLapdDsx0Num |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index to identify the timeslot number in a VISM-8T1/E1. The combination of cwmVismLapdLineNum and cwmVismLapdDsx0Num identifies the unique LAPD. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 •1- 24 = VISM-8T1 •1-32 = VISM-8E1 |
cwmVismLapdAppType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of the LAPD interface. When the user creates an LAPD entry this object needs to be specified. After creation this object cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
1 = pri (default) 2 = gr-303 |
cwmVismLapdWinSize |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Window size is maximum number of sequentially numbered I-frames that may be outstanding. Access: read-write. |
1-127 Default: 7 |
cwmVismLapdN200 |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of retransmissions of a frame. Access: read-write. |
1-10 Default: 3 |
cwmVismLapdT200 |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of time in milliseconds to wait for acknowledgement for a transmit frame. Transmission may be initiated. This value is less than cwmVismLapdT203Timer. Access: read-write. |
1 = pri •Range is 1000 ms-1023000 ms. •Default is 1000 ms. 2 = gr-303 •Range is 100 ms to 350 ms in increments of 50 ms. •Default is 150 ms. |
cwmVismLapdT203 |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum number of time in milliseconds allowed without transmit frames passing. Transmission might be initiated. This value should be more than cwmVismLapdT200Timer. Access: Read-write. |
1 = pri •Range is 1000 ms-1023000 ms. •Default is 10000 ms. 2 = gr-303 •Range is 100 ms to 350 ms in increments of 10000 ms. •Default is 30000 ms. |
cwmVismLapdType |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of interface used with the LAPD stack. Access: Read-write. |
1 = ccitt—CCITT 3 = att5EssPRA—AT&T 5ESS PRA 4 = att4Ess—AT&T 4ESS 6 = ntDMS100PRA—NT dms100 PRA 7 = vn2or3—VN 2 or
VN 3 8 = insNet—INS Net 9 = tr6MPC—tr6 MPC 10 = tr6PBX—tr6 PBX 12 = ausp—Austel Primary 13 = ni1—National ISDN-1 14 = etsi—ETSI 15 = bc303TMC—Bellcorp tr303 tmc 16 = bc303CSC—Bellcorp tr303 csc 17 = ntDMS250—
NT dms250 18 = bellcore—Bellcore 19 = ni2 (default)—National ISDN-2 |
cwmVismLapdRowStatus |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
User requested operation for this LAPD table row. To create an entry, use createAndGo. To delete an entry, use destroy. To modify an entry use active. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). This is a mandatory parameter for entry creation, deletion and modification. A SET on this object to the value=active(1) returns GenErr. Access: Read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy (6) |
cwmVismLapdSide |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to specify whether the LAPD stack is on the user side or network side. Once the entry is created, this object can not be modified. Access: read-write. |
1 = network (default) 2 = user |
cwmVismLapdTrunkType |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to indicate if the line is configured for trunking or PRI backhaul. This object is automatically set to the appropriate type when the cwmVismRudpSessionType parameter in the cwmVismRudpSessionTable is set. Access: read-only. |
1 = backhaul (default) 2 = lapdTrunking |
VISM LAPD DLC Table
The VISM LAPD DLC table (cwmVismLapdDlcTable) is used to create the DLCs on an LAPD channel and to maintain the link state of the DLCs.
The cwmVismLapdDlcTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismLapdDlcTable = portGroup 33. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.33
•cwmVismLapdDlcEntry = cwmVismLapdDlcTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.33.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismLapdDlcNode
•cwmVismLapdDlcShelf
•cwmVismLapdDlcSlot
•cwmVismLapdDlcLineNum
•cwmVismLapdDlcDsx0Num
•cwmVismLapdDlcSapi
•cwmVismLapdDlcTei
The cwmVismLapdDlcTable supports the VISM-8T1/E1 card.
Table C-35 cwmVismLapdDlcTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismLapdDlcNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Routing node name. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters |
cwmVismLapdDlcShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Feeder /shelf. Access: read-only. |
String from 0-32 characters |
cwmVismLapdDlcSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
1-64 |
cwmVismLapdDlcLineNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index to identify the physical interface and service. Combination of cwmVismLapdDlcLineNum and cwmVismLapdDlcDsx0Num identifies the unique LapdDlc. Access: read-only. |
1-8 |
cwmVismLapdDlcDsx0Num |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index to identify the timeslot number in a VISM-8T1/E1. Combination of cwmVismLapdDlcLineNum and cwmVismLapdDlcDsx0Num identifies the unique LapdDlc. Access: read-only. |
Range: •1-24 = VISM-8T1 •1-32 = VISM-8E1 |
cwmVismLapdDlcSapi |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Service access point identifier (SAPI) of a specific DLC. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismLapdDlcTei |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Terminal equipment identifier (TEI) of a specific DLC. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismLapdDlcLinkState |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Linking state on a given DLC. Access: read-only. |
1 = up 2 = down |
RPM Subinterface Table
The RPM Subinterface table (cwmRpmSubIfTable) provides information about the backplane subinterfaces of the RPM and RPM-PR cards.
The cwmRpmSubIfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRpmSubIfTable = portGroup 34. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.34
•cwmRpmSubIfEntry = cwmRpmSubIfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.34.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRpmSubIfNode
•cwmRpmSubIfShelf
•cwmRpmSubIfSlotNum
•cwmRpmSubIfNum
The table cwmRpmSubIfTable supports provisioning of RPM subinterfaces only for RPM (RPM, RPM-PR, RPM-XF) cards on PNNI platforms: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8830).
Each entry corresponds to an RPM backplane subinterface number, IP address, type, and state.
Table C-36 cwmRpmSubIfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRpmSubIfNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmRpmSubIfShelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmRpmSubIfSlotNum |
3 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Slot number of the RPM card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRpmSubIfNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Number of the subinterface. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-4294967295 Maximum number supported is 32767. |
cwmRpmSubIfAdapterIf |
5 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Value that maps to the RPM port adapter interface. One port adapter interface is supported. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmRpmSubIfType |
6 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Link type of the subinterface. Access: read-write. |
1 = pointToPoint 2 = multiPoint 3 = labelSwitching |
cwmRpmSubIfIpAddress |
7 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
(Optional object) IP address (four octets) of the subinterface. Access: read-write. |
String |
cwmRpmSubIfSubnetMask |
8 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
(Optional object) Subnet mask (four octets) of the subinterface. Access: read-write. |
String |
cwmRpmSubIfRowStatus |
9 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Subinterface row status. A row can be created using the add option. After the row is successfully created, this object is set to active by the agent. The subinterface can be deleted by using the delete option. Access: read-write. |
2 = add 3 = delete 4 = modify |
cwmRpmSubIfAdminState |
10 |
MGX 8850 MGX 8850 (PXM-45) |
Subinterface administrative status. This object allows a subinterface to be brought up or down. A subinterface can be brought up by setting this value to enable. The subinterface can be brought down by setting this value to disable. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
CWM RTP Connection Table
The cwmRtpConnTable defines attributes that are used to set up a static trunked VoIP connection between a local VISM endpoint and a remote VISM endpoint.
The cwmRtpConnTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRtpConnTable = portGroup 35. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.35
•cwmRtpConnEntry = cwmRtpConnTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.35.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRtpConnNode
•cwmRtpConnShelf
•cwmRtpConnSlot
•cwmRtpConnNum
The maximum number of RTP connections that can be established is based on the current codec template. Before establishing the connection, each VISM endpoint must be created and the line signaling type configured.
This table is supported for VISM/8-T1/E1 and VISM-PR/8-T1/E1 cards.
To create an entry in this table, SET cwmRtpConnRowStatus to createAndGo and include the following mandatory objects:
•cwmRtpConnEndptNum
•cwmRtpConnLocPort
•cwmRtpConnRmtPort
•cwmRtpConnRmtIp and cwmRtpConnCodecType
To delete an entry from this table, SET cwmRtpConnRowStatus to destroy.
To modify objects in this table include the required objects in the SET request.
Note This table is applicable only for VoIP trunking applications.
Table C-37 cwmRTPConnTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRtpConnNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRtpConnShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRtpConnSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRtpConnNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RTP connection number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-248 |
cwmRtpConnRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
User requested operation for this table row. Create an entry by setting this object to createAndGo(4). Delete an entry by setting this object to destroy(6). Before creating a RTP connection, the VISM endpoints must be created and the line signaling configured. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value active(1) returns GenErr. The entry can not be deleted if an active call is on the connection. This parameter is mandatory for creating and deleting entries. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmRtpConnEndptNum |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
TDM endpoint number to which the RTP connection is associated. This parameter is mandatory for creating entries and cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-248 |
cwmRtpConnLocPort |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Static local RTP port that this connection is using. Only even numbers are allowed because odd numbers are used for the RTP port. The local RTP port must be unique because only one connection is allowed per port. This parameter is mandatory for creating entries and cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmRtpConnRmtIp |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP address in string format (for example 192.29.88.76). This object determines the remote VISM IP address. The cwmRtpConnRmtIp and cwmRtpConnRmtPort pair must be unique for each entry. This parameter is mandatory for creating entries and cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
— |
cwmRtpConnRmtPort |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Static remote RTP port that this connection is using. Only even numbers are allowed because odd numbers are used for rtcp ports. The cwmRtpConnRmtIp and cwmRtpConnRmtPort pair must be unique for each entry. This parameter is mandatory for creating entries and cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmRtpConnCodecType |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the codec that is used to transport voice and voice band data (VBD) packets. This parameter is mandatory for creating entries and cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u—G.711u. 2 = g-711a—G.711a. 3 = g-726-32—G.726 at rate 32 kbps. 4 = g-729a—G.729a. 5 = g-729ab—G.729ab. 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16—G.726 at rate 16 kbps. 8 = g-726-24—G.726 at rate 24 kbps. 9 = g-726-40—G.726 at rate 40 kbps. 11 = g-723h—G.723.1-H. 12 = g-723ah—G.723.1a-H. 13 = g-723l—G.723.1-L. 14 = g-723al—G.723.1a-L. |
cwmRtpConnConnMode |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value that defines if a connection is set up for sending, receiving, or both sending and receiving. Access: read-write. |
1 = sendOnly 2 = rcvOnly 3 = sendAndRcv (default) 4 = inactive |
cwmRtpConnBearerTos |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to provision the bitmask used for the type of service (TOS) octet for cells carrying VoIP bearer (RTP) traffic. Default value 160 (0xA0) => Precedence = 5 and TOS nibble = 0 The bitmask can be only a byte value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 160 |
cwmRtpConnPktPeriod |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Packetization period based on Codec. The following allowed values are based on the Codec type: •G.711a—10 and 20 •G.711u—10 and 20 •G.726 at rate 32 kbps—10, 20, 30, and 40 •G.729a—10, 20, 30, and 40 •G.729ab—10, 20, 30, and 40 •Clear channel—10 and 20 •G.726 at rate 16 kbps—10, 20 30, and 40 •G.726 at rate 24 kbps—10, 20 30, and 40 •G.726 at rate 40 kbps—10, 20 30, and 40 •G.723—30 and 60 Access: read-write. |
10 = ten-ms 20 = twenty-ms 30 = thirty-ms 40 = forty-ms 60 = sixty-ms Default values: 30 for G.723 and 10 for all other Codecs. |
cwmRtpConnVadTimer |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the hangover time (in milliseconds.) for voice activity detection (VAD). Once the voice inactivity is detected, the gateway waits for this duration before activating silence suppression. Access: read-write. |
Range: 250-65535 ms. Default: 250 ms. |
cwmRtpConnEcanEnable |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether echo cancellation must be enabled on this connection. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default)—Echo cancellation is enabled. 2 = false—Echo cancellation is disabled. |
cwmRtpConnTriRedundancy |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to tell whether or not the packets need to be sent in triplicates. This object is used for reliable links to save bandwidth. The default value is true if the cwmRtpConnDtmfTransport or cwmRtpConnCasTransport objects are set to true. Access: read-write. |
1 = true—Packets are sent three times. 2 = false—Packets are sent one time. |
cwmRtpConnDtmfTransport |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) digits need to be transported to the other endpoint. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
cwmRtpConnCasTransport |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the channel associated signaling (CAS) bits (ABCD bits) need to be transported to the other endpoint. If the line signaling type is CAS, the default value is true. For all other signaling types, the default value is false. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmRtpConnVad |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the voice activity detection (VAD) has to be applied on this channel upon detection of silence. For algorithms that do not have VAD standards, Cisco-proprietary VAD can be applied and the generic SID packet as specified in I.366.2 standards can be sent to the other end. When the CodecType is clearChannel, VAD must be false. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmRtpConnICSEnable |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable the idle channel suppression for a connection. This object can be specified for creating an entry but cannot be modified once created. When the idle channel suppression is enabled the DSP looks for the idle CAS pattern (in ABCD bits) specified in cwmVismDs0IdleCode. If the idle pattern is present, the DSP stops generating voice packets toward the network. By default the cwmVismDs0IdleCode is zero unless the user has configured it before adding the RtpConn entry. After the connection is added any changes to the cwmVismDs0IdleCode have no affect unless the card is reset. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmRtpConnConnAlarmState |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to show the alarm state of this connection. If this object is set to failed the connection is in alarm. Otherwise, the object is set to active. Access: read-only. |
1 = active 2 = failed |
cwmRtpConnLCN |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RTP related LCN (VCI). Only the primary PVC is used for this object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 131-150 |
cwmRtpConnFailReason |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RTP failure reason. Access: read-only. |
1 = self—Fail because of non-PVC alarm. 2 = highLevel—Fail because of PVC alarm. 3 = both—Fail because of both PVC and non-PVC alarms. 4 = notFail—No failure. |
cwmRtpConnPayloadType |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Payload type to be used when adding connections in VoIp trunking. IANA values (0-95) are static payload and (96-127) are dynamic payload types. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-256 Default: 256 |
Feeder Port Table
The Feeder Port table (cwmFeederTable) contains information for configuring feeder ports.
The cwmFeederTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmFeederTable = portGroup 36. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.36
•cwmFeederEntry = cwmFeederTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.36.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmFeederRoutingNode
•cwmFeederRoutingSlot
•cwmFeederRoutingPort
Table C-38 cwmFeederPortTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
cwmFeederRoutingNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 1-32 characters. |
cwmFeederRoutingSlot |
2 |
— |
Logical slot number of the card. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmFeederRoutingPort |
3 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Unique number of the port to which the feeder needs to be connected. This object is supported for AXSM, AXSM-E, and PXM1-E cards. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmFeederName |
4 |
— |
Name of the feeder. If the feeder name is not available, this object contains octet string of length zero. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-32 characters. |
cwmFeederLanIp |
5 |
— |
Lan IP address of the feeder. This address is used for the Ethernet interface. Access: read-only. |
String |
cwmFeederNetIp |
6 |
— |
Network IP address of the feeder. This address is used for the ATM interface. Access: read-only. |
String |
cwmFeederRemoteShelf |
7 |
— |
Remote shelf number of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-4 |
cwmFeederRemoteSlot |
8 |
— |
Remote slot number of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmFeederRemotePort |
9 |
— |
Remote physical port (line) number of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
cwmFeederType |
10 |
— |
Feeder type. Access: read-only. |
1 = fdrIPX—Feeder is an IPX node in a routing network. 2 = fdrBPX—Feeder is a BPX node in a routing network. 3 = fdrIpxAF—Feeder is a standalone IPX node. 4 = fdrBASIS—Feeder is a standalone BASIS node. 5 = fdrUNKNOWN—Feeder is unknown. 6 = fdrUNI—Feeder is a UNI AIT (phase 0). 7 = fdrAPS—Feeder is an adjunct processor shelf (APS). 8 = fdrIGX—Feeder is an IGX node in a routing network. 9 = fdrIgxAF—Feeder is a standalone IGX node. 10 = fdrVSI—Feeder is a VSI Controller. 11 = fdrPAR—Feeder is a PAR. 12 = fdrNON—Non feeder type. |
cwmFeederModelNumber |
11 |
— |
Model number of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmFeederLMIAdminStatus |
12 |
— |
Feeder LMI administrative state configuration capabilities for the desired state of interface. The value for this object is ignore during row creation. Access: read-write. |
1 = up 2 = down |
cwmFeederLMIOperStatus |
13 |
— |
Operational state of the LMI connection. Access: read-only. |
1 = up 2 = down |
cwmFeederNodeAlarm |
14 |
— |
Feeder node alarm status in hierarchal order. If the feeder node does not have any alarms, a value of none is returned. Minor alarms with no major alarms are indicated with minor. If the node has one or more major alarms then, irrespective of minor alarm status, then a value of major is returned. Access: read-only. |
1 = clear 2 = minor 3 = major 4 = critical |
cwmFeederRowStatus |
15 |
— |
Object used to add and delete the feeder entry. Create the row by setting this object to createAndGo (4). Delete the row setting this object to destroy (6). No other values are supported. Access: read-write. |
4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmFeederLMIType |
16 |
— |
LMI type. This object identifies the type of network to which the LMI port is connected. For AXSM-E and PXM1-E cards, the only supported type is feeder (1). This object cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
1 = feeder 2 = xLMI |
ATM AESA Address Table
The cwmAesaAddressTable is used add an ATM end station address (AESA) prefix to one or more UNI interfaces on a node. A closed user group (CUG) is optionally associated to an AESA prefix at the public or private UNI interface. An interface AESA prefix does not have to be configured with any CUGs.
The cwmAesaAddressTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmAesaAddressTable = portGroup 37. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.37
•cwmAesaAddressEntry = cwmAesaAddressTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.37.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmAesaAtmAddrNode
•cwmAesaAtmAddrShelf
•cwmAesaAtmAddrSlot
•cwmAesaAtmAddrPort
•cwmAesaAtmAddress
•cwmAesaAddrLen
This table contains the attributes necessary to determine what the PNNI entity believes is reachable in terms of ATM end system addresses and to determine which nodes are advertising this reachability. This table is also used to configure static routes to reachable addresses.
UNI interface is the interface type at the PNNI port signaling.
This table supports only addition and deletion of AESA ATM addresses.
To add an AESA ATM address, use the following mandatory object: cwmAesaAddressRowStatus (createAndGo 4)
To delete an AESA ATM address, use the following mandatory objects:
•cwmAesaAddressRowStatus (destroy 6)
•cwmAesaAddrPlan(e164 - 1, nsap - 2)
Table C-39 cwmAesaAddressTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmAesaAtmAddrNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmAesaAtmAddrShelf |
2 |
— |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmAesaAtmAddrSlot |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is applicable to the following cards: •PXM1E •AXSM/AXSME •BXM on BPX-SES node Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmAesaAtmAddrPort |
4 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UNI port number. This object is applicable to the following cards: •PXM1E •AXSM/AXSME •BXM on BPX-SES node Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmAesaAtmAddress |
5 |
— |
ATM end system address. Input is in decimal format. For example: The value of Hex - 47.0091.8178 in decimal format is 5.71.0.145.129.120 i.e, length.[d1].[d2] and so forth. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-20 |
cwmAesaAtmAddress |
6 |
— |
Address length applied to the ATM end system address. This value is for both NSAP address and E164 address types. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-160 bits |
cwmAesaAtmAddrType |
7 |
— |
Type of leachability from the advertising node to the address. An ATM address (internal) is a reachable ATM destination that is directly attached to the logical node advertising this address. An ATM address (exterior) can be reached through a PNNI routing domain which is not located in that routing domain. If the interface type is iisp/public UNI/AINI, the cwmAesaAddrAtmType cannot be set to internal. If the interface type is private UNI, the cwmAesaAddrAtmType cannot be set to exterior. Access: read-write. |
1 = internal (default) 2 = exterior |
cwmAesaAddrProto |
8 |
— |
Routing mechanism which the connectivity from the advertising node to the reachable address is learned. Setting the cwmAesaAddrRedistribute variable to true forces a static address to be advertised. If the interface type is iisp/public UNI/AINI the cwmAesaAddrProto cannot be set to local. If the interface type is private UNI, the cwmAesaAddrProto cannot be set to static. Access: read-write. |
1 = local (default)—This address is automatically advertised. 2 = static—This address is not automatically advertised. |
cwmAesaAddrPlan |
9 |
— |
Address plan. This object is mandatory during addition and deletion. In an NSAP address the first byte of the address automatically implies one of the three NSAP address plans: •NSAP E.164 •NSAP DCC •NSAP ICD The following results occur when the first byte of an address is •0x45 or 0xC3—added as nsap_e164 •0x39 or 0xBD —added as nsap_dcc •0x47 or 0xC5—added as nsap_idc Others are added as unknown which is nsap. Access: read-write. |
1 = e164 2 = nsap (default) |
cwmAesaAddrScope |
10 |
— |
PNNI scope of advertisement (for example, level of PNNI hierarchy) of the leachability from the advertising node to the address. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-104 Default: 0 |
cwmAesaAddrScope |
11 |
— |
Value to determine whether or not the reachable address specified by this entry is to be advertised by the local node into its PNNI routing domain. This object is only applicable if the routing mechanism (cwmAesaAddrProto) is static. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmAesaAddressRowStatus |
12 |
— |
Value to create or delete a reachable address. The managed device returns active or notInService as row status. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
CUGs Table
The cwmCugTable is used to add closed user groups (CUGs) to the ATM end station address (AESA).
The cwmCugTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmCugTable = portGroup 38. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.38
•cwmCugEntry = cwmCugTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.38.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmCugNode
•cwmCugShelf
•cwmCugAtmAddress
•cwmCugAddressLength
•cwmCugIndex
The CUG supplementary service enables network users to form groups to and from which access is restricted. A network user might be associated with one, multiple, or no CUGs. Members of a specific CUG can communicate typically among themselves but in general not with network users outside of the CUG.
This table supports adding, modifying, and deleting CUGs associated with AESA ATM Address.
To add a CUG, use the following mandatory objects:
•cwmCugRowStatus (createAndGo 4)
•cwmCugAddressPlan
•cwmCugInterlockCode
To modify a CUG, use the cwmCugCallsBarred object.
To delete a CUG, use the cwmCugRowStatus (destroy 6) object.
Table C-40 cwmCugTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmCugNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmCugShelf |
2 |
— |
String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmCugAtmAddress |
3 |
— |
ATM end system address. Input is in decimal format. For example: The value of Hex - 47.0091.8178 in decimal format is 5.71.0.145.129.120 i.e, length.[d1].[d2] and so forth. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-40 |
cwmCugAddressLength |
4 |
— |
ATM address length. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-160 bits |
cwmCugIndex |
5 |
— |
Parameter used by the calling user to select a particular CUG when originating a call. The index is also used by the network to indicate to the called user the CUG from the originating caller. This index has only local significance. Each cwmCugndex assigned to an ATM address must be unique per this ATM address. Each cwmCugIndex must have one corresponding cwmInterLockCode assigned. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmCugAddressPlan |
6 |
— |
Address type associated with this entry. Access: read-write. |
1 = e164 2 = nsap |
cwmCugInterlockCode |
7 |
— |
Interlock Code that uniquely identifies a CUG in the network. This object is a PNNI interlock code that contains a 20-octet AESA and a 4-octet suffix. Each interlock code uniquely identifies a CUG in the network. This object is mandatory while adding a CUG. Once the cwmInterlockCode is created, it cannot be modified. If the management station wants to assign a different interlock code to the same cwmCugIndex, the management station must remove the current entry and then add a new entry with the same cwmCugIndex and a different cwmInterlockCode. Access: read-write. |
String size 24 |
cwmCugCallsBarred |
8 |
— |
Value to indicate whether or not this member can receive calls from or make calls to other members of the same CUG. This object is used to modify entries. Access: read-write. |
1 = none (default)—CUG member can receive calls from and make calls to other members in the same CUG. 2 = incoming—CUG member cannot receive incoming calls from other members in the same CUG. 3 = outgoing—CUG member cannot make calls to other members in the same CUG |
cwmCugRowStatus |
9 |
— |
Row status of each entry. This object is used to create and delete entries. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
CUG Parameters Table
The cwmAddressCugTable contains CUG parameters associated with each provisioned ATM address.
The cwmAddressCugTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmAddressCugTable = portGroup 39. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.39
•cwmAddressCugEntry = cwmAddressCugTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.39.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmAddrCugNode
•cwmAddrCugShelf
•cwmAddrAtmAddr
•cwmAddrLength
The managed system automatically creates an entry in this table when the first CUG is created for the same ATM address in cwmCugTable. A entry in this table is automatically destroyed by the managed system when all CUGs of the same ATM address are destroyed in the cwmCugTable.
This table supports modifying the following attributes associated with CUGs in the AESA ATM address:
•cwmAddrIncomingAccess
•cwmAddrOutgoingAccess
•cwmAddrPreferentialCug
The managed system automatically creates an entry in this table when the first CUG is created for the same ATM address in cwmCugTable.
Table C-41 cwmAddressCugTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmAddrCugNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmAddrCugShelf |
2 |
|
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmAddrAtmAddr |
3 |
— |
Provisioned ATM address on the managed system. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-40 |
cwmAddrLength |
4 |
— |
ATM address length. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-160 bits |
cwmAddrAtmAddressPlan |
5 |
— |
Address type associated with this entry. This mandatory object must be specified while modifying any objects in this table. Access: read-write. |
1 = e164 2 = nsap |
cwmAddrIncomingAccess |
6 |
— |
Value to decide whether or not incoming access is allowed for a CUG user. When an entry is created, this variable has a value of notAllowed(1). Incoming access allows a CUG user to receive calls from all other non-CUG users and also from those other CUG users that allow outgoing access. Access: read-write. |
1 = notAllowed—Incoming access is not allowed. 2 = allowed—Incoming access is allowed. |
cwmAddrOutgoingAccess |
7 |
— |
Value to determine whether or not outgoing access is allowed for a CUG user. When this entry is created, this variable has a value of notAllowed(1). Outgoing access allows a member of a CUG to make calls to other non-CUG members and also to those other CUG members that allow incoming access. Access: read-write. |
1 = notAllowed—Outgoing access is not allowed. 2 = allowedPerCall—Outgoing access' is granted on a per call basis. For each call the outgoing access request must be part of the call SETUP message. 3 = allowedPermanently—Outgoing access is allowed for all calls. |
cwmAddrPreferentialCug |
8 |
— |
CUG index of the preferential CUG for this address. Only one preferential CUG can exist per address. A value of zero means the address does not have a preferential CUG. The value of this variable must correspond to a cwaCugIndex of an entry in the cwmCugTable. When an entry is created by the managed system, this variable has a value of 0. When selecting a preferential CUG in the address CUGs, the corresponding CUG must allow outgoing calls. The cwmCallsBarred (Outgoing Calls Barred) must not have a value of outgoing(2) for the corresponding CUG. This object cannot be deleted. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 |
PNNI Next Node ID Table
The cwmNextPnniNodeIDTable contains information about the next available PNNI node ID on a specific PNNI logical node.
The cwmNextPnniNodeIDTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmNextPnniNodeIDTable = portGroup 40. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.40
•cwmNextPnniNodeIDEntry = cwmNextPnniNodeIDTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.40.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmNextPnniNodeIDNode
•cwmNextPnniNodeIDShelf
This ID is equal to the cwmPnniNodeIndex object, which is used for new entry creation in cwmPnniNodeTable.
.This table is supported on the following nodes:
•BPX-SES
•MGX 8830
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
•MGX 8950
This table only supports SNMP GET NEXT operation to get a next available PNNI node ID.
Table C-42 cwmNextPnniNodeIDTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmNextPnniNodeIDNode |
1 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmNextPnniNodeIDShelf |
2 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmNextPnniNodeID |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Next available and only acceptable cwmPnniNodeIndex that can be assigned to a node in this switching system. This object is used for creating an entry in cwmPnniNodeTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
PNNI Node Table
The cwmPnniNodeTable contains information about the PNNI logical nodes. A single row in this table exists for each PNNI peer group that the managed system is expected or eligible to become a member of.
The cwmPnniNodeTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPnniNodeTable = portGroup 41. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.41
•cwmPnniNodeEntry = cwmPnniNodeTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.41.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPnniNodeNode
•cwmPnniNodeShelf
•cwmPnniNodeIndex
This table is supported on the following nodes:
•BPX-SES
•MGX 8830
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
•MGX 8950
To create an entry in this table, use the following mandatory objects:
•cwmPnniNodeRowStatus = createAndGo(4)
•cwmPnniNodeLevel
Objects in this table can be modified, but some of them need cwmCwmPnniNodeAdminStatus to be set as down.
To delete an entry from this table, use the cwmPnniNodeRowStatus = destroy(6).
This table does not support SNMP GET NEXT operation.
Table C-43 cwmPnniNodeTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPnniNodeNode |
1 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the source routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniNodeShelf |
2 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmPnniNodeIndex |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Unique ID assigned to a node in this switching system that identifies it in the MIB. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmPnniNodeLevel |
4 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Level of PNNI hierarchy at which this node exists. This attribute is used to determine the default node ID and the default peer group ID for this node. This object can only be written when cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus has the value down. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-104 Default: 96 |
cwmPnniNodeId |
5 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value that the switching system is using to represent itself as this node. This object can only be written when cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus has the value down. If cwmPnniNodeLowest is true, then the default node ID takes the form defined in Section 5.3.3 for lowest level nodes, with the first octet equal to cwmPnniNodeLevel, the second octet equal to 160, and the last 20 octets equal to cwmPnniNodeAtmAddress. If cwmPnniNodeLowest is false, then the default node ID takes the form defined in Section 5.3.3 for logical group nodes, with the first octet equal to cwmPnniNodeLevel, the next fourteen octets equal to the value of cwmPnniNodePeerGroupId for the child node whose election as peer group leader (PGL) causes this LGN to be instantiated, the next six octets equal to the ESI of cwmPnniNodeAtmAddress, and the last octet equal to zero. Access: read-write. |
String size: 22 |
cwmPnniNodeLowest |
6 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicate whether or not this node acts as a lowest level node or whether this node is a logical group node that becomes active when one of the other nodes in this switching system becomes a peer group leader. The value false must not be used with nodes that are not PGL/LGN capable. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus |
7 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicates whether or not the administrative status of the node is up or down (). When cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus is down, then cwmPnniNodeOperStatus must also be down. Access: read-write. |
1 = up (default)—The node is allowed to become active. 2 = down—The node is forced to be inactive. |
cwmPnniNodeOperStatus |
8 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicate whether or not the node is active or whether the node has yet to become operational. When the value is down, all states have been cleared from the node, and the node is not communicating with any of its neighbor nodes. Access: read-only. |
1 = up 2 = down |
cwmPnniNodeAtmAddress |
9 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
ATM end system address. Remote systems wanting to exchange PNNI protocol packets with this node should direct packets or calls to this address. This attribute can only be written when cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus has the value down. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-20 |
cwmPnniNodePeerGroupId |
10 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Identifier of the peer group of which the given node is to become a member. The default value of this attribute has the first octet equal to cwmPnniNodeLevel, the next cwmPnniNodeLevel bits equal to the cwmPnniNodeLevel bits starting from the third octet of cwmPnniNodeId, and the remainder padded with zeros. This object can only be written when cwmPnniNodeAdminStatus has the value down. Access: read-write. |
String size: 14 |
cwmPnniNodeRestrictedTransit |
11 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to specify whether or not the node is restricted to not allowing support of SVCs transiting this node. This attribute determines the setting of the restricted transit bit in the nodal information group originated by this node. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
cwmPnniNodeComplexRep |
12 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to specify whether or not this node uses the complex node representation. This attribute determines the setting of the nodal representation bit in the nodal information group originated by this node. Access: read-write. |
1 = true— Complex node representation is used. 2 = false—Simple node representation is used. |
cwmPnniNodeRestricted
Branching |
13 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicate whether or not the node is able to support additional point-to-multipoint branches. This attribute reflects the setting of the restricted branching bit in the nodal information group originated by this node. Access: read-only. |
1 = true—Additional branches cannot be supported. 2 = false— Additional branches can be supported. |
cwmPnniNodeDatabase
Overload |
14 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to specify whether or not the node is currently operating in topology database overload state. This attribute has the same value as the Non-transit for PGL Election bit in the nodal information group originated by this node. Access: read-only. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmPnniNodePtses |
15 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to gauge the total number of PNNI topology state elements (PTSEs) currently in the node topology database(s). Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmPnniNodeRowStatus |
16 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to create, delete, activate and de-activate a node. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
PNNI Node PGL Table
The cwmPnniNodePglTable contains information about the about peer group leaders (PGLs) for a PNNI node.
The cwmPnniNodePglTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPnniNodePglTable = portGroup 42. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.42
•cwmPnniNodePglEntry = cwmPnniNodePglTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.42.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPnniNodePglNode
•cwmPnniNodePglShelf
•cwmPnniNodePglIndex
.This table is supported on the following nodes:
•BPX-SES
•MGX 8830
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
•MGX 8950
Entries in this table are automatically populated when the PNNI node is created by cwmPnniNodeTable, hence create and destroy are not supported.
Objects in this table can be modified.
This table does not support SNMP GET NEXT operations.
Table C-44 cwmPnniNodePglTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPnniNodePglNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniNodePglShelf |
2 |
BPX-SES |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniNodePglIndex |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Unique ID assigned to a node in this switching system that is equal to cwmPnniNodeIndex. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmPnniNodePglLeadership
Priority |
4 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Leadership priority value this node should advertise in its nodal information group for the given peer group. Only the value 0 can be used with nodes that are not PGL/LGN capable. If no parent node index is configured or no corresponding entry exists in the cwmPnniNodeTable, then the advertised leadership priority is 0 regardless of this value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-205 Default: 0 |
cwmPnniNodePglInitTime |
5 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Amount of time, in seconds, that this node delays advertising its choice of preferred PGLs after having initialized operation and reached the full state with at least one neighbor in the peer group. Access: read-write. |
Integer Default: 15 seconds |
cwmPnniNodePglOverrideDelay |
6 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Amount of time, in seconds, a node waits to be declared the preferred PGL by unanimous agreement among its peers. In the absence of unanimous agreement this value is the amount of time that passes before the node considers a two thirds majority as sufficient agreement to declare itself peer group leader. Access: read-write. |
Integer Default: 30 seconds |
cwmPnniNodePglReelectTime |
7 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Amount of time, in seconds, after losing connectivity to the current peer group leader that this node waits before re-starting the process of electing a new peer group leader. Access: read-write. |
Integer Default: 15 seconds |
cwmPnniNodePglState |
8 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
State that this node is in with respect to the peer group leader election that takes place in the node peer group. The values are enumerated in the peer group leader state machine. Access: read-only. |
1 = starting 2 = awaiting 3 = awaitingFull 4 = initialDelay 5 = calculating 6 = awaitUnanimity 7 = operPgl 8 = operNotPgl 9 = hungElection 10 = awaitReElection |
cwmPnniNodePreferredPgl |
9 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Node ID of which the local node believes should be or become the peer group leader. This value is also the local node that is currently advertising in the Preferred Peer Group Leader Node ID field of its nodal information group within the given peer group. If a preferred PGL has not been chosen, this value is set to (all) zero(s). Access: read-only. |
String size: 22 |
cwmPnniNodePeerGroup
Leader |
10 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
ID of the nodes that is currently operating as peer group leader of the peer group this node belongs to. If a PGL has not been elected, this value is set to (all) zero(s). Access: read-only. |
String size: 22 |
cwmPnniNodePglTimeStamp |
11 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Time at which the current peer group leader established itself. Access: read-only. |
TimeTicks |
cwmPnniNodeActiveParent
NodeId |
12 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Node identifier used by the peer group leader to represent this peer group at the next higher level of the hierarchy. If this node is at the highest level of the hierarchy or if no PGL has yet been elected, the PNNI Protocol Entity sets the value of this attribute to (all) zero(s). Access: read-only. |
String size: 22 |
PNNI Summary Address Table
The cwmPnniSummaryAddressTable contains list of the summary address prefixes that can be advertised by the specified logical PNNI entity.
The cwmPnniSummaryAddressTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressTable = portGroup 43. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.43
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressEntry = cwmPnniSummaryAddressTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.43.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressNode
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressShelf
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressNodeIndex
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressType
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressAddress
•cwmPnniSummaryAddressPrefixLength
.This table is supported on the following nodes:
•BPX-SES
•MGX 8830
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
•MGX 8950
To create entries in this table, use the cwmPnniSummaryAddressRowStatus = createAndGo (4) object.
To delete entries in this table, cwmPnniSummaryAddressRowStatus = destroy (6).
Objects in this table can be modified.
This table does not support SNMP GET NEXT operations.
Table C-45 cwmPnniSummaryAddressTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPnniSummaryAddressNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniSummaryAddressShelf |
2 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniSummaryAddressNodeIndex |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value assigned to a node in this switching system that is equal to cwmPnniNodeIndex. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmPnniSummaryAddressType |
4 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Type of summary described. Access: read-only. |
1 = internal 2 = external |
cwmPnniSummaryAddress
Address |
5 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
ATM end system address prefix for the summary. Access: read-only. |
String size: 19 |
cwmPnniSummaryAddress
PrefixLength |
6 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Prefix length for the summary. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-152 |
cwmPnniSummaryAddress
Suppress |
7 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to determine what is done with addresses that are being summarized by the instance. Access: read-write. |
1 = true—Summary and any reachable addresses it summarizes is suppressed from being advertised into the peer group. 2 = false (default)—Summary should propagate into the peer group. |
cwmPnniSummaryAddressState |
8 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicate whether or not the summary is currently being advertised by the node within the local switching system into its peer group Access: read-only. |
1 = advertising 2 = suppressing 3 = inactive |
cwmPnniSummaryAddressRowStatus |
9 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to create, delete, activate and de-activate a summary. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
PNNI Interface Table
The cwmPnniIfTable contains he attributes necessary to configure a physical interface on a switching system which is capable of being used for PNNI routing.
The cwmPnniIfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPnniIfTable = portGroup 44. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.44
•cwmPnniIfEntry = cwmPnniIfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.44.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPnniIfNode
•cwmPnniIfShelf
•cwmPnniIfSlot
•cwmPnniIfPort
Interfaces might represent physical connection points (for example, copper or fiber connection points) or VPCs which have been configured for PNNI use. Each interface is attached to a specific lowest-level node within the switching system.
.This table is supported on the following nodes:
•BPX-SES
•MGX 8830
•MGX 8850 (PXM1E)
•MGX 8850 (PXM45)
•MGX 8950
One row in this table is created by the managed system for each row in the ifTable that has an ifType of atm(37) or atmLogical(80).
Objects in this table can be modified.
This table does not support SNMP GET NEXT operations.
Table C-46 cwmPnniIfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPnniIfNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniIfShelf |
2 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniIfSlot |
3 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Slot number of this node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniIfPort |
4 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Port number as selected by the PNNI protocol entity for the give interface. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmPnniIfIndex |
5 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to identify the node within the switching system to which the interface is directly attached. The value zero is not valid. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 Default: 1 |
cwmPnniIfPortId |
6 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Port ID of the port as selected by the PNNI protocol entity for the given interface. This value has meaning only within the context of the node to which the port is attached. The value 0 indicates that no PNNI port identifier has been assigned for this interface (for example, this value may be used when the interface is not running PNNI). Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmPnniIfAggrToken |
7 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Configured aggregation token for this interface. The aggregation token controls the other links with which this link, associated with this interface, is aggregated together. Access: read-write. |
Integer |
cwmPnniIfVPCapability |
8 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Value to indicate whether or not the interface is capable of having VPCs established within it. This object might only have the value true for physical ATM interfaces, those with an ifType of atm(37). Access: read-write. |
Integer |
cwmPnniIfAdmWeightCbr |
9 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Administrative weight of this interface for the constant bit rate (CBR) service category. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 Default: 5040 |
cwmPnniIfAdmWeightRtVbr |
10 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Administrative weight of this interface for the real-time variable bit rate (VBR-rt) service category. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 Default: 5040 |
cwmPnniIfAdmWeightNrtVvr |
11 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Administrative weight of this interface for the non-real-time variable bit rate (VBR-nrt) service category. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 Default: 5040 |
cwmPnniIfAdmWeightAbr |
12 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Administrative weight of this interface for the available bit rate (ABR) service category. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 Default: 5040 |
cwmPnniIfAdmWeightUbr |
13 |
BPX-SES MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8950 |
Administrative weight of this interface for the unspecified bit rate (UBR) service category. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16777215 Default: 5040 |
Preferred Routes Configuration Table
The cwmPrefRouteCnfTable contains all preferred routes configured at the source node. This table contains information about source/destination node and the number of intermediate network elements (NEs).
The cwmPrefRouteCnfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPrefRouteCnfTable = portGroup 45. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.45
•cwmPrefRouteCnfEntry = cwmPrefRouteCnfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.45.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPrefRouteSrcNode
•cwmPrefRouteSrcShelf
•cwmPrefRouteId
NEs are identified as combination of intermediate routing nodes and their outgoing physical trunk port ID. The physical trunk port ID is represented in terms of slot, bay, line, port.
.To create an entry in this table, use the following mandatory objects:
•cwmPrefRouteRowStatus = createAndGo
•cwmPrefRouteSrcNode
•cwmPrefRouteId
•cwmPrefRouteNECount
To modify an entry from this table, use the cwmPrefRouteRowStatus = active object, and include the required objects in the SET request.
To delete an entry from this table, use the cwmPrefRouteRowStatus = destroy object.
The following validations are performed for preferred route provisioning:
•Source and destination network elements (NEs) are mandatory for a new preferred route addition.
•Source and destination nodes cannot be modified after a preferred route is added.
•The same node name cannot be used for more than one NE.
•The provisioned NEs must not exceed the cwmPrefRouteNECount specified in
cwmPrefRouteCnfTable.
•The outgoing trunk ports must exist.
•Preferred route cannot be deleted if any connection is associated with the preferred route.
•Outgoing trunk port must be 0 for destination NE.
•The cwmPrefRouteNEBay, cwmPrefRouteNESlot, cwmPrefRouteNELine and cwmPrefRouteNEPort must be 0 for destination NE as there is no outgoing trunk port.
•The cwmPrefRouteStatus is declared complete if the NEs configured in the cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable matches the NE count specified in the cwmPrefRouteCnfTable.
•Preferred route continuity is tested during provisioning only if the preferred route is determined complete.
Table C-47 cwmPrefRouteCnfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPrefRouteSrcNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node in which the preferred route is provisioned. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPrefRouteShelf |
2 |
— |
Name of the shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmPrefRouteId |
3 |
— |
Unique preferred route ID. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmPrefRouteRowStatus |
4 |
— |
Value to define the requested operation for this table row. To create an entry, SET to createAndGo(4). To delete an entry, SET to destroy(6). After the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value active(1) returns GenErr. This object is a mandatory parameter to create and delete an entry. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmPrefRouteNECount |
5 |
— |
Number of network elements (NEs) for the preferred route. This object is a mandatory parameter to create an entry and can be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
Range; 1-20 |
cwmPrefRouteStatus |
6 |
— |
Value to indicate whether or not a specific preferred route is complete. If the number of NEs added to the cwmPrefRouteNwElem table is the same as the configured NECount in cwmPrefRouteCnfTable, then the preferred route is treated as complete. Otherwise, this the preferred route is considered as partial. Access: read-only. |
1 = partial (default) 2 = complete |
cwmPrefRouteDestNode |
7 |
— |
Destination routing node ID of the preferred route. This object is the same as cwmPrefRouteNwElemNode of the last NE of the preferred route. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
Preferred Routes NE Table
The cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable contains the intermediate network elements (NEs) of a preferred route. This table contains information about source/destination node and the number of intermediate network elements (NEs).
The cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable = portGroup 46. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.46
•cwmPrefRouteNwElemEntry = cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.46.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPrefRouteNESrcNode
•cwmPrefRouteNESrcShelf
•cwmPrefRouteNEId
•cwmPrefRouteNEPos
NEs are identified as combination of intermediate routing nodes and their outgoing physical trunk port ID. The physical trunk port ID is represented in terms of slot, bay, line, port.
To create an entry in this table, use the following mandatory objects:
•cwmPrefRouteNERowStatus = createAndGo
•cwmPrefRouteNESrcNode
•cwmPrefRouteNEId
•cwmPrefRouteNEPos
•cwmPrefRouteNENode
•cwmPrefRouteNEBay
•cwmPrefRouteNESlot
•cwmPrefRouteNELine
•cwmPrefRouteNEPort
•cwmPrefRouteNELast
To modify objects in this table, use the cwmRtpConnRowStatus = active, and include the required objects in the SET request.
To delete an entry from this table, use the cwmRtpConnRowStatus = destroy object.
Table C-48 cwmPrefRouteNwElemTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPrefRouteNESrcNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the source routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPrefRouteNESrcShelf |
2 |
— |
Name of the shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmPrefRouteNEId |
3 |
— |
Unique preferred route ID. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmPrefRouteNEPos |
4 |
— |
Network element position for the specific preferred route. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-20 |
cwmPrefRouteNENode |
5 |
— |
Intermediate node name within a preferred route. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmPrefRouteNEBay |
6 |
— |
Associated bay number of the line configured for the trunk port of the intermediate routing node. Access: read-write. |
Range; 1-2 |
cwmPrefRouteNESlot |
7 |
— |
Slot number related to intermediate NE trunk port. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmPrefRouteNELine |
8 |
— |
Line number related to intermediate NE trunk port. For IMA trunks, this object is the starting line number associated with the IMA trunk. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmPrefRouteNEPort |
9 |
— |
Trunk port number related to the intermediate NE. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmPrefRouteNERowStatus |
10 |
— |
Value to define the requested operation for this table row. To create an entry, SET to createAndGo(4). To delete an entry, SET to destroy(6). Before creating an RTP connection, the endpoint must be created and the line signaling type must be configured. The following parameters are mandatory for creating an entry: •cwmRtpConnEndptNum, •cwmRtpConnLocPort, •cwmRtpConnRmtPort, •cwmRtpConnRmtIp •cwmRtpConnCodecType After the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value active(1) returns GenErr. The entry can not be deleted if an active call exists on the connection. This object is a mandatory parameter to create and delete an entry. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmPrefRouteNELast |
11 |
— |
Value to identify whether or not the configured NE is last in the preferred route. Based on this flag, a single SNMP PDU with all network elements of the preferred routes are sent to the switch. Access: read-write. |
1 = false 2 = true |
Node and Card Group
The NodeAndCardGroupService.mib file contains the tables that provide node and card information. This file is supported by the CardProxy.
The tables in this group are identified by the cardGroup OID = service group 4. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4
The tables and subsequent objects have unique OIDs under this cardGroup.
Card Table
The Card table (svCardTable) contains information about the network nodes.
The svCardTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svCardTable = cardGroup 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.1
•svCardEntry = svCardTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.1.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svCardNode
•svCardShelf
•svCardSlot
Table C-49 svCardTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
svCardNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. This object is applicable to all cards. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 1-32 characters. |
svCardShelf |
2 |
— |
Name of the feeder/shelf. This object is applicable to all cards. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 0-32 characters. |
svCardSlot |
3 |
— |
Slot number. This object is applicable to all cards. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 1-64 characters. |
svCardNodeType |
4 |
— |
Node platform type. Access: read-only. |
1 = ipx-platform 2 = bpx-platform 3 = igx-platform 4 = mgx 8220-platform 5 = ins-platform 6 = vns-platform 7 = insd-platform 13 = esp-platform 14 = c3810-platform 15 = mgx 8850 -platform 16 = mgx 8850 (PXM45)-platform 17 = mgx 8850 (PXM1E) and mgx 8830 (PXM1E) |
svCardFrontType |
5 |
— |
Front card type. This object is applicable to all cards. Note If modifying this object, also modify the svCardAlarmFrontType object. Access: read-only. |
See svCardAlarmFront
Type in Table C-50 for a list of the front card types supported by CWM. |
svCardFrontSerialNum |
6 |
— |
Front card serial number. This object is applicable to all cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-12 characters. |
svCardFrontHWRev |
7 |
— |
Front card hardware revision number. This object is applicable to MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM45). Access: read-only. |
String from 1-6 characters. |
svCardFrontFWRev |
8 |
— |
Front card firmware revision number. This object is applicable to all cards. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-21 characters. |
svCardFrontResetReason |
9 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8850 |
Front card reSET reason. Access: read-only. |
1 = powerup 2 = parityError 3 = watchDog 4 = resourceOverflow 5 = clrAllCnf 6 = missingTask 7 = manualReset 8 = unknown |
svCardFrontFAB |
10 |
— |
Front card FAB number. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-21 characters. |
svCardFrontState |
11 |
— |
Front card state. If you change this object, you also change the svCardAlarmFrontState object. Access: read-only. |
1 = no-card 2 = standby 3 = active 4 = failed 5 = self-test 6 = held-in-reSET 7 = boot 8 = mis-match 9 = unknown 10 = core-mis-match 11 = failed-no-backup 12 = reserved |
svCardMibVersion |
12 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8850 MGx 8850 |
MIB version number. Access: read-only. |
— |
svCardBackType |
13 |
— |
Back card type. I f you change this object, you also change the svCardAlarmBackType object. Access: read-only. |
See svCardAlarmBackType in Table C-50 for a list of the back card types supported by CWM |
svCardBackSerialNum |
14 |
— |
Back card serial number. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-12 characters. |
svCardBackHWRev |
15 |
— |
Back card hardware revision number. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-6 characters. |
svCardBackState |
16 |
— |
Back card state. If you change this object, you also change the svCardAlarmBackState object. Access: read-only. |
1 = not-present 2 = present 3 = invalid |
svCardSecBackType |
17 |
— |
Secondary back card type. If you change this object, you also change the svCardAlarmSecBackType object. Access: read-only. |
See svCardAlarmSecBackType in Table C-50 for a list of the secondary back card types supported by CWM. |
svCardSecBackSerialNum |
18 |
MGX 8850 |
Secondary back card serial number. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-12 characters. |
svCardSecBackHWRev |
19 |
MGX 8850 |
Secondary back card hardware revision number. Access: read-only. |
String from 1-6 characters. |
svCardSecBackState |
20 |
MGX 8850 |
Secondary back card state. If you change this object, you also change the svCardAlarmSecBackState object. Access: read-only. |
1 = not-present 2 = present 3 = invalid |
svCardChanAllowed |
21 |
— |
Channelized data allowed. This object is applicable only to the FRSM card. Access: read-only. |
1 = non-channelized 2 = channelized |
svCardRateCtrlAllowed |
22 |
— |
Value to indicate whether or not rate control (ForeSight parameters) is supported by the card. This object is applicable only to FRSM and AUSM cards. Access: read-only. |
1 = disabled 2 = enabled |
svCardMgmtAction |
23 |
— |
Card management action. Setting this object to switchOver on an ASC card causes the MGX 8220 node to switch its core card SET (ASC, BNM, and SRM). An SNMP GET request on this object always returns none. This object is applicable to ASC cards only for SNMP SET requests. Access: read-write. |
1 = none 2 = switchOver |
SvCardEgrQOSFeature |
24 |
— |
Value to enable weighted fair queueing on FRSM-VHS cards. When the option is enabled, weighted fair queueing is selected as the queue servicing algorithm. When the option is disabled, then fixed ratio queueing is selected as the queue servicing algorithm. This option applies only to FRSM-VHS cards. Access: read-only. |
1 = enable 2 = disable 3 = not-applicable |
SvCardCacMode |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Current CAC selection mode. Setting this object to pcrBasedCac (1) will results in CAC calculation based on PCR. Setting this object to scrBasedCac (2) results in CAC calculation based on SCR. This object is applicable only to AUSM 8T1/E1 cards with Release 10.2.XX and above, and PXM1 with release 1.2.XX and above on MGX 8250 and MGX 8850 (PXM1) nodes. An SNMP SET on other cards or unsupported releases results in an error. An SNMP GET on non-supported cards nodes returns a value of -2. Access: read-write. |
1 = pcrBasedCac 2 = scrBasedCac |
Card Alarm Table
The Card Alarm table (svCardAlarmTable) contains information about the cards in an alarmed state across the entire network.
The svCardAlarmTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svCardAlarmTable = cardGroup 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.2
•svCardAlarmEntry = svCardAlarmTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.2.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svCardAlarmNode
•svCardAlarmShelf
•svCardAlarmSlot
Table C-50 svCardAlarmTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Value
|
svCardAlarmNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 1-32 characters. |
svCardAlarmShelf |
2 |
— |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 0-32 characters. |
svCardAlarmSlot |
3 |
— |
Slot number. Access: read-only (mandatory). |
String from 1-64 characters. |
svCardAlarmFrontType |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
9 = hdm 15 = ldm 22 = ntm 25 = frm 29 = cvm 32 = npm 33 = arm 34 = btm 35 = ftm 37 = ufm 38 = ufmU 39 = alm-a 40 = uvm 41 = uxm 101 = bcc 102 = asm 103 = bni-t3 104 = bni-e3 105 = mfrp 106 = asi-t3-2 107 = asi-e3-2 108 = asi0-t3 109 = asi0-e3 110 = bni-oc3 111 = asi-oc3 112 = bpx-bslot 113 = bcc-3-4 117 = bxm-t3-e3 180 = bxm-t3-8-smf 181 = bxm-t3-8-mmf 182 = bxm-t3-8-smflr 183 = bxm-t3-8-snm 184 = bxm-t3-12-smf |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
185 = bxm-t3-12-mmf 186 = bxm-t3-12-smflr 187 = bxm-t3-12-snm 188 = bxm-e3-8-smf 189 = bxm-e3-8-mmf 190 = bxm-e3-8-smflr 191 = bxm-e3-8-snm 192 = bxm-e3-12-smf 193 = bxm-e3-12-mmf 194 = bxm-e3-12-smflr 195 = bxm-e3-12-snm 196 = bxm-oc3-4-smf 197 = bxm-oc3-4-mmf 198 = bxm-oc3-4-smflr 199 = bxm-oc3-4-snm 200 = bxm-oc3-8-smf 201 = bxm-oc3-8-mmf 202 = bxm-oc3-8-smflr 203 = bxm-oc3-8-snm 204 = bxm-oc12-1-smf 205 = bxm-oc12-1-mmf 206 = bxm-oc12-1-smflr 207 = bxm-oc12-1-snm 208 = bxm-oc12-2-smf 209 = bxm-oc12-2-mmf 210 = bxm-oc12-2-smfl 211 = bxm-oc12-2-snm 212 = bme-oc12-1-smf 213 = bme-oc12-1-mmf 214 = bme-oc12-1-smflr 215 = bme-oc12-1-snm |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
216 = bme-oc12-2-smf 217 = bme-oc12-2-mmf 218 = bme-oc12-2-smflr 219 = bme-oc12-2-snm 220 = bxm-oc3-4-stm1e 221 = bxm-oc3-8-stm1e 222 = bxm-oc3-4-xlr 223 = bxm-oc3-8-xlr 224 = bxm-oc12-1-xlr 225 = bxm-oc12-2-xlr 226 = bxm-t3-12-enh 227 = bxm-e3-12-enh 228 = bxm-oc3-4-smf-enh 229 = bxm-oc3-4-mmf-enh 230 = bxm-oc3-4-smflr-enh 231 = bxm-oc3-4-stm1e-enh 232 = bxm-oc3-4-xlr-enh 233 = bxm-oc3-8-smf-enh 234 = bxm-oc3-8-mmf-enh 235 = bxm-oc3-8-smflr-enh 236 = bxm-oc3-8-stm1e-enh 237 = bxm-oc3-8-xlr-enh 238 = bxm-oc12-1-smf-enh 239 = bxm-oc12-1-mmf-enh 240 = bxm-oc12-1-smflr-enh 241 = bxm-oc12-1-xlr-enh 242 = bxm-oc12-2-smf-enh 243 = bxm-oc12-2-mmf-enh 244 = bxm-oc12-2-smflr-enh 245 = bxm-oc12-2-xlr-enh 246 = bme-oc12-1-smf-enh 247 = bme-oc12-2-smf-enh 248 = bme-oc12-2-smflr-enh 249 = bme-oc12-2-snm-enh |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
901 = bcc 902 = vdp 903 = txr 904 = pic 905 = vcd 906 = vdp-vcd 907 = psm 908 = ps 909 = sdp 910 = bslot 911 = mback 912 = sdp-back 913 = txr2 914 = xdp 915 = ldp 916 = xdp-back 917 = ldp-back 918 = sback 919 = lback 920 = fdp 922 = ntc 923 = uback 924 = uni 925 = frp 926 = fback 927 = frp-back 928 = mt3 929 = cdp 930 = e1t1-port 931 = atm 932 = npc 933 = arc 934 = ait 935 = ftc |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
936 = ftcback 1002 = asc 1010 = bnm-T3 1011 = bnm-E3 1012 = bnm-155 1020 = srm-4T1E1 1021 = srm-3T3 1022 = srme-1OC3 1023 = srme-1STS3 1024 = srme-NOBC 1025 = srm-NOBC 1030 = frsm-4T1 1031 = frsm-4E1 1032 = frsm-4T1-C 1033 = frsm-4E1-C 1034 = frsm-hs1 1035 = frsm-8T1 1036 = frsm-8E1 1037 = frsm-hs1b 1038 = frsm-8T1C 1039 = frsm-8E1C 1040 = ausm-4T1 1041 = ausm-4E1 1050 = ausm-8T1 1051 = ausm-8E1 1052 = ausmB-8T1 1053 = ausmB-8E1 1054 = ausmC-8T1 1055 = ausmC-8E1 1060 = cesm-4T1 1061 = cesm-4E1 1070 = imatm-T3T1 1071 = imatm-E3E1 1072 = imatmB-8T1 |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
1073 = imatmB-8E1 1080 = frasm-8T1 1090 = cesm-8T1 1091 = cesm-8E1 1100 = bscsm-2 1101 = bscsm-4 1130 = frsm-2ct3 1131 = frsm-2t3 1132 = frsm-2e3 1133 = frsm-hs2 1136 = frsm-hs2b-hssi 1137 = frsm-hs2b-12In1 1140 = cesm-T3 1142 = cesm-E3 1150 = vism-8T1 1151 = vism-8E1 1160 = frsm-hsfr 1563 = vismpr-8T1 1564 = vismpr-8E1 1787 = cesm-8T1B 2000 = pxm1 2001 = pxm1-2t3e3 2002 = pxm1-4oc3 2003 = pxm1-oc12 2100 = pxm1-45 2101 = pxm-45B 2102 = pxm-45C 2200 = pxm1-E 2201 = pxm1-E-8T3E3 2202 = pxm1-E-8OC3 2203 = pxm1-E-2OC12 2204 = pxm1-E-COMBO 2205 = pxm1-E-4OC3 2206 = pxm1-E-16T1E1 |
svCardAlarmFrontType (continued) |
4 |
— |
Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
3000 = rpm 3001 = rpm-pr 3002 = rpm-xf 4000 = axsm1-oc48 4001 = axsm4-oc12 4002 = axsm8-oc3 4003 = axsm16-oc3 4004 = axsm16-t3e3 4005 = axsm2-oc12 4100 = axsm1-oc12-e 4101 = axsm2-oc12-e 4102 = axsm4-oc3-e 4103 = axsm8-oc3-e 4106 = axsm8-t3e3-e 4107 = axsm16-t3e3-e 4108 = axsm8-t1-e 4109 = axsm16-t1-e 4110 = axsm8-e1-e 4111 = axsm16-e1-e 4112 = axsm16-t1e1 4113 = axsm32-t1e1 4300 = axsm1-oc48-b 4301 = axsm4-oc12-b 4302 = axsm16-oc3-b 4303 = axsm16-t3e3-b 4400 = axsm1-oc192-xg 4401 = axsm4-chan-oc48-xg 4402 = axsm16-oc12-xg 10000 = unknown |
svCardAlarmFrontState |
5 |
— |
Front card state of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
1 = no-card 2 = standby 3 = active 4 = failed 5 = self-test 6 = held-in-reset 7 = boot 8 = mis-match 9 = unknown 10 = core-mis-match 11 = failed-no-backup 12 = reserved |
svCardAlarmBackType |
6 |
IGX BPX MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
1 = rs232 2 = rs449 3 = v35 4 = rs232d 5 = rs232-8 6 = rs232-4 7 = fri-v35-4 8 = e1 9 = t1 10 = pccb 11 = dds-4 12 = dds-8 13 = sr 14 = mt3 15 = fri-e1 16 = fri-t1 17 = j1 18 = y1 19 = ipx-t3 20 = ipx-e3 21 = fri-x21 22 = ari 23 = ait-t3 24 = ait-e3 25 = fti-v35-4 26 = fti-x21 27 = fti-e1 28 = fti-t1 29 = ait-e2 30 = ait-hssi 31 = ufi-t1d 32 = ufi-e1d 33 = ufi-e1b 34 = ufi-hssi |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
IGX BPX MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only |
35 = ufi-v35 36 = ufi-x21 37 = alm-a-t3 38 = alm-a-e3 39 = t1-2 40 = e1-2 101 = bcc 102 = lm-asm 103 = t3 104 = e3 105 = t3-2 106 = e3-2 107 = smf 108 = mmf 109 = bcc-lm2 110 = stm1 111 = utp 112 = stp 113 = nmch 114 = smflr 116 = init UXM back cards:
150 = uai-4oc3-mmf 151 = uai-4oc3-smf 152 = uai-2oc3-smf 153 = uai-6t3 154 = uai-3t3 155 = uai-6e3 156 = uai-3e3 157 = uai-8t1-ima 158 = uai-8e1-ima-db15 159 = uai-8e1-ima-bnc 160 = uai-4t1-ima 161 = uai-4e1-ima-db15 |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
IGX BPX MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
162 = uai-4e1-ima-bnc 163 = uai-4stm1 164 = uai-4oc3-xlr 165 = uai-2oc3-xlr MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1) back cards: 1002 = lm-ASC 1016 = lm-DB15-4T1 1017 = lm-DB15-4E1 1018 = lm-BNC-4E1 1019 = lm-DB15-4T1-R 1020 = lm-DB15-4E1-R 1021 = lm-BNC-4E1-R 1022 = lm-RJ48-8T1 1023 = lm-RJ48-8E1 1024 = lm-SMB-8E1 1025 = lm-RJ48-T3T1 1026 = lm-RJ48-E3E1 1027 = lm-RJ48-T3E1 1028 = lm-SMB-E3E1 1029 = lm-RJ48-E3T1 1030 = lm-SMB-T3E1 1032 = lm-T3E3-D 1033 = lm-T3E3-B 1034 = lm-155-SMF 1035 = lm-155-UTP 1048 = lm-RJ48-8T1-R 1049 = lm-RJ48-8E1-R 1050 = lm-SMB-8E1-R 1051 = lm-3T3-B 1060 = lm-HS1-4X21 |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
|
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
1061 = lm-HS1-3HSSI 1063 = lm-12In1-8s 1070 = lm-BSCSM-2 1071 = lm-BSCSM-4 1080 = lm-BNC-2T3 1081 = lm-BNC-2E3 1500 = pxm-ui 1501 = smfir-1-622 1502 = smflr-1-622 1503 = smfir15-1-622 1504 = smflr15-1-622 1505 = mmf-4-155 1506 = smfir-4-155 1507 = smflr-4-155 1511 = rj45-fe 1512 = mmf-fe 1513 = mmf-fddi 1514 = smf-fddi 1515 = srj45-4e MGX 8850 (PXM45) back cards: 1601 = lm-DB15-4x21 1602 = lm-SCSI2-2HSSI 1603 = lm-S3-UI 1604 = lm-MMF-80C3 1605 = lm-SMFIR-80C3 1606 = lm-SMFLR-80C3 1607 = lm-SMFLR-10C48 1608 = lm-SMFIR-10C48 1609 = lm-PSM-HD 1610 = lm-SMB-8T3 1611 = lm-SMB-8E3 1612 = lm-SMB-4STM1 1613 = lm-SMFIR-2-622 |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
|
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
1614 = lm-SMFLR-2-622 1615 = lm-SMFSR1-OC48 1616 = lm-SMFXLR1-OC48 1618 = lm-SMFLR1-OC48B 1619 = lm-SMFSR1-OC48B 1620 = lm-SMFIR2-OC12B 1621 = lm-SMFLR2-OC12B 1624 = lm-SMFLR8-OC3B 1625 = lm-SMFXLR1-OC48B PXM1E and AXSM-E back cards: 1626 = rj48-16-t1e1 1627 = mmc-16-e1 1628 = rbbn-16-t1e1 1700 = combo-t3e3oc3 1701 = lm-MMF-8OC3-B 1702 = lm-SMFIR-8OC3-B 1703 = lm-SMFLR-8OC3-B 1704 = lm-MMF-8OC3-C 1705 = lm-SMFIR-8OC3-C 1706 = lm-SMFLR-8OC3-C 1707 = lm-SMFIR-2-622-B 1708 = lm-SMFLR-2-622-B 1709 = lm-SMFIR-2-622-C 1710 = lm-SMFLR-2-622-C 1712 = lm-SMB-8-155 1713 = lm-SMF-8-155-SFP 1750 = lm-snmp-6t3 AXSM-XG 1760 = lm-SMFXLR-1OC192 1761 = lm-SMFLR-1OC192 1762 = lm-SMFIR-1OC192 1763 = lm-SMFSR-1OC192 1764 = lm-SMF-4OC48 1765 = lm-SMF-16OC12 |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
|
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
RPM-XF 1800 = lm-rpm-xf-ui 1801 = lm-pos-1oc12 1802 = lm-rpm-xf-1ge 1803 = lm-pos-2oc12 1804 = lm-rpm-xf-2ge 2006 = pxm-ui-s3 2007 = pxm-ui-s3b SRME 2050 = srme-SMFLR-1OC3 2051 = srme-SMFIR-1OC3 2052 = srme-SMB-1OC3 BXM and BME back card types derived from front types: 9900 = bxm-t3-smf 9901 = bxm-t3-mmf 9902 = bxm-t3-smflr 9903 = bxm-t3-snm 9904 = bxm-e3-smf 9905 = bxm-e3-mmf 9906 = bxm-e3-smflr 9907 = bxm-e3-snm 9908 = bxm-oc3-smf 9909 = bxm-oc3-mmf 9910 = bxm-oc3-smflr 9911 = bxm-oc3-snm 9912 = bxm-bme-oc12-smf 9913 = bxm-bme-oc12-mmf 9914 = bxm-bme-oc12-smflr 9915 = bxm-bme-oc12-snm 9916 = bxm-oc3-stm1e |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) |
6 |
|
Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. |
9917 = bxm-oc3-xlr 9918 = bxm-oc12-xlr 9919 = bxm-t3-12 9920 = bxm-e3-12 10000 = unknown 20000 = empty |
svCardAlarmBackState |
7 |
|
Back card state. Access: read-only |
1 = not-present 2 = present 3 = invalid |
svCardAlarmSecBackType |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Secondary back card type of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8850 (PXM1) and MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes only. Access: read-only. |
1002 = lm-ASC 1016 = lm-DB15-4T1 1017 = lm-DB15-4E1 1018 = lm-BNC-4E1 1019 = lm-DB15-4T1-R 1020 = lm-DB15-4E1-R 1021 = lm-BNC-4E1-R 1022 = lm-RJ48-8T1 1023 = lm-RJ48-8E1 1024 = lm-SMB-8E1 1025 = lm-RJ48-T3T1 1026 = lm-RJ48-E3E1 1027 = lm-RJ48-T3E1 1028 = lm-SMB-E3E1 1029 = lm-RJ48-E3T1 1030 = lm-SMB-T3E1 1032 = lm-T3E3-D 1033 = lm-T3E3-B 1034 = lm-155-SMF 1035 = lm-155-UTP 1048 = lm-RJ48-8T1-R 1049 = lm-RJ48-8E1-R 1050 = lm-SMB-8E1-R 1051 = lm-3T3-B 1060 = lm-HS1-4X21 1061 = lm-HS1-3HSSI 1063 = lm-12In1-8s 1070 = lm-BSCSM-2 1071 = lm-BSCSM-4 1080 = lm-BNC-2T3 1081 = lm-BNC-2E3 1500 = pxm-ui 1501 = smfir-1-622 1502 = smflr-1-622 |
svCardAlarmSecBackType
(continued) |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Secondary back card type of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8850 (PXM1) and MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes only. Access: read-only. |
1503 = smfir15-1-622 1504 = smflr15-1-622 1505 = mmf-4-155 1506 = smfir-4-155 1507 = smflr-4-155 1511 = rj45-fe 1512 = mmf-fe 1513 = mmf-fddi 1514 = smf-fddi 1515 = j45-4e MGX 8850 (PXM45) support: 1601 = lm-DB15-4x21 1602 = lm-SCSI2-2HSSI 1603 = lm-S3-UI 1604 = lm-MMF-80C3 1605 = lm-SMFIR-80C3 1606 = lm-SMFLR-80C3 1607 = lm-SMFLR-10C48 1608 = lm-SMFIR-10C48 1609 = lm-PSM-HD 1610 = lm-SMB-8T3 1611 = lm-SMB-8E3 1612 = lm-SMB-4STM1 1613 = lm-SMFIR-2-622 1614 = lm-SMFLR-2-622 1615 = lm-SMFSR-1OC48 1616 = lm-SMFXLR-1OC48 1617 = lm-SCSI2B-2HSSI 1618 = lm-SMFLR1-OC48B 1619 = lm-SMFSR1-OC48B 1620 = lm-SMFIR2-OC12B 1621 = lm-SMFLR2-OC12B 1624 = lm-SMFLR8-OC3B 1625 = lm-SMFXLR1-OC48B |
svCardAlarmSecBackType
(continued) |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Secondary back card type of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8850 (PXM1) and MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes only. Access: read-only. |
PXM1E and AXSM-E: 1700 = combo-t3e3oc3 1701 = lm-MMF-8OC3-B 1702 = lm-SMFIR-8OC3-B 1703 = lm-SMFLR-8OC3-B 1704 = lm-MMF-8OC3-C 1705 = lm-SMFIR-8OC3-C 1706 = lm-SMFLR-8OC3-C 1707 = lm-SMFIR-2-622-B 1708 = R-2-622-B 1709 = lm-SMFLlm-SMFIR-2-622-C 1710 = lm-SMFLR-2-622-C 1750 = lm-smb-6t3 AXSM-XG 1760 = lm-SMFXLR-1OC192 1761 = lm-SMFLR-1OC192 1762 = lm-SMFIR-1OC192 1763 = lm-SMFSR-1OC192 1764 = lm-SMF-4OC48 1765 = lm-SMF-16OC12 RPM-XF 1800 = lm-rpm-xf-ui 1801 = lm-pos-1oc12 1802 = lm-rpm-xf-1ge SRM-E 2050 = srme-SMFLR-1OC3 2051 = srme-SMFIR-1OC3 2052 = srme-SMB-1OC3 10000 = unknown 20000 = empty |
svCardAlarmSecBackState |
9 |
|
Secondary back card state of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8850 (PXM1) and MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes only. Access: read-only. |
1 = not-present 2 = present 3 = invalid |
VISM Table
The svVismTable table can be used to retrieve scalar information and configuration parameters of the VISM Card. This table is applicable for VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1 cards.
The svVismTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svVismTable = cardGroup 3. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.3
•svVismEntry = svVismTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.3.1
The table is indexed by the following objects:
•svVismNode
•svVismShelf
•svVismSlot
This table is automatically populated once the VISM card comes up. Entries in this table cannot be created, only modified.
To modify any parameter, specify only the object. (RowStatus is not required.) For example, to modify the svVismMGName, the manager must send a SET PDU with the index and the parameter and the parameter to be SET.
Table C-51 svVismTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Type
|
Description
|
Values
|
svVismNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svVismShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svVismSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number Access: read-only. |
Range:1-64 characters |
svVismIpAddr |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP address of the VISM card. Each VISM card has its own IP address, which is required to communicate with the Call Agent. The IP address must be configured before adding TDM endpoints. This object is used only in switching applications. Access: read-write. |
— |
svVismSubNetMask |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP subnet mask of the VISM card This object is used only in switching applications. Access: read-write. |
— |
svVismMGName |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway name for the VISM card Access: read-write. |
Range:1-64 characters |
svVismMGAdminState |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Administrative state of the Media Gateway for the VISM card. In the unlocked state, Media Gateway is ready to provide service. In this state, Media Gateway responds to connection control requests, sends autonomous messages to Media Gateway Controllers as applicable, and so on. In the locked state, Media Gateway does not provide service and all resources have been released. In this state, Media GETeway will not respond to any connection control requests nor send autonomous messages. The shuttingDown state is a transitional state. Prior to becoming locked where the Media Gateway provides service but does not accept new service requests (such as creation of connections); will transition to locked according to the shutdown grace time setting. Access: read-only. |
1 = unlocked 2 = locked 3 = shutting down |
svVismMGAdminStateControl |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to SET the administrative state of the Media Gateway for the VISM card. If SET, this object triggers the following: Unlock—Transition of the Media Gateway administrative state to unlocked. The Media Gateway MGCs might be notified of this transition, such as in the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs to registered call agents according to policy. lock—Transition to locked the Media Gateway administrative state is SET to locked and forcing a hard shutdown. This also releases any resources at the Media Gateway.The Media Gateway MGCs might be notified of this transition, in the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs (if not preceded by shutdown state, which already announced the impeding shutdown) to registered call agents according to policy. shutDown—Transition the Media Gateway administrative state to shuttingDown if resources are in service. Otherwise, this object is locked, initiating a graceful shutdown. The Media Gateway MGCs might GET notified of this transition, such as in the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs to registered call agents according to policy. On GET request, the last SET value is returned. Access: read-write. |
1 = unlocked 2 = locked 3 = shutting down |
svVismXGCPRequestTO |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
XGCP request timeout in milliseconds for the VISM card, it is used to determine the timeout value for retransmitting unacknowledged message. The requesting entity is responsible for providing suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands and retries commands when timeouts exceeded. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10000 Default value: 500 msec |
svVismXGCPRequestRetry |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of retries for a XGCP request that exceeds timeout. The requesting entity is responsible for providing suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands and retries commands when times out. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-10 Default = 3 |
svVismXGCPRestartMWD |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum waiting delay (MWD) timeout value in milliseconds used for the Media Gateway to send the Restart In Progress message to the Media Gateway Controller. The default value of this object is chosen in an implementation-dependent manner by the MGCP functionality based on the call volume of the system. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-600000 |
svVismEcanEncoding |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Voice encoding type, Mu-law or A-law. The mu-law value is returned for T1 lines, and a-law is returned for E1 lines. Access: read-write. |
1 = mu_law 2 = a-law |
svVismAvailableDs0Count |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of DS0s available for new connections on VISM. This is modified by the (VISM) switch firmware after each connection is setup. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-248 |
svVismEcanCnfIdlePattern Note This object is deprecated. |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Echo Canceller pattern for Idle code. Access: read-only. |
1 = pattern1 2 = pattern2 3 = pattern3 4 = pattern4 |
svVismEcanCnfIdleDirection Note This object is deprecated. |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Echo Canceller Idle Direction. This determines in which direction the Idle code must be present. SET operations cannot be performed on this object. Access: read-write. |
1 = both 2 = either 3 = send 4 = receive |
svVismERL |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to provision the return echo lost. An example is the database loss of the echo that the DSPs are supposed to cancel. Access: read-write. |
1 = zerodb 2 = threedb 3 = sixdb (default) 4 = worstdb |
svVismJitterDelayMode |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to provision the jitter buffer mode to be apply to a call connection. Access: read-write. |
1 = fixed (default)—Use a constant jitter buffer size, which is defined by the svVismJitterInitialDelay MIB variable. 2 = adaptive— Let the DSP pick the optimal value for the call connection. |
svVismJitterInitialDelay |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the jitter buffer size. If the svVismJitterDelayMode is SET to be fixed, the jitter buffer is fixed at this value for the call. If svVismJitterDelayMode is adaptive, this is the initial jitter buffer size, and the DSP will adapt to an optimal size. From VISM card Release 2.2 and later, the per codec object cwmCodecJitterInitialDelay replaces svVismJitterInitialDelay. Access: read-write. |
10 = ten 20 = twenty 30 = thirty 40 = forty 50 = fifty 60 = sixty (default) 70 = seventy 80 = eighty 90 = ninety 100 = hundred |
svVismAdaptiveGainControl |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
If SET to on, the DSP adjusts the gain of the call connection to an optimal value. Access: read-write. |
1 = off (default) 2 = on |
svVismCacEnable |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object that describes whether connection admission control (CAC) functionality needs to be applied on the VISM card, on a per PVC basis. For some applications, the CAC functionality may not be required and in that case, it has to be disabled on a card basis. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable (default) |
svVismAal2CardSMuxing |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Card level parameter for AAL2 adaptation and that identifies the multiplexing function of the AAL2 Common Part Sublayer. When this object is disabled, each CPS-packet fills one or two cells with padding (partial fill cells). The length field for each CPS-packet can be up to 64bytes. When this option is enabled, multiple streams of CPS-packets are multiplexed to a single ATM connection without partial fill unless a timeout occurs. If the muxing type changes and cids are present, check for CAC violation for all cid. If the CAC fails, then the change request is rejected. Otherwise, the muxing status is changed, the vismAal2MuxingTrap is sent, and the card is reset. All the existing connections come up in new muxing type. If the muxing type changes while cids do not exist, then the card is not reset, but the vismAal2MuxingTrap is sent. When entries are present in CidTable, changing this parameter results in a card reset. Therefore, a SET is rejected. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
svVismXGCPRequestMaxTO |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum timeout value. This timer value is used with svVismXGCPRequestTO and svVismXGCPRequestRetry to determine the exponential retry interval for retransmitting unacknowledged XGCP messages. The value of this timer must be greater than or equal to svVismXGCPRequestTO. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100000 milliseconds Default: 500 |
svVismSRCPRequestTO |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum timeout value. This value with svVismSRCPRequestMaxTO and svVismSRCPRequestRetry is used to determine the exponential retry interval for retransmitting unacknowledged SRCP messages. The requesting entity provides suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands and retries commands when timeouts are exceeded. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100000 milliseconds Default: 500 |
svVismSRCPRequestRetry |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of retries for a SRCP request that exceeds timeout. The requesting entity provides suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands and retries when timeouts occur. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 Default: 3 |
svVismSRCPRequestMaxTO |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum timeout value. This timer value is used with svVismSRCPRequestTO and svVismSRCPRequestRetry to determine the exponential retry interval for retransmitting unacknowledged SRCP messages. The value of this timer must be greater than or equal to svVismSRCPRequestTO. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10000 Default: 500 |
svVismTonePlanCurSize |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Total size of the Tone Plan table. This number consists of the sum of the 32 provisionable slots plus the release dependent number of built-in slots which are created and loaded by the firmware. Access: read-only. |
— |
svVismAppliedTemplate |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Codec template currently configured on the VISM card. Access: read-only. |
— |
svVismMode |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Connection model that the VISM card is configured to operate with. This object can be modified only by CLI. The svVismFeatureBitMap is populated according to the svVismMode. Access: read-only. |
1 = voipSwitching—VoIP mode. VISM interacts with the call agent using XGCP protocol. Bearer path is VoIP (AAL5). This mode is also used for VoIP applications that do not use call agent. (VoIP Trunking). 2 = aal2Trunking—AAL2 trunking mode. VISM does not interact with the Call Agent. Bearer path is AAL2. 3 = aal1Svc—AAL1 SVC mode. VISM interacts with call agent using XGCP protocol over AAL5 control PVCs. Bearer path is VoAAL1, and the bearer connections are SVCs. VISM dynamically sets up and tears down bearer connections. This value is applicable in VISM2.0 and onwards. 4 = switchedVoipCASBh—This value is not used. 5 = switchedVoipPRIBh—This value is not used. 6 = switchedAal2CASBh—This value is not used. 7 = switchedAal2Svc—This value is not used. 8 = switchedAal2Pvc—This value is not used. 99 = superMode—This value is not used. 100 = unknownMode |
svVismFeatureBitMap |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Bit map for VISM features. This value indicates the current enabled features. When VISM mode is changed through CLI, this object is implicitly set to the feature combination of that mode. For example, 0x5AC corresponds to vismMode 1 (VoipSwitching). SET operations are not allowed on this object, so a GenErr is returned. Access: read-write. |
For each bit, value 1 means the feature is enabled, and 0 means disabled. •Bit 0 = AAL1 adaptation •Bit 1 = AAL2 adaptation •Bit 2 = AAL5 adaptation (Bearer network type is IP). •Bit 3 = Switching (with Call Agent) •Bit 4 = Trunking (without Call Agent) •Bit 5 = Bearer VC type is PVC. •Bit 6 = Bearer VC type is SVC. •Bit 7 = CAS signaling •Bit 8 = PRI backhaul •Bit 9 = CCS signaling •Bit 10 = Domain Name |
svVismBearerContinuityTest |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the bearer continuity test for a connection can be performed at the time of call setup or not. When this object has the value true, the terminating media gateway initiates a NSE/type 3 packet toward the originating gateway and starts a timer defined by svVismBearerContinuityTimer. The originating gateway, on receipt of co3, responds by sending a co4 to the terminating end. If the terminating gateway does not receive co4 NSE/type 3 packet within the time defined by co4 timer, the gateway initiates a GW-initiated DLCX to the call agent to delete the connection. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismBearerContinuityTimer |
31 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to specify the co4 (bearer continuity) timer. The timer is started in the terminating/originating gateway for a duration specified in this MIB object when a co3 message is sent from the terminating/originating gateway to the originating/terminating gateway. If the terminating/originating gateway does not receive co4 as an acknowledgement from the originating/terminating gateway and the timer expires, gateway initiated DLCX is sent to the call agent from the terminating/originating gateway. This object is applicable when the call agent feature is available. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-10000 milliseconds Default: 1000 |
svVismCaleaEnable |
32 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether Communication Assistance for Law Enforcement Agency (CALEA) functionality needs to be enabled on the VISM card. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismVadTolerance |
33 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Customer accepted drop rate for voice connections when the bandwidth usage exceeds the allowed value. This object is applicable to AAL2 SVCs where the user does not add a PVC. Also, this object is applicable when the per PVC level object cwmVismEndPointVadTolerance is configured to have a value of zero. This object is not used when svVismCacEnable is disabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10000 Default: 100 |
svVismVadDutyCycle |
34 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Talk-spurts duty cycle rate. This object is applicable t AAL2 SVCs where the user does not add a PVC. Also this object is applicable when the per PVC level object cwmVismEndPointVadDutyCycle is configured to have a value of zero. This object is not used when svVismCacEnable is disabled. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-99 Default: 61 |
svVismCarrierLossPolicy |
35 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to apply the policy when a carrier loss is detected. This object states whether to switch to the pre-upspeed codec or to remain with the upspeed codec. This object is applicable to SVCs. and to PVCs if the per PVC object cwmVismEndPointCarrier
LossPolicy (defined in cwmVismEndPointTable) is set to unspecified. Configuring this object does not have any affect when card level CAC is disabled (svVismCacEnable). Access: read-write. |
1 = previousCodec (default) 2 = upspeedCodec |
svVismCacRejectionPolicy |
36 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to apply the policy once the CAC function rejects the upspeeding of a connection due to a fax/modem switch-over request. This object is applicable to SVCs and PVCs if the per PVC object - cwmVismEndPointCacRejection
Policy (defined in cwmVismEndPointTable) is set to unspecified. Configuring this object does not have any affect when card level CAC is disabled (svVismCacEnable). Access: read-write. |
1 = delete—to delete the connection that was rejected by CAC for upspeed. 2 = maintain (default)—to maintain the connection with the prior compression scheme. |
svVismBearerIpAddress |
37 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Bearer IP address of a VISM card. This object is an optional second IP address of the VISM card. If this bearer IP address is defined, the svVismIpAddress automatically becomes the control IP address. This parameter is used only in switching applications. Access: read-write. |
Display string |
svVismBearerSubNetMask |
38 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Bearer subnet mask of the VISM IP interface. This optional bearer subnet mask must be provided when svVismBearerIpAddress is provided. This parameter is used only in switching applications. Access: read-write. |
Display string |
svVismVoIpNTECapability |
39 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the VISM card has the capability to negotiate named signal event (NSE) or named telephony events (NTE) using rtpmap and fmtpmap in the SDP. If the value is true, then VISM accept rtpmap and fmtpmap in the SDP. Any NSE/NTEs not listed are interpreted as not supported. If the value is false, then VISM neither include nor accept rtpmap for X-NSE and X-NTE, and fmtpmap. If this value is false, VISM transmits DTMF digits using NSEs for backward compatibility. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
svVismVoIpVadTimer |
40 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Hangover time for VAD. After the voice inactivity is detected, the gateway waits for this duration before activating silence suppression. The value in this object used when the call agent does not specify VAD in CRCX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 250-65535 milliseconds Default: 250 |
svVismVoIpSIDPayloadType |
41 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to set the payload type of a RTP packet carrying SID which is sent to the other end when silence is detected. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 13 |
svVismRtcpRepInterval |
42 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the RTCP report interval (defined in RFC 1889). This value indicates the interval at which the RTCP reports should be sent to the participating members. The value is expressed in units of milliseconds. The RTCP reports are not sent at a fixed rate at this interval. Instead, this value is used as a base value to arrive at a random number between 0.5 and 1.5 times the value. This interval timer also serves the purpose of RTP packets receive timer. At every svVismRtcpRecvMultiplier times svVismRtcpRepInterval, a check is made on a VoIP connection (which is in SENDRECV or RECVONLY XGCP modes) to see if any RTP packets have been received. If not, gateway-initiated DLCX must be sent to the call agent. This value is applicable for VoIP adaptation only. Access: read-write. |
Range: 500-15000 milliseconds Default: 5000 |
svVismRtcpRecvMultiplier |
43 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define how many times the RTCP reports fail before exception condition activity can be done. At every svVismRtcpRecvMultiplier times the svVismRtcpRepInterval, a check is made on a VoIP connection (which is in SENDRECV or RECVONLY XGCP modes) to see if any RTP packets have been received. If not, gateway-initiated DLCX should be sent to the call agent. This value is applicable for VoIP adaptation only. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-10 Default: 3 |
svVismVoIpLapdTrunkPVC |
44 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used for VoIP Trunking applications and only if the signaling type is configured to be CCS. By default the PRI D-channel information is sent on the control channel. If the control network is separated from the bearer network then set this object to bearer(2) to send the Lapd trunk messages to the remote VISM. Access: read-write. |
1 = control (default) 2 = bearer |
svVismVoIpDtmfRelay |
45 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the dual tone, multi-frequency (DTMF) digits need to be transported to the other endpoint via NSE packets. The value in this object is used when the call agent does not specify this parameter. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismAal2DtmfRelay |
46 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether the dual tone, multi-frequency (DTMF) digits need to be transported to the other end-point or not. The value in this object is used when the call agent does not specify this parameter in CRCX. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismAal2CidFillTimer |
47 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define the time (milliseconds) to wait for filling up the cell when the next packet is not ready. After waiting for the time configured in this object, the cell is sent. This timer has no effect when svVismAal2CardSMuxing is false. This object is applicable only for AAL2 adaptations. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5-100 milliseconds Default: 30 |
svVismXgcpSdpOst |
48 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable/disable building of o, s, t lines in a session description protocol (SDP) message. The o field indicates the owner/creator and session identifier. The s field indicates the session name. The t field indicates the duration while a session is valid. Setting this object to enable indicates that the o=, s=, t= lines must be built before sending an SDP. Setting this object to disable indicates that the o=, s=, t= parameters should not be built for SDP. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable (default) |
svVismUpspeedCodec |
49 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
CODEC to be used when fax upspeed occurs. The default value for this object is G.711u when the line type is T1 and G.711a when the line type is E1. This object is applicable to VoIP applications. For AAL2 the UpspeedCodec is obtained from cwmAal2ProfileTable, and this object does not have any affect. Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u 2 = g-711a 3 = g-726-32 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16 8 = g-726-24 9 = g-726-40 |
svVismControlTos |
50 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used to provision the bitmask for the type of service (TOS) octet of cells carrying the control (xGCP) traffic. Default value 96(0x60) => Precedence = 3 and TOS nibble = 0 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 bytes Default: 96 bytes |
svVismVoIpBearerTos |
51 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used to provision the bitmask used for the TOS octet of cells carrying VoIP bearer (RTP) traffic. Default value 160(0xA0) => Precedence = 5 and TOS nibble = 0 Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 bytes Default: 160 bytes |
svVismVoIpRtpReceiveTimer |
52 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the RTP packets receive timer on the VISM needs to be enabled. For some VoIP applications, if a connection is in send-recv mode or recv-only mode, after the bearer cut-through is done, the RTP stream should be monitored for RTP packets. If no packets are received within a five second time interval, then a Gateway initiated delete connection (DLCX) must be sent on that connection. If this object is set to enable(2), the RTP stream is monitored. Otherwise, the RTP stream is not monitored. This value is applicable only for VoIP adaptation. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable (default) 2 = enable |
svVismVoIpCasTransport |
53 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the channel associated signaling (CAS), ABCD bits, need to be transported to the other endpoint via NSE packets. The value in this object is utilized when the Call Agent does not specify this parameter. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismVoIpTripleRedundancy |
54 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not triple redundancy is enabled. With triple redundancy NSEs are sent three times at 20 ms intervals. For reliable channels, triple redundancy can be disabled to save the bandwidth and the processing overheads. The value in this object is utilized when the Call Agent does not specify this parameter. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismVoIpDPvcOamCellGap |
55 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Inter-cell gap for dual permanent virtual circuit (PVC) Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-5000 milliseconds Default: 500 |
svVismVoIpDPvcRetryCnt |
56 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Threshold for failure of a PVC. If the number of consecutive OAM cells sent for which no ack is received equals this number, then the connection is considered failed. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-20 Default: 3 |
svVismVoIpDPvcRecoverCnt |
57 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Threshold for recovery of a PVC. If the number of consecutive OAM cells sent for which ack is received equals this number, then the connection is considered recovered from failure. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-20 Default: 5 |
svVismVoIpEventNegotiation
Policy |
58 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the VISM must advertise the event codecs, named signal events (NSE) named telephony events (NTE), or Cisco-rtp, in addition to the list of events specified by the Call Agent. Access: read-write. |
1 = none—VISM does not include any more event codecs than what has been specified by the Call Agent. 2 = proprietary (default)—VISM can advertise proprietary event codecs in addition to the event codecs specified by the Call Agent. 3 = all— VISM can advertise both proprietary and standard event codecs in addition to the event codecs specified by the Call Agent. |
svVismDspCompPacketSize |
59 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Compressed output packet size. This value is used in the DSP interface API commands to configure the DSPs for the maximum packet size. This object is applicable only to voAAL1 adaptations. Access: read-write. |
80 = value1-80 (default) 160 = value2-160 |
svVismDspHealth |
60 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Health of the DSPs. This value is a percentage of the total number of DSPs that are currently functional. If a DSP chip fails in a card, then reset the card. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
svVismTftpServerDn |
61 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Domain name of the TFTP server from which CAS module downloads the CAS files. This domain name can be resolved internally or externally. Before configuring this object, the domain name must be added in the cwmMgDomainTable. Also, at least one IP address (internal or external) must be associated with this domain name in the svMGCResolutionTable. By default, the object is set to 'TFTPDOMAIN. Before the last entry corresponding to the TFTP domain is deleted from the cwmMgDomainTable, the object must be set to TFTPDOMAIN. Before the last IP address associated with this object is deleted from svMGCResolutionTable, the object must be set to 'TFTPDOMAIN. If this object is configured to be localhost, then the CAS files are downloaded from PXM. If this domain name is restored to 'TFTPDOMIAN or localhost, then that entry does not need to be present in the cwmMgDomainTable or svMGCResolutionTable. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismExtDnsServerDn |
62 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Domain name of the external DNS server which is used to resolve other domain names. This domain name can only be resolved internally. Therefore, before configuring this object, the domain name must be added in the cwmMgDomainTable with resolution type internalOnly. Also, at least one IP address has been added with this domain name in the svMGCResolutionTable. Before deleting the external DNS server from cwmMgDomainTable or deleting the last IP address associated with the external DNS server, this object must be set to NULL. After this value is changed to NULL, the externally resolved IP address in the svMGCResolutionTable is purged. By default this object is set to NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismXGCPBearerNetwork
Type |
63 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Network type to transport bearer traffic. This object can be configured to IP or ATM, based on where the VISM card is located. If the Call Agent specifies the network type in the MGCP local connection options (CRCX request), then the configuration of this object has no effect. Otherwise, the value of this object is used when sending CRCX responses. This object is applicable only from VISM Release 2.0.3 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = ip (default) 2 = atm |
svVismXGCPBearerVCType |
64 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
VC type to transport bearer traffic. If the Call Agent specifies the VC type in the MGCP local connection options (CRCX request), then the configuration of this object has no effect. Otherwise, the value of this object is used when sending CRCX responses. This object is applicable only from VISM Release 2.0.3 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = pvc (default) 2 = svc |
svVismXGCPBearerConnectionType |
65 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Connection type used to transport bearer traffic. If the BearerNetworkType is chosen to be IP, then the value of this object must be notApplicable(3). If the Call Agent specifies the connection type in the MGCP local connection options (CRCX request), then the configuration of this object has no effects. Otherwise, the value of this object is used when sending CRCX response. This object is applicable only from VISM Release 2.0.3 and later. Access: read-write. |
1 = aal1Sdt 2 = aal2 3 = notApplicable (default) |
svVismCodecNegotiationOption |
66 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used in forming an ordered intersection of lists. One of the lists must be used in determining the resulting order of codecs. The following acronyms are used in the value: •Lco—local connection options •Rcd—remote connection description •Lcl—local codec list |
1 = lcoRcdLcl (default)—The first priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The next priority is the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (CA). The last priority is to the local codec list stored in VISM. 2 = lcoLclRcd—First priority is to local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The next priority is the local codec list stored in VISM. The last priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote CA). 3 = rcdLcoLcl—First priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway /Call Agent. The next priority is the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The last priority is to the local codec list stored on the local gateway (VISM). 4 = rcdLclLco—First priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway/Call Agent. The next priority is the local codec list stored on the local gateway. The last priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. |
svVismCodecNegotiationOption (continued) |
66 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Access: read-write. |
5 = lclLcoRcd— First priority is to local codec list stored on the local gateway (VISM). The next priority is the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The last priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote CA). 6 = lclRcdLco—First priority is to the local codec list stored on the VISM. The next priority is the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote Call Agent). The last priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. |
svVismProfileNegotiation
Option |
67 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used in forming an ordered intersection of lists. One of the lists must be used in determining the resulting order of codecs. The following acronyms are used in the value: •Lco—local connection options •Rcd—remote connection description •Lcl—local codec list |
1 = lcoRcdLcl (default)—The first priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The next priority is the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (CA). The last priority is to the local codec list stored in VISM. 2 = lcoLclRcd—First priority is to local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The next priority is the local codec list stored in VISM. The last priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote CA). 3 = rcdLcoLcl—First priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway /Call Agent. The next priority is the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The last priority is to the local codec list stored on the local gateway (VISM). 4 = rcdLclLco—First priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway/Call Agent. The next priority is the local codec list stored on the local gateway. The last priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. |
svVismProfileNegotiation
Option (continued) |
67 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Access: read-write. |
5 = lclLcoRcd— First priority is to local codec list stored on the local gateway (VISM). The next priority is the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. The last priority is to the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote CA). 6 = lclRcdLco—First priority is to the local codec list stored on the VISM. The next priority is the remote connection description sent by the remote gateway (or remote Call Agent). The last priority is to the local connection options sent by the Call Agent. |
svVismAggregateTraffic
Clipping |
68 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Aggregate traffic clipping policy, which is applicable to all bearer traffic generated at VISM card. This object is applicable to only AAL2 SVC voice bearer traffic. When aggregate traffic clipping is enabled, VISM card can discard cells which are exceeding VISM card aggregate SVC bandwidth, specified as svVismAggregateSvcBandwidth value. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable—Aggregate traffic clipping is disabled. VISM card traffic management does not perform aggregate traffic clipping. 2 = enable (default)—Aggregate traffic clipping is enabled. VISM card traffic management performs aggregate traffic clipping. |
svVismAggregateSvcBandwidth |
69 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Aggregate SVC bandwidth used for AAL2 SVC aggregate SVC connection admission control (CAC) This object is also used for aggregate traffic clipping on the VISM card when svVismAggregateTrafficClipping is enabled. This object needs to be configured for AAL2 SVC aggregate bandwidth call admission control to admit AAL2 SVC connections on the VISM card. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-100000 Default: 0 |
svVismAal2CasTransport |
70 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the CAS, ABCD bits, need to be transported to the other endpoint. For switching applications, the CAS bits are backhauled to the Call Agent through the xGCP-CAS protocol. The value in this object is utilized when the Call Agent does not specify this in CRCX. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
svVismAal2Type3Redundancy |
71 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not triple redundancy is supported for type 3 packets in AAL2 SVC/PVCs. When triple redundancy is enabled, the type 3 packets (CAS bits, dialed digits, and user state control packets) are transmitted in triplicates with an interval defined in the standards I.366.2. For channels which are reliable, triple redundancy can be disabled to save the bandwidth and the processing overheads. The value in this object is utilized when the Call Agent does not specify this in CRCX. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
svVismAal2VadTimer |
72 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Hangover time for VAD. Once the voice inactivity is detected, the gateway waits for this duration before activating silence suppression on an AAL2 SVC/PVCs. The value in this object is utilized when the Call Agent does not specify this in CRCX. Access: read-write. |
Range: 250-65535 milliseconds Default: 250 |
svVismXGCPPort |
73 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the local UDP port on VISM used by the SGCP and MGCP protocols to communicate with the call agent. The UDP port is used with the svVismIpAddress to identify the local end of a SGCP/MGCP connection. If the protocol configured for the call agent is MGCP 1.0, the default port is 2727. In all other cases, the default value of this object is 2427. For VISM Release 1.5 this object always defaults to 2427, and SET is not allowed. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1025-65535 |
svVismXGCPAdminStatus |
74 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Desired state of the protocol entity. A graceful shutdown indicates that the protocol is taken out of service after the restart delay timer timeouts, or all connections are torn down. When in graceDown, the svVismXGCPOperStatus goes from up to down via shutDownInProgress. If connections exist or the restart delay timer timeouts, then svVismXGCPOperStatus moves from shutDownInProgress to down. Access: read-write. |
1 = up—Brings up protocol entity administratively. 2 = down (default)—Brings down protocol entity administratively. 3 = gracefulDown—Gracefully shut down protocol entity administratively. |
svVismXGCPOperStatus |
75 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Current operational status of the protocol entity. The shutDownInProgress indicates that the Media Gateway is in a transition state from up to down. This state occurs when resources are being cleaned up and new resources cannot be allocated. Access: read-only. |
1 = up—Protocol is up. 2 = down—Protocol is down. 3 = shutDownInProgress—Shut down is in progress. |
svVismXGCPRestartInProgressTdinit |
76 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Initial waiting delay (Tdinit) timeout. The endpoint becomes disconnected when trying to communicate with the Call Agent, and the retransmission procedure times out after retrying. The endpoint in disconnected state starts the disconnected timer initialized to the random value and uniformly distributes between 1 and the initial waiting delay. The gateway waits for either the end of this timer or the reception of the Call Agent command or the detection of local user activity for the endpoint. The Media Gateway sends the Restart In Progress command with the restart method as RM:disconnected to the Media Gateway Controller under the following conditions: •The disconnected timer elapses. •A command is received from the Call Agent. •Local user activity occurs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100 seconds Default: 15 seconds |
svVismXGCPRestartInProgressTdmin |
77 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum waiting delay (Tdmin). The Tdmin timeout value is used by the Media Gateway to send the Restart In Progress with the restart method as RM:disconnected to the Media Gateway Controller. This object defines any local user activity. The endpoint becomes disconnected when trying to communicate with the Call Agent and the retransmission procedure times out after retrying. The endpoint in disconnected state starts the disconnected timer initialized to the random value and is uniformly distributed between 1 and Tdinit. The gateway waits under the following conditions: •End of this timer •Reception of Call Agent command •Detection of local user activity for the endpoint. The Media Gateway sends the Restart In Progress command with the restart method as 'RM:disconnected' to the Media Gateway Controller under the following conditions: •The disconnected timer elapses. •A command is received from the Call Agent. •Local user activity occurs. In case of local user activity, a provisionable disconnectedTdmin is elapsed since the gateway becomes disconnected. |
Range: 0-100 seconds Default: 15 seconds |
svVismXGCPRestartInProgressTdmin (continued) |
77 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway initiated delete connection (DLCX) or restart in progress (RSIP) commands are not considered as local user activity. The events observed on the TDM interface or on the network constitute the local user activity. Access: read-write. |
|
svVismXGCPRestartInProgressTdmax |
78 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum waiting delay (Tdmax). The Tdmax timeout value is used by the Media Gateway to send the Restart In Progress with the restart method as RM:disconnected to the Media Gateway Controller. The endpoint becomes disconnected when trying to communicate with the Call Agent and the retransmission procedure times out after retrying. The endpoint in disconnected state starts the disconnected timer initialized to the random value and is uniformly distributed between 1 and Tdinit. The gateway waits under the following conditions: •End of this timer •Reception of Call Agent command •Detection of local user activity for the endpoint. The Media Gateway sends the Restart In Progress command with the restart method as 'RM:disconnected' to the Media Gateway Controller under the following conditions: •The disconnected timer elapses. •A command is received from the Call Agent. •Local user activity occurs. |
Range: 1-5000 seconds Default: 600 seconds |
svVismXGCPRestartInProgressTdmax (continued) |
78 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
If the disconnected procedure leaves the endpoint disconnected, the disconnected timer is doubled, subject to a provisionable Tdmax in seconds The gateway starts the new disconnected procedure again. Once the maximum value is reached, the subsequent disconnected Restart In Progress commands use Tdmax. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5000 seconds Default: 600 seconds |
svVismSRCPVersion |
79 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the SRCP protocol version, for example SRCP 1.0.2. This name corresponds to svMGSupProtocolName in the svMGSupProtocolTable entry. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismSRCPPortNumber |
80 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the UDP port used for SRCP on the system (local UDP port). This object is configurable only if the system is in a locked or disabled state. For example, the svVismMGAdminState must be locked before the UDP port can be configured. A SET operation is not supported on this object. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1025-65535 Default: 2428 |
svVismXGCPRestartDelay |
81 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to specify the Restart Delay Timeout for the restart process. The purpose of setting the restart timer before sending the Restart In Progress notification to the media gateway controller is to avoid the network congestion during the critical period of service restoration. A SET operation is not supported on this object. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-600 seconds Default: 0 seconds |
svVismXGCPMGCCfgAddress |
82 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure either the domain name or the IP address of the default Media Gateway Controller in standard dot notation. The complete address of a default MGC is composed of IP address/Domain Name and UDP port. This object specifies address of the default Media Gateway Controller to which restart in progress (RSIP) message is sent whenever system starts up or line goes up. If DNS name is entered and the IP address is found, the MG sends RSIP to the desired MGC. If no IP address is found or no such DNS name exists, no RSIP will be sent. If IP address is entered, MG sends RSIP to that address. If there is no response, the network might be down, or the user misconfigures the address (IP address, Domain Name or UDP port number) A SET on this object is not supported, and GET returns a value = NULL string. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismXGCPMGCCfgUDPPort |
83 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value used to configure the UDP port of the Media Gateway Controller (MGC). The UDP port is used with the svVismXGCPMGCCfgAddress object to specify the destination address of the default MGC to which RSIP message is sent when system starts up or line goes up. A SET on this object is not supported, and GET returns a value of 0. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1025-65535 Default: 0 |
svVismXGCMGCCfgConn
Status |
84 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
This object is not used, and a GET returns a value of unknown(1). Access: read-only. |
— |
svVismXGCLowerBoundFor
PacketLoss |
85 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Lower bound for voice quality packet loss (per 100,000 packets). Voice quality packet loss can happen due to network congestion or network overload. When packet loss (number of packets per 100,000) is high enough to reach lower bound (for example, 1500) and then higher bound (for example, 2500) the first time, an MGCP/SGCP Notify message is sent to the MGC. Subsequent hits of the higher bound result in an MGCP/SGCP Notify message being sent to the MGC after the lower bound is hit. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 1000. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-3000 Default: 1000 |
svVismXGCPHigherBoundForPacketLoss |
86 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Higher bound for voice quality packet loss per 100,000 packets. Voice quality packet loss can happen due to network congestion or network overload. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 10000. Access: read-write. |
Range: 5000-25000 Default: 10000 |
svVismXGCPLowerBoundFor
Jitter |
87 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Lower bound for jitter quality alert. Jitter is an estimate of the statistical variance of the RTP data packet interval-rival time measured in milliseconds. When jitter is long enough to reach lower bound (for example, 30) and then higher bound (for example, 150) the first time, an MGCP/SGCP Notify message is sent to the MGC. Subsequent hits of the higher bound results in an MGCP/SGCP Notify message being sent to the MGC after the lower bound is hit. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 30. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-60 milliseconds Default: 30 milliseconds |
svVismXGCPHigherBoundFor
Jitter |
88 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Higher bound for jitter quality alert. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 150. Access: read-write. |
Range: 100-200 milliseconds Default: 150 milliseconds |
svVismXGCPLowerBoundFor
Latency |
89 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Lower bound for latency quality alert. Quality alert latency is an estimate of the network delay, expressed in milliseconds. This value is the average of the difference between the Network Time Protocol (NTP) timestamp indicated by the senders of the RTCP messages and the NTP timestamp of the receivers, measured when these messages are received. When latency is long enough to reach lower bound (for example, 150) and then higher bound (for example, 300) the first time, an MGCP/SGCP Notify message is sent to the MGC. Subsequent hits of the higher bound results in an MGCP/SGCP Notify message being sent to the MGC after the lower bound is hit. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 150. Access: read-write. |
Range: 125-200 milliseconds Default: 150 |
svVismXGCPHigherBoundForLatency |
90 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Higher bound for latency quality alert. A SET on this object is not supported, and a GET returns a value of 300. Access: read-write. |
Range: 250-400 milliseconds Default: 300 milliseconds |
svVismSvcAtmQosCdv |
91 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
End-to-end cell delay variation used in voice SVC establishment. The object is used to guarantee the quality of the route selected for a voice SVC. This object is applicable to both AAL1 and AAL2 SVC connection establishments. This value is sent as the objective value in voice SVC setup messages in the extended quality of services information element as the Access: read-write. |
Range: 500-20000 microseconds Default: 20000 microseconds |
svVismSvcAtmQosCtd |
92 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
End-to-end maximum cell transfer delay used in voice SVC establishment. This object is used to guarantee the quality of the route selected for a voice SVC. This object is applicable to both AAL1 and AAL2 SVC connection establishments. This value is sent as the objective value in voice SVC setup messages in the end-to-end transit delay information element G.114 - One-way transmission time. Access: read-write. |
Range: 20000-150000 microseconds Default: 150000 microseconds |
svVismSvcAtmQosClr |
93 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum cell loss ratio used in voice SVC establishment. This object is used to guarantee the quality of the route selected for a voice SVC. This object is applicable to both AAL1 and AAL2 SVC connection establishments. This value is sent as the maximum cell loss ratio value in voice SVC setup messages in the extended quality of services information element. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-8 Default: 8 |
svVismSvcTrfScalingFactor |
94 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Traffic scaling factor for computing factored bandwidth used in ATM signaling to establish voice SVC. A value less than 100 refers to a discount factor. A value more than 100 refers to an excess factor. This object is applicable only to VBR SVC connection establishments. The traffic scaling is not applicable to AAL2 SVC calls that require G.711 and clear channel codecs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 50-200 Default: 100 |
svVismSvcAal2CidNumber |
95 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Default AAL2 channel identification (CID) number used for AAL2 SVC connections. Access: read-write. |
Range: 8-255 Default: 100 |
svVismAnnMaximumSize |
96 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum size of the Announcement table. This number consists of the maximum number of Announcement File Names that can be kept on the Media Gateway Card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 |
svVismAnnFileServerName |
97 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the Announcement File server. The individual characters in this name may be alphanumeric characters, forward slashes, backward slashes, periods, dashes, and underscores. The last character of the name must not be a dash or a forward slash. Embedded spaces are not valid. The default value for this MIB object is NULL. If the Announcement File Server name is not configured, announcements cannot be downloaded. The NULL value of this field is a single space character which can be set to this value by setting this MIB object to the single character space string (' '). Before configuring the Announcement File server name, add the name to the list of domain names contained in the cwmMgDomainTable. If the domain is configured for internal resolution, then the File server name must be assigned an IP address by adding an entry in the svMGCResolutionTable. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismAnnAgeTime |
98 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time in minutes for a dynamic announcement file in the cache to age. The age time is the configurable number of minutes before a dynamic announcement file in the Media Gateway Card announcement cache is invalidated and refreshed from the announcement file server. An announcement file starts aging as soon as it is brought into the cache from the file server. A value of 0 specifies that the age time is infinite, so no aging occurs. Unlike a permanent file, a file with aging of 0 still can be replaced. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 minutes Default: 10080 minutes |
svVismAnnPreferenceCodec |
99 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Codec used for playing announcements. on an unconnected TDM endpoint. For a T1 Media Gateway Card, the default is g711u. For an E1 Media Gateway Card, the default is g711a. Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u 2 = g-711a 3 = g-726-32 4 = g-729a 5 = g-729ab 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16 8 = g-726-24 9 = g-726-40 11 = g-723h 12 = g-723ah 13 = g-723l 14 = g-723al |
svVismAnnPrefixPath |
100 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Directory path under the default TFTP directory in the Announcement File server for announcement files. The purpose of this MIB object is to specify the main directory for announcements if the directory is different than the default TFTP directory. The individual characters in this name may be alphanumeric characters, forward slashes, backward slashes, periods, dashes, and underscores. The last character of the name must not be a dash or a forward slash. Embedded spaces cannot be used. If this MIB object is NULL, no directory path string is inserted with the cwmAnnFileName. The NULL value of this field is a single space character, which can be set to this value by setting this MIB object to the single character space string (' '). Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svVismAnnReqTimeout |
101 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for a dynamic play announcement request to be serviced. If the announcement subsystem cannot start playing the announcement within svVismAnnReqTimeout seconds since the request was received, the play request is aborted. A value of 0 specifies that the timeout time is infinite, so no timeouts occur. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-15 seconds Default: 5 seconds |
svVismDynamicPT |
102 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable dynamic payload type configurations on the VISM card. Access: read-write. |
1 = enable 2 = disable (default) |
svVismPayloadType |
103 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Payload type to be used when fax upspeed occurs. IANA values 0-95 are static payloads. Values 96-127 are dynamic payloads. This object is applicable for VOIP applications. For AAL2 the upspeedCodec is obtained from profile table, and this object does not have any effect. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-256 |
Media Gateway Controller Group
The svMGCTable provides information about the Media Gateway Controller (MGC). The media gateway controller is also known as the VSC or the call agent.
The svMGCTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svMGCTable = cardGroup 4. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.4
•svMGCEntry = svMGCTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.4.1
The table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMGCNode
•svMGCShelf
•svMGCSlot
•svMGCNum
The svMGCName should exist before creating a row in this table. This can be done by creating a row in the svMGCResolutionTable with this name as the svMGCResolutionName.
To create an entry in this table, the manager creates the resolution name in the svMGCResolution table with the mandatory parameters. After the name and domain are created, the name can be associated with a media gateway controller
To destroy an entry SET the svMGCRowStatus to 6.
The Media Gateway Controller table is only applicable to VISM card (cardGroup 4).
Table C-52 svMGCTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMGCNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svMGCShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svMGCSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svMGCNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
svMGCName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the Media Gateway Controller. This name corresponds to a domain name under which the MGC might also be registered in a DNS.This is a mandatory parameter during SET and cannot be modified once it is created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svMGCAssociateState |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
State of the association between the MG and MGC. Possible states include mgcUnassociated—MG and MGC are not associated. E.g. in the case where MGCP is the coordination protocol, it means no subscription to autonomous messages such as RSIP but control requests would be answered. mgcAssociated—MG and MGC are associated. For example, in the case where MGCP is the coordination protocol, the MGC is subscribed to autonomous messages such as RSIP. mgcAssociatedCommLoss—MG and MGC are associated, but the MGC is unreachable. Access: read-only. |
1 = mgcUnassociated 2 = mgcAssociated 3 = mgcAssociated
CommLoss |
svMGCAssociateStateControl |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to SET the association state between MG and MGC. This parameter is mandatory during SET and is modifiable after a row has been created. The possible value for SET operation are mgcUnassociate: Transition from any state to unassociated. If registered, MG initiates unregistration. mgcAssociate—Transition to associated. If applicable, MG registers with MGC. If MGCP is the coordination protocol, MG sends RSIP. If MG cannot establish communication, MG subsequently transitions into mgcAssociationCommLoss. If MG is already associated with MGC, no transition occurs, and the association state does not change. mgcClear—No action is taken. The Media Gateway does not initiate any association or unassociation. On GET request, last SET value is returned. Access: read-write. |
1 = mgcUnassociated 2 = mgcAssociated 3 = mgcClear |
svMGCRowStatus |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete an MGC entry, SET this object value to destroy. Setting this object to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
Media Gateway Supported Protocol Group Table
The svMGSupProtocolTable provides information about the protocols that are being used for the communication between MG (VISM card) and the MGCs applicable for VISM cards.
The svMGSupProtocolTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svMGSupProtocolTable = cardGroup 5. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.5
•svMGSupProtocolEntry = svMGSupProtocolTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.5.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMGSupProtocolNode
•svMGSupProtocolShelf
•svMGSupProtocolSlot
•svMGSupProtocolNum
The protocols can be either one of SRCP, MGCP, SGCP, and so forth.
This table is read-only. Therefore, you cannot perform SET operations.
Table C-53 svMGSupProtocolTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMGSupProtocolNode |
1 |
MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range:1-32 characters. |
svMGSupProtocolShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters. |
svMGSupProtocolSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range:1-64 |
svMGSupProtocolNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Supported Protocol number served as index to this table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-3 |
svMGSupProtocolName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Control protocol and its revision supported by the MG. For example, `MGCP 0.1 11/9/99'. The protocol can be one of the control protocols, for example, MGCP. This protocol can be a signaling backhaul protocol or a resource co-ordination protocol such as SRCP. Access: read-only. |
Display range: 1-64 |
Media Gateway Controller Protocol Group
The svMGCProtocolTable provides information about the Media gateway Controller protocol table. This table is used to associate a particular MGC with a particular protocol.
The svMGCProtocolTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svMGCProtocolTable = cardGroup 6. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.6
•svMGCProtocolEntry = svMGCProtocolTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.6.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMGCProtocolNode
•svMGCProtocolShelf
•svMGCProtocolSlot
•svMGCProtocolMGCNum
•svMGCProtocolMGProtoNum
This table is only applicable to VISM card. The protocols that can be used are listed in the svMGSupProtocolTable.
To create an entry, SET the svMGCProtocolRowStatus to createAndGo.
To delete an entry, SET the svMGCProtocolRowStatus to destroy.
Table C-54 svMGCProtocolTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMGCProtocolNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svMGCProtocolShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svMGCProtocolSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot Number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svMGCProtocolMGCNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
svMGCProtocolMGProtoNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Supported Protocol number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-3 |
svMGCProtocolRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete an MGC Protocol entry, SET this object value to destroy. Setting this object to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
Media Gateway Resolution Table
The svMGCResolutionTable provides information about the Media Gateway Controller Resolution group.
The svMGCResolutionTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svMGCResolutionTable = cardGroup 7. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.7
•svMGCResolutionEntry = svMGCResolutionTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.7.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svMGCResolutionNode
•svMGCResolutionShelf
•svMGCResolutionSlot
•svMGCResolutionIndex
This table provides a name to IP address mapping for each of the MGCs and can be used when a DNS is not applied.
To create and entry in this table the manager must send a SET request with the svMGCResolutionRowStatus = createAndGo(4) with the following mandatory parameters:
•svMGCResolutionName
•svMGCResolutionIpAddr
•svMGCResolutionCommState
•svMGCResolutionPreference
The svMGCResolutionName, svMGCResolutionIpAddr, svMGCResolutionPreference parameters are not modifiable once they are created.
To delete an entry in this table SET the svMGCResolutionRowStatus to 6 (destroy).
Multiple addresses may be associated with a single name.
This table is only applicable to the VISM card.
Table C-55 svMGCResolutionTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svMGCResolutionNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svMGCResolutionShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svMGCResolutionSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svMGCResolutionIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
MGC IP Resolution table index. This table supports 176 entries because cwmMgDomainTable can have maximum of 11 entries (8 MGCs, 1 tftp, 1 external DNS, and 1 for announcement). Each domain name can have maximum 16 IP addresses (8 internal and 8 external). Index range 1-88 can be used by the user. Index range 89 -176 is reserved for the VDNS to fill in the externally resolved IP addresses. A SET request with an index value greater than 88 is rejected. Access: read-only. |
Ranges: 1-88 = SET 1-176 = GET |
svMGCResolutionName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the entity (MGC and/or Notified Entity) whose address is to be resolved. This object value cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
svMGCResolutionIpAddr |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP Address of the entity. This object value cannot be modified once created. To change the IP address, an entry must be removed and a new entry added. This object cannot be modified once it is created. Access: read-write. |
— |
svMGCResolutionCommState |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate whether or not the address is applied for communications with the system of that name. Access: read-only. |
1 = csActive—Name resolves to that IP address. 2 = csInactive—Not used. |
svMGCResolutionPreference |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to optionally configure primaries and secondaries. This object can be used by the MG in the selection of IP address if multiple IP addresses are available for the same name. This value is not modifiable once it is SET. Access: read-write. |
Range:1-65535 |
svMGCResolutionRowStatus |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete a svMGCResolution entry, SET this object value to destroy. Setting this object to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
svMGCResolutionDnsFlag |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
All entries statically configured by the user have the flag set to internal(1). All IP addresses obtained due to external resolution of the domain name have this flag set to external(2). Access: read-only. |
1 = internal 2 = external |
SRCP Peer Group
The svSRCPPeerTable can be used to provide information about Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) peers.
The svSRCPPeerTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svSRCPPeerTable = cardGroup 8. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.8
•svSRCPPeerEntry = svSRCPPeerTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.8.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svSRCPPeerNode
•svSRCPPeerShelf
•svSRCPPeerSlot
•svSRCPPeerMGCNum
Entries in this table are populated when an entry is created in the svMGCProtocol table with SRCP as the protocol. This table is modifiable only, and svSRCPPeerRowStatus is not specified.
This table can be used to provision peer- specific SRCP configuration and administration information. Each table entry corresponds to a SRCP peer as identified by its domain name.
This table is only applicable to VISM card.
Table C-56 svSRCPPeerTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svSRCPPeerNode |
1 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svSRCPPeerShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svSRCPPeerSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svSRCPPeerMGCNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
svSRCPPeerName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the SRCP peer. The is the same as the svMGCName from svMGCTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 characters |
svSRCPPeerPortNum |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to configure the UDP port of the SRCP peer. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1025-65535 Default = 2428 |
svSRCPPeerHeartBeatIntvl |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to configure the length of the heartbeat interval. If SET to 0, heartbeat for this peer is not monitored. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 milliseconds |
svSRCPPeerMaxPduSize |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to configure the maximum UDP PDU size that might be used for SRCP communications with the peer. This value cannot be configurable for all agents. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4095-65535 octets |
XGCP Peer Group Table
The svXGCPPeerTable provides information about the XGCP Peer group. Entries in this table are populated when an entry is created in the svMGCProtocol table with either SGCP or MGCP as the protocol.
The svXGCPPeerTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•svXGCPPeerTable = cardGroup 9. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.9
•svXGCPPeerEntry = svXGCPPeerTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.9.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•svXGCPPeerNode
•svXGCPPeerShelf
•svXGCPPeerSlot
•svXGCPPeerMGCNum
•svXGCPPeerMGProtoNum
This table is modifiable only, and svXGCPPeerRowStatus is not specified.
This table is used to provision peer-specific XGCP configuration information. Each table entry corresponds to an XGCP peer name / peer XGCP variant combination.
This table is only applicable to the VISM card.
Table C-57 svXGCPPeerTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
svXGCPPeerNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
svXGCPPeerShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
svXGCPPeerSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
svXGCPPeerMGCNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
svXGCPPeerMGProtoNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Media Gateway Protocol number Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-3 |
svXGCPPeerPortNum |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to configure the UDP port of the peer used by the XGCP Protocol variant referred by this row. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1025-65535 Default = 2427. |
VISM Session Set Table
The cwmVismSessionSetTable is used to configure session sets on a VISM card.
This table supports the VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The cwmVismSessionSetTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismSessionSetTable = cardGroup 10. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.10
•cwmVismSessionSetEntry = cwmVismSessionSetTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.10.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismSessionSetNode
•cwmVismSessionSetShelf
•cwmVismSessionSetSlot
•cwmVismSessionSetNum
Session set(s), session groups, and RUDP sessions are used to transport signaling from the VISM card to the Call Agent when the card is in switched mode.The signaling information is transported from the card to the call agent over RUDP (Reliable UDP).
The following three MIB tables are used to configure and provision session sets, session groups, and RUDP sessions on VISM cards:
•cwmVismSessionSet Table
•cwmVismSessionGrp Table
•cwmVismRudpSession Table
A maximum of eight VISM session sets can exist, although only one session set is supported per card.
If the VISM session set is fault tolerant, a maximum of two session groups per session set can exist. One session group is active, and the other is standby.
If one session group fails, the session manager switches to the other group.
If the session set is in non fault tolerant mode, only one session group per session set can exist.
A maximum of four RUDP sessions can exist per session group. An RUDP entry can only be created after the session set and the session group are created.
For deletion, the RUDP session must be deleted first. However, the last session cannot be deleted if an active LAPD entry exists.
Entries can be created in the cwmVismSessionSetTable by specifying the following objects:
•cwmVismSessionSetRowStatus as createAndGo
•cwmVismSessionSetFaultTolerant
Entries can be deleted in this table by setting the cwmVismSessionSetRowStatus as delete. An entry can only be deleted in this table if there are no session groups in this session set.
Entries in this table are not modifiable after they are created.
Table C-58 cwmVismSessionSetTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismSessionSetNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmVismSessionSetShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmVismSessionSetSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismSessionSetNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session set number. All of the signaling channels are implicitly mapped to Session Set #1, so only one entry can exist in the cwmVismSessionSet table. You can only create Session Set #1. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionSetRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to add or delete a session set. To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo. The cwmVismSessionSetFaultTolerant object is also a mandatory parameter to create an entry. To delete an entry, SET this object value to destroy. A session set cannot be deleted if a session group exists in this set. You cannot modify entries in this table. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6= destroy |
cwmVismSessionSetState |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session set state. This object is set to idle when an entry in the cwmVismSessionSetTable is created and a group has not been added to this set. Idle is also used for a group that has been created in this se, but no session has been added. After a group has been created in this set and one session has been added to the group, the set state becomes oos. After a successfully open socket and RUDP session has sent a START message to MGC, the state of the session is changed. The state changes depending on whether or not a set is fault tolerant (FT) or non fault tolerant (NFT). If the set is NFT, the set state becomes activeIs. If the set is FT and one session from a group receives an active message from MGC and no standby message is received from any other RUDP session in the other group, the state of the set changes activeIs. However, if at least one session from a group receives a standby message from the MGC and no other session from the other group receives an active message, then the set state is transferred to standbyIs. The set becomes fullIs when at least one session from one group receives an active message. and at least one session from the other group receives the standby message. The unknown state is the state other than the above states. Access: read-only. |
1 = idle 2 = oos 3 = activeIs 4 = standbyIs 5 = fullIs 6 = unknown |
cwmVismSessionSetTotalGrps |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of session groups added to this session set. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionSetActiveGrp |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Current active session group number. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionSetFault
Tolerant |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the configuration is fault tolerant. If the set is fault tolerant, then two groups in this set can be added. A GET on this parameter returns true. If the set is non-fault tolerant, then only one group can be added in this set. This parameter is mandatory during creation and cannot be modified once it is created. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false |
cwmVismSessionSetSwitchFails |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of failed attempts made to switch between session groups in this set. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionSetSwitch
Successes |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of successful attempts made to switch between session groups in this set. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
VISM Session Group Table
The cwmVismSessionGrpTable is used to configure Session Groups on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The cwmVismSessionGrpTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismSessionGrpTable = cardGroup 11. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.11
•cwmVismSessionGrpEntry = cwmVismSessionGrpTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.11.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismSessionGrpNode
•cwmVismSessionGrpShelf
•cwmVismSessionGrpSlot
•cwmVismSessionGrpNum
Entries can be created in this table by specifying the following objects:
•cwmVismSessionGrpRowStatus as createAndGo
•cwmVismSessionGrpSetNum
•cwmVismSessionGrpMgcName
Entries can be deleted in this table by setting the cwmVismSessionGrpRowStatus as destroy. An entry can only be deleted in this table if this session group does not contain RUDP sessions.
Entries in this table are not modifiable after they are created.
Table C-59 cwmVismSessionGrpTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismSessionGrpNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmVismSessionGrpShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmVismSessionGrpSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismSessionGrpNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session group to which this group belongs. Note Only the range of 1-16 is used. One session set can have a maximum of two groups Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionGrpSetNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session set number to which this group belongs. This parameter is mandatory for creation and cannot be modified after it is created. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmVismSessionGrpRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to add and delete entries. To create an entry in this table, SET the value of this object to createAndGo. The cwmVismSessionGrpMgcName and cwmVismSessionGrpSetNum parameters are also mandatory. Before adding the session group, session set 1 must be created. The session set specified by the cwmVismSessionGrpSetNum must already exist. After an entry is added, the object returns a value of active. Setting this object to active results in a bad value. To delete an entry, SET this object value to destroy. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmVismSessionGrpState |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session group state. This object is set to idle when an entry in the cwmVismSessionSetTable is created and a group has not been added to this set. Idle is also used for a group that has been created in this se, but no session has been added. After a group has been created in this set and one session has been added to the group, the set state becomes oos. After a successfully open socket and RUDP session has sent a START message to MGC, the state of the session is changed to Is. The unknown state is the state other than the above states. Access: read-only. |
1 = idle 2 = oos 3 = Is 6 = unknown |
cwmVismSessionGrpCurrSession |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Current Rudp session number (cwmVismRudpSessionNum) that has received active message from a media gateway controller (MGC) in this session group. Only one active session per session group can exist. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionGrpTotalSessions |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of sessions that have been added to this group. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionGrpMgcName |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the MGC. This value corresponds to a domain name under which the MGC could also be registered in a DNS. This parameter is mandatory for creation. After this entry becomes active, the value cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
DisplayString Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismSessionSetSwitchFails |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of failed attempts made to switch between sessions in this group. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismSessionSetSwitch
Successes |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of successful attempts made to switch between sessions in this group. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
Vism RUDP Session Table
The cwmVismRudpSessionTable is used to configure RUDP session sessions between the Media Gateway (VISM) and the Media Gateway Controller (Call Agent).
A session is identified by a local IP address, local port, remote IP address, and remote port. The combination of these four numbers must be unique to identify one session. Four RUDP sessions can exist per session group.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1 cards.
The cwmVismRudpSessionTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVismRudpSessionTable = cardGroup 12. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.12
•cwmVismRudpSessionEntry = cwmVismRudpSessionTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.12.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismRudpSessionNode
•cwmVismRudpSessionShelf
•cwmVismRudpSessionSlot
•cwmVismRudpSessionNum
Entries can be created in this table by specifying the following:
•cwmVismSessionGrpRowStatus as createAndGo
•cwmVismRudpSessionGrpNum
•cwmVismRudpSessionLocalPort
•cwmVismRudpSessionPriority
•cwmVismRudpSessionRmtPort
Entries can be deleted in this table by setting the cwmVismSessionGrpRowStatus as destroy. An entry can only be deleted in this table if no active LAPD entries exist.
Entries can be modified by setting the objects that need to be modified.
Table C-60 cwmVismRudpSessionTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismRudpSessionNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmVismRudpSessionShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmVismRudpSessionSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismRudpSessionNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Session group to which this group belongs. Range of 1-64 is used. One group can have a maximum of four sessions Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismRudpSessionGrpNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Group number to which this RUDP session belongs. This parameter is mandatory for creation and cannot be modified after it is created. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmVismRudpSessionRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to add and delete an entry in this table. To add an RUDP session, set this object to createAndGo. Use the following mandatory parameters: •cwmVismRudpSessionGrpNum •cwmVismRudpSessionLocalPort •cwmVismRudpSessionPriority •cwmVismRudpSessionRmtPort To delete an RUDP session set this object to destroy. The last session is not deleted if LAPD entries are active. The active value is returned after the row is created. Setting this value to active returns an error. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo 6 = destroy |
cwmVismRudpSessionPriority |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate which session the session manager should try to bring to active state when a session fails. A lower number means higher priority. This parameter is mandatory for creating an RUDP session. After a session has been added, this object cannot be modified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmVismRudpSessionState |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RUDP session state. When an RUDP session has been created, the session state is oos. The state is changed to Is after the VISM has sent a Start message to the MGC. This message is sent after a channel has been created between the gateway (VISM) and the MGC. If the communication is lost between VISM and the MGC, the state of this session becomes oos. Unknown is the state other than the above states. Access: read-only. |
1 = oos—Out of service 2 = Is—In service 3 = unknown |
cwmVismRudpSessionLocalIp |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP address of the Media Gateway (VISM). Access: read-write. |
Display String |
cwmVismSRudpSessionLocalPort |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port number of the Media Gateway (VISM) for this session. This port number must be unique across other sessions and XGCP/SRCP. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1124-65535 |
cwmVismRudpSessionRemoteIp |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP address of the Media Gateway Controller. This value is resolved by using the cwmVismSessionGrpMgcName in the cwmVismSessionGrpTable. Access: read-write. |
Display String |
cwmVismSRudpSessionRemote
Port |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Port number of the Media Gateway Controller for this session. This port number must be unique across other sessions and XGCP/SRCP. This parameter is mandatory for entry creation. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1124-65535 |
cwmVismRudpSessionMax
Window |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of segments that can be sent without getting an acknowledgment. This object is the maximum size of the receive window in segments and is used for flow control. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismRudpSessionSync
Attempts |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of attempts the VISM card makes in trying to synchronize with the MGC. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 Default: 5 |
cwmVismRudpSessionMaxSegSize |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of octets that can be received by the MGC sending the sync segment. Access: read-write. |
Range: 30-65535 Default: 384 |
cwmVismRudpSessionMaxAuto
Reset |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of auto resets that are performed before a connection is reset. A value of 0 indicates that an auto reset is not attempted. The connection is reset immediately if an auto reset condition occurs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 5 |
cwmVismRudpSessionMax
RetransTmout |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Timeout value for retransmission of unacknowledged packets. This parameter is negotiable. The MGC and the Media Gateway (VISM) must agree on the same value for this parameter. The value must be greater than cwmVismRudpSessionCumAck
Tmout value. Access: read-write. |
Range: 100-65535 milliseconds Default: 600 milliseconds |
cwmVismRudpSessionMax
Retrans |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of times consecutive retransmission is attempted before the connection is considered broken. A value of 0 indicates retransmission must be attempted forever. This parameter is negotiable. The MGC and the Media Gateway (VISM) must agree on the value for this parameter. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 3 |
cwmVismRudpSessionMaxCum
Ack |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of acknowledgments that are accumulated before sending an acknowledgment if another segment is not sent. A value of 0 indicates an acknowledgment segment is sent immediately when a data, null, or reset segment is received. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 3 |
cwmVismRudpSessionCumAck
Tmout |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Timeout value for sending an acknowledgment segment if another segment is not sent. This parameter must be smaller than the cwmVismRudpSessionRetransTmout object. Access: read-write. |
Range: 100-65535 milliseconds Default: 300 milliseconds |
cwmVismRudpSessionMaxOut
OfSeq |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of out of sequence packets that are accumulated before sending an acknowledgment (EACK). The EACK segment is used to acknowledge segments received out of sequence. A value of 0 indicates an acknowledgment segment is sent immediately when an out of order segment is received. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 Default: 4 |
cwmVismRudpSessionNullSeg
Tmout |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of milliseconds of idle time before sending a null segment. A value of 0 disables null segments. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 2000 |
cwmVismRudpSessionTransState
Tmout |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of milliseconds to wait for transfer state before an auto reset occurs. A value of 0 indicates the connection is automatically reset immediately. A value of 0 is not used with redundant links. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 2000 |
cwmVismRudpSessionType |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate if the session is configured for trunking or PRI backhaul. By default the object is set to backhaul(1) and must be set to lapdTrunking(2) if Lapd trunking needs to be done. Access: read-write. |
1 = backhaul (default) 2 = lapdTrunking |
cwmVismRudpSessionRmtGwIp |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP address of the remote VISM. IP address is in the string format and is used only for Lapd trunking applications. The cwmVismRudpSessionType must be set to lapdTrunking(2). Access: read-write. |
Display string |
CWM Configuration Copy Table
The cwmConfigCopyTable manages copying card configuration operations. For example, use this table to copy the running configuration for a card to startup configuration or vice versa.
The cwmConfigCopyTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmConfigCopyTable = cardGroup 13. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.13
•cwmConfigCopyEntry = cwmConfigCopyTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.13.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmConfigCopyNode
•cwmConfigCopyShelf
•cwmConfigCopySlot
•cwmConfigCopyIndex
The cwmConfigCopyTable is used to manage the WriteMem feature for RPM. WriteMem is a request for RPM to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration.
Because only one WriteMem request is supported per RPM card at a time, the value of cwmConfigCopyIndex must be 1.
Each entry represents a ConfigCopy request for the card uniquely identified by the following objects:
•cwmConfigCopyNode
•cwmConfigCopyShelf
•cwmConfigCopySlot
To create a cwmConfigCopyEntry, send an SNMP SET command with cwmConfigCopyRowStatus = createAndGo(4).
To delete a cwmConfigCopyEntry, send an SNMP SET command with cwmConfigCopyRowStatus = destroy(6). This command succeeds when the copy configuration operation is no longer in the running state.
A cwmConfigCopyEntry disappears when the corresponding ConfigCopy session no longer exists on the card because of a card reset, card switch-over, or aging of the ConfigCopy session. For example, an RPM card automatically ages out the session five minutes after the end of the ConfigCopy operation.
Table C-61 cwmConfigCopyTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmConfigCopyNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmConfigCopyShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmConfigCopySlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmConfigCopyIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Table entry index. This value allows multiple entries to be created for a particular card as identified by the cwmConfigCopyNode, cwmConfigCopyShelf, and cwmConfigCopySlot objects. The only valid value is 1 because only one entry is supported per RPM card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32767 |
cwmConfigCopyRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Status of the table entry. After the entry is created, the read-write variables in the entry cannot be modified. The variable returns active (1) to all SNMP GET queries. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 2 = Create and go 4 = Destroy |
cwmConfigCopySourceFileType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of file to copy from. Only runningConfig is supported as the source file. This object is not required for row creation. Since the operation starts on the RPM card as soon as the table entry is created successfully, this object cannot be modified after the entry has been created. Access: read-write. |
4 = runningConfig |
cwmConfigCopyDestFileType |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of file to copy to. Only startupConfig is supported as the destination file. This object is not required for row creation. Since the operation starts on the RPM card as soon as the table entry is created successfully, this object cannot be modified after the entry has been created. Access: read-write. |
3 = startupConfig |
cwmConfigCopyState |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
State of the configuration copy request. Access: read-only. |
1 = Running—Configuration copy request is running. 2 = Successful—Configuration copy request is successfully completed. 3 = Failed—Configuration copy request is unsuccessful. |
cwmConfigCopyTimeStarted |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Time when the operation ends. Access: read-only. |
Timeticks |
cwmConfigCopyTimeCompleted |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Time when the operation ends. This object defines the time that the cwmConfigCopyState last transitioned from running to successful or failed states. The value remains 0 until the operation has ended. Access: read-only. |
Timeticks |
cwmConfigCopyFailCause |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Reason why the configuration copy operation failed. Access: read-only. |
1 = Unknown—Cause is not known. 2 = Timeout—Network might be overloaded, or the remote file server might not be responding. 3 = No memory—Agent cannot allocate memory for the operation. 4 = No failure—Current value of cwmConfigCopyState is not failed. |
VISM VoIP Codec Table
The cwmVoIpCodecTable contains configuration about various configuration information about different codecs and there packetization periods.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The cwmVoIpCodecTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmVoIpCodecTable = cardGroup 14. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.14
•cwmVoIpCodecEntry = cwmVoIpCodecTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.14.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVoIpCodecNode
•cwmVoIpCodecShelf
•cwmVoIpCodecSlot
•cwmVoIpCodecIndex
Entries in this table are populated when the card is initialized. Entries can not be added to or deleted from this table, but they can be modified.
This table is applicable only in VoIP switching applications. For AAL2 trunking or switching applications, use the cwmAal2ProfileTable.
Table C-62 cwmVoIpCodecTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVoIpCodecNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmVoIpCodecShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmVoIpCodecSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVoIpCodecIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Compression type. Access: read-only. |
1 = g-711u—Represents G.711u. 2 = g-711a—Represents G.711a. 3 = g-726-32—Represents G.726 at rate 32 kbps. 4 = g-729a—Represents G.729a. 5 = g-729ab—Represents G.729ab. 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16—Represents G.726 at rate 16 kbps. 8 = g-726-24— Represents G.726 at rate 24 kbps. 9 = g-726-40—Represents G.726 at rate 40 kbps. 11 = g-723h—Represents G.723.1-H. 12 = g-723ah—Represents G.723.1a-H. 13 = g-723l—Represents G.723.1-L. 14 = g-723al—Represents G.723.1a-L. |
cwmVoIpCodecName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the codec. For example, index 1 has G.711u as the codec name, index 2 has G.711a as the codec name, and so forth. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVoIpCodecPktPeriod |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to configure the packetization period in milliseconds for a given Codec. The following allowed values of this object depends upon the profile: •G.711a allowed values are 10 and 20 •G.711u allowed values are 10 and 20 •G.726 at rate 32 kbps allowed values are 10,20 30, and 40 •G.729a allowed values are 10, 20,30, and 40 •G.729ab allowed values are 10, 20, 30, and 40 •Clear channel allowed values are 10 and 20 •G.723 allowed values are 30 and 60. Access: read-write. |
10 = ten-ms 20 = twenty-ms 30 = thirty-ms 40 = forty-ms 60 = sixty-ms Default Value: 30 for G.723 and 10 for all other Codecs. |
cwmVoIpCodecPreference |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to contains the user configured preference for each codec. The lower the number, the higher the preference of the codec. If the call agent does not specify the preferred codec list in CRCX request, then the codec used is the one of highest preference, as configured in this object. The default preference based on the codec type is •G729ab has preference 1 •G729a has preference 2 •G726 at rate 16 kbps has preference 3 •G726 at rate 24 kbps has preference 4 •G726 at rate 32 kbps has preference 5 •G726 at rate 40 kbps has preference 6 •G.711u has preference 7 for T1 and has preference 8 for E1 •G.711a has preference 7 for E1 card and has preference 8 for T1 •clearChannel will have preference 9 •G723H has preference 10 •G723aH has preference 11 •G723L has preference 12 •G723aL has preference 13 This object is not applicable in releases earlier than VISM 2.0.1. If the preference of a codec is zero then that codec is not be used. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-13 |
cwmVoIpCodecString |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Local connection option or SDP descriptor string that VISM gets from the call agent for the codec to be used. This option is in the form of PCMU, PCMA, G726 at rate 32 kbps, G729a, CCD, where in PCMU stands for G711u PCMA stands for G711a, and CCD stands for clear channel. This object serves as a mapping string, and the VISM uses the value configured in this object to match the SDP descriptor string obtained for a codec in a CRCX or MDCX message, thus deriving the actual codec to be used in the bearer path. Since the entries in this table are implicitly created, the default values are •G.711u = PCMU •G.711a = PCMA •clear channel = CCD •G.726 at rate 32 kbps = G726 at rate 32 kbps •G.726 at rate 16 kbps = G726 at rate 16 kbps •G.726 at rate 24 kbps = G726 at rate 24 kbps •G.726 at rate 40 kbps = G726 at rate 40 kbps •G.729a = G729a •G.729ab = G729ab •G.723.1-H = G723H •G.723.1a-H = G7231a-H •G.72.1-L = G723L •G.723.1a-L = G7231a-L Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmVoIpCodecIanaType |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Assigned types (numbers) by IANA. Default values are •0 = PCMU •2 = G.726 at rate 32 kbps •8 = PCMA •96 = other codecs An SDP string returns an IANA type number and not the codec string. VISM uses the value in this object to derive the actual codec to be used in the bearer path. An entry of 96 is not a registered codec. The actual codec is determined by the VISM using the rtpmap in SDP string. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-96 |
VISM Codec Parameters Table
The cwmCodecGenParamTable contains configuration about various configuration information about the common (for both VoIP and VoATM) per codec based parameters.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1 cards.
The cwmCodecGenParamTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmCodecGenParamTable = cardGroup 15. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.15
•cwmCodecGenParamEntry = cwmCodecGenParamTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.15.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmCodecGenNode
•cwmCodecGenShelf
•cwmCodecGenSlot
•cwmCodecGenIndex
Entries in this table are populated when the card is initialized. Entries cannot be added to or deleted, but they can be modified.
This table is applicable for both VoIP and VoATM applications.
Table C-63 cwmCodecGenParamTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmCodecGenNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmCodecGenShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmCodecGenSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmCodecGenIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Compression type. Access: read-only. |
1 = g-711u—Represents G.711u. 2 = g-711a—Represents G.711a. 3 = g-726-32—Represents G.726 at rate 32 kbps. 4 = g-729a—Represents G.729a. 5 = g-729ab—Represents G.729ab. 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16—Represents G.726 at rate 16 kbps. 8 = g-726-24— Represents G.726 at rate 24 kbps. 9 = g-726-40—Represents G.726 at rate 40 kbps. 11 = g-723h—Represents G.723.1-H. 12 = g-723ah—Represents G.723.1a-H. 13 = g-723l—Represents G.723.1-L. 14 = g-723al—Represents G.723.1a-L. |
cwmCodecJitterDelayMode |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to provision the jitter buffer mode to be applied to a call connection. For G.711u, G.711a, and clear channel the default value is fixed. For g-726-32, g-729a, g-729ab, g-726-16, g-726-24 and g-726-40, g-723h,g-723l,g-723ah, and g-723al the default value is adaptive. Access: read-write. |
1 = fixed— Use a constant jitter buffer size, which is defined by the cwmCodecJitterInitialDelay MIB variable. 2 = adaptive—Allow DSP to pick the optimal value for the call connection. |
cwmCodecJitterInitialDelay |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define the jitter buffer size in milliseconds. If the cwmCodecJitterDelayMode is set to fixed, the jitter buffer is fixed at this value for the duration of the call. If this value is set to adaptive, the value of this object is the initial jitter buffer size, and the DSP will adapt to an optimal size dynamically. For G.711u, G.711a, and Clear Channel, the default value is 100 ms. For g-726-32, g-729a, g-729ab, g-726-16, g-726-24 and g-726-40, g-723h,g-723l,g-723ah and g-723al the default value is 60 ms. The valid values of this object differs for each set of codecs supported on VISM card. For codec template number 1 & 3, the valid values are: 1,10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100; For codec template 2, the valid values are: 1,5,10,15,20,25,30,35, 40,45,50, 55,60,65,70,75,80,85,90,95,100. When the codec template changes, the value of this object is implicitly set to the default value. Access: read-write. |
1 = zero 5 = five-ms 10 = ten-ms 15 = fifteen-ms 20 = twenty-ms 25 = twentyfive-ms 30 = thirty-ms 35 = thirtyfive-ms 40 = forty-ms 45 = fortyfive-ms 50 = fifty-ms 55 = fiftyfive-ms 60 = sixty-ms 65 = sixtyfive-ms 70 = seventy-ms 75 = seventyfive-ms 80 = eighty-ms 85 = eightyfive-ms 90 = ninety-ms 95 = ninetyfive-ms 100 = hundred-ms |
VISM MG Domain Table
The cwmMgDomainTable contains domain names that are configured by users. The domain names could refer to call agents, TFTP servers for CAS file downloads, external DNS servers, or announcement servers.
The cwmMgDomainTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmMgDomainTable = cardGroup 16. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.16
•cwmMgDomainEntry = cwmMgDomainTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.16.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmMgDomainNode
•cwmMgDomainShelf
•cwmMgDomainSlot
•cwmMgDomainNum
The csmMgDomainTable is the size of 11, which is broken down into the following components:
•Maximum eight MGCs
•One TFTP server
•One external DNS server
•One announcement server
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The following objects are used for adding an entry (mandatory objects):
•cwmMgDomainRowStatus = createAndGo(4)
•cwmMgDomainName
For deleting an entry use the cwmMgDomainRowStatus = destroy(6) object.
For modifying an entry include the cwmMgDomainDnsResolutionType object in SET. The cwmMgDomainRowStatus object is not required.
Table C-64 cwmMgDomainTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmMgDomainNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmMgDomainShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmMgDomainSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmMgDomainNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Domain number. Only 11 entries can be defined in this table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-11 |
cwmMgDomainName |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the MGC. The MGC can be an TFTP server, external DNS server, or announcement server. Once the entry is created, this object cannot be modified. Access: read-only. |
Display string range:1-64 |
cwmMgDomainDnsResolutionType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to determine the kind of DNS resolution to be applied for a particular domain name. The request to set this object to externalOnly(2), internalFirst(3) or externalFirst(4) is rejected if the external DNS server is NULL. Once the entry is created, this object cannot be changed if the cwmMgDomainName refers to external DNS server. The request to change from internalOnly(1) to other types are rejected if external DNS server is NULL. When user change this object to internalOnly(1) then all the externally resolved IP addresses should be implicitly deleted from svMGCResolutionTable. Access: read-write. |
1 = internalOnly (default)—Gateway does not resolve the IP address for this domain name using external DNS. The IP address, which is added by the user, for this domain name is obtained from the svMGCResolutionTable. 2 = externalOnly—IP address for this domain name is resolved externally using external DNS. 3 = internalFirst—First preference is given to statically provisioned IP addresses, followed the IP addresses resolved using external DNS. 4 = externalFirst— First preference are given to IP addresses resolved using external DNS followed by statically provisioned IP addresses. |
cwmMgDomainRowStatus |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Row status to create or delete the domain entry. The deletion of an entry is rejected if there is still reference to this domain name. For example, an entry cannot be deleted if it is configured as MGC, TFTP server, external DNS server or announcement server. Also user added IPs should already been deleted. After delete the domain name externally resolved IPs are purged implicitly. A SET on this object to the returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active—Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active. 4 = createAndGo—Add an entry in this table. 6 = destroy—Delete an entry from this table. |
CWM Tone Plan Table
The cwmTonePlanTable contains configuration information about different tone plans.
The cwmTonePlanTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmTonePlanTable = cardGroup 17. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.17
•cwmTonePlanEntry = cwmTonePlanTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.17.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmTonePlanNode
•cwmTonePlanShelf
•cwmTonePlanSlot
•cwmTonePlanIndex
The first 32 entries are provisionable followed by release dependant number of built in entries, located after the first 32 provisionable entries. The built-in entries cannot be modified.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table cannot be added or deleted. The first 32 provisionable entries can be cleared or configured.
The following mandatory objects are used for configuring an entry:
•cwmTonePlanAdminStatus
•cwmTonePlanRegionName
•cwmTonePlanVersionNumber
•cwmTonePlanFileName
For clearing an entry use the cwmTonePlanAdminStatus = clear (1) object.
Each tone plan entry should have an unique pair of cwmTonePlanRegionName and cwmTonePlanVersionNumber. Entries cannot be cleared if any of the cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable entries refer to this tone plan entry.
Table C-65 cwmTonePlanTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmTonePlanNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmTonePlanShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmTonePlanSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmTonePlanIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Tone plan entry number. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmTonePlanAdminStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
One of the values to configure a tone plan entry. Set the cwmTonePlan
AdminStatus object to configure(2) along with the following mandatory objects: •cwmTonePlanRegionName •cwmTonePlanVersion
Number •cwmTonePlanFileName A configured, provisionable entry can be cleared by setting this object to clear(1). Each tone plan entry must have a unique pair of cwmTonePlanRegionName and cwmTonePlanVersionNumber. A GET on this object always returns na (201). A SET on this object to value na (1) returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = clear 2 = configure 201 = na |
cwmTonePlanOperState |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Operational state of the tone plan. Tone plan information for this entry can be used by a DS-1 line(cwmDsx1VismCnfGrp
Table) only if this object has a value of configured (2). Access: read-only. |
1 = cleared—Provisionable entry, which is cleared (free) and can be configured by setting the cwmTonePlanAdminStatus to configure(2) and other mandatory objects. A built-in tone plan never has the status as cleared(1). 2 = configured—Entry is in use and can be freed by setting the cwmTonePlanAdminStatus to clear(1) if this entry is a provisionable tone plan entry. 3 = reloading—Tone plan entry file is getting downloaded from the PXM during the VISM card initialization. 4 = lost file—Tone plan entry file cannot be downloaded from the PXM. |
cwmTonePlanProvisionFlag |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to specify whether this entry contains predefined built-in tone plan configuration. If this tone plan is not predefined, then you can provision it. Access: read-only. |
1 = builtIn 2 = provisionable |
cwmTonePlanRegionName |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Region (or country) for which this tone plan is defined. Any other entry in this table may have an identical name, but the combination of cwmTonePlanRegionName and cwmTonePlanVersionNumber must be unique. This field can contain alphabetic, numeric, or underscore characters with no embedded spaces. A NULL entry consists of a single space character of one length. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 characters |
cwmTonePlanVersionNumber |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to specify the tone plan version number for a region. Multiple tone plans ca be defined for each region, but each of these tone plans must have a unique cwmTonePlanRegionName and cwmTonePlanVersionNumber pair. A new tone plan added for the same region must have a newer (larger) version number. A value of zero set in this object indicates a NULL entry. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmTonePlanFileName |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of a valid file stored on the TFTP server which contains the tone definitions. A missing or invalid file name causes a failure in the configuration of this entry. If this entry points to a built-in tone plan predefined in the firmware, then the name is BUILTIN. Provisionable file names are not allowed to have the string BUILTIN as their names. This field can contain alphabetic, numeric, or underscore characters with no embedded spaces. A NULL entry consists of a single space character of length one. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Table
The cwmMgcRedGrpTable tracks the MGCs in a redundancy group. Multiple MGCs can be grouped together as part of the same MGC redundancy group.
The cwmMgcRedGrpTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmMgcRedGrpTable = cardGroup 18. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.18
•cwmMgcRedGrpEntry = cwmMgcRedGrpTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.18.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmMgcRedNode
•cwmMgcRedShelf
•cwmMgcRedSlot
•cwmMgcRedGrpNum
•cwmMgcRedNum
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The following mandatory objects are used for adding an entry:
•cwmMgcRedGrpRowStatus = createAndGo
•cwmMgcRedGrpPref
An entry must be added into svMGCTable before the MGC can be added into the redundancy group.
For deleting an entry, use the cwmMgcRedGrpRowStatus = destroy(6).
For modifying an entry, use the cwmMgcRedGrpPref object.
Table C-66 cwmMgcRedGrpTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmMgcRedNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmMgcRedShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmMgcRedSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmMgcRedGrpNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
MGC group number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmMgcRedNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
MGC number. This object is the same as the svMGCNum object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmMgcRedGrpPref |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to configure primary and secondary MGCs when multiple MGCs are in the same MGC redundancy group. This object can be modified after the entry is created. The value must be unique among various MGCs of a same MGC redundancy group. The lower the number the higher the preference. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmMgcRedGrpActState |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to denote the MGC within an MGC redundancy group that is currently active or controlling the gateway. One MGC within a group can be active at any given time. All other MGCs are standbys, and their state are denoted as inactive. When a standby or inactive MGC takes over and starts controlling the MG, the state is changed to active. The other MGCs in the group are made inactive. Access: read-only. |
1 = mgcActive 2 = mgcInactive |
cwmMgcRedGrpRowStatus |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Row status. Use this value to create or delete a table entry. The following mandatory parameters are used for creating an entry: •cwmMgcRedGrpRowStatus •cwmMgcRedGrpPref After an entry is created, a GET on this object returns active (1). When this value is active, a SET on this object returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndgo—Add an entry to this table. 6 = destroy—Delete an entry in this table. |
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Parameters Table
The cwmMgcRedGrpParamTable contains generic parameters of the Media Gateway Controller (MGC) redundancy group.
The cwmMgcRedGrpParamTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmMgcRedGrpParamTable = cardGroup 19. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.19
•cwmMgcRedGrpParamEntry = cwmMgcRedGrpParamTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.19.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRedParamNode
•cwmRedParamShelf
•cwmRedParamSlot
•cwmRedParamGrpNum
Entries in this table cannot be added or deleted.
An entry in this table is automatically created when the first MGC is added for an MGC redundancy group. The objects are set to their default values. When the last MGC from an MGC redundancy group is removed, the corresponding entry from this table is automatically removed.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
The following mandatory objects are used for modifying an entry:
•cwmMgcRedGrpStateChangeNtfy
•cwmMgcRedGrpPriority
Table C-67 cwmMgcRedGrpParamTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRedParamNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmRedParamShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmRedParamSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRedParamGrpNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
MGC group number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmRedParamStateChangeNtfy |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable or disable sending state change notifications. For example, if MGCP/SGCP is the protocol and this object is set to enable, then RSIPs are sent to the Call Agent. Access: read-write. |
1 = true (default) 2 = false |
cwmRedParamCommState |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
State of the communication between the Media Gateway and the Media Gateway Controller (Call Agent) group. This object is set to 2 if a response is not received from any Call Agent in this group to a gateway initiated message. When an entry is created in this table, this object is set to commLoss. If the gateway is able to successfully send a message to the Call Agent or if a message is received from the call agent, then the value of this object is set to commOk. Otherwise, this object remains in the commLoss state. The value of this object transitions back from commOk to commLoss if a gateway initiated message times out and does not reach the Call Agent. Access: read-only. |
1 = commOk—Communication between the gateway and the MGC is OK. 2 = commLoss—(default) Communication between the gateway and the MGC is lost. |
cwmRedParamPriority |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to determine the priority among the MGC redundancy groups within the gateway. An MGC group with a priority of 0 means that the group does not receive gateway initiated messages. A group with a priority of 1 has the highest preference. A group with a priority of 8 has the lowest preference. Multiple MGC redundancy groups can have the same priority. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-8 Default: 1 |
CWM MGC Redundancy Group Protocol Table
The cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolTable contains the protocols that are used in a particular association between the gateway and the MGC redundancy groups.
The cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolTable = cardGroup 20. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.20
•cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolEntry = cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.20.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRedProtocolNode
•cwmRedProtocolShelf
•cwmRedProtocolSlot
•cwmRedProtocolGrpNum
•cwmRedProtocolNum
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Before adding an entry into this table, an entry for the group must exist in cwmMgcRedGrpTable, and an entry for the protocol must exist in svMGSupProtocolTable.
For adding an entry set the cwmRedProtocolRowStatus to createAndGo (4).
For deleting an entry set the cwmRedProtocolRowStatus to destroy (6).
This table does not support modify operations.
The cwmMgcRedGrpProtocol table restricts all MGCs within an MGC redundancy group to have the same set of protocols defined.
Table C-68 cwmMgcRedGrpProtocolTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRedProtocolNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmRedProtocolShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmRedProtocolSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRedProtocolGrpNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
MGC group number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmRedProtocolNum |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
MGC protocol number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmRedProtocolRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Row status. Use this value to create or delete a table entry. The cwmMgcRedGrpRowStatus parameter is mandatory for creating an entry: After an entry is created, a GET on this object returns active (1). When this value is active, a SET on this object returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = creatAndGo—Add an entry to this table. 6 = destroy—Delete an entry from this table. |
cwmRedProtocolPersistEvt
Policy |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to determine how the persistent events are notified. Persistent events notify the Call Agent even though they are not explicitly requested. A set of events can be provisioned on the Gateway as persistent events. Every event has an associated action, which determines whether or not to be notified, ignored, accumulated, and so forth. The Call Agent specifies the action when requesting the GW to notify the event. For persistent events the action is notify. The Call Agent can change the action by explicitly requesting the event associating an action with it. When Gateway has received a notification acknowledgement and is waiting for the next request notification, events can be observed. The Quarantine procedure determines what should be done with these events. This object is used to supersede the quarantine procedure by enforcing loop process as the quarantine procedure only for persistent events. During the period the Gateway has sent a notification and is waiting for the acknowledgement, all events including the persistent events are quarantined unconditionally. This object has no relevance when the protocol is SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = quarantinePersistEvts—
(default) Quarantine persistent events for non persistent events as determined by quarantine method. 2 = notQuarantinePersistEvts— Do not quarantine persistent event and notify them. This value applies only during the period when a notify is acknowledged and waiting for the next RQNT if the quarantine method is stepProcess or stepDiscard. |
cwmRedProtocolQuarantine
Policy |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Quarantine policy when the Call Agent does not explicitly specify one. When an request notification is received from the Call Agent, the Gateway generates a notify message with the list of observed events including the event which triggered the notification. The Gateway generates this message upon observing the first event that qualifies to be notified. After the Call Agent acknowledges the notify message, the Gateway can notify the event or quarantine the event until the next request notification. The Gateway notifies the event if further events are observed and an event qualifies to be notified. This process occurs based on the quarantine policy set by the Call Agent. When the Call Agent does not explicitly specify the quarantine policy, the protocol defines the default behavior. The default behavior varies with different versions of the protocol and is set based on the protocol. This object is used to configure the default quarantine policy per protocol and redundancy group. The default value for MGCP 1.0 is stepProcess. For the other protocols, the default value is stepDiscard. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = stepProcess—Processes the events in the quarantine list. After one notify the events are quarantined until the next request notification. 2 = stepDiscard—Discards the events in the quarantine list. After one notify the events are quarantined until the next request notification. 3 = loopProcess—Processes the events in the quarantine list, and notifies the observed events. 4 = loopDiscard—Discards the events in the quarantine list, and notifies the observed events. |
cwmRedProtocolSigEvtOnOffPolicy |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to provision the way signaled events from the Call Agent are handled by the Gateway. This object is configurable per MGC redundancy group and protocol. If the protocol is MGCP 1.0, the default is deleteOnlyNegatedEvent. Otherwise, the default is deleteEventNotPresent. The configuration of this object only applies to on and off signals and not for brief or timeout signals. For MGCP 0.1 if an empty signaled list is provided, then turn off all the currently signaled events that are on. However unless specifically requested by the Call Agent to turn off the signal cannot be turned off. An empty signal list does imply that the active signals should be turned off. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = deleteEventNotPresent—Signals can be turned off by providing an empty S: list. The signal can be turned on by providing the signal name. For example, S: turns off all active signals on the endpoint. S: T/co1 turns on co1 signal. 2 = deleteOnlyNegatedEvent—
Signal currently active on an endpoint/connection can be turned off only by specifying a (-). This event can be turned on by providing the signal name or by specifying the signal name with a (+). For example, S:T/co1(+), L/hd turns on co1 and hd events on the endpoint. |
cwmRedProtocolProvisional
Response |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable or disable sending provisional responses to the Call Agent when processing a request received from the Call Agent. The provisional response to the Call Agent indicates that the Gateway is processing the request and sends a final response once the processing is complete. For example, if a CRCX request from the Call Agent using MGCP protocol requires that resources be reserved along the bearer path using RSVP, the Gateway sends a provisional response if this parameter was set to true. The Gateway waits for the RSVP procedure to complete before sending the final response. If the value of this parameter is set to false, the final response is sent out without waiting for the RSVP procedure to complete. When the RSVP procedure completes, the Gateway sends a notify message, indicating whether or not the RSVP procedure was successful. The Gateway receives provisional responses from the Call Agent. These messages are parsed and ignored regardless of this object. If the Call Agent supports MGCP1.0, the default value for this object is sendProvisionalResponse. For all other protocols the default is notSendProvisionalResponse. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = sendProvisionalResponse 2 = notSendProvisionalResponse |
cwmRedProtocolResponseAckAttr |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
List of transaction IDs which are acknowledged by the Call Agent. Every command from the Call Agent could contain Response Acknowledgement attribute. When the Gateway receives this acknowledgement, it can free up the resources attached to this transaction ID. When this attribute is present in the Gateway response, it should contain an empty list of transaction ID. This attribute in the response from the Gateway is to invite a response Acknowledgement message from the Call Agent for this response. This response is present in the final response sent by the gateway only when a provisional response had been sent prior to this final response for the same transaction. This object determines whether the Gateway should include Response Acknowledgement in the final response. This object does not determine the capability of the Gateway to receive Response Acknowledgement attribute as part of Call Agent commands. For MGCP 1.0 protocol the default value is sendResponseAckAttr. For other protocols the default value is notSendResponseAckAttr. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = sendResponseAckAttr—Acknowledgement attribute is part of final response when a provisional response had been sent earlier. 2 = notSendResponseAckAttr—Gateway does not include response acknowledgement attribute as part of final response when a provisional response had been sent earlier |
cwmRedProtocolDisconnect
Procedure |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the disconnected procedure has to be enabled or disabled per protocol per MGC group configured. The endpoint becomes disconnected when a gateway initiated commands are sent to the Call Agent and has not received any response from the Call Agent. The disconnected endpoint initiates the disconnected procedure by sending Restart in Progress command with restart method RM:disconnected to the call agent. When the object is set to doDisconnectProcedure, the endpoint starts the disconnected procedure and sends Restart in Progress command with the restart method RM:disconnected to the Call Agent. For MGCP 1.0 the default is doDisconnectProcedure. For all other protocols the default is notDoDisconnectProcedure. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = doDisconnectProcedure 2 = notDoDisconnectProcedure |
cwmRedProtocolCancel
Graceful |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not notification of RSIP cancel graceful has to be enabled or disabled per protocol and MGC group configured. The Restart in Progress command with the restart method of cancel graceful indicates that the gateway is canceling a previously issued graceful restart in progress command. The endpoints are still in service. When the object is set to sendCancelGraceful, the Gateway sends the Restart in Progress command with the restart method of cancel graceful, indicating that the Gateway is canceling the previously sent graceful Restart in Progress command. For MGCP 1.0 the default is sendCancelGraceful. For all of the protocols the default is notSendCancelGraceful. This object is not relevant to SRCP. Access: read-write. |
1 = sendCancelGraceful 2 = notSendCancelGraceful |
VISM AAL2 Profiles Group Table
The cwmAal2ProfileTable is contains configuration about various codec elements (packetization period, voice activity detection, voice codec, preference and voice band data codec) used in switched AAL2 PVC voice calls.
The cwmAal2ProfileTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmAal2ProfileTable = cardGroup 21. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.21
•cwmAal2ProfileEntry = cwmAal2ProfileTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.21.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmAal2ProfileNode
•cwmAal2ProfileShelf
•cwmAal2ProfileSlo
•cwmAal2ProfileType
•cwmAal2ProfileNumber
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are populated when the card is initialized. Entries can not be added to or deleted from this table, but they can be modified.
This table is only applicable in the case of AAl2 trunking and switching applications. For VoIP and AAL1 applications, use the cwmVoIpCodecTable.
Table C-69 cwmAal2ProfileTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmAal2ProfileNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 characters |
cwmAal2ProfileShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 characters |
cwmAal2ProfileSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmAal2ProfileType |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Profile type. Only the following combination of cwmAal2ProfileType and cwmAal2ProfileNumber are populated in this table: •1st entry: itu, one •2nd entry: itu, two •3rd entry: itu, three •4th entry: itu, seven •5th entry: itu, eight •6th entry: itu, twelve •7th entry: custom, oneHundred •8th entry: custom, oneHundredOne •9th entry: custom, oneHundredTen •10th entry: custom, twoHundred Access: read-only. |
1 = itu 3 = custom |
cwmAal2ProfileNumber |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Profile number. Only the following combination of cwmAal2ProfileType and cwmAal2ProfileNumber are populated in this table: •1st entry: itu, one •2nd entry: itu, two •3rd entry: itu, three •4th entry: itu, seven •5th entry: itu, eight •6th entry: itu, twelve •7th entry: custom, oneHundred •8th entry: custom, oneHundredOne •9th entry: custom, oneHundredTen •10th entry: custom, twoHundred Access: read-only. |
1 = one 2 = two 3 = three 7 = seven 8 = eight 12 = twelve 100 = oneHundred 101 = oneHundredOne 110 = oneHundredTen 200 = twoHundred |
cwmAal2ProfilePreference |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the preference of one profile over another. A profile with a preference of zero (0) means that this profile element cannot be used. A non-zero value with a lower number has a higher preference. The range of settable values is limited to the number of profiles or number of rows in this table. If two or more entries have the same preference number then the first entry in the table is used. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-10 1 = itu, three 2 = itu, seven 3 = itu, two 4 = itu, one 5 = itu, eight 6 = custom, oneHundred 7 = custom, oneHundredOne 8 = custom, oneHundredTen 9 = custom, twoHundred 10 =- itu, twelve |
cwmAal2ProfileVoiceCodec |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine the CODEC to be used in this profile. Validation is done before setting this object based on the current template used in the card. The following default values of this object depend upon the profile: •itu, one = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, two = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, three = g-726-32 •itu, seven = g-729ab •itu, eight = g-729ab •itu, twelve = g-723h •custom, oneHundred = g-726-32 •custom, oneHundredOne = g-729ab •custom, oneHundredTen = g-729ab •custom, twoHundred = clearChannel Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u—Represents G.711u. 2 = g-711a—Represents G.711a. 3 = g-726-32—
Represents G.726 at rate 32 kbps. 4 = g-729a—Represents G.729a. 5 = g-729ab—Represents G.729ab. 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16—
Represents G.726 at rate 16 kbps. 8 = g-726-24— Represents G.726 at rate 24 kbps. 9 = g-726-40—Represents G.726 at rate 40 kbps. 11 = g-723h—Represents G.723.1-H. 12 = g-723ah—
Represents G.723.1a-H. 13 = g-723l—Represents G.723.1-L. 14 = g-723al—
Represents G.723.1a-L. |
cwmAal2ProfileVoicePkt
Period |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the packetization period in milliseconds for a given CODEC. The following default values of this object depends upon the profile: •itu, one = five-ms •itu, two = five-ms •itu, three = five-ms •itu, seven = ten-ms •itu, eight = ten-ms •itu, twelve = thirty-ms •custom, oneHundred = ten-ms •custom, oneHundredOne = ten-ms •custom, oneHundredTen = thirty-ms •custom, twoHundred = five-ms Access: read-write. |
5 = five-ms 10 = ten-ms 20 = twenty-ms 30 = thirty-ms 40 = forty-ms 60 = sixty-ms |
cwmAal2ProfileVoiceVad |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to define whether or not the voice activity detection (VAD) has to be applied or not when the current profile is chosen. Upon detection of silence based on the configuration in this object either generic silence insertion descriptor (SID) packet as specified in I.366.2 standards or SID 729 packet is sent to the other end. The following default values of this object depends on the profile. •itu, one = on—silence suppression enabled with no SID •itu, two = sidGeneric •itu, three = sidGeneric •itu, seven = sid729 •itu, eight = sid729 •itu, twelve = sid723 •custom, oneHundred = sidGeneric •custom, oneHundredOne= sid729 •custom, oneHundredTen= sid729 •custom, twoHundred = off—silence suppression disabled with no SID Access: read-write. |
1 = off 2 = on 3 = sidGenric 4 = sid729 5 = sid723 |
cwmAal2ProfileVBDCodec |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine the voice band data (VBD) CODEC to be used when upspeed happens. The following default values of this object depend upon the profile: •itu, one = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, two = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, three = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, seven = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, eight = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •itu, twelve = g-723h •custom, oneHundred = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •custom, oneHundredOne = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •custom, oneHundredTen = g-711u/g-711a based on T1/E1 card type •custom, twoHundred = clearChannel Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u—Represents G.711u. 2 = g-711a—Represents G.711a. 3 = g-726-32—Represents G.726 at rate 32 kbps. 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16—Represents G.726 at rate 16 kbps. 8 = g-726-24—Represents G.726 at rate 24 kbps. 9 = g-726-40—Represents G.726 at rate 40 kbps. 11 = g-723h—Represents G.723.1-H. |
cwmAal2ProfileVBDPkt
Period |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the packetization period in milliseconds for a given VBD CODEC. The following default values of this object depends upon the profile: •itu, one = five-ms •itu, two = five-ms •itu, three = five-ms •itu, seven = ten-ms •itu, eight = ten-ms •itu, twelve = thirty-ms •custom, oneHundred = ten-ms •custom, oneHundredOne = ten-ms •custom, oneHundredTen = thirty-ms •custom, twoHundred = five-ms Access: read-write. |
5 = five-ms 10 = ten-ms 30 = thirty-ms |
Announcement Table
The cwmAnnouncementTable contains attributes of the permanent announcements on the VISM card. This table corresponds to the cwAnnounceTable on the VISM card.
The cwmAnnouncementTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmAnnouncementTable = cardGroup 23. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.23
•cwmAnnouncementEntry = cwmAnnouncementTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.23.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmAnnNode
•cwmAnnFeeder
•cwmAnnSlot
•cwmAnnIndex
The VISM card can be configured with different permanent announcements by downloading the different files which contain the various announcements from the Announcement File Server.
This table can contain up to the maximum number of permanent announcement file names as specified by the svVismAnnMaximumSize MIB object.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table can be added and deleted but not modified.
The following mandatory objects are used for configuring an entry:
•cwmAnnRowStatus = creteAndGo(4)
•cwmAnnFileName
For deleting an entry use the cwmAnnRowStatus = destroy(6)object.
This table is only applicable for VoIP.
Table C-70 cwmAnnouncementTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmAnnNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmAnnFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmAnnSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmAnnIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmAnnRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Row status used to create or delete this table entry. The following mandatory parameters are used for creating an entry: •cwmAnnRowStatus = create
AndGo(4) •cwmAnnFileName The cwmAnnRowStatus = destroy(6) is used for deleting an entry. After the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value=active(1) returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo—Adds an entry in this table. 6 = destroy—Deletes an entry from this table. |
cwmAnnFileName |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of a valid announcement file which has been stored in the Announcement table as a permanent announcement file name. This file name might include path or subdirectory information. The individual characters in this name might be alphanumeric, forward slashes, backward slashes, periods, dashes, and underscores. The name does not include embedded spaces. The last character of the name must not be a dash or a forward slash. The cwmAnnFileName cannot consist of a single underscore character ('_'), which is used as an alternative default NULL string. This object cannot be modified once the row is created. Access: read-write. |
Display string |
cwmAnnFileCodec |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Codec associated with a specific announcement file. The default is the value specified by the svVismAnnPreferenceCodec object. This object cannot be modified once the row is created. Access: read-write. |
1 = g-711u 2 = g-711a 3 = g-726-32 4 = g-729a 5 = g-729ab 6 = clearChannel 7 = g-726-16 8 = g-726-24 9 = g-726-40 11 = g-723h 12 = g-723ah 13 = g-723l 14 = g-723al |
cwmAnnFileStatus |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Status of the announcement file. Access: read-only. |
1 = loaded— Announcement file is successfully downloaded the server. 2 = loading— Downloading of the file is in progress. 3 = invalidFile— File on the server is too large or corrupted. 4 = loadFailed— Timeout occurs while trying to download the file. |
Codec Template Table
The cwmCodecTemplateTable defines the digital signal processor (DSP) templates that are applicable on a card basis. This table corresponds to the vismCodecTemplateCnfGrpTable on the VISM card.
The cwmCodecTemplateTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmCodecTemplateTable = cardGroup 24. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.24
•cwmCodecTemplateEntry = cwmCodecTemplateTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.24.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmCodecTemplateNode
•cwmCodecTemplateFeeder
•cwmCodecTemplateSlot
•cwmCodecTemplateIndex
This table defines the set of codecs supported in each template and the maximum number of DS0s supported on the VISM card for a given template.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
This table is read-only, therefore, no configuration operations are supported.
Table C-71 cwmCodecTemplateTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmCodecTemplateNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmCodecTemplateFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmCodecTemplateSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmCodecTemplateIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Template index is the input at the time of configuring the template using cnfcodectmpl VISM fw CLI command. The svVismAppliedTemplate gives the Codec template currently configured on the card. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmCodecTemplateSupported |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Bit map of Codecs supported in this template. Bit 0 = G.711 Mu-law codec. Bit 1 = G.711 A-law codec. Bit 2 = G.726 at rate 32 kbps. Bit 3 = G.729a codec. Bit 4 = G.729ab codec. Bit 5 = Clear channel. Bit 6 = G.726 at rate 16 kbps. Bit 7 = G.726 at rate 24 kbps. Bit 8 = G.726 at rate 40 kbps. Bit 9 = Internal use (T.38) Bit 10 = G.723.1-H codec. Bit 11 = G.723.1a-H codec. Bit 12 = G.723.1-L codec. Bit 13 = G.723.1a-L codec. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmCodecTemplateMaxDs0
Count |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of Ds0 channels supported for this template. Based on the codec that is of the maximum complexity, the maximum number of Ds0 channels that can be supported with a given set of codecs is determined and stored in this variable. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
SRCP Peer Group Parameters Table
The cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamTable is used to provision Simple Resource Coordination Protocol (SRCP) parameters for an Media Gateway Controller (MGC) redundancy group. This table corresponds to the srcpPeerGrpParamTable on the VISM card.
The cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamTable = cardGroup 25. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.25
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamEntry = cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.25.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpNode
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpFeeder
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpSlot
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpMgcRedGrpIndex
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Each table entry corresponds to a SRCP peer entry that is identified by the MGC redundancy group number.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when the SRCP protocol is added for an MGC Redundancy Group. The entry is removed if the SRCP protocol is removed for the group.
The following objects can be configured:
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpHeartbeatInterval
•cwmSrcpPeerGrpMaxPduSize
Table C-72 cwmSrcpPeerGrpParamTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmSrcpPeerGrpNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
MGC redundancy group number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-65535 |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpHeartbeat
Interval |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the length of the heartbeat interval, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, heartbeat for this peer group is not monitored. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0, 100-65535 milliseconds Default: 0 |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpTimeSince
Heartbeat |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time since the last heartbeat was received, in milliseconds. This object represents the difference between the current time and the last time an SRCP command was received. A value of 0 is returned if the heartbeat is not monitored. If the heartbeat is monitored, a value of 0 is returned if any of the following conditions are true: •The system is locked or disabled (as indicated by svVismMGAdminState or svVismXGCPOperStatus objects). •The stateChangeNtfy flag is disabled for the srcpPeer Group (as indicated by cwmRedParamState
ChangeNtfy object). Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmSrcpPeerGrpMaxPdu
Size |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure the maximum UDP PDU size, in octets, that can be used for SRCP communications with the peer. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4095-65535 Default: 16384 |
XGCP Event Table
The cwmXgcpEventTable contains configuration information about Xternal Media Gateway Control Protocol (XGCP) events which need a persistent notification request to the Call Agent. For example, VISM sends notifications to the Call Agent for the events that are listed in this table without being asked by the Call Agent.
This table corresponds to the persistentXgcpEventsTable in the VISM card.
The cwmXgcpEventTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmXgcpEventTable = cardGroup 26. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.26
•cwmXgcpEventEntry = cwmXgcpEventTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.26.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmXgcpEventNode
•cwmXgcpEventFeeder
•cwmXgcpEventSlot
•cwmXgcpEventIndex
.This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table can be added, deleted, and modified.
To create an entry, use the following mandatory parameters:
•cwmXgcpEventRowStatus = creteAndGo(4)
•cwmXgcpEventName
To modify an entry, use the cwmXgcpEventName object.
To delete an entry, use the cwmXgcpEventRowStatus = destroy(6) object.
Table C-73 cwmXgcpEventTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmXgcpEventNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmXgcpEventFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmXgcpEventSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmXgcpEventIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmXgcpEventRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Row status used to create or delete this table entry. The following mandatory parameters are used for creating an entry: •cwmXgcpEventRowStatus = createAndGo(4) •cwmXgcpEventName The cwmXgcpEventRowStatus = destroy(6) object is used for deleting an entry. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value=active(1) returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo—Adds an entry to this table. 6 = destroy—Deletes an entry from this table. |
cwmXgcpEventName |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the event. Syntax: Pkg/Event Pkgs:g, d, m, t, l, h, r, n, a, s, xatm, atm Events: co4, fxr, ft, mt, hu, hd, vbd, vbdt Example: g/mt or g/vbd Access: read-write. |
String: 0-64 |
RSVP Group
The tables and objects in the RSVP group are included cardGroup 27. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27
RSVP Session Table
The cwmRsvpSessionTable contains all sessions seen by a given system. This table corresponds with the rsvpSessionTable table on the VISM card.
The cwmRsvpSessionTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpSessionTable = cwmRsvpObjects 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.1
•cwmRsvpSessionEntry = cwmRsvpSessionTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.1.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpSessionNode
•cwmRsvpSessionFeeder
•cwmRsvpSessionSlot
•cwmRsvpSessionNumber
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when voice calls are made in the VoIp switching applications.
This is a read-only table, therefore, no configurations are supported.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-74 cwmRsvpSessionTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpSessionNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpSessionFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpSessionSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpSessionNumber |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSessionType |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of session, for example IP4, IP6, IP6 with flow information, and so forth. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpSessionDestAddr |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Destination address used by all senders in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the cwmRsvpSessionRowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpSessionDestAddr
Length |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
CIDR prefix length of the session address, Value is 32 for IP4 host and multicast addresses. Value is 128 for IP6 addresses. This object cannot be changed when the value of the cwmRsvpSessionRowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-128 |
cwmRsvpSessionProtocol |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP Protocol used by this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the cwmRsvpSessionRowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpSessionPort |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a destination port for all senders in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the cwmRsvpSessionRowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
String range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpSessionSenders |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of distinct senders currently known. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmRsvpSessionReceivers |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of reservations being requested of the system for this session. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmRsvpSessionRequests |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of reservation requests the system is sending upstream for this session. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
RSVP Sender Table
The cwmRsvpSenderTable contains the information displayed by senders regarding their potential contribution to session data content. The information includes valid PATH messages that the RSVP router or host is receiving.
The cwmRsvpSenderTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpSenderTable = cwmRsvpObjects 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.2
•cwmRsvpSenderEntry = cwmRsvpSenderTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.2.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpSenderNode
•cwmRsvpSenderFeeder
•cwmRsvpSenderSlot
•cwmRsvpSenderSession
•cwmRsvpSenderNumber
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when voice calls are made in the VoIp switching applications.
This is a read-only table, therefore, no configurations are supported.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-75 cwmRsvpSenderTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpSenderNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpSenderFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpSenderSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpSenderSession |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderNumber |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this sender. This object is an index to the table. This object is used for SNMP indexing and has no relation to any protocol value. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of session, for example IP4, IP6, IP6 with flow information, and so forth. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpSenderDestAddr |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Destination address used by all senders in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpSenderAddr |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Source address used by the sender in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpSenderDestAddr
Length |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Length of the destination address in bits. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpSenderAddrLength |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address length of the sender. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpSenderProtocol |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP Protocol used by this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpSenderDestPort |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a destination port for all senders in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpSenderPort |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a source port for the sender in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpSenderFlowId |
14 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderHopAddr |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address used by the previous RSVP hop, which may be the original sender. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpSenderHopLih |
16 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
|
cwmRsvpSenderInterface |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value (ifIndex) of the interface on which this PATH message is most recently received. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderInterface |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Average bit rate of the sender data stream. Within a transmission burst, the arrival rate might be as fast as the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecPeakRate if supported by the service model). If averaged across two or more burst intervals the rate should not exceed the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecRate. Note The measured average rate might be significantly lower. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpSenderTSpecPeak
Rate |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Peak bit rate of the sender data stream. Traffic arrival is not expected to exceed this rate at any time, apart from the effects of jitter in the network. If not specified in the TSpec, this object returns zero or noSuchValue. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpSenderTSpecBurst |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Size of the largest burst expected from the sender. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. .Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bytes |
cwmRsvpSenderTSpecMinTU |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum message size for this flow. The policing algorithm treats smaller messages as though they are the size of this object. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderTSpecMaxTU |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum message size for this flow. The admission algorithm rejects TSpec, whose maximum transmission unit plus the interface headers, exceed the interface. MTU. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderInterval |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Interval between refresh messages as advertised by the previous hop. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderRSVPHop |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RSVP hop. If set to true, the node the previous IP hop is an RSVP hop. If set to false, the node believes that the previous IP hop may not be an RSVP hop. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpSenderLastChange |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time of the last change in this PATH message. This object is either the first time the message is received or the time of the most recent change in parameters. Access: read-only. |
Time ticks |
cwmRsvpSenderPolicy |
26 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspecBreak |
27 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspecHop
Count |
28 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspecPathBw |
29 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspecMin
Latency |
30 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspecMtu |
31 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
Guaranteed Svc |
32 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedBreak |
33 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedCtot |
34 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedDtot |
35 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedCsum |
36 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedDsum |
37 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedHopCount |
38 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedPathBw |
39 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedMinLatency |
40 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
GuaranteedMtu |
41 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadSvc |
42 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadBreak |
43 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadHopCount |
44 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadPathBw |
45 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadMinLatency |
46 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderAdspec
CtrlLoadMtu |
47 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpSenderStatus |
48 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to install or delete static PATH information. This value is active for all active PATH messages. A SET is not supported on this object, and GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Row Status |
cwmRsvpSenderTTL |
49 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
TTL value in the RSVP header that is last received. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-255 |
RSVP Sender Out Interface Table
The cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceTable contains a list of outgoing interfaces that PATH messages use.
The cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceTable = cwmRsvpObjects 3. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.3
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceEntry = cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.3.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceNode
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceFeeder
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceSlot
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceSession
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceSender
•cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceIfIndex
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when voice calls are made in the VoIp switching applications.
This is a read-only table, therefore, no configurations are supported.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-76 cwmRsvpSenderOutInterfaceTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Node |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Feeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Slot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Session |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. This object is the same as that of cwmRsvpSessionNumber object from the cwmRsvpSessionTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Sender |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this sender. This object is an index to the table. This object is the same as that of the cwmRsvpSenderNumber object from the cwmRsvpSenderTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
IfIndex |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
LCN or VCI for VISM implementation. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 131-510 |
cwmRsvpSenderOutInterface
Status |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Status. Value is active for all active PATH messages. Access: read-only. |
Row status |
RSVP Reservation Table
The cwmRsvpResvTable contains a list of the valid reservation messages that the RSVP router or host is receiving.
The cwmRsvpResvTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpResvTable = cwmRsvpObjects 4. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.4
•cwmRsvpResvEntry = cwmRsvpResvTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.4.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpResvNode
•cwmRsvpResvFeeder
•cwmRsvpResvSlot
•cwmRsvpResvSession
•cwmRsvpResvNumber
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when voice calls are made in the VoIp switching applications.
This is a read-only table, therefore, no configurations are supported.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-77 cwmRsvpResvTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpResvNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpResvFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpResvSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpResvSession |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. This object is the same as that of the cwmRsvpSessionNumber from the cwmRsvpSessionTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvNumber |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this sender. This object is an index to the table. This object is the same as that of the cwmRsvpSessionNumber from the cwmRsvpSessionTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of session, for example IP4, IP6, IP6 with flow information, and so forth. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpResvDestAddr |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Destination address used by all senders in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvSenderAddr |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Source address used by the sender in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvDestAddrLength |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Length of the destination address in bits. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpResvSenderAddr
Length |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address length of the sender. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpResvProtocol |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP Protocol used by this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpResvDestPort |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a destination port for all senders in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpResvPort |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a source port for the sender in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpResvHopAddr |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address used by the previous RSVP hop, which may be the original sender. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvHopLih |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpResvInterface |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value (ifIndex) of the interface on which this PATH message is most recently received. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvService |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Quality of Service (QoS) classification requested by the receiver. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
QoS |
cwmRsvpResvTSpecRate |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Average bit rate of the sender data stream. Within a transmission burst, the arrival rate might be as fast as the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecPeakRate if supported by the service model). If averaged across two or more burst intervals the rate should not exceed the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecRate. Note The measured average rate might be significantly lower. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvTSpecPeakRate |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Peak bit rate of the sender data stream. Traffic arrival is not expected to exceed this rate at any time, apart from the effects of jitter in the network. If not specified in the TSpec, this object returns zero or noSuchValue. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvTSpecBurst |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Size of the largest burst expected from the sender. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. .Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bytes |
cwmRsvpResvTSpecMinTU |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum message size for this flow. The policing algorithm treats smaller messages as though they are the size of this object. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvTSpecMaxTU |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum message size for this flow. The admission algorithm rejects TSpecs, whose maximum transmission unit plus the interface headers, exceed the interface. MTU. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvRSpecRate |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Clearing rate that is being requested if the requested service is guaranteed, as specified by cwmRsvpResvService. Otherwise, this value is zero, or the agent might return noSuchValue. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvRSpecSlack |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Delay slack if the requested service is guaranteed, as specified by cwmRsvpResvService. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Integer in microseconds |
cwmRsvpResvInterval |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Interval between refresh messages as advertised by the next hop. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvScope |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Scope is displayed as an uninterrupted string of octets, including the object header. In the absence of such an object, this value should be of zero length. If the length is non-zero, this object contains a series of IP4 or IP6 addresses. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
String size; 0-65536 |
cwmRsvpResvShared |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine shared reservations. A value of true indicates that a reservation shared among senders is requested. If this value is false, a reservation specific to this sender is requested. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvExplicit |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
If this value is true, individual senders are listed using Filter Specifications. If this value is false, all senders are implicitly selected. The Scope Object contains a list of senders that need to receive this reservation request for routing the RESV message. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvHop |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RSVP hop. If set to true, the node the previous IP hop is an RSVP hop. If set to false, the node believes that the previous IP hop may not be an RSVP hop. A SET is not supported on this object, therefore a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvLastChange |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time of the last change in this PATH message. This object is either the first time the message is received or the time of the most recent change in parameters. Access: read-only. |
Time ticks |
cwmRsvpResvPolicy |
31 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpResvStatus |
32 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to install or delete static RESV information. This value is active for all active RESV messages. A SET is not supported on this object, and GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Row Status |
cwmRsvpResvTTL |
33 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
TTL value in the RSVP header that is last received. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-255 |
cwmRsvpResvFlowId |
34 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
RSVP Reservation Forwarded Table
The cwmRsvpResvFwdTable contains a list of the valid reservation messages that the Resource Reservation Setup Protocol (RSVP) router or host is sending to its upstream neighbors. The routers or hosts use RSVP to request the type of packet streams (for example, bandwidth, jitter, maximum burst, and so on) that the neighboring nodes should send.
The cwmRsvpResvFwdTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpResvFwdTable = cwmRsvpObjects 5. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.5
•cwmRsvpResvFwdEntry = cwmRsvpResvFwdTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.5.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpResvFwdNode
•cwmRsvpResvFwdFeeder
•cwmRsvpResvFwdSlot
•cwmRsvpResvFwdSession
•cwmRsvpResvFwdNumber
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table are implicitly created when voice calls are made in the VoIp switching applications.
This is a read-only table, therefore, no configurations are supported.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-78 cwmRsvpResvFwdTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpResvFwdNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdSession |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. This object is the same as the cwmRsvpSessionNumber from cwmRsvpSessionTable. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdNumber |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of this session. This object is an index to the table. This object is for SNMP indexing purposes and does not have any relation to a protocol value. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdType |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of session, for example IP4, IP6, IP6 with flow information, and so forth. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdDestAddr |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Destination address used by all senders in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdSenderAddr |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Source address used by the sender in this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdDestAddr
Length |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Length of the destination address in bits. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpResvFwdSenderAddr
Length |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address length of the sender. This object is the CIDR prefix length. For IP4 hosts and multicast addresses, this value is 32 bits. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-128 bits |
cwmRsvpResvFwdProtocol |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IP Protocol used by this session. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-255 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdDestPort |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a destination port for all senders in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdPort |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
UDP or TCP port number used as a source port for the sender in this session. The IP protocol in use, specified by cwmRsvpSenderProtocol, is 50 (ESP) or 51 (AH), represents a virtual destination port number. A value of zero indicates that the IP protocol in use does not have ports. This object cannot be changed when the value of the RowStatus object is active. Access: read-only. |
Range: 2-4 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdHopAddr |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Address used by the previous RSVP hop, which may be the original sender. Access: read-only. |
Range: 4-16 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdHopLih |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
This object is not supported. |
|
cwmRsvpResvFwdInterface |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value (ifIndex) of the interface on which this PATH message is most recently received. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdService |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Quality of Service (QoS) classification requested by the receiver. Access: read-only. |
QoS |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTSpecRate |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Average bit rate of the sender data stream. Within a transmission burst, the arrival rate might be as fast as the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecPeakRate if supported by the service model). If averaged across two or more burst intervals the rate should not exceed the cwmRsvpSenderTSpecRate. Note The measured average rate might be significantly lower. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTSpecPeak
Rate |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Peak bit rate of the sender data stream. Traffic arrival is not expected to exceed this rate at any time, apart from the effects of jitter in the network. If not specified in the TSpec, this object returns zero or noSuchValue. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTSpecBurst |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Size of the largest burst expected from the sender. If this value is less than the sender's advertised burst size, the receiver is asking the network to provide flow pacing beyond what would be provided under normal circumstances. .Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bytes |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTSpecMinTU |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum message size for this flow. The policing algorithm treats smaller messages as though they are the size of this object. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTSpecMaxTU |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum message size for this flow. The admission algorithm rejects TSpecs, whose maximum transmission unit plus the interface headers, exceed the interface. MTU. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdRSpecRate |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Clearing rate that is being requested if the requested service is guaranteed, as specified by cwmRsvpResvService. Otherwise, this value is zero, or the agent might return noSuchValue. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 bits per second |
cwmRsvpResvFwdRSpecSlack |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Delay slack if the requested service is guaranteed, as specified by cwmRsvpResvService. Access: read-only. |
Integer in microseconds |
cwmRsvpResvFwdInterval |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Interval between refresh messages as advertised by the next hop. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdScope |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Scope is displayed as an uninterrupted string of octets, including the object header. In the absence of such an object, this value should be of zero length. If the length is non-zero, this object contains a series of IP4 or IP6 addresses. Access: read-only. |
String size; 0-65536 |
cwmRsvpResvFwdShared |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine shared reservations. A value of true indicates that a reservation shared among senders is requested. If this value is false, a reservation specific to this sender is requested. Access: read-only. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvFwdExplicit |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
If this value is true, individual senders are listed using Filter Specifications. If this value is false, all senders are implicitly selected. The Scope Object contains a list of senders that need to receive this reservation request for routing the RESV message. Access: read-only. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvFwdRSVPHop |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
RSVP hop. If set to true, the node the previous IP hop is an RSVP hop. If set to false, the node believes that the previous IP hop may not be an RSVP hop. Access: read-only. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpResvFwdLastChange |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time of the last change in this PATH message. This object is either the first time the message is received or the time of the most recent change in parameters. Access: read-only. |
Time ticks |
cwmRsvpResvFwdPolicy |
31 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpResvFwdStatus |
32 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object used to install or delete static RESV information. This value is active for all active RESV messages. A SET is not supported on this object, and GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Row Status |
cwmRsvpResvFwdTTL |
33 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpResvFwdFlowId |
34 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
RSVP Interface Table
The cwmRsvpIfTable contains the RSVP-specific information for an interface. This information is shared with other reservation procedures such as ST-II.
The cwmRsvpIfTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmRsvpIfTable = cwmRsvpObjects 6. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.6
•cwmRsvpIfEntry = cwmRsvpIfTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.4.27.6.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmRsvpIfNode
•cwmRsvpIfFeeder
•cwmRsvpIfSlot
•cwmRsvpIfIndex
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table can be added, deleted and modified.
To add an entry, use the cwmRsvpIfStatus = createAndGo(4) object.
To modify an entry, use the cwmRsvpIfRefreshMultiple object.
To delete and entry, use the cwmRsvpIfStatus = destroy(6) object.
This table is only applicable to VoIP Switching.
Table C-79 cwmRsvpIfTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmRsvpIfNode |
1 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmRsvpIfFeeder |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmRsvpIfSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmRsvpIfIndex |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
LCN or VCI in VISM implementation. This object is an index to the table. Access: read-only. |
Range: 131-510 |
cwmRsvpIfUdpNbrs |
5 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpIfIpNbrs |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of neighbors perceived to be using only the RSVP IP. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmRsvpIpNbrs |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of neighbors currently perceived. This value exceeds cwmRsvpIfIpNbrs + cwmRsvpIfUdpNbrs by the number of neighbors using both encapsulations. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmRsvpIfRefreshBlockade
Multiple |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value of the RSVP value Kb, which is the minimum number of refresh intervals that the blockade state lasts once entered. A SET is not supported on this object, and a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65536 Default: 4 |
cwmRsvpIfRefreshMultiple |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value of the RSVP value K. This value is the number of refresh intervals which must elapse (minimum) before a PATH or RESV message which is not being refreshed is aged out. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-65536 Default: 4 |
cwmRsvpIfTTL |
10 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpIfRefreshInterval |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value of the RSVP R. This value is the minimum period between refresh transmissions of a given PATH or RESV message on an interface. A SET is not supported on this object, and a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-.2147483647 |
cwmRsvpIfRouteDelay |
12 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmRsvpIfEnabled |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable RSVP on this interface. Access: read-write. |
1 = true—RSVP is enabled on this interface. 2 = false—RSVP is not enabled on this interface. |
cwmRsvpIfUdpRequired |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value of true indicates that manual configuration forces the use of UDP encapsulation on the interface. If this value is false, UDP encapsulation is only used if cwmRsvpIfUdpNbrs is not zero. A SET is not supported on this object, and a GenErr is returned for any SET attempts. Access: read-write. |
Truth value |
cwmRsvpIfStatus |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Row status used to create or delete the entry. Once the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value=active(1) returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo—Adds an entry in this table. 6 = destroy—Deletes an entry from this table. |
Line Group
The LineGroupService.mib file contains the tables that provide node and card information. This file is supported by the LineProxy.
The tables in this group are identified by the srvcLineGroup OID = service group 5. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5
The tables and subsequent objects have unique OIDs under this srvcLineGroup.
VISM DSX1 Configuration Group Table
The cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable describes the VISM specific line configuration. Entries in this table are automatically created and deleted when lines on the VISM card are enabled and disabled.
The cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable = srvcLineGroup 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.1
•cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpEntry = cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.1.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmVismNode
•cwmVismShelf
•cwmVismSlot
•cwmVismLineNum
This table supports the configuration of DSP parameters and line signaling.
The line must be enabled before these parameters can be configured.
Note Line enable/disable feature is not available through the Service Agent.
Table C-80 cwmDsx1VismCnfGrpTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmVismNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-10 characters |
cwmVismShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-10 characters |
cwmVismSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot Number. Access: read-only. |
Range:1-64 |
cwmVismLineNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
T1/E1 line number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
cwmVismEcanEnabled |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to enable or disable the echo cancellation feature. Access: read-only. |
1 = enable 2 = disable |
cwmVismEcanToneDisable |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Parameter determines the behavior of the echo canceller in the presence of a modem. Access: read-write. |
1 = ignore—Ignore 2100 Hz modem answer tone. 2 = g-164—Disable the canceller for all the tones, phase reversing or not. 3 = reservedDdisable the canceller for phase reversing tone only. (V.8 modulated phase reversing tone as well as the V.fast non-standard phase reversing tone) 4 = g-165 |
cwmVismEcanCnfNRN |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Echo canceller re-enable (NRN). This parameter determines when an echo canceller re-enables and begins cancellation after it has been disabled due to detection of a modem answer tone. This parameter is not applicable when cwmVismEcanToneDisable is equal to Ignore. Access: read-write. |
1 = reenableOnModemData—
Re-enable canceller when modem data gone (low energy). 2 = eenableOnCallEnd—
Re-enable at end of call |
cwmVismEcanTail |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum tail in milliseconds (ms). This object must be SET just higher than the worst round trip delay anticipated. Convergence times might increase for longer tails, and more resources are used. Only the following discrete values are allowed: 24, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112, and 128. Access: read-write. |
Range; 24-128 |
cwmVismEcanREC |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Residual echo control (REC) instructs the canceller how to treat echo remaining after cancellation. When SET to cancelOnly, REC is disabled. When SET to suppressResidual, the residual echo is replaced with silence. When comfortNoise is chosen, noise is injected in place of residual echo at the same level as the ambient noise at the near end. Setting the value to reserved (3) results in BadValue error. Access: read-write. |
1 = cancelOnly 2 = suppressResidual 3 = reserved 4 = confortNoise (default) |
cwmVismSignalingType |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of signaling used for the line. This object cannot be modified if endpoints are configured on this line. Access: read-write. |
1 = cas—Channel associated signaling. 2 = ccs —Common channel signaling. 3 = none—No signaling is used. |
cwmVismCcsChannels |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
CCS signaling channels or DS0s (also referred to as D-channel). This object is used only for lines configured as CCS signaling type. This attribute is a bit map of the DS0s configured as D channel. A one in the bit position represents the DS0 as the D channel. In most of the applications, only one D channel per T or E span is required. However, since some applications might require multiple D channels. Access: read-write. |
— |
cwmMGLineName |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Line name as identified by MGC. Access: read-only. |
Display string |
cwmVismDsx1CircuitId |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Identifier of a T1/E1 line. This object contains alphanumeric description of a line. Access: read-write. |
Display string |
cwmVismDsx1TxDigit
Order |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to indicate the order in which automatic number identification (ANI) and destination number identification service (DNIS) are dialed out from the outgoing interface. The ANI denotes the calling party number. The DNIS indicates the called party number. When the call agent gives the ANI and the DNIS to the gateway for dialing out, the gateway (by default) dials out the ANI followed by the DNIS. Access: read-write. |
1= aniThenDnis (default) 2 = dnisThenAni |
cwmVismDsx1TonePlan
Region |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Region or country for a given tone plan. The characters in this field can be alphabetic, numeric, or underscores with no embedded spaces. A NULL entry consists of a single space character of one length. This object must be compatible with the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion object, where both objects must either be NULL or non NULL. If these two objects are non NULL, the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion and cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects must match an entry in the cwmVismTonePlanTable. If this object is NULL, the following objects in this table are not usable, and a SET is not allowed: •cwmVismDsx1RingingTO •cwmVismDsx1RingBackTO •cwmVismDsx1BusyTO •cwmVismDsx1ReorderTO •cwmVismDsx1DialTO •cwmVismDsx1StutterDialTO •cwmVismDsx1OffHookAlertTO •cwmVismDsx1RemoteRingback Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 characters |
cwmVismDsx1TonePlan
Version |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Version number for a tone plan region. Value of 0 indicates NULL. This object must be compatible with the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion object, where both objects must either be NULL or non NULL. If these two objects are non NULL, the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion and cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion objects must match an entry in the cwmVismTonePlanTable. If this object is NULL, the following objects in this table are not usable, and a SET is not allowed: •cwmVismDsx1RingingTO •cwmVismDsx1RingBackTO •cwmVismDsx1BusyTO •cwmVismDsx1ReorderTO •cwmVismDsx1DialTO •cwmVismDsx1StutterDialTO •cwmVismDsx1OffHookAlertTO •cwmVismDsx1RemoteRingback Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 |
cwmVismDsx1RingingTO |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the ringing cadence is generated toward the PBX unless interrupted by the answer from the called party or a deleted connection command from the call agent. This object is also used to monitor the time for which remote inband ring back tone is played toward the packet network. The value 0 indicates that the cadence is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1RingBackTO |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the local ring back tone towards the TDM is generated unless interrupted by the answer from the called party or a deleted connection command from the call agent. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1BusyTO |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the busy tone is generated unless interrupted by the hang-up from the calling party. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 30 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1ReorderTO |
20 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the reorder fast busy tone is generated unless interrupted by the hang-up from the calling party. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 30 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1DialTO |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the dial tone is generated unless interrupted by the first DTMF digit from the calling party. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 16 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1StutterDial
TO |
22 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the stutter dial tone/ confirmation dial tone is generated unless interrupted by the first DTMF digit from the calling party. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 16 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1OffHook
AlertTO |
23 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Time for which the off-hook alert tone is generated unless interrupted by a caller hang-up. The value 0 indicates that the tone is generated indefinitely unless interrupted. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1Remote
Ringback |
24 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Remote ring back method on endpoints of this DS1. A SET is not allowed on this object when either the cwmVismDsx1TonePlanRegion or cwmVismDsx1TonePlanVersion objects are NULL. Access: read-write. |
1 = Proxy (default)—Gateway sends the NSE for ring back to the originating gateway. Then the gateway generates the ringback tone toward the TDM network. 2 = Inband—Gateway sends the NSE for ring back to the originating gateway. Then, the gateway generates the ringback tone towards the TDM network. |
cwmVismDsx1MidCall
Tpart |
25 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Partial dial timing used with a digit map as the inter-digit timer. This object is used for both cas and non cas endpoints when doing mid call dtmf digit reporting. The timer is not started until the first digit is entered. The timer is restarted after each new digit is entered until either a digit map match or mismatch occurs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-10000 seconds |
cwmVismDsx1MidCallTcrit |
26 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Critical timing. If this object is used with a digit map, the timer is started when the last digit is received and when no more digits are required for a digit map match. After this timer expires, the digit map match is completed. If this object is used without a digit map, the timer is started immediately and cancelled (but not restarted) as soon as a digit is entered. This object is used for both cas and non cas endpoints when doing mid call dtmf digit reporting. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-10000 seconds |
cwmVismchannel
Assignment |
27 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to assign a channel. Each bit that is set represents the corresponding DS0 is in use. Either the DS0 has been assigned to an endpoint, or the DS0 constitutes a signaling channel that is not available for assignment to an endpoint. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmVismListOfEndpoints |
28 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Comma-separated list of TDM endpoints in a line. For example: 5, 8, 23, 78, and so forth. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 1-255 |
cwmVismCompCnfVAD |
29 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Voice activity detection (VAD) to enable or disable on the compression DSPs. Access: read-write. |
1 = disable 2 = enable (default) |
cwmVismTrunkCondition
Enable |
30 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine whether or not the trunk condition should be enabled or disabled on this line. If this object is enabled, VISM does trunk conditioning on the affected DS0s on this line. Trunk conditioning occurs when an alarm (AIS) exists on the ATM side instead of on the line side. If endpoints or ccs channels are enabled on a line, then this object cannot be set. With trunk conditioning VISM transmits idle code pattern for the first 2.5 seconds, and then VISM transmits the seized code which is configured in the cwmVismDs0IdleCode and cwmVismDs0SeizedCode objects, respectively. This object is applicable only in the trunking application. Access: read-write. |
1 = true 2 = false (default) |
CWM Line Table
The cwmLineTable supports line configurations. UXM/UXM-E (IMA) and BXM lines are supported.
The cwmLineTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmLineTable = srvcLineGroup 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.2
•cwmLineTable = cwmLineTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.2.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmLineNode
•cwmLineShelf
•cwmLineSlot
•cwmLineLine
Table C-81 cwmLineTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmLineNode |
1 |
IGX BPX |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 1-32 characters |
cwmLineShelf |
2 |
IGX BPX |
Name identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-32 characters |
cwmLineSlot |
3 |
IGX BPX |
Slot Number. Access: read-only. |
Integer range:1-32 |
cwmLineLine |
4 |
IGX BPX |
Line number. For IMA, this object represents the primary line/link. Access: read-only. |
Integer range: 1-8 |
cwmLineRowStatus |
5 |
IGX BPX |
User requested operation for this line table row. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. A GET on this object returns none(100). The none(100) value is not valid for SETs, and badvalue is returned if used. Access: read-write. |
2 = add—Creates an IMA line group. 3 = delete—Deletes an IMA line group. 7 = addlines—Adds lines/links to an existing IMA group. 8 = dellines—Deletes lines/links from an existing IMA group. This value cannot be used to delete the primary link from the group. Instead, delete must be used. 100 = none (100) |
cwmLineOperState |
6 |
IGX BPX |
Current state of the line. Access: read-only. |
2 = clear 20 = testing 100 = unknown |
cwmLineAssociated
Lines |
7 |
IGX BPX |
List of lines in an IMA port, delimited by dots, for example 2.3.7. This object also includes the primary line specified in the cwmLineLine object. The line number range is from 1 to 8. To create an IMA group, use this variable to specify the lines of which the IMA group consists. The request must include the primary line. To add lines to an existing IMA group, use this variable to specify the lines to be added. To delete lines from an existing IMA group, use this variable to specify the lines to be deleted. The primary line cannot be deleted. A GET on this object returns a display string with the lines that the IMA group contains. Access: read-write. |
Display: 1-15 |
cwmLineNumLines |
8 |
IGX BPX |
Number of lines in the IMA Group. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 |
CWM DS3 Configuration Table
The cwmDs3ConfigTable supports DS3 and E3 line configurations.
The cwmDs3ConfigTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmDs3ConfigTable = srvcLineGroup 4. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.4
•cwmDs3ConfigTable = cwmDs3ConfigTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.4.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmDs3Node
•cwmDs3Shelf
•cwmDs3Slot
•cwmDs3BackCardNum
•cwmDs3Line
Table C-82 cwmDs3ConfigTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmDs3Node |
1 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 1-32 |
cwmDs3Shelf |
2 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 1-32 |
cwmDs3Slot |
3 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmDs3BackCardNum |
4 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Back card number. The following cards have two back cards: •PXM1E •AXSM/AXSM-E •FRSM-12 The following cards have only one back card: •All narrowband service modules •SRM except MGX 8850 (PXM45) •BXM Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmDs3Line |
5 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Identifier of a DS3/E3 interface on a managed device. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 For FRSM and PXM cards, the value is 1 or 2. For SRM/SRME cards, the value range is 1-.3 For CESM-T3E3 cards, this value is 1. For all other cards, the range is 1-8. |
cwmDs3RowStatus |
6 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
User requested operation for this line table row. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable a DS3 line. 2 = Disable a DS3 line. 3 = Modify. Configure a DS3 line. 100 = Not applicable. Not valid for SETs. A BadValue is returned if used. |
cwmDs3Type |
7 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Variety of DS3 C-bit or E3 application implementing this interface. The type of interface affects the interpretation of the usage and error statistics. The DS3 rate is 44.736 Mbps. E3 rate is 34.368 Mbps. The dsx3ClearChannel value means that the C-bits are not used except for sending/receiving AIS. Following values are applicable to E3 interfaces: •e3g832adm •e3g751adm •e3g751plcp •e3Framed •e3Plcp CESM-T3 supports only ds3Unframed line type. CESM-E3 supports only e3Unframed line type. SRM supports dsx3CBitParity and dsx3M23 line types. For BXM, only T3 interfaces are supported. Only ds3cbitadm and ds3cbitplcp values are supported for the BXM card. FRSM-12 supports dsx3M23, dsx3CbitParity, e3other, e3Framed and e3Plcp line types. Access: read-write. |
1 = ds3cbitadm—C-BIT ADM mode 2 = ds3cbitplcp—C-BIT PLCP mode 3 = e3g832adm—G.832 ADM mode 4 = e3g751adm—G.751 ADM mode 5 = e3g751plcp—G.751 PLCP mode 6 = ds3m23adm—M23 ADM mode 7 = ds3m23plcp—M23 PLCP mode 8 = dsx3other 9 = dsx3M23—Refer to ANSI T1.107-1988 [9] 10 = dsx3SYNTRAN—Refer to ANSI T1.107-1988 [9] 11 = dsx3CbitParity—Refer to ANSI T1.107-1988 [9] 12 = dsx3ClearChannel—Refer to ANSI T1.107-1988 [9] 13 = e3Framed—Refer to CCITT G.751 [12] 14 = e3Plcp—Refer ETSI T/NA(91)19 [14] 15 = ds3cbitfrmronly 16 = ds3m23frmronly 17 = e3g832frmronly 18 = e3g751frmronly For narrowband service modules, the following types are applicable: 19 = g832-g804 20 = g751—Refer ITU-T G.751 21 = dsx3Unframed 22 = e3Unframed |
cwmDs3Coding |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Variety of zero code suppression used on this interface. The dsx3B3ZS and e3HDB3 coding types specify patterns of normal bits and bipolar violations, which are used to replace sequences of zero bits of a specified length. The SRM card supports the dsx3B3ZS coding on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). The SRM supports both the dsx3B3ZS and e3HDB3 coding types on MGX 8850 (PXM45). Access: read-write. |
1 = dsx3Other 2 = dsx3B3ZS 3 = e3HDB3 |
cwmDs3SendCode |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of code sent across the DS3/E3 interface by the device. This object is optional for E3 interfaces. Setting this variable causes the interface to begin sending the code requested. This object is not applicable for BXM or CESM-T3/E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = dsx3SendNoCode—Sends looped or normal data. 2 = dsx3SendLineCode—Sends a request for a line loopback. 3 = dsx3SendPayloadCode—Sends a request for a payload loopback (for example, all DS1/E1s in a DS3/E3 frame). 4 = dsx3SendResetCode— Sends a loopback deactivation request. 5 = dsx3SendDS1LoopCode—
Requests to loopback a particular DS1/E1 within a DS3/E3 frame. The DS1/E1 is indicated in the dsx3Ds1ForRemoteLoop object. 6 = dsx3SendTestPattern—Sends a test pattern. |
cwmDs3Length |
10 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Length of the DS3 line in meters. This object provides information for adjusting line build out For narrow band service modules on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1), this variable is not standard RFC 1407. This object specifies the length of the line interface unit (LIU) buildout. The only supported value are •1 = lessThan225 •2 = moreThan225 For BXM cards, the following lengths are supported: •0 = 0-225 ft. •1 = greater than 225 ft. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-64000 meters |
cwmDs3Loopback
Command |
11 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Loopback configuration of the DS3/E3 interface. The FRSM and CESM on MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and MGX 8830 and the SRM on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1) support the following values: •cwmDs3NoLoop •cwmDs3RemoteLineLoop •cwmDs3LocalLineLoop •cwmDs3InbndLocalLoopback The SRM cards on the MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and MGX 8830 support the following values: •cwmDs3NoLoop •cwmDs3PayloadLoop •cwmDs3Loop •cwmDs3InwardLoop The FRSM-12 cards support the following values: •cwmDs3NoLoop •cwmDs3PayloadLoop •cwmDs3Loop •cwmDs3InwardLoop •cwmDs3OtherLoop •cwmDs3DualLoop BXM, AXSM, and AXSM-E support the following values: •cwmDs3NoLoop •cwmDs3RemoteLineLoop •cwmDs3LocalLineLoop Access: read-write. |
1 = cwmDs3NoLoop—Not in the loopback state. A device is not capable of performing a loopback on the interface. 2 = cwmDs3RemoteLineLoop— Near end loops back remote data. 3 = cwmDs3LocalLineLoop—Near end loops back local data (outbound). 4 = cwmDs3InbndLocalLoopback—Near end in bound loopback local data (inbound). 5 = cwmDs3PayloadLoop—The received signal at this interface is looped through the device. Typically the received signal is looped back for retransmission after it has passed through the framing function of the device. 6 = cwmDs3Loop—The received signal at this interface does not go through the device (minimum penetration) but is looped back out. 7 = cwmDs3OtherLoop— Loopbacks that are not defined for this object. 8 = cwmDs3InwardLoop—The signal sent from this interface is looped back through the device. 9 = cwmDs3DualLoop—Both dsx1LineLoop and dsx1InwardLoop are active simultaneously. |
cwmDs3TransmitClkSrc |
12 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Source of transmit clock. Restrictions: BXM, AXSM, and AXSM-E cards do not support local clock. Narrowband service modules on support local timing, loop timing and local clock. SRM cards on MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45) support local timing and loop timing. PXM1E and FRSM-12 cards support local timing, loop timing and through timing. Access: read-write. |
1 = Loop timing—Recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock. 2 = Local timing—A local clock source is used or an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface. 3 = Through timing—Transmit clock is derived from the recovered receive clock of another DS3 interface. 4 = Local clock—Clock source is from a local oscillator on the card. |
cwmDs3AIScBitsCheck |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Value to set the alarm indication signal (AIS). This object is not applicable BXM cards, CESM-T3/E3 cards, and any E3 interface. Access: read-write. |
1 = Check—AIS is declared when 1010-b is found and C-bits are all zero. 2 = Ignore—AIS condition is declared when the 1010-b is detected irrespective of the state of the C-bits. |
cwmDs3RcvFEAC
Validation |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Far end alarm and control (FEAC) code validation criteria. This object is not applicable for CESM-T3/E3 cards, BXM cards, or E3 interfaces. Access: read-write. |
1 = fEACCodes4Of5 (default)—Valid FEAC code is declared if four out of five codes match. 2 = fEACCodes8Of10—Valid FEAC code is declared when eight out of 10 codes match. 3 = disable—FEAC code generation and detection is disabled. |
cwmDs3OOFCriteria |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Out of frame (OOF) decision criteria. OOF is declared when errors are detected in the framing octets for four consecutive frames. This object does not apply to CESM cards, BXM card, and E3 interfaces. Access: read-write. |
1 = bits3Of8 (default)—An OOF condition is declared if at least three out of eight framing bits are in error. 2 = bits3Of16—An OOF is declared if three out of 16 framing bits are in error. |
cwmDs3SubRateEnable |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Value to enable DS3 subrates. DS3 subrates (part of DSU functionality) are supported only in FRSM-T3/E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable (default) 2 = Enable |
cwmDs3DsuSelect |
17 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Type of DSU mode selected. DSU functionality is supported on on the FRSM-VHS cards. Valid values for this are: Note The dsx3SubRateEnable object must be set to enable before selecting the mode in the dsx3DsuSelect object. Access: read-write. |
1 = dl3100Mode (default)—Compatibility with Digital Link Inc. DL3100 DSU mode of operation. This mode permits line rates to be in multiples of 300 Kbps. 2 = adcKentroxMode—Compatibility with ADC Kentrox's DSU. This mode permits line rates to be in multiples of 500 Kbps. 3 = larsCom—Compatibility with LarsCom DSU. 4 = clearChannel—Standard G.751 framing format of 12 overhead bits and 1524 data bits in an E3 frame.This option is supported only for FRSM-2E3 cards. 5 = dsuAlgorithm2—This value is not used. 6 = dsuAlgorithm3—This value is not used. 7 = dsuAlgorithm4—This value is not used. 8 = dsuAlgorithm5—This value is not used. |
cwmDs3LineRate |
18 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Desired line rate when the dsx3SubRateEnable object is enabled. In dl3100Mode, the line rate can be configured in steps of 300 Kbps. In adcKentroxMode, the line rate can be configured in steps of 500 Kbps. This object is supported only for FRSM-T3/E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 300-44736 |
cwmDs3LineScramble
Enable |
19 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Value to turn the scrambling feature on or off. This object is applicable only for FRSM-2T3/E3 cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disabled 2 = Enabled |
CWM DS1 Configuration Table
The cwmDs1ConfigTable supports DS1 and E1 line configurations.
The cwmDs1ConfigTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmDs1ConfigTable = srvcLineGroup 5. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.5
•cwmDs1ConfigTable = cwmDs1ConfigTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.5.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmDs1Node
•cwmDs1Shelf
•cwmDs1Slot
•cwmDs1BackCardNum
•cwmDs1Line
Table C-83 cwmDs1ConfigTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmDs1Node |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmDs1Shelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmDs1Slot |
3 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmDs1BackCardNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Back card number. The following cards have two back cards: •PXM1E •AXSM/AXSM-E All narrowband service modules can have only one back card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmDs1Line |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Identifier of a T1/E1 interface on a managed device. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 For SRM/SRM-E cards, the value range is 1-3. |
cwmDs1RowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this line table row. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable a DS1 line. 2 = Disable a DS1 line. 3 = Modify. Configure a DS1 line. 100 = Not applicable. Not valid for SETs. A BadValue is returned if used. |
cwmDs1Type |
7 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PxM45) |
Variety of DS1 line implementing this circuit. The type of circuit affects the number of bits per second that the circuit can carry. This object also affects the interpretation of the usage and error statistics. The following values are applicable to narrowband service modules on the MGX 8830: •dsx1E1clearchannel •dsx1E1Q50 •dsx1E1Q50CRC The capacity for each E1 type is listed below: •dsx1E1Unframed - E1, no framing = 32 x 64k = 2048k •dsx1E1 or dsx1E1CRC - E1, with framing, no signalling = 31 x 64k = 1984k •dsx1E1MF or dsx1E1CRCMF - E1, with framing, signalling = 30 x64k = 1920k On CESM cards, the dsx1E1clearchannel option is only supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = other 2 = dsx1ESF—Extended super frame DS1. 3 = dsx1D4—D4 format DS1. 4 = dsx1E1—ITU-T recommendation G.704. 5 = dsx1E1CRC—ITU-T recommendation G.704. 6 = dsx1E1MF—G.704 with TS16 multiframing enabled. 7 = dsx1E1CRCMF—G.704 with TS16 multiframing enabled. 8 = dsx1Unframed—DS1 with no framing. 9 = dsx1E1Unframed—E1 with no framing. 10 = dsx1DS2M12—DS2 frame format. 11 = dsx2E2—E2 frame format. 12 = dsx1E1clearchannel—E1 clear channel, which all DS0s can be used. 13 = dsx1E1Q50—G.704. In TS16 bits 5,7,8 are set to 100. For all other cases bits 5,7,8 have a value of 111. 14 = dsx1E1Q50CRC—G.704. For CRC, in TS16 bits 5,7,8 are set to 100. For all other cases bits 5,7,8 have a value of 111. |
cwmDs1Coding |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Variety of zero code suppression used on this interface. The dsx1JBZS value is the jammed bit zero suppression. At least one pulse in every eight bit periods is implemented by forcing a pulse in bit eight of each channel. Thus, seven bits per channel, or 1.344 Mbps, are available for data. The dsx1B8ZS value is the specified pattern of normal bits and bipolar violations which are used to replace a sequence of eight zero bits. The dsx1ZBTSI value is the zero byte time slot interchange used by ANSI clear channels. The dsx1AMI mode does not have zero code suppression present. Line encoding does not solve the problem directly. In this application, the higher layer must provide data which meets or exceeds the pulse density requirements, such as inverting HDLC data. E1 links, with or without CRC, use dsx1HDB3 or dsx1AMI. For FRSM-VHS cards, this object is not applicable and is set to unused (8). Access: read-write. |
1 = dsx1JBZS (default for T1 lines) 2 = dsx1B8ZS 3 = dsx1HDB3 (default for E1 lines) 4 = dsx1ZBTSI 5 = dsx1AMI 6 = other 7 = dsx1B6ZS 8 = unused |
cwmDs1Length |
9 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Length of the DS1 line in meters. This object provides information for adjusting line build out For narrow band service modules on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1), and MGX 8830 this object specifies the length of the line interface unit (LIU) buildout. For T1 lines, the default value is 1. For E1 lines if the connector type is DB15 then the default value is 9. If the connector type is BNC, the default value is 8. FRSM-2CT3 cards do not have physical DS1 lines. Therefore, this object is set to not required (16). Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-64000 meters For narrowband service modules, the following values are supported and are measured in feet: •1 = 0-110 feet (T1 line only)—default •2 = 110-220 feet (T1 line only) •3 = 220-330 feet (T1 line only) •4 = 330-440 feet (T1 line only) •5 = 440-550 feet (T1 line only) •6 = 550-660 feet (T1 line only) •7 = Greater than 660 feet (T1 line only) •8 = 75 ohms (E1 line only - BNC) •9 = 120 ohms (E1 line only - DB-15) •10 = 0 -131 feet (T1 line only) •11 = 131- 262 feet (T1 line only) •12 = 262-393 feet (T1 line only) •13 = 393-524 feet (T1 line only) •14 = 524-655 feet (T1 line only) •15 = Greater than 655 feet (T1 line only) •16 = Not required |
cwmDs1LoopbackConfig |
10 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Loopback configuration of the DS1 interface. The following values are applicable for PXM1E cards: •dsx1NoLoop •dsx1PayloadLoop •dsx1LineLoop •dsx1OtherLoop •dsx1InwardLoop •dsx1DualLoop The following values are applicable for narrow band service modules on the MGX 8830: •dsx1NoLoop •dsx1PayloadLoop •dsx1RemoteLoop •dsx1LocalLoop Access: read-write. |
1 = dsx1NoLoop—Not in the loopback state. A device is not capable of performing a loopback on the interface. 2 = dsx1PayloadLoop—The received signal at this interface is looped through the device. Typically the received signal is looped back for retransmission after it has passed through the framing function of the device. 3 = dsx1LineLoop—The received signal at this interface does not go through the device (minimum penetration) but is looped back out. 4 = dsx1OtherLoop— Loopbacks that are not defined for this object. 5 = dsx1InwardLoop—The signal sent from this interface is looped back through the device. 6 = dsx1DualLoop—Both dsx1LineLoop and dsx1InwardLoop are active simultaneously. 7 = dsx1RemoteLoop—The received signal at this interface is looped through the device. Typically the received signal is looped back for retransmission after passing through the framing function of the device. 8 = dsx1LocalLoop—Local data is looped back. |
cwmDs1TransmitClock
Source |
11 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Source of transmit clock. Access: read-write. |
1 = Loop timing—Recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock. 2 = Local timing—A local clock source is used or an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface. 3 = Through timing—Transmit clock is derived from the recovered receive clock of another DS1 interface. |
cwmDs1LineSendCode |
12 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of code is sent across the DS1 interface by the device. Setting this variable causes the interface to send the code requested. Access: read-write. |
1 = dsx1SendNoCode (default)—Sends looped or normal data. 2 = dsx1SendLineCode—Sends a request for a line loopback. 3 = dsx1SendPayloadCode— Sends a request for a payload loopback. 4 = dsx1SendResetCode—Sends a loopback termination request. 5 = dsx1SendQRS— Sends a quasi random signal (QRS) test pattern. 6 = dsx1Send511Pattern—Sends a 511 bit fixed test pattern. 7 = dsx1Send3in24Pattern—Sends a fixed test pattern of three bits set in 24. 8 = dsx1SendOtherTestPattern—Sends a test pattern other than those described by this object. |
CWM SONET Configuration Table
The SONET Configuration Table (cwmSonetConfigTable) supports SONET line configurations.
The cwmSonetConfigTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmSonetConfigTable = srvcLineGroup 6. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.6
•cwmSonetConfigTable = cwmSonetConfigTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.6.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmSonetNode
•cwmSonetShelf
•cwmSonetSlot
•cwmSonetBackCardNum
•cwmSonetLine
Table C-84 cwmSonetConfigTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmSonetNode |
1 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmSonetShelf |
2 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmSonetSlot |
3 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmSonetBackCard
Num |
4 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Back card number. The following cards have two back cards: •PXM1E •AXSM/AXSM-E The following cards have only one back card: •SRM on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8850 (PXM1), MGX 8830, and MGX 8850 (PXM1E) •BXM Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmSonetLine |
5 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Identifier of a SONET interface on a managed device. SRM-E card supports only one line in an OC-3 card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-12 |
cwmSonetRowStatus |
6 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this line table row. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable a SONET line. 2 = Disable a SONET line. 3 = Modify. Configure a SONET line. 100 = Not applicable. Not valid for SETs. A BadValue is returned if used. |
cwmSonetMediumType |
7 |
BPX |
Value to identify the signal used on this interface. For BXM cards, the value of sonet corresponds to STS-3C cell framing. The value of sdh corresponds to STM-1. Access: read-write. |
1 = sonet 2 = sdh |
cwmSonetMediumLine
Coding |
8 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Line coding for this interface. The B3ZS and CMI values are used for electrical SONET/SDH signals (STS-1 and STS-3). The non-return to Zero (NRZ) and return to zero (RZ) are used for optical SONET/SDH signals. Access: read-write. |
1 = sonetMediumOther 2 = sonetMediumB3ZS 3 = sonetMediumCMI 4 = sonetMediumNRZ 5 = sonetMediumRZ |
cwmSonetLineType |
9 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Line type. STS is the SONET format. STM is SDH format. Access: read-only. |
1 = sonetSts3c—OC3 concatenated. 2 = sonetStm1—European standard OC3. 3 = sonetSts12c—OC12 concatenated. 4 = sonetStm4—European standard OC12. 5 = sonetSts48c—OC48 concatenated. 6 = sonetStm16—European standard OC48. 7 = sonetSts192c—OC192 concatenated. 8 = sonetStm64—European standard OC192. 9 = sonetSts3—OC3 unconcatenated. 10 = sonetOther—Only applicable to BXM cards. |
cwmSonetLineLoopbackCommand |
10 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Loopback configuration of the SONET interface. Access: read-write. |
1 = noLoopback—Not in the loopback state. A device is not capable of performing a loopback on the interface. 2 = lineLocal—Near end loops back local data. 3 = lineRemote—Near end loops back remote data. |
cwmSonetFrame
Scrambling |
11 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Value to enable STS3C or STM1 frame scrambling. This object is read-only for AXSM, AXSME, and AXSM-XG cards is always enable(2). Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable 2 = Enable (default) |
cwmSonetLineXmtClk
Src |
12 |
BPX MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Source of transmit clock. The through timing value is only applicable to BXM cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Loop timing—Recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock. 2 = Local timing—A local clock source is used or an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface. 3 = Through timing—Transmit clock is derived from the recovered receive clock of another SONET interface. |
cwmSonetRDIVType |
13 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of remote defect indication (RDI-V) sent by the local network element to the remote network element. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = One bit (default)—One bit RDI-V. 3 = Three bit—Enhanced RDI-V. |
cwmSonetRDIPType |
14 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of remote defect indication- path (RDI-P) sent by this network element to the remote network element. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = One bit (default)—One bit RDI-P. 3 = Three bit—Enhanced RDI-P. |
cwmSonetTributary
Type |
15 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Type of the tributary carried within the SONET/SDH signal. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. If cwmSonetMediumType is SONET, only the vt15vc11(1) value is supported, If cwmSonetMediumType is sdh, both vt15vc11(1) and vt2vc12(2) are supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = vt15vc11 (default)—Carries T1 signals. 2 = vt2vc12—Carries E1 signals. |
cwmSonetTributary
MappingType |
16 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
VT/VC mapping type. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Asynchronous (default)—Channel structure of DS1/E1 is not visible or preserved. 2 = Byte synchronous—DS0s inside the VC/VT can be found and extracted from the frame. |
cwmSonetTributary
FramingType |
17 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Framing format assigned to the virtu al tributaries in byte-sync mapping mode. If cwmSonetTributaryMappingType is byteSynchronous, the default of this object is dsx1ESF (2). If cwmSonetTributaryMappingType is asynchronous, the default of this object is notApplicable(1). This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Not applicable—SONET Tributary mapping type is not byteSynchronous. 2 = dsx1D4—Superframe format. 3 = dsx1ESF (default)—Extended superframe format. |
cwmSonetSignalling
TransportMode |
18 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Mode used to transport DS0 signalling information for T1 byte synchronous mapping. If cwmSonetTributaryMappingType is byteSynchronous, the default of this object is signalling transfer mode (2). If cwmSonetTributaryMappingType is asynchronous, the default of this object is not applicable(1). This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Not applicable—This value cannot be set. 2 = Signalling transfer mode (default)—Robbed bit signaling is transferred to the VT header. 3 = Clear mode—Framing bit is transferred to the VT header. |
cwmSonetTributary
GroupingType |
19 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Method used to group VCs into an STM-1 signal. This object is applicable only to SDH. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Not applicable 2 = au3Grouping (default)— 3 = au4Grouping |
cwmSonetPathCurrentWidth |
20 |
— |
Type of the SONET/SDH path. For SONET the assigned types are the STS-Nc SPEs, where N = 1, 3, 12, 24, 48, 192 and 768. STS-1 is equal to 51.84 Mbps. For SDH, the assigned types are the STM-Nc VCs, where N = 1, 4, 16, 64 and 256. Access: read-write. |
1 = sts1 (Default) 2 = sts3cSTM1 3 = sts12cSTM4 4 = sts24c 5 = sts48cSTM16 6 = sts192cSTM64 7 = sts768cSTM256 |
cwmSonetPathPayload |
21 |
— |
Payload carried by the SONET/SDH Path. The payload specification corresponds to C2 (signal label) overhead byte in SONET/SDH Path Overhead: A write operation on this object results in update to C2 overhead byte in the Path Overhead. Access: read-write. |
1 = unequipped—Path is not provisioned to carry any payload. 2 = unspecified—Path is carrying an unspecified payload. 3 = ds3—Path is carrying a DS3 path as payload. 4 = vt15vc11—Path is carrying SONET-VT1.5/SDH-VC11 payload. 5 = vt2vc12—Path is carrying SONET-VT2/SDH-VC12 as payload. 6 = atmCell—(Default) Path is carrying ATM cells as payload. 7 = hdlcFr—Path is carrying Frame Relay (HDLC) payload. |
CWM Interface Link Configuration Table
The cwmIfLinkConfigTable supports line linking configurations.
The cwmIfLinkConfigTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmIfLinkConfigTable = srvcLineGroup 7. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.7
•cwmIfLinkConfigTable = cwmIfLinkConfigTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.7.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmIfLinkNode
•cwmIfLinkShelf
•cwmIfLinkSlot
•cwmIfLinkBackCardNum
•cwmIfLinkLine
•cwmIfLinkStartNum
This table is used for linking interface identified by table indices (source interface) to an interface identified by cwmIfLinkTargetSlotNum and cwmIfLinkTargetLineNum (target interface). The entries are created and deleted using the cwmIfLinkRowStatus object. An interface cannot link multiple interfaces in a target module.
Table C-85 cwmIfLinkConfigTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmIfLinkNode |
1 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmIfLinkShelf |
2 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmIfLinkSlot |
3 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmIfLinkBackCard
Num |
4 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Back card number. SRM and SRM-E have only one back card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmIfLinkLine |
5 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Identifier of a line linking interface/E3 on a managed device. For SRM and SRM-E cards, this object is 1-3. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-12 |
cwmIfLinkStartNum |
6 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Start VT/VC number affected. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-84 3OC1—Max value is 28 1OC3—Max value is 84 3STM0—Max value is 21 1STM1—Max value is 61 |
cwmIfLinkRowStatus |
7 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this distributed link table row. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. Access: read-write. |
1 = Add. Creates a distribution link. 2 = Deletes a distribution link. 3 = Modify. Configures a distribution link. 100 = Not applicable. Not valid for SETs. A BadValue is returned if used. |
cwmIfLinkTargetSlot
Num |
8 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Slot number to be linked. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmIfLinkTargetLine
Num |
9 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Line number of the target to be linked. A value of 0 means not assigned. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-8 |
cwmIfLinkFramingType |
10 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Framing format used on the target slot for the line. This object is applicable for byte-sync mapping of T1 lines. Access: read-write. |
1 = Not applicable 2 = SF—Super frame 3 = ESF (default)—Extended super frame |
CWM APS Configuration Table
The cwmApsConfigTable supports SONET APS configurations.
The cwmApsConfigTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmApsConfigTable = srvcLineGroup 8. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.8
•cwmApsConfigTable = cwmApsConfigTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.8.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmApsNode
•cwmApsShelf
•cwmApsSlot
•cwmApsBackCardNum
•cwmApsLine
Table C-86 cwmApsConfigTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmApsNode |
1 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmApsShelf |
2 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmApsSlot |
3 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Slot number of the working line. For SRM-E cards, the following logical slots can be used: •15 or 31 for MGX 8850 (PXM1E) •7 or 14 for MGX 8830 Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmApsBackCard
Num |
4 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Back card number. The following cards on the MGX 8850 (PXM45) can have two back cards: •AXSM •AXSM-E The following cards have only one back card: •PXM1 •PXM1E •SRM-E Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmApsLine |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 |
Working line number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-12 The following ranges are •1-8 = OC-3 •1 = OC-12 •9-12 = PXM1E with 8T3E3 or OC-3 |
cwmApsRowStatus |
6 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
User requested operation for this APS configuration table row. Use this object to enable or disable the APS feature on the working/protection line pairs. When enabled, the hardware automatically switches the active line from the working line to the protection line within 60ms, or vice versa. Use the modify value to configure APS parameters. This parameter is mandatory and must be specified for all SNMP SETs. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable 3 = Modify. |
cwmApsProtectionSlot |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Slot number of the protection line. For SRME cards, the slot numbers are •16 or 32 for MGX 8250 and MGX 8850 (PXM1) •14 for MGX 8230 and MGX 8830 For PXM1E cards, the slot number is 7 or 8. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmApsProtectionLine |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) |
Protection line number. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-12 The following ranges are •1-8 = OC-3 •1 = OC-12 •9-12 = PXM1E with 8T3E3 or OC-3 |
cwmApsArchMode |
9 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Value to configure APS architecture mode on the working/protection line pairs. The following values are supported: •SRME cards on MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 (PXM1). –Dual card one plus one –Annex A one plus one –Annex B one plus one •SRME cards on MGX 8830 and MGX 8850 (PXM1E). –One plus one –Annex B one plus one •AXSM B cards. –Annex B one plus one –One plus one –One to one (7) •AXSM-E cards. –Annex B one plus one –One plus one (6) –One to one (7) –Y cable one plus one (No K1K2 bytes) –Straight one plus one (No K1K2 bytes) Access: read-write. |
1 = Single card one plus one—The working and protection slot numbers must be the same. This value is not supported across two slots. 2 = Dual card one plus one—The transmit and receive signals go over the active line, which could be the working or protection line. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value can be supported on the same card and across two cards. 3 = Single card one to one—The transmit and receive signals go over the working and protection lines. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value is supported only on the same card. 4 = Annex B one plus one—This mode is like the onePlusOne mode, except that the cwmApsDirection can only be bidirectional. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value can be supported on the same card and across two cards. 5 = Annex A one plus one. 6 = One plus one. 7 = One to one. 8 = Y cable one plus one (No K1K2 bytes)—Y-cable redundancy mode. Y-cable ignore K1K2 bytes. 9 = Straight one plus one (No K1K2 bytes)—This mode is like onePlusOne, but with K1, K2 bytes ignored. With straight cable, ignore K1K2 bytes. |
cwmApsActiveLine |
10 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Value to indicate the currently active line. This object reflects the status of the receive direction. Access: read-only. |
1 = Working line 2 = Protection line |
cwmApsSigFaultBER |
11 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Bit error rate (BER) threshold for signal fault detection on the working line. APS switch occurs when this threshold is exceeded. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-n where n is 3-5 |
cwmApsSigDegrade
BER |
12 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Bit error rate (BER) threshold for signal degrade detection on the working line. APS switch occurs when this threshold is exceeded. Access: read-write. |
Range: 10-n where n is 5-9 |
cwmApsWaitToRestore |
13 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line. This object is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode. The protection line continues to be active, even if failures on the working line are cleared. The framer clears the signal fault and signal degrade when APS switch occurs. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-12 |
cwmApsDirection |
14 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Value to configure the switching direction that this APS line supports. Access: read-write. |
1 = Unidirectional—APS switch in one direction. 2 = Bidirectional—APS switch in both ends of the line. |
cwmApsRevertive |
15 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8830 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Value to configure the APS revertive or non revertive option. In the non revertive mode the protection line continues to be the active line. The active line does not switch to the working line. In the revertive mode the working line is switched back to active state after the wait-to-restore interval has expired and the working line signal-Fault/Signal-Degrade has been cleared. Access: read-write. |
1 = Non revertive 2 = Revertive |
cwmApsArchMode
Operational |
16 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
APS architecture mode that is implemented on the near end terminal. APS architecture mode that is configured through the cwmApsArchMode object is negotiated with the far End through the APS channel. The architecture mode that is acceptable to both the near and far end terminals is then operational at the near end. This value might be different than the APS architecture mode that is configured. The following values are supported: •MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and MGX 8850 (PXM45). –Annex B one plus one –One plus one –One to one (7) –Y cable one plus one (No K1K2 bytes) –Straight one plus one (No K1K2 bytes) •AXSM B cards. –Annex B one plus one –One plus one –One to one (7) Access: read-write. |
1 = Single card one plus one—The working and protection slot numbers must be the same. This value is not supported across two slots. 2 = Dual card one plus one—The transmit and receive signals go over the active line, which could be the working or protection line. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value can be supported on the same card and across two cards. 3 = Single card one to one—The transmit and receive signals go over the working and protection lines. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value is supported only on the same card. 4 = Annex B one plus one—This mode is like the onePlusOne mode, except that the cwmApsDirection can only be bidirectional. Typically, a straight cable is being used. This value can be supported on the same card and across two cards. 5 = Annex A one plus one. 6 = One plus one. 7 = One to one. 8 = Y cable one plus one (No K1K2 bytes)—Y-cable redundancy mode. Y-cable ignore K1K2 bytes. 9 = Straight one plus one (No K1K2 bytes)—This mode is like onePlusOne, but with K1, K2 bytes ignored. With straight cable, ignore K1K2 bytes. |
cwmApsChannel
Protocol |
17 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to configure APS channel protocol to be implemented at the near end terminal. K1 and K2 overhead bytes in a SONET signal are used as an APS channel. This channel is used to carry APS protocol. Access: read-write. |
1 = Bellcore—Implements APS channel protocol as defined in bellcore document GR-253-CORE. 2 = ITU—Implements APS channel protocol as defined in ITU document G.783, Annex A. |
cwmApsFailureStatus |
18 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
APS line failure status. Access: read-only. |
1 = No failure 2 = Channel mismatch 4 = Protection byte failure 8 = FE protection failure 16 = Mode mismatch |
cwmApsSwitchReason |
19 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
APS line switch reason. Access: read-only. |
1 = APS other 2 = APS revertive 3 = APS Manual 4 = APS signal defect low 5 = APS signal defect high 6 = APS signal failure low 7 = APS signal failure high 8 = APS force switch 9 = APS lock out 10 = APS no switch |
cwmApsPrimary
Section |
20 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to determine the primary working section. For AnnexB, cwmApsWorkingLine maps to section 1 and cwmApsProtectionLine maps to section 2. Access: read-only. |
1 = Working section 1 2 = Working section 2 3 = None |
cwmApsK1K2Disable |
21 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 |
Value to enable or disable the K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line. This object is applicable only for SRM-E cards on MGX 8230 and MGX 8250 nodes. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable K band 2 = Disable K band (This value is not supported.) |
CWM X.21 Configuration Table
The cwmX21CnfGrpTable supports X.21 line configurations.
The cwmX21CnfGrpTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmX21CnfGrpTable = srvcLineGroup 11. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.11
•cwmX21CnfGrpTable = cwmX21CnfGrpTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.11.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmX21LineNode
•cwmX21LineShelf
•cwmX21LineSlot
•cwmX21LineBackCardNum
•cwmX21LineNum
Table C-87 cwmX21CnfGrpTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmX21LineNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmX21LineShelf |
2 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmX21LineSlot |
3 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmX21LineBackCard
Num |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Back card number. Only one back card is supported. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmX21LineNum |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
ID of the X.21 interface. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-8 The following ranges are •1-2 = FRSM-HS2/HS2B-HSSI •1-8 = FRSM-HS2B-12IN1 |
cwmX21LineRow
Status |
6 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to disable, enable, or modify a line. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable 2 = Enable (default) 3 = Modify |
cwmX21LineType |
7 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
X21 line type. The line-type affects the clock. The DCE device always provides the clock, and DTE accepts the clock. DTE-ST is only applicable to V.35 interfaces. Access: read-write. |
1 = DTE (default) 2 = DCE 3 = DTE-ST |
cwmX21LineRate |
8 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to configure the X.21/HSSI/V.35 line-rate. Values 51-108 are supported only by FRSM-HS2/HS2B cards. For FRSM-HS2B-12IN1 cards, the default is r48Kbps. For FRSM-HS2/HS2B-HSSI cards, the default is r52Mbps. Access: read-write. |
1 = r48Kbps 2 = r56Kbps 3 = r64Kbps 4 = r112Kbps 5 = r128Kbps 6 = r168Kbps 7 = r192Kbps 8 = r224Kbps 9 = r256Kbps 10 = r280Kbps 11 = r320Kbps 12 = r336Kbps 13 = r384Kbps 14 = r392Kbps 15 = r448Kbps 16 = r512Kbps 17 = r768Kbps 18 = r1024Kbps 19 = r1536Kbps 20 = r1544Kbps 21 = r1792Kbps 22 = r1920Kbps 23 = r1984Kbps 24 = r2048Kbps 25 = r3097Kbps 26 = r3157Kbps 27 = r4096Kbps 28 = r4645Kbps 29 = r4736Kbps 30 = r6195Kbps 31 = r6315Kbps 32 = r7744Kbps 33 = r7899Kbps 34 = r8192Kbps |
35 = r9289Kbps 36 = r9472Kbps 37 = r10240Kbps 38 = r10890Kbps 39 = r11060Kbps 40 = r12390Kbps 41 = r12630Kbps 42 = r13900Kbps 43 = r14220Kbps 44 = r14340Kbps 45 = r15490Kbps 46 = r15800Kbps 47 = r16380Kbps 48 = r20030Kbps 49 = r24990Kbps 50 = r52Mbps FRSM_VHS: 51 = r17370Kbps 52 = r18950Kbps 53 = r20530Kbps 54 = r22100Kbps 55 = r23680Kbps FRSM_VHS T1 Rates: 56 = r3088Kbps 57 = r4632Kbps 58 = r6176Kbps 59 = r7720Kbps 60 = r9264Kbps 61 = r10808Kbps 62 = r12352Kbps 63 = r13896Kbps 64 = r15440Kbps 65 = r16984Kbps |
cwmX21LineRate (continued) |
|
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
|
66 = r18528Kbps 67 = r20072Kbps 68 = r21616Kbps 69 = r23160Kbps 70 = r24704Kbps 71 = r26248Kbps 72 = r27792Kbps 73 = r29336Kbps 74 = r30880Kbps 75 = r32424Kbps 76 = r33968Kbps 77 = r35512Kbps 78 = r37056Kbps 79 = r38600Kbps 80 = r40144Kbps 81 = r41688Kbps 82 = r43232Kbps 83 = r44776Kbps 84 = r46320Kbps 85 = r47864Kbps |
86 = r49408Kbps 87 = r50952Kbps FRSM_VHS E1 Rates 88 = r6144Kbps 89 = r12288Kbps 90 = r14336Kbps 91 = r16384Kbps 92 = r18432Kbps 93 = r20480Kbps 94 = r22528Kbps 95 = r24576Kbps 96 = r26624Kbps 97 = r28672Kbps 98 = r30720Kbps 99 = r32768Kbps 100 = r34816Kbps 101 = r36864Kbps 102 = r38912Kbps 103 = r40960Kbps 104 = r43008Kbps 105 = r45056Kbps 106 = r47104Kbps 107 = r49152Kbps 108 = r51200Kbps |
cwmX21LineLoopbackCommand |
9 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Loopback state. Note Before going into one of the loopbacks, the state should be X21 no loop. Access: read-write. |
1 = X21 no loop (default)—Not in the loopback state. Normal traffic can be sent. 2 = X21 diagnostic metallic loop—Loopbacks the line on the back card towards the network. 3 = X21 diagnostic front card loop—Loopbacks the line on the front card toward the network. 4 = X21 remote loop—The remote NTU is in the loop back mode. In this state, the FRSM-HS1 is sending the loopback code to remote NTU. 5 = V35 metallic loop |
cwmX21LineSendCode |
10 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Type of code sent across the X.21/HSSI interface. To execute any of the loop codes, set the cwmX21LineLoopbackCommand to x21RemoteLoop. After the x21SendUnLoopCode executes, the cwmX21LineLoopbackCommand object transitions back to x21NoLoop state. Access: read-write. |
1 = X21 no code (default)—No loopback. 2 = X21 send loop A code—Start sending Loop A code. The line module of the remote device is looped. This value is valid if the backcard is HSSI and the line type is DTE. 3 = X21 send loopB code—Start sending Loop B code. The digital section of the remote device is looped. This value is valid if the backcard is HSSI and the line type is DTE. 4 = X21 send local loop code—Start sending CCITT X.21 Loopback Type 3 code. This value is valid if the backcard type is X.21. 5 = X21 send remote loop code—Start sending CCITT X.21 Loopback Type 2 code. This value is valid if the backcard type is X.21. 6 = X21 send unloop code—Send a loopback termination request. This value is valid for both HSSI and X.21 lines. |
cwmX21LineLoopbackCodeDetection |
11 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable detection of line loopback codes. The loopback detection is implemented only in HSSI DCE mode. Access: read-write. |
1 = Disable code detect (default) 2 = Enable code detect |
cwmX21LineInterfaceType |
12 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Serial interface type. Since this object cannot be configured for FRSM-HS2 and FRSM-HS2B-HSSI cards, the default value is HSSI for these cards. This object is configurable for FRSM-H2B-12IN1 cards. The default is V.35. Access: read-write. |
1 = HSSI 2 = X.21 3 = V.35 |
cwmX21ClkFrequencyThreshold |
13 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
User configurable percentage of clock frequency. This frequency is used by DTE clock monitoring to declare clock rate out of bound alarm. This object is valid only for X.21/v.35/HSSI DTE interfaces and is supported by FRSM-HS2 and FRSM-HS2/B cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-5 Default: 3 |
cwmX21serialLineRate |
14 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line rate for X.21/HSSI/V.35 interfaces. This object is supported only for FRSM-HS2/B cards. Access: read-write. |
Range: 48000-51840000 bps. in multiples of 1000 Defaults: •48Kbps for X.21/V.35 interfaces •51840 Kbps for HSSI interfaces |
cwmX21serialLineRateVariation |
15 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Line rate variation of HSSI/X.21/V.35 DCE interfaces in parts per million (ppm). The clock generated from DCE hardware interface = (serialLineRate) +/- (serialLineRateVariation * 10^6)/ (serialLineRate) This object is supported only for FRSM-HS2/B cards. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
CWM LAPD Trunk Table
The cwmLapdTrunkTable defines the attributes of an Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD) trunk connection between two VISMs to transport PRI D channel information.
The cwmLapdTrunkTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmLapdTrunkTable = srvcLineGroup 12. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.12
•cwmLapdTrunkTable = cwmLapdTrunkTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.12.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmLapdTrunkNode
•cwmLapdTrunkShelf
•cwmLapdTrunkSlot
•cwmLapdTrunkNum
An LAPD trunked connection over RUDP can only be created if the D-channel has already not been configured for PRI backhaul. PRI backhaul and PRI trunking can co-exist on the same card but not on the same line.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards and corresponds to the vismLapdTrunkGrpTable.
Entries in this table can be created, deleted but cannot be modified.
To create an entry, use the following mandatory parameters:
•cwmLapdTrunkRowStatus = createAndGo(4)
•cwmLapdTrunkRudpIndex
Before creating an entry in this table, corresponding rudp session entry must be created in the cwmVismRudpSessionTable with the cwmVismRudpSessionType as lapdTrunking(2).
To delete an entry, use the cwmLapdTrunkRowStatus set to destroy(6).
This table is applicable for CCS VOIP trunking only.
Table C-88 cwmLapdTrunkTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmLapdTrunkNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmLapdTrunkShelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmLapdTrunkSlot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number of the card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmLapdTrunkNum |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
LAPD trunk number. This object indicates the DS1 line number. Access: read-only. |
Range; 1-8 |
cwmLapdTrunkRowStatus |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Requested operation for this table row. The cwmLapdTrunkRudpIndex value is required for creating an entry. Before creating an entry in this table, a corresponding RUDP session entry must be created in the cwmVismRudpSessionTable with the cwmVismRudpSessionType as lapdTrunking(2). After the entry is created, a GET on this object returns active(1). A SET on this object to the value active(1), returns GenErr. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 4 = createAndGo—Creates an entry in this table. 6 = destroy—Deletes an entry in this table. |
cwmLapdTrunkState |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
State of the trunk. Access: read-only. |
1 = oos—Out of service. 2 = is—In service. 3 = unknown—State other than oos or is. |
cwmLapdTrunkRudpIndex |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Index of the cwmLapdTrunkTable. All LAPD trunk connections are over RUDP. Each RUDP connection is characterized by a set of negotiable and non-negotiable parameters. Before creating an entry in this table a corresponding RUDP session entry must be created in the cwmVismRudpSessionTable with the cwmVismRudpSessionType as lapdTrunking(2). Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-64 |
CWM T38 Fax Relay Table
The cwmT38FaxRelayTable contains fax relay configuration information used in VoIP cells.
The cwmT38FaxRelayTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmT38FaxRelayTable = srvcLineGroup 13. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.13
•cwmT38FaxRelayTable = cwmT38FaxRelayTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.13.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmT38Node
•cwmT38Shelf
•cwmT38Slot
•cwmT38Ds1Number
The parameters in this table include fax transmission rate, fax information field size, size of primary high speed data, high speed/low speed data redundancy, TCF handling method, error correction, NSF override, NSF country code and NSF vendor code.
This table is supported on VISM-8T1/E1 and VISM-PR-8T1/E1cards.
Entries in this table cannot be added or deleted, but they can be modified.
Note This table is only applicable when AAL5 adaptation is on in svVismFeatureBitMap, and the svVismAppliedTemplate is 3. Otherwise, the table is ignored.
Table C-89 cwmT38FaxRelayTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmT38Node |
1 |
MGX 8850 |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmT38Shelf |
2 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmT38Slot |
3 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Slot number of the card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmT38Ds1Number |
4 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
T1/E1 line number. Access: read-only. |
Integer |
cwmT38MaxFaxTxRate |
5 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Maximum fax transmission rate in bps. Access: read-write. |
1 = tx2400bps 2 = tx4800bps 3 = tx7200bps 4 = tx9600bps 5 = tx12000bps 6 = tx14400bps (default) |
cwmT38FaxInfoFieldSize |
6 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to configure the fax information field size. Access: read-write. |
Range: 20-48 bytes Default: 48 bytes |
cwmT38HsDataPacketSize |
7 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Size of the primary high speed (HS) data packet in milliseconds (ms). Access: read-write. |
10 = ten-ms 20 = twenty-ms 30 = thirty-ms (default) |
cwmT38LsDataRedundancy |
8 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Extent of the internet fax protocol (IFP) packet transmission redundancy for the low speed (LS) control information exchanged during the first phase of a T.38 fax relay connection. Depending on whether forward error correction (FEC) is enabled via the cwmT38ErrCorrection object, cwmT38LsDataRedundancy has different meanings. If FEC is disabled, then cwmT38LsDataRedundancy is the maximum number of prior IFP packets within a unnumbered datagram protocol transport layer (UDPTL) packet carrying low speed information, not counting the primary or current IFP packet. If FEC is enabled, then cwmT38LsDataRedundancy is the maximum number of FEC messages within a UDPTL packet carrying low speed information. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-5 Default; 5 |
cwmT38HsDataRedundancy |
9 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Extent of the IFP packet transmission redundancy for the high-speed control and image information exchanged following the initial low-speed phase of a T.38 fax relay connection. Depending on whether FEC is enabled via the cwmT38ErrCorrection object, cwmT38HsDataRedundancy has different meanings. If FEC is disabled, then cwmT38HsDataRedundancy is the maximum number of prior IFP packets within a UDPTL packet carrying high speed information, not counting the primary or current IFP packet. If FEC is enabled, then cwmT38HsDataRedundancy is the maximum number of FEC messages within a UDPTL packet carrying high speed information. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-2 Default; 0 |
cwmT38TCFmethod |
10 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Method used to verify the Training Check Field (TCF). For UDP-based fax transport, the value should be set to networkTCF. For TCP-based fax transport, the value should be set to localTCF. A value of localTCF might be used in rare circumstances for UDP-based fax transport. A value of localTCF implies that media gateways are actively involved in the training and data rate management procedure, including the generation of the TCF training signal. Data rate management is done by one of the media gateways on the basis of local results and results forwarded over the IP network by the other gateway. The other gateway generates the TCF training signal towards the group 3 fax terminal. A value of networkTCF implies that date rate management is done end-to-end between the group 3 fax terminals, in a manner similar to the PSTN. The TCF training signal is passed transparently by the IP network. Access: read-write. |
1 = localTCF 2 = netwrokTCF (default) |
cwmT38ErrCorrection |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable the forward error correction scheme for UDP-based fax transport. Note This object is not used. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled (default) 2 = disabled |
cwmT38NSFOverride |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to enable the gateway to override the non-standard facilities (NSF) code in the following T.30 signals: •NSF (Non-Standard Facilities) •NSC (Non-Standard Facilities Command) •NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up). The NSF code is overridden to prevent the group 3 fax machines from synchronizing with each other on the basis of a protocol other the ITU T-series recommendations. If this proprietary synchronization is prevented, the group 3 fax machines synchronize to the standard T-series protocol. This action is necessary if the fax relay capability of the media gateway is limited to the T-series recommendations. As defined in T.35, the NSF code consists of a one-byte Country Code, a two-byte terminal provider code (also called the Vendor Code), and a variable-length (up to 255 bytes) terminal provider-oriented Code. If cwmT38NSFOverride is enabled, the Country Code and Terminal Provider Code are overridden with the values of the cwmT38NSFCountryCode and cwmT38NSFVendorCode respectively The terminal provider-oriented code (which is a bit-map of manufacturer-specific capabilities) is set to all-zeros. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled (default) 2 = disabled |
cwmT38NSFCountryCode |
13 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Country code in the non-standard facilities (NSF) code is a single-byte field identifying the country where the group 3 fax equipment with non-standard capabilities is manufactured. If the fax relay capability of the gateway is limited to the ITU T-series protocol, the value of the cwmT38NSFCountryCode object is to be written into the Country Code field to preclude non-standard synchronization of the group 3 fax terminals. Since a value of 0x00 refers to Japan, and a value of 0xFF is a Country Code extension mechanism, these values cannot be used to disable non-standard synchronization. The cwmT38NSFCountryCode value used to override NSF-based synchronization is 0xAD (173). To realize NSF suppression, all bytes in the terminal provider-oriented code field, which describes the manufacturer-specific capabilities, are set to zeros. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 173 |
cwmT38NSFVendorCode |
14 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Vendor code (also called the Terminal Provider Code) in the Non-Standard Facilities (NSF) code is a two-byte field identifying the manufacturer of the group 3 fax equipment with non-standard capabilities. If the fax relay capability of the gateway is limited to the ITU T-series protocol, the value of the cwmT38NSFVendorCode object is to be written into the Vendor Code (Terminal Provider Code) field to preclude non-standard synchronization of the group 3 fax terminals. Since a value of 0x0000 refers to Compression Labs, it cannot be used to disable non-standard synchronization. The cwmT38NSFVendorCode value used to override NSF-based synchronization is 0x0051 (81). This object is used with the appropriate Country Code referring to the United States and with the setting of all bytes in the Terminal Provider-Oriented Code field, which describes the manufacturer-specific capabilities, to zeros. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-65535 Default: 81 |
cwmT38NseAckTimeOut |
15 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Value to define a timeout value for a provisionable timer. This timer is started after sending a NSE 200 while waiting for the NSE 201 acknowledgement or NSE 202 negative acknowledgement. Expiration of the response timer indicates that the request to switch to T.38 has been rejected or discarded by the far end. This value can only be set in the increments of 250 ms. Access: read-write. |
Range: 250-10000 ms. Default: 1000 ms. |
cwmT38FxLCO |
16 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 |
Configurable default value for the fx Local Connection Option (LCO). In the absence of the MGCP fx LCO, this default value is used. The MGCP fx LCO always overrides this object. Access: read-write. |
1 = gwAndFpt (default)—Gateway controlled fax relay is preferred over fax pass through. 2 = gw— Gateway controlled fax relay (using NSEs). 3 = fptAndGw— Fax pass through is preferred over gateway controlled fax relay. 4 = fpt— Fax pass through. 5 = off—Do not use gateway controlled T.38 fax relay. This value does not preclude upspeeding or alteration of silence suppression or echo cancellation settings for the connection. |
cwmT38Redundancy |
17 |
— |
This object is deprecated. |
— |
cwmT38T30ECM |
18 |
— |
Object to enable and disable T.30 ECM. T.30 ECM is a feature implemented by new fax devices which improves image quality and page compression capabilities through a reliable image data transmission protocol. If fax calls are failing due to high packet loss, then disabling T.30 ECM might improve the success rate. Access: read-write. |
1 = enabled (default) 2 = disabled |
CWM ATM Cell Layer Table
The cwmAtmCellLayerTable supports configurations in the ATM cell layer.
The cwmAtmCellLayerTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmAtmCellLayerTable = srvcLineGroup 17. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.17
•cwmAtmCellLayerTable = cwmAtmCellLayerTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.17.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmAtmCellLayerNode
•cwmAtmCellLayerShelf
•cwmAtmCellLayerSlot
•cwmAtmCellLayerBackCardNum
•cwmAtmCellLayerIfNum
•cwmAtmCellLayerIfType
Table C-90 cwmAtmCellLayerTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmAtmCellLayerNode |
1 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing Node. Access: read-only. |
Display string 1-32 |
cwmAtmCellLayerShelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string 0-32 |
cwmAtmCellLayerSlot |
3 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Logical slot number of the card. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmAtmCellLayerBack
CardNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmAtmCellLayerIf
Num |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM cell layer interface number on the back card. For a physical interface, this object is the line number. For an IMA interface this object is the IMA group number. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmAtmCellLayerIf
Type |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
ATM cell layer interface type. The interface can be a physical line or an IMA Group. Access: read-only. |
1 = Line 2 = IMA |
cwmAtmCellLayerNullCellHeader |
7 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
First four bytes of the ATM header used for null cells. Idle cells are inserted into a cell stream as a mechanism for rate adaptation between the ATM data link layer and the physical layer. The following header fields can be specified: •Generic flow control •Payload type •Cell loss priority This object applies to both transmitted and received cells and is available on AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
Octet string = 4 |
cwmAtmCellLayerNullCellPayload |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Null cell payload definition. The idle cell information field is specified.I This object applies to both transmitted and received cells and is available on AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
Default: 0x6A |
cwmAtmCellLayerHec
CosetEnable |
9 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable the algorithm of Coset Polynomial Addition to do header error check calculations. This object applies to both transmitted and received cells and is available on AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable |
cwmAtmCellLayerPayloadScramblingEnable |
10 |
BPX MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to enable payload scrambling. This object is available on the BXM, AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = Enable 2 = Disable |
cwmAtmCellLayerTime
Elapsed |
11 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of seconds that have elapsed since the beginning of the near end current error measurement period. If the current interval exceeds the maximum value in the system time-of-day clock adjustment, the agent returns the maximum value. This object is available on the AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-899 |
cwmAtmCellLayerValid
Intervals |
12 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of previous near end intervals for which data was collected. The value is 96. However, if the interface is brought online within the last 24 hours, the value is the number of complete 15 minute near end intervals since the interface has been online. If the agent is a proxy, some intervals might be unavailable. This interval is the maximum interval number for which data is available. This object is available on the AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-96 |
cwmAtmCellLayerInvalid
Intervals |
13 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of near end intervals in the range from 0 to caclValidIntervals for which no data is available. The value is typically zero except if the data for some intervals are not available (for example, in proxy situations). This object is available on the AXSM, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-96 |
IMA Group Table
The cwmImaGroupTable contains IMA group configuration information.
The cwmImaGroupTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmImaGroupTable = srvcLineGroup 18. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.18
•cwmImaGroupTable = cwmImaGroupTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.18.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmImaGrpNode
•cwmImaGrpShelf
•cwmImaGrpSlot
•cwmImaGrpBackCardNum
•cwmImaGrpNum
Each entry in the table contains AXSM card specific configuration, control, and status information that is applicable to each IMA group.
To create an entry, use the following mandatory objects with the appropriate values:
•cwmImaGrpRowStatus = createAndGo (4)
•cwmImaGrpNeVersion = (2-3)
•cwmImaGrpMinNumTxLinks = (1-16)
•cwmImaGrpTxImaId = (0-255)
•cwmImaGrpTxFrameLength = (32, 64, 128, 256)
•cwmImaGrpNeTxClkMode = ctc(1)
•cwmImaGrpDiffDelayMax = (0-280) for T1, (0-224) for E1
To delete an entry, use the cwmImaGrpRowStatus = destroy (6) object and value.
Table C-91 cwmImaGroupTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmImaGrpNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmImaGrpShelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmImaGrpSlot |
3 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmImaGrpBackCardNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmImaGrpNum |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IMA group number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmImaGrpRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to create, change, and delete operations on cwmImaGroupTable entries. To create a new conceptual row (or instance) of the cwmImaGroupTable, the cwmImaGrpRowStatus must be set to createAndWait'or createAndGo. Before this parameter can be set to active a set of following objects must be performed: •cwmImaGrpMinNumTxLinks •cwmImaGrpTxImaId The following objects in the cwmImaGroupTable control settings that can only be established or changed at group start-up time: •cwmImaGrpTxImaId •cwmImaGrpTxFrameLength To change (modify) the cwmImaGrpTxImaId object, the manager must first set imaGroupRowStatus to notInService. However, changes to the cwmImaGrpTxFrameLength object can be optionally allowed while the imaGroupRowStatus is active. This object can be changed when the cwmImaGrpRowStatus is active in order to allow the far-end to recover from its Config-Aborted state without having to force the near-end Group State machine to go to the Not Configured state. Changing these object values after group start-up has completed causes a restart of the IMA group. |
1 = active 2 = notInService 3 = notReady 4 = createAndGo 5 = createAndWait 6 = destroy |
cwmImaGrpRowStatus (continued) |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
To remove (delete) a cwmImaGroupTable entry from this table, set the cwmImaGrpRowStatus to destroy. Setting the cwmImaGrpRowStatus to active has the effect of activating the Group Startup Procedure. The Group Startup Procedure uses provisioned links that have cwmImaLinkRowStatus set to active and cwmImaLinkGroupNum set to the cwmImaGrpNum in Setting the cwmImaGrpRowStatus to active has the effect of activating the Group Startup Procedure. this conceptual row. When the imaGroupRowStatus is not in 'active' state, the Group State machine is in its Not Configured state. To up an IMA group, set this object to active. To down an IMA group, set this object to notInService. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 2 = notInService 3 = notReady 4 = createAndGo 5 = createAndWait 6 = destroy |
cwmImaGrpNeVersion |
7 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to specify the IMA group version at the near end. This object references the following documents: •ATM Forum IMA v1.0 specification (af-phy-0086.000) •ATM Forum IMA v1.1 specification (af-phy-0086.001) Access: read-write. |
1 = others—Not available 2 = version10 (default)—IMA 1.0 3 = version11—IMA 1.1 |
cwmImaGrpMinNumTxLinks |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Minimum number of transmit links required to be active for the IMA group to be in the operational state. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmImaGrpTxImaId |
9 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IMA ID in use by the near-end IMA function. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-255 |
cwmImaGrpTxFrameLength |
10 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Frame length used by the IMA group in the transmit direction. This object can only be set when the IMA group is startup. If the IMA group is configured as Version 1.0, the agent only supports m128. Access: read-write. |
32 = m32 64 = m64 128 = m128 256 = m256 |
cwmImaGrpNeTxClkMode |
11 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Transmit clocking mode used by the near-end IMA group. Only CTC (value 1) is supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = ctc 2 = itc—Not supported. |
cwmImaGrpDiffDelayMax |
12 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Maximum number of milliseconds of differential delay among the links. For IMA groups with T1 lines the range is 1-275. For IMA groups with E1 lines the range is 0-220. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-275 milliseconds |
cwmImaGrpIntUpTime |
13 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Integration time for the group in up status. The group is declared to be up if the status is up persistently for the amount to time specified. The group changes to up status immediately if 0 is specified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-400000 milliseconds Default: 10000 milliseconds |
cwmImaGrpIntDownTime |
14 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Integration time for the group in the down status. The group is declared to be down if the status is down persistently for the amount to time specified. The group changes to up status immediately if 0 is specified. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-100000 milliseconds Default: 2500 milliseconds |
cwmImaGrpFailureStatus |
15 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Failure status of the IMA group. Access: read-only. |
1 = noFailure—Unit is up. 2 = startUpNe 3 = startUpFe 4 = invalidMValueNe 5 = invalidMValueFe 6 = failedAssymetricNe 7 = failedAssymetricFe 8 = insufficientLinksNe 9 = insufficientLinksFe 10 = blockedNe 11 = blockedFe 12 = otherFailure 13 = invalidImaVersionNe 14 = invalidImaVersionFe |
IMA Link Table
The cwmImaLinkTable contains IMA link configuration information.
The cwmImaLinkTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmImaLinkTable = srvcLineGroup 19. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.19
•cwmImaLinkEntry = cwmImaLinkTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.19.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmImaLinkNode
•cwmImaLinkShelf
•cwmImaLinkSlot
•cwmImaLinkBackCardNum
•cwmImaLinkNum
Table C-92 cwmImaLinkTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmImaLinkNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmImaLinkShelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmImaLinkSlot |
3 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmImaLinkBackCardNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Back card number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmImaLinkNum |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
List of links to be added to the IMA group. Each link is equal to a line. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmImaLinkRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Value to create, change, and delete operations on imaLinkTable entries. To create a new conceptual row (or instance) of the cwmImaLinkTable, cwmImaLinkRowStatus must be set to createAndWait or createAndGo. Before the cwmImaLinkRowStatus of a new conceptual row can be set to active, a successful set of the cwmImaLinkGroupNum object must be performed. To change (modify) the cwmImaLinkGroupNum in a cwmImaLinkTable entry, the cwmImaLinkRowStatus object must first be set to notInService. The cwmImaLinkGroupNum object provides the association between a physical IMA link and the IMA group to which it belongs. Setting the cwmImaLinkGroupNum object to a different value has the effect of changing the association between a physical IMA link and an IMA group. To place the link in group, the cwmImaLinkRowStatus object is set to active. While the row is not in active state, both the transmit and receive IMA link state machines are in the Not In Group state. To remove (delete) a cwmImaLinkTable entry from this table, set this object to destroy. This object does not support SNMP GET NEXT. The value active returned if this function is performed. Access: read-write. |
1 = active 2 = notInService 3 = notReady 4 = createAndGo 5 = createAndWait 6 = destroy |
cwmImaLinkGroupNum |
7 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
IMA link group number. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-16 |
cwmImaLinkNeRxFailureStatus |
8 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Link failure status of the near-end receive link. Access: read-only. |
1 = noFailure 2 = imaLinkFailure 3 = lifFailure 4 = lodsFailure 5 = misConnected 6 = blocked 7 = fault 8 = farEndTxLink
Unusable 9 = farEndRxLink
Unusable |
cwmImaLinkRelDelay |
9 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Latest measured delay on this link relative to the link, in the same IMA group, with the least delay. Access: read-only. |
— |
Physical to Logical Line Table
The cwmPhyToLogicalLineTable maps the logical line or path number from a given physical notation for channelized lines.
The cwmPhyToLogicalLineTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmPhyToLogicalLineTable = srvcLineGroup 20. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.20
•cwmPhyToLogicalLineEntry = cwmPhyToLogicalLineTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.5.20.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmPhyToLogNode
•cwmPhyToLogShelf
•cwmPhyToLogSlot
•cwmPhyToLogBackCardNum
•cwmPhyToLogPhysicalInfo
Only SNMP GET operations are supported.
This table is applicable to AXSM-XG cards.
Table C-93 cwmPhyToLogicalLineTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmPhyToLogNode |
1 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPhyToLogShelf |
2 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
String range: 0-32 |
cwmPhyToLogSlot |
3 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-32 |
cwmPhyToLogBackCardNum |
4 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Bay or back card number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2 |
cwmPhyToLogInfo |
5 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
String that identifies the physical line attributes. The string is not case sensitive. Access: read-only. |
String range: 1-32 |
cwmPhyToLogLogicalLine |
6 |
MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Logical line number. This value is unique within the card. The line number is used as an index to the MIB tables in which the line number is defined as an index. If the physical notation is incorrect, a genErr is returned. Access: read-only. |
— |
Error Group
The ErrorGroupService.mib file contains the common error scalar objects and error table for all of the Service MIB tables. This file is supported by the ErrorProxy.
The scalars and tables in this group are identified by the errorGroup OID = service group 6. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.6
The scalars and tables in this file obsolete all other error tables:
•svCmpaErrorTable (connGroup)
•psaErrorTable (portGroup)
•cwmLineErrTable (srvcLineGroup)
•cardPaErrorTable (cardGroup)
Error Scalars
The scalar objects in the errorGroup are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmErrorGroup = errorGroup 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.6.1
•cwmErrorScalars = cwmErrorGroup 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.6.1.1
When a SET fails on any of the Service MIB tables, these error scalars and can be accessed to obtain more details about the error.
The cwmErrorScalars group contains the value of the last error entry for each SNMP manager.
You can query the MIB object to retrieve the error code, description, and log file for the last failed operation. Only SET errors are reported.
Table C-94 cwmErrorScalars
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmErrorFlushAll |
1 |
— |
Value to clear the error table entries. Setting this object to flush clears the cwmErrorTable of all its entries. A GET on this object always returns the value noOp. Setting this object to the value noOp is invalid. Access: read-write |
1 = noOp 2 = flush |
cwmErrorLastDesc |
2 |
— |
Error description of the last error generated. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-255 |
cwmErrorLastErrTable
Name |
3 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmErrorLastErrOpType |
4 |
— |
Information about the type of the last error request. Only SET errors are stored, therefore the set(2) value is always returned. Access: read-only. |
1 = get 2 = set 3 = get-next |
cwmErrorLastEcode |
5 |
— |
Error code of the last error that was generated. •1 = invalid-network—No such network (domain) exists in the database. •2 = invalid-node—No such node exists in the database. •3 = invalid-shelf—No such shelf exists for the given node. •4 = invalid-release—Unsupported release for the given node/shelf. •5 = node-timeout—Timeout from the given node/shelf. •6 = node-busy—Node is busy processing other requests. •7 = no-snmpcomm—The demon process snmpcomm is not running. •8 = snmpcomm-error—Error daemon process snmpcomm. •9 = node-error—Error at the embedded agent. •10 = bad-value—Bad value for the given object. •11 = port-not-found—The specified port does not exist. •12 = slot-is-full—AddConn error, no more connections on this slot. •13 = slot-not-found—The specified slot does not exist. •14 = invalid-slot—Same as slot-not-found. No such slot. •15 = no-error-entry—No entries available in the ErrorTable. •18 = illegal-set—Dependency on other parameter values. •19 = missing-mandatory—A mandatory object is missing from the SET request. •20 = mandatory-param—Mandatory parameter for create. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•23 = invalid-line—No such line. •24 = invalid-line-number—Invalid line number. •25 = unsupported-card—The specified slot has a card that is not supported. •26 = na-card—This object is not applicable for the card. •27 = card-not-found—The specified card does not exist. •28 = rowstatus-missing—RowStatus object is missing from the SET request. •97 = no-error-entry—No entries available in the ErrorTable. •98 = not-applicable—Error Code not relevant, rely on Error Description. •99 = invalid-flushall—Cannot set to noOp for svCmpaErrorFlushAll. •100 = conn-not-found—The specified connection does not exist. •101 = endpt-exists—AddConn error, endpoint already exists. •102 = lendable-exists—AddConn error, local endpoint already exists. •103 = rendpt-exists—AddConn error, remote endpoint already exists. •104 = lendpt-missing—svConnLocalEndPt is missing from the SET request. •105 = rendpt-missing—svConnRemoteEndPt is missing from the SET request. •106 = db-lendpt-not-found—Could not find local endpoint in database. •107 = db-rendpt-not-found—Could not find remote endpoint in database. •108 = lendpt-not-found—svConnLocalEndPt specified does not exist. •109 = rendpt-not-found—svConnRemoteEndPt specified does not exist. •110 = dangling-endpt—Endpoint is part of an incomplete connection. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•111 = endpt-rowstatus-missing—frEndPointRowStatus is missing from the SET request. •112 = conn-rowstatus-missing—svConnRowStatus is missing from the SET request. •113 = invalid-endpt-rowstatus—Endpoint RowStatus cannot be set to active. •114 = invalid-conn-rowstatus—svConnRowStatus cannot be set to active. •115 = invalid-connindex—Invalid connection index used for AddConn. •116 = testtype-missing—svConnTestType is missing from the SET request. •117 = partial-add—Addition is successful but modification failed. •118 = partial-mod—Endpoint is modified, but connection parameters not modified. •119 = invalid-bw—Invalid bandwidth parameter relationship. •120 = not-active—Connection is not in active state. •121 = invalid-adminstatus—svConnAdminStatus can be SET to testing only. •122 = not-clear—svConnOpStatus is not in clear state. •123 = invalid-endpt-comb—Invalid endpoint combination for the connection. •124 = invalid-chantype—Invalid channel type for the given endpoint combination. •125 = cmgrd-timeout—No response from the demon cmgrd. •126 = no-cmgrd—The demon cmgrd is not running. •127 = ronly-for-frp—Object is read-only for FRP endpoint. •128 = invalid-chanFECNconfig—Invalid chanFECNconfig for the given channel type. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•129 = invalid-chanCLPtoDEmap—Invalid chanCLPtoDEmap for the given channel type. •130 = ibs-less-bc—InitialBurstSize(IBS) should be less than or equal to bc. •131 = invalid-NRM—Invalid NRM value. •132 = invalid-TBE—Invalid value for transient buffer exposure (TBE). •133 = foresight-disabled—PIR, MIR and QIR can not be modified for Cisco MGX 8220 endpoint when Foresight is disabled. •134 = invalid-FRTT—Invalid value for the fixed round-trip time. •135 = invalid-VSVD—Invalid value for virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD). •136 = invalid-Policing—Invalid traffic policing value. •137 = invalid-PCRZeroPlus1—Invalid peak cell rate (PCR). •138 = invalid-atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1—Invalid cell delay variation tolerance. •139 = invalid-MCR—Invalid minimum cell rate (MCR). •140 = invalid-PercUtil—Invalid percentage utilization setting. •141 = invalid-SCRZeroPlus1—Invalid sustainable cell rate (SCR). •142 = invalid-MBS—Invalid committed burst size. •143 = invalid-FGCRA—Invalid Frame Relay Generic Cell Rate Algorithm (FGCRA). •144 = invalid-BCM—Invalid BCM cell enable or disable. •145 = invalid-ICR—Invalid initial cell rate (ICR). •146 = invalid-RateUp—Invalid ForeSight rate up value. •147 = invalid-RateDown—Invalid ForeSight rate down value. •148 = invalid-ICRTO—Invalid ICR time out. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•150 = invalid-MinAdjustPeriod—Invalid ForeSight minimum adjustment value. •151 = invalid-connectionOvrSubOvrRide—Invalid connection oversubscribe value. •152 = policing-not-settable-on-axis—Policing cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •153 = rateup-not-settable-on-axis—Rateup cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •154 = ratedown-not-settable-on-axis—RateDown cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •155 = frtt-not-settable-on-axis—FRTT cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •156 = tbe-not-settable-on-axis—TBE cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •157 = vsvd-not-settable-on-axis—VSVD cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •158 = icrto-not-settable-on-axis—ICR timeout cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •159 = minadj-not-settable-on-axis—MinAdjust can not be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •160 = nrm-not-settable-on-axis—Normal response mode (NRM) cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •161 = bcm-not-settable-on-axis—BCM cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •162 = connSubType-not-settable-for-MODIFY— connSubType cannot be SET for modifying a connection. •163 = connSubType-conflicts-with-endPoints—
connSubType does not fit the endpoints. •164 = mandatory-param—Mandatory parameter for create. •165 = invalid-set—Parameter cannot be modified after create. •166 = rpm-rpm-dax-disallowed—One segment RPM-RPM connection cannot be added. •167 = invalid-MIdLow—Invalid MidLow parameter. •168 = invalid-MIdHigh—Invalid MidHigh parameter. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•169 = invalid-InArp—Invalid InArp parameter. •170 = invalid-chanDEtoCLPmap—Invalid chanDEtoCLPmap for the given channel type. •171 = connSubType-conflicts-with-ProtocolType— connSubType conflicts with the protocol type specified. •200 = subType-na-for-axis—Specified subtype is not supported on Cisco MGX 8220 cards. •201 = portSpeed-mismatch—Port speed does not match for CE endpoints. •202 = lineType-mismatch—Line type does not match for CE endpoints. •203 = portType-mismatch—Port type does not match for CE endpoints. •204 = create-only—Parameter can be set only during creation. •205 = na-cesm4—Not applicable for CESM-4 endpoints. •206 = na-cesm-unstruct—Not applicable for CESM-8 unstructured ports. •207 = db-access-error—Database accessing error. •208 = internal-error—Proxy Agent internal error. •209 = endpt-conn-mismatch—Endpoint does not match the local or remote end of connection. •210 = endpt-not-found—The specified endpoint does not exist. •211 = logical-conn-not-found—The logical connection does not exist. •250 = conversion-backoff-failure—During a conversion of a PVC to an SPVC connection, the PVC was deleted. Neither the PVC nor the SPVC could be added in the middle segment.
Caution
This error is service affecting. Manual intervention of operator is required to restore the connection.
•1101 = port-exists—AddPort error, port already exists. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1104 = line-is-full- AddPort error, no more ports on this line. •1105 = multiple-ports—Multiple ports are specified in the request. •1106 = port-reserved—Port is reserved for internal use (signaling). •1107 = na-frsm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 FRSM ports. •1108 = na-frp—This object is not applicable for FRP ports. •1109 = no-up-down-frsm—RowStatus cannot be up-frp and down-frp for FRSM ports. •1113 = na-ausm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 AUSM ports. •1114 = na-iam—This object is not applicable for IMA ports. •1115 = na-atm—This object is not applicable for ATM ports. •1116 = na-bxm—This object is not applicable for BXM (monarch) ATM ports. •1117 = na-hs1—This object is not applicable for FRSM HS1 ports. •1118 = na-cesm—This object is not applicable for CESM ports. •1119 = invalid-port-index—Port index used is out of the specified range. •1121 = lmi-var—An LMI variable is specified for a card that does not support LMI. •1122 = na-ufm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-UFM ports. •1123 = na-frm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-FRM ports. •1124 = na-asi—This object is not applicable for ASI ports. •1128 = na-frsm-hs1—This object is not applicable for FRSM-HS1 ports. •1130 = na-ufmU—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-UFMU ports. •1131 = protocol-group-not-found—The specified protocol group does not exist. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1132 = na-frasm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 FRASM ports. •1133 = na-uxm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX UXM ports. •1134 = link-station-not-found—The specified link station does not exist. •1135 = channel-route-not-found—The specified channel route does not exist. •1136 = channel-not-found—The specified channel does not exist. •1138 = invalid-grp-type-index—Invalid protocol group type index. •1139 = invalid-grp-number-index—Invalid protocol group number index. •1140 = invalid-station-addr-index—Link station address index used is out of the specified range. •1143 = link-station-exists—The specified link station already exists. •1144 = max-link-station-count-reached—Maximum link station count is reached. •1145 = na-port-type—Not applicable port type. •1146 = invalid-channel-dlci-index—Invalid channel DLCI index. •1147 = channel-route-exists—The specified channel route already exists. •1148 = max-channel-route-count-reached—Maximum channel route count is reached. •1149 = protocol-group-exists—The specified protocol group already exists. •1150 = max-protocol-group-count-reached—Maximum protocol group count is reached. •1151 = invalid-config-type—Invalid protocol group configuration type. •1152 = invalid-card—Invalid card for the node type. •1153 = na-bme—This object is not applicable for BME ATM ports. |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1154 = plcp-not-found—Invalid PLCP. •1155 = port-queue-not-found—Invalid port queue. •1156 = na-vism—Node does not support VISM cards. •1157 = mgcres-already-exists—Media Gateway Controller (MGC) resolution with this domain already exists. •1158 = mgcres-not-found—MGC resolution entry does not exist. •1159 = mgcres-bad-value—Active is an illegal value for setting Row Status. •1160 = mgc-already-exists—Controller entry already exists. •1161 = mgc-not-found—Controller entry is not present in the database. •1162 = mgc-not-exist—Controller entry does not exist. •1163 = mg-cntlr-not-found—Controller entry is not present in the database. •1164 = mgc-bad-value—MGC bad value. •1165 = xgcp-peer-not-found—XGCP peer entry is not found. •1166 = srcp-peer-not-found—SRCP peer entry is not found. •1167 = mgc-protocol-not-found—MGCP entry is not found. •1168 = mgcp-not-exist—MGCP does not exist. •1169 = mgcp-already-exists—MGCP entry already exists. •1170 = mg-sup-prtcl-not-found—Media Gateway supported protocol entry not found. •1171 = mgc-endpt-exists—MGC endpoint exists. •1172 = vism-endpt-exists—Endpoint exists on the VISM card. •1173 = vism-endpt-not-found—Endpoint is not found in database. •1174 = vism-endpt-not-exist—Endpoint does not exist on VISM. •1175 = vism-crossconnect-exists—Cross connect exists on VISM |
— |
cwmErrorLastEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1176 = vism-lapd-not-found—VISM LAPD entry is not found. •1177 = vism-lapd-exists—VISM LAPD entry exists. •1178 = line-not-enabled—Line is not enabled. •1179 = ds0-already-used—This DS0 is already used. •1180 = rudp-session-not-found—RUDP entry session is not found. •1181 = invalid-ipaddress—Invalid IP address. A valid IP address should not start with 10./172.16./172.31./172.168. •1182 = invalid-subnetmask—Invalid subnet mask. A valid subnet mask should only contain 3/7/15/3 7/63/127/255. •1183 = invalid-ima-group—No such IMA group. •1184 = invalid-ima-link—No such IMA link exists. •1185 = pnni-nodeId-not-found—PNNI node ID is not found. •1186 = extra-object—Extra object exists. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmErrorLastLogFile |
6 |
— |
Debug log file name for the error encountered (for example, ConnProxy1.log). This object can be used to extract debug information about the error from the log file. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-255 |
Error Table
The cwmErrorTable contains the values of the last error entry for each SNMP manager.
The MIB objects can be queried to retrieve the error codes, descriptions, and log files for the last failed operation.
The objects in the cwmErrorTable are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmErrorTable = cwmErrorGroup 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.6.1.2
•cwmErrorEntry = cwmErrorTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.6.1.2.1
This table is indexed by the cwmErrorReqId object.
Rows in this table are created as the result of a failed SNMP operation.--
Only SET errors are reported.
Table C-95 cwmErrorTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmErrorReqdId |
1 |
— |
PDU request ID associated with the manager request. The manager must use this information to find the error associated with a particular SNMP request. An SNMP request ID may be reused by the same manager. When this ID is reused, the older entry in the table is replaced with the new error status. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmErrorDesc |
2 |
— |
Description of the last error generated. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 1-255 |
cwmErrorTable Name |
3 |
— |
This object is not supported. |
— |
cwmErrorOpType |
|
— |
SNMP operation type of the last error request. SET errors are stored, therefore the value set(2) is always returned. Access: read-only. |
1 = get 2 = set 3 = get-next |
cwmErrorEcode |
5 |
— |
Error code of the last error that was generated. •1 = invalid-network—No such network (domain) exists in the database. •2 = invalid-node—No such node exists in the database. •3 = invalid-shelf—No such shelf exists for the given node. •4 = invalid-release—Unsupported release for the given node/shelf. •5 = node-timeout—Timeout from the given node/shelf. •6 = node-busy—Node is busy processing other requests. •7 = no-snmpcomm—The demon process snmpcomm is not running. •8 = snmpcomm-error—Error daemon process snmpcomm. •9 = node-error—Error at the embedded agent. •10 = bad-value—Bad value for the given object. •11 = port-not-found—The specified port does not exist. •12 = slot-is-full—AddConn error, no more connections on this slot. •13 = slot-not-found—The specified slot does not exist. •14 = invalid-slot—Same as slot-not-found. No such slot. •15 = no-error-entry—No entries available in the ErrorTable. •18 = illegal-set—Dependency on other parameter values. •19 = missing-mandatory—A mandatory object is missing from the SET request. •20 = mandatory-param—Mandatory parameter for create. |
|
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•23 = invalid-line—No such line. •24 = invalid-line-number—Invalid line number. •25 = unsupported-card—The specified slot has a card that is not supported. •26 = na-card—This object is not applicable for the card. •27 = card-not-found—The specified card does not exist. •28 = rowstatus-missing—RowStatus object is missing from the SET request. •97 = no-error-entry—No entries available in the ErrorTable. •98 = not-applicable—Error Code not relevant, rely on Error Description. •99 = invalid-flushall—Cannot set to noOp for svCmpaErrorFlushAll. •100 = conn-not-found—The specified connection does not exist. •101 = endpt-exists—AddConn error, endpoint already exists. •102 = lendable-exists—AddConn error, local endpoint already exists. •103 = rendpt-exists—AddConn error, remote endpoint already exists. •104 = lendpt-missing—svConnLocalEndPt is missing from the SET request. •105 = rendpt-missing—svConnRemoteEndPt is missing from the SET request. •106 = db-lendpt-not-found—Could not find local endpoint in database. •107 = db-rendpt-not-found—Could not find remote endpoint in database. •108 = lendpt-not-found—svConnLocalEndPt specified does not exist. •109 = rendpt-not-found—svConnRemoteEndPt specified does not exist. •110 = dangling-endpt—Endpoint is part of an incomplete connection. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•111 = endpt-rowstatus-missing—frEndPointRowStatus is missing from the SET request. •112 = conn-rowstatus-missing—svConnRowStatus is missing from the SET request. •113 = invalid-endpt-rowstatus—Endpoint RowStatus cannot be set to active. •114 = invalid-conn-rowstatus—svConnRowStatus cannot be set to active. •115 = invalid-connindex—Invalid connection index used for AddConn. •116 = testtype-missing—svConnTestType is missing from the SET request. •117 = partial-add—Addition is successful but modification failed. •118 = partial-mod—Endpoint is modified, but connection parameters not modified. •119 = invalid-bw—Invalid bandwidth parameter relationship. •120 = not-active—Connection is not in active state. •121 = invalid-adminstatus—svConnAdminStatus can be SET to testing only. •122 = not-clear—svConnOpStatus is not in clear state. •123 = invalid-endpt-comb—Invalid endpoint combination for the connection. •124 = invalid-chantype—Invalid channel type for the given endpoint combination. •125 = cmgrd-timeout—No response from the demon cmgrd. •126 = no-cmgrd—The demon cmgrd is not running. •127 = ronly-for-frp—Object is read-only for FRP endpoint. •128 = invalid-chanFECNconfig—Invalid chanFECNconfig for the given channel type. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•129 = invalid-chanCLPtoDEmap—Invalid chanCLPtoDEmap for the given channel type. •130 = ibs-less-bc—InitialBurstSize(IBS) should be less than or equal to bc. •131 = invalid-NRM—Invalid NRM value. •132 = invalid-TBE—Invalid value for transient buffer exposure (TBE). •133 = foresight-disabled—PIR, MIR and QIR can not be modified for Cisco MGX 8220 endpoint when Foresight is disabled. •134 = invalid-FRTT—Invalid value for the fixed round-trip time. •135 = invalid-VSVD—Invalid value for virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD). •136 = invalid-Policing—Invalid traffic policing value. •137 = invalid-PCRZeroPlus1—Invalid peak cell rate (PCR). •138 = invalid-atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1—Invalid cell delay variation tolerance. •139 = invalid-MCR—Invalid minimum cell rate (MCR). •140 = invalid-PercUtil—Invalid percentage utilization setting. •141 = invalid-SCRZeroPlus1—Invalid sustainable cell rate (SCR). •142 = invalid-MBS—Invalid committed burst size. •143 = invalid-FGCRA—Invalid Frame Relay Generic Cell Rate Algorithm (FGCRA). •144 = invalid-BCM—Invalid BCM cell enable or disable. •145 = invalid-ICR—Invalid initial cell rate (ICR). •146 = invalid-RateUp—Invalid ForeSight rate up value. •147 = invalid-RateDown—Invalid ForeSight rate down value. •148 = invalid-ICRTO—Invalid ICR time out. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•150 = invalid-MinAdjustPeriod—Invalid ForeSight minimum adjustment value. •151 = invalid-connectionOvrSubOvrRide—Invalid connection oversubscribe value. •152 = policing-not-settable-on-axis—Policing cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •153 = rateup-not-settable-on-axis—Rateup cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •154 = ratedown-not-settable-on-axis—RateDown cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •155 = frtt-not-settable-on-axis—FRTT cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •156 = tbe-not-settable-on-axis—TBE cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •157 = vsvd-not-settable-on-axis—VSVD cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •158 = icrto-not-settable-on-axis—ICR timeout cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •159 = minadj-not-settable-on-axis—MinAdjust can not be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •160 = nrm-not-settable-on-axis—Normal response mode (NRM) cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •161 = bcm-not-settable-on-axis—BCM cannot be SET for Cisco MGX 8220. •162 = connSubType-not-settable-for-MODIFY— connSubType cannot be SET for modifying a connection. •163 = connSubType-conflicts-with-endPoints—
connSubType does not fit the endpoints. •164 = mandatory-param—Mandatory parameter for create. •165 = invalid-set—Parameter cannot be modified after create. •166 = rpm-rpm-dax-disallowed—One segment RPM-RPM connection cannot be added. •167 = invalid-MIdLow—Invalid MidLow parameter. •168 = invalid-MIdHigh—Invalid MidHigh parameter. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•169 = invalid-InArp—Invalid InArp parameter. •170 = invalid-chanDEtoCLPmap—Invalid chanDEtoCLPmap for the given channel type. •171 = connSubType-conflicts-with-ProtocolType— connSubType conflicts with the protocol type specified. •200 = subType-na-for-axis—Specified subtype is not supported on Cisco MGX 8220 cards. •201 = portSpeed-mismatch—Port speed does not match for CE endpoints. •202 = lineType-mismatch—Line type does not match for CE endpoints. •203 = portType-mismatch—Port type does not match for CE endpoints. •204 = create-only—Parameter can be set only during creation. •205 = na-cesm4—Not applicable for CESM-4 endpoints. •206 = na-cesm-unstruct—Not applicable for CESM-8 unstructured ports. •207 = db-access-error—Database accessing error. •208 = internal-error—Proxy Agent internal error. •209 = endpt-conn-mismatch—Endpoint does not match the local or remote end of connection. •210 = endpt-not-found—The specified endpoint does not exist. •211 = logical-conn-not-found—The logical connection does not exist. •250 = conversion-backoff-failure—During a conversion of a PVC to an SPVC connection, the PVC was deleted. Neither the PVC nor the SPVC could be added in the middle segment.
Caution
This error is service affecting. Manual intervention of operator is required to restore the connection.
•1101 = port-exists—AddPort error, port already exists. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1104 = line-is-full- AddPort error, no more ports on this line. •1105 = multiple-ports—Multiple ports are specified in the request. •1106 = port-reserved—Port is reserved for internal use (signaling). •1107 = na-frsm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 FRSM ports. •1108 = na-frp—This object is not applicable for FRP ports. •1109 = no-up-down-frsm—RowStatus cannot be up-frp and down-frp for FRSM ports. •1113 = na-ausm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 AUSM ports. •1114 = na-iam—This object is not applicable for IMA ports. •1115 = na-atm—This object is not applicable for ATM ports. •1116 = na-bxm—This object is not applicable for BXM (monarch) ATM ports. •1117 = na-hs1—This object is not applicable for FRSM HS1 ports. •1118 = na-cesm—This object is not applicable for CESM ports. •1119 = invalid-port-index—Port index used is out of the specified range. •1121 = lmi-var—An LMI variable is specified for a card that does not support LMI. •1122 = na-ufm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-UFM ports. •1123 = na-frm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-FRM ports. •1124 = na-asi—This object is not applicable for ASI ports. •1128 = na-frsm-hs1—This object is not applicable for FRSM-HS1 ports. •1130 = na-ufmU—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX-UFMU ports. •1131 = protocol-group-not-found—The specified protocol group does not exist. |
— |
cwmErrorEcode (continued) |
5 |
— |
•1132 = na-frasm—This object is not applicable for Cisco MGX 8220 FRASM ports. •1133 = na-uxm—This object is not applicable for Cisco IGX UXM ports. •1134 = link-station-not-found—The specified link station does not exist. •1135 = channel-route-not-found—The specified channel route does not exist. •1136 = channel-not-found—The specified channel does not exist. •1138 = invalid-grp-type-index—Invalid protocol group type index. •1139 = invalid-grp-number-index—Invalid protocol group number index. •1140 = invalid-station-addr-index—Link station address index used is out of the specified range. •1143 = link-station-exists—The specified link station already exists. •1144 = max-link-station-count-reached—Maximum link station count is reached. •1145 = na-port-type—Not applicable port type. •1146 = invalid-channel-dlci-index—Invalid channel DLCI index. •1147 = channel-route-exists—The specified channel route already exists. •1148 = max-channel-route-count-reached—Maximum channel route count is reached. •1149 = protocol-group-exists—The specified protocol group already exists. •1150 = max-protocol-group-count-reached—Maximum protocol group count is reached. •1151 = invalid-config-type—Invalid protocol group configuration type. •1152 = invalid-card—Invalid card for the node type. •1153 = na-bme—This object is not applicable for BME ATM ports. |
— |
cwmErrorLogFile |
6 |
— |
Debug log file name for the error encountered (for example, ConnProxy1.log). This object can be used to extract debug information about the error from the log file. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-255 |
Diagnostic Group
The DiagGroupService.mib file contains the tables that support bit error rate test (BERT). This file is supported by the DiagProxy.
The tables in this group are identified by the diagGroup OID = service group 7. For example:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.7
BERT Configuration Table
The cwmIfBertTable is used to configure BERT diagnostics on Cisco MGX 8220, Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1). A BERT can be performed on a line or port.
This table contains the parameters needed for performing the BERT diagnostics. You can start, stop, modify, and obtain the status of running BERTs.
The cwmIfBertTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmIfBertTable = diagGroup 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.7.1
•cwmIfBertEntry = cwmIIfBertTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.7.1.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmIfBertNode
•cwmIfBertShelf
•cwmIfBertSlot
•cwmIfBertLine
•cwmIfBertPort
Table C-96 cwmIfBertTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmIfBertNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the routing node that the BERT is preformed. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 1-32 |
cwmIfBertShelf |
2 |
— |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-32 |
cwmIfBertSlot |
3 |
— |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmIfBertLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Line number. If the line is on an AXSM-E card, the bay number is embedded in this object. The format is bay number x 1000 + line number. For example: Bay 1, line 1 -> 1001 Bay 2, line 1 -> 2001 Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2024 |
cwmIfBertPort |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Port number. This object is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. A value of 0 indicates that the field is not applicable. This value is used when BERT needs to be done on a line. Port BERT is not applicable for AUSM cards. |
Range: 0-255 1 = CESM-8T1/E1 unstructured ports. 1-24 = FRSM-8 ports for T1 lines, FRSM-2CT3, CESM-8T1 structured ports. 1-32 = FRSM-8 ports for E1 lines. 2-32 = CESM-8E1 structured ports with line types dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC since DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signaling. 2-16 and 18-32 = CESM-8E1structured ports with line types dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC since DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signalling, and slot 17 for synchronization. |
cwmIfBertRowStatus |
6 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to set BERT. The cwmIfBertErrInsert and cwmIfBertContErrInsert objects can be modified accompanying this operation. Only start and stop are supported on the SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E cards. Access: read-write. |
1 = start—Starts a BERT. 2 = stop—Stops a BERT. 3 = modify—Modifies the BERT parameters of a running BERT. 4 = restart—Restarts a BERT when BERT is running. |
cwmIfBertOperState |
7 |
— |
Object to indicate the operational state of the BERT. Access: read-only. |
1 = running 2 = stopped |
cwmIfBertPattern |
8 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
BERT pattern sent and expected to be received. This object cannot be modified while the test is running. For Cisco MGX 8220, Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1), this object can take the following values: 1, 4, 6, or 8-19. For ports with only one 56k timeslot on FRSM-8T1, CESM-8T1, and FRSM-2CT3 cards and the deviceToLoop is one of the noLatch options, the BERT patterns that are applicable are nineBit (20) and elevenBit (21). For all other cards, irrespective of the deviceToLoop options, all patterns are applicable. For Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes, BERT on the SRM, SRME and AXSM-E supports the following values: 1, 8, 9, 14--9, or 22-47. |
1 = allOnes 2 = fiveOneOne 3 = twoZeroFourSeven 4 = qrss (default) 5 = twoToTwentythird
MinusOne 6 = threeInTwentyFour 7 = userConfigurable 8 = allZeros 9 = alternateOneZero 10 = doubleOneZero 11 = fifteenBit 12 = twentyBit 13 = twentythreeBit 14 = oneInEight 15 = dds1 16 = dds2 17 = dds3 18 = dds4 19 = dds5 20 = nineBit 21 = elevenBit 22 = oneInFour 23 = oneInSixteen 24 = inbandLoopBack
Activate 25 = inbandLoopBack
Deactivate 26 = twoE3MinusOne 27 = twoE4MinusOne 28 = twoE5MinusOne 29 = twoE6MinusOne 30 = twoE7MinusOne 31 = twoE7MinusOneFT1
Loopup |
cwmIfBertPattern (continued) |
8 |
— |
Access: read-write. |
32 = twoE7MinusOneFT1
Loopdown 33 = twoE9MinusOne 34 = twoE10MinusOne 35 = twoE11MinusOne 36 = twoE15MinusOne 37 = twoE17MinusOne 38 = twoE18MinusOne 39 = twoE20MinusOne 40 = twoE20MinusOne
QRSS 41 = twoE21MinusOne 42 = twoE22MinusOne 43 = twoE23MinusOne 44 = twoE25MinusOne 45 = twoE28MinusOne 46 = twoE29MinusOne 47 = twoE31MinusOne |
cwmIfBertUserPattern |
9 |
— |
This object is deprecated. |
— |
cwmIfBertUserPatternLen |
10 |
— |
This object is deprecated. |
— |
cwmIfBertTxPatternInv |
11 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to control the inversion of the transmit BERT pattern. This object cannot be modified while the test is running. This object is supported for BERT on the SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-write. |
1 = notInverted (default)—The pattern is transmitted normally. 2 = inverted— Each mark is replaced by space and space is replaced by a mark. |
cwmIfBertTxPatternInv |
12 |
MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to control the inversion of the receive BERT pattern. This object cannot be modified while the test is running. This object is supported for BERT on the SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-write. |
1 = notInverted (default)—The pattern is transmitted normally. 2 = inverted— Each mark is replaced by space and space is replaced by a mark. |
cwmIfBertFramingMode |
13 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertMode |
14 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
BERT mode. For Cisco MGX 8220 nodes, this object supports all values For BERT on SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E cards, only bertPatternTest(1) is supported. Access: read-write. |
1 = bertPatternTest 2 = ddsSeek 3 = loopback |
cwmIfBertLoopback |
15 |
MGX 8220 |
Type of loopback. The following loopback options are applicable based on card and media type: •For FRSM-8T1, CESM-8T1, and FRSM-2CT3 cards: –4 and 5 = Ports –4, 5, and 6 = Lines •For FRSM-8E1 and CESM-8E1 cards: –5 = Ports –5 and 6 = Lines •For AUSM-8T1 (only line BERT is supported): 4, 5, and 6 = Lines •For AUSM-8E1 (only line BERT is supported): –5 and 6 = Lines This object is not applicable to Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E), Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1), and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes. Access: read-write. |
1 = noLoopback—Not applicable. 2 = lineLoopback—Not applicable. 3 = payloadLoopback—
Not applicable. 4 = farEndLoopback 5 = facilityLoopback 6 = metallicLoopback |
cwmIfBertLoopbackOp |
16 |
MGX 8220 |
Loopback operation. This object is not applicable to Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E), Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1), and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) nodes. Access: read-write. |
1 = loopUp 2 = loopDown |
cwmIfBertDeviceToLoop |
17 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Type of end device and loopback used (latching/nonlatching/ polynomial). The following values are applicable based on card and media types on Cisco MGX 8220, Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1). Supported options are from 1 to 16. •For FRSM-8T1, CESM-8T1, and FRSM-2CT3: –v54 option = Ports with multiple timeslots. –latch and v54 options = Ports with one 64k timeslot. –noLatch, latch, and v54 options = Ports with one 56k timeslot. –inband, esf, and metallic options = Lines. •For FRSM-8E1 and CESM-8E1: –noDevice option = Ports. –metallic option = Lines. •For AUSM-8T1 (only line BERT is supported): inband and esf options = Line. •For AUSM- 8E1 (only line BERT is supported): –noDevice option = Line. For SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E BERT on Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E), and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) the following values are supported: •smartJackInband(16)—Inband loop code for SmartJack (a Telco owned device that represents the demarcation point of T1 service). |
1 = noLatchOCUwith1 2 = noLatchOCUwithout1 3 = noLatchCSU 4 = noLatchDSU 5 = latchDS0Drop 6 = latchDS0Line 7 = latchOCU 8 = latchCSU 9 = latchDSU 10 = latchHL96 11 = v54Polynomial 12 = inband 13 = esf 14 = metallic 15 = noDevice 16 = smartJackInband 17 = localLoopback 18 = noLoopbackCode 19 = payloadLoopbackESF 20 = lineLoopbackFEAC |
cwmIfBertDeviceToLoop (continued) |
17 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
•localLoopback(17)—Loopback at the near end facility end. This value is used to test the internal device connectivity. The interface loops back the outbound traffic from SRM to service module and back to the SRM. •noLoopbackCode(18)—No loopback is needed for BERT. For example, manual loopback exists at the near or far end. •payloadLoopbackESF(19)—
Loopback results in 1.536 mbits loopback of the payload of the incoming signal at the far end. The loopback is activated (latched) and deactivated by a bit sequence defined in ANSI T1.403 - 1995. This value corresponds to the facility data link (FDL) loopbacks on a T1 channel. This value causes a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word (00010100 11111111) to the remote end, requesting that it enters into a network payload loopback. •lineLoopbackFEAC(20)—Use the FEAC channel to establish a line loopback. •The metallic and noDevice options are not supported, Access: read-write. |
— |
cwmIfBertDS0DPIterationCount |
18 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Iteration register that needs to be reprogrammed when a DS0 from a loop option is selected in bertDeviceToLoop. The value to be programmed is minus one of this object value since the register is 0-based. You can put any of the devices in the chain in loopback mode. A value of 0 in iteration register results in no iteration and causes the first device in chain to go into loopback. A value of 1 results in one iteration and causes the second device to go into loopback. Access: read-write. |
Range: 0-32 |
cwmIfBertErrInsert |
19 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to control the insertion of a single bit error in the transmitted BERT pattern. This object can be used to verify that the transmitted pattern is being received, and errors are detected. Setting the object to insertError while the test is not running has no effect. This object can be configured when starting BERT. Access: read-write. |
1 = noAction—The test is not affected. 2 = insertError—A single bit error is inserted in the transmitted pattern. |
cwmIfBertContErrInsert |
20 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to control the insertion of continuous errors into the transmitted BERT pattern. This object can be used to verify that the transmitted pattern is being received and errors are detected. After setting this object to send continuous errors, the errors are inserted at the configured rate until this object is set to noErrors. Setting the value to insert errors while the test is not running has no effect. However, when the test is started again, the errors are inserted at the configured rate. This object can be modified while the BERT is running. SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E BERT support this object. Access: read-write. |
1 = noErrors (default)—No errors are inserted into the transmitted BERT pattern. 2 = contLe1—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 10 bits. 3 = contLe2—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 100 bits. 4 = contLe3—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 1000 bits. 5 = contLe4— Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 10,000 bits. 6 = contLe5—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 100,000 bits. 7 = contLe6—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 1,000,000 bits. 8 = contLe7—Insert errors continuously at a rate of 1 bit error per every 10,000,000 bits. 100 = notApplicable |
cwmIfBertUserDefinedPattern |
21 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Object to configure the user defined pattern for BERT. This value is the fixed repeating BERT pattern sent and expected to be received when the cwmIfBertPattern object is set to userConfigurable. The maximum length of this pattern is 32 bits. Depending on the hardware, the patterns are transmitted with least significant first or most significant bit, until pattern length is reached. This object cannot be modified when the BERT is running. This object is applicable for SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E BERT. Access: read-write. |
Display string range: 1-4 |
cwmIfBertDuration |
22 |
MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Duration for which BERT is to be run. This object is applicable for SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E BERT. Access: read-write. |
Range: 1-86400 |
BERT Results Table
The cwmIfBertResTable is used to get the results of the BERT diagnostics that are performed on the Cisco MGX 8220, Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1). This table is used to obtain statistics on running BERTs.
The cwmIfBertResTable and its entries are identified by the following OIDs:
•cwmIfBertResTable = diagGroup 2. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.7.2
•cwmIfBertResEntry = cwmIIfBertResTable 1. OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.7.2.1
This table is indexed by the following objects:
•cwmIfBertResNode
•cwmIfBertResShelf
•cwmIfBertResSlot
•cwmIfBertResLine
•cwmIfBertResPort
Only the SNMP GET operations are supported by this table.
Table C-97 cwmIfBertResTable
|
MIB Object
|
OID
|
Related Node Types
|
Description
|
Values
|
cwmIfBertResNode |
1 |
— |
Name of the node that the BERT is preformed. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 1-32 |
cwmIfBertResShelf |
2 |
— |
String that identifies the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
Display string range: 0-32 |
cwmIfBertResSlot |
3 |
— |
Slot number. Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-64 |
cwmIfBertResLine |
4 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Line number. If the line is on an AXSM-E card, the bay number is embedded in this object. The format is bay number x 1000 + line number. For example: Bay 1, line 1 -> 1001 Bay 2, line 1 -> 2001 Access: read-only. |
Range: 1-2024 |
cwmIfBertResPort |
5 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8850 (PXM1) |
Port number. This object is a unique value greater than 0 within a card. A value of 0 indicates that the field is not applicable. This value is used when BERT needs to be done on a line. Port BERT is not applicable for AUSM cards. Access: read-only. |
Range: 0-255 1 = CESM-8T1/E1 unstructured ports. 1-24 = FRSM-8 ports for T1 lines, FRSM-2CT3, CESM-8T1 structured ports. 1-32 = FRSM-8 ports for E1 lines. 2-32 = CESM-8E1 structured ports with line types dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC since DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signaling. 2-16 and 18-32 = CESM-8E1structured ports with line types dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC since DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signalling, and slot 17 for synchronization. |
cwmIfBertResElapsedTime |
6 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResPatternSync |
7 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResEntryRxPattern |
8 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResPercentEFSs |
9 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResBitErrRate |
10 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResBitErrCount |
11 |
— |
Number of bit errors that are detected within the received pattern since the BERT started or restarted. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmIfBertResSyncLossCount |
12 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResESs |
13 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResSESs |
14 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResPLSs |
15 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResEFSs |
16 |
— |
This object is not used. |
— |
cwmIfBertResStatus |
17 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Status of BERT in the shelf. This object supports BERT on SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-only. |
1 = inactive (default) 2 = bertInSync 3 = bertOutOfSync 4 = searchingDds
Commands 5 = farEndInLoop 6 = facitlityInLoop 7 = portFacilityFifoFault 8 = portFacilityFifoOutOfSync 9 = metallicInLoop 10 = bertFailed 11 = success 12 = inLoopback 13 = clockOutOfSync |
cwmIfBertResSpeed |
18 |
MGX 8220 |
DS0 speed of the BERT running. Access: read-only. |
1 = speed56k 2 = speed64k |
cwmIfBertResTimeSlots |
19 |
MGX 8220 |
Number of DS0s in the BERT medium chosen. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmIfBertResStartTime |
20 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
BERT start time. The syntax is hh:mm:ss. The time zone is configured in the shelf. This object supports BERT on SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 8 |
cwmIfBertResStartDate |
21 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
BERT start date. On Cisco MGX 8220, the syntax is mm/dd/yy. On Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E), Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1), and Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45), the syntax is mm/dd/yyyy. Access: read-only. |
Display string: 10 |
cwmIfBertResBitCount |
22 |
MGX 8220 |
Number of bits transmitted. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmIfBertResBitErrorCount |
23 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of bits received in error. This object supports BERT on SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-only. |
— |
cwmIfBertResErrorInjectCount |
24 |
MGX 8220 MGX 8230 MGX 8250 MGX 8830 MGX 8850 (PXM1E) MGX 8850 (PXM1) MGX 8850 (PXM45) |
Number of times error was injected. This object supports BERT on SRM, SRME, and AXSM-E. Access: read-only. |
— |
Feedback